First Course in Spa 00 Olms

Mi mm m
mm}
!t;
'^/.i
FIRST COURSE IN SPANISH

{PRIMER CURSO EN ESPAOL)
An
Elementary Spanish
Grammar
(Una Gramtica Espaola Elemental)
BY
EVERETT WARD OLMSTED,

Professor of
Ph.D., Litt.D.
Romance Languages and Head

University of Minnesota
of the Department
NEW YORK HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY
*.\
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
PAGE
I.
Alphabet
Pronunciation
,.
.
11.
III.
Vowels
4
4
5 5
. .
.
IV. Diphthongs
V. Triphthongs
VI. Consonants
VIL Double letters

VIII. Variations of pronttnciation
IX. Orthographic and phonetic changes
........
10
11
X. Accent
XL
XIII.
Division of syllables
13
XII. Punctuation
14 14
15
Capital letters
XIV. Class-room expressions
LESSONS
I.
Present indicative of the first conjugation. OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. USE OF UStcd

{Verb Exercises.)
Omission
19
II.
Present indicative of the second and third conjugations

(Verb Exercises.)
22
III.
Indefinite article. Definite article.
The
prepositions
24
de AND
IV.
Si
...
(The Spanish Class.)
Nouns: gender and nl^mber

(Zw the Class-room.)
28
VI
CONTENTS
PAGE
V. Seasons and months of the yeae. tive OF ser

.
Present indica31'
{The Months and Seasons of the Year.)

VI.
Days of the week. Present indicative of

{The Days of the Week and Month.)
estar
34
VII.
The hours of the

{How
to tell the
day.
Expressions of time
of Day.)
...
.
Zl
Time
VIII.
Sentence order.
Present indicative of tener.
40
{The Principal Parts of the Body.)
IX. Adjectives: gender, number, agreement, position
43
{Industrious and Idle Pupils.)
X. Apocopation of adjectives.
article {Two Friends and
Omission of indefinite
47
their Families.)
XI. Demonstrative adjectives.

{Family Relationships.)
Possessive adjectives
50
XII. Subjunctive used as polite imperative. FORMATION, POSITION

{In the Class-room.)
Advep-BS:
55
XIII. Forms of address.
Use of definite article.

J
...
59
{A Call, Greetings
etc.)
XIV. The gerund.
tive OF haber.
The past participle. Present indicaThe perfect indicative ....
63
{The Spanish Language as spoken in Different Parts

of the World.)
XV. Imperfect and preterit
indicative of the three REGULAR conjugations. ImPERFECT INDICATIVE OF ser, ver and ir {An Invitation to travel to Spain and South America.)
68
XVI. Imperfect and preterit indicative of the auxiliary VERBS. Accusative with a
.
72
{The Itinerary.)
XVII. Future and conditional indicative of the three REGULAR CONJUGATIONS AND OF THE FOUR AUXILIARY VERBS. Compound tenses {Preparations and Purchases for the Journey.)
,
76
CONTENTS
XVIII. Imperative and present subjunctr^ of the three REGULAR CONJUGATIONS
(Arrival at Gibraltar?)
Vil
PAGE
82
XIX. Orthographic changes

{Granada
The Alhamhra.)
in verbs
88
XX. Orthographic changes

{Hotel
in verbs and Sleeping Accommodations.
93
Laundry,)
XXI. Demonstrative pronouns. Comparison of adjectives

{Points of Interest in Cordova.)
99
XXII. The relative superlative. Adjectives irregularly COMPARED. Comparison of adverbs. Adverbs irregularly COMPARED. Comparison of equality
(adjectives ANT) ADVERBS)
{Sightseeing in Seville.)
104
XXIII. Possessive adjectives

nouns).
(forms
which follow the

110
Possessive pronouns
Seville.)
{A Boarding-house in
XXIV. Negatives. Spanish words for

{Railway Travel in Spain.)
'but'
115
XXV. Object personal

{Greetings.
pronouns.
Position of same
...
120
An
Introduction.
Conversation re-
garding the Sights of Madrid.)
XXVI. Reflexive
verbs.
Use of se
124
{A Trip
to Toledo.)
XXVII. Two OBJECT personal pronouns. Personal pronouns

USED with prepositions
{Shopping in Madrid.)
131
XXVIII. The points of the compass. Haber used impersonally. Tener used idiomatically. Adverbial phrases
.
137
{The Climate of Madrid.)
XXIX.
Radical-changing verbs, first class. of time

{Excursions about Madrid.)
Expressions
141
XXX.
Radical-changing verbs, second and third classes

{Spanish Meals.)
dar, hacer,
146
XXXI. The irregular verbs

.
poner, traer and
decir
{In the Dining-room.)
150
VUl
CONTENTS
PAGE
XXXII. Relative pronouns and adjectives

{The University of Salamanca.)
155
XXXIII. The iilregular verbs poder,

venir
{Burgos and
querer, saber,
ir
and
161
San Sebastin.) XXXIV. Interrogative pronouns and adjectives

{A Bull-fight.)
......
165
XXXV. The
XXXVT.
absolute superlative
{Voyage
to
171
Rio de
Jajteiro.)
Indefinite pronouns and adjectives. inite ARTICLE

{Montevideo.)
Uses of def176
XXXVII. The
prepositions para and por

{Buenos Aires.)
infinitive
in dependent clauses. Noun Tense sequence after a present or
.
182
XXXVIII. Uses of the
187
{The Theater.)
XXXIX. The
subjunctive
clauses.
future tense
{The Argentine Hero, San Martin.)
192
XL. Present subjunctive of the four auxiliary verbs AND OF TEN COMMON IRREGULAR VERBS {A Walk through the Streets of Buenos Aires.) XLI. Tense sequence after a past or conditional tense. Imperfect subjunctive of the three regular conjugations, of the four auxiliary verbs, and of ten common. irregular verbs
{A Trip from Buenos Aires
to
197
202
Santiago de Chile.)
XLII. The subjuncttv^ in adjective clauses. ular \^RBS ver AND salir {A Trip from Chile to Peru.) XLIII. The sl^bjunctlv^ in AD^ÊRBIAL clauses
{The Incas.)
The
irreg-
203
......
The
216'
XLIV. Conditions contrary to
fact.
Imperfect subjunc223
tive (first form) in lieu of conditional.
irregular ^^rbs andar and querer

{The Venezuelan Hero, Bolivar.)
XLV. Independent use of the

VERB valer
{The
subjunctive.
The irregular
228
Panama
Canal, Mexico, Cuba.)
CONTENTS
IX
APPENDIX
PAGE
The regular verbs The compound tenses The passive voice

Verbs w^th orthographic changes
Radical-changing verbs
238
240
242
244
246
249
Verbs
^^^:TH
inceptwe endings
Verbs in
-iar
and -uar
.
250
Irregular verbs
250
251
261
Verbs in -uir
List of radical-changing verbs
List of irregular verbs
264 276
285
The infinitive. The cardinal numbers The ordinal numbers

Fractions
287
288 289
Collective numbers, etc
Weights and measures

Mont:y
290
291
Augmentatives
Diminutives
Interjections
.
292
294 299
302 307
Idioms in general use
Examples of epistolary style
Poems to be memorized
318
VOCABULARIES
Spanish-English vocabulary English-Spanish vocabulary
Int)ex
325
357
3S5
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
City and Port of Havana, Cuba
Frontispiece
Tomb
of Isabella
Granada
77
The Court of the Lions, The Alhambra Granada The "Mirador" of Daraxa, The Alhambra Granada The "Tocador" of the Queen, The Alhambra Granada The Court of the Orange-trees Cordova
Interior of the
81
87
91
95 97
103 108
Mosque
of
Cordova
Moorish Bridge
Cordova
Seville
The Giralda
The Royal Palace Madrid The Alcntara Bridge Toledo. The Gate the Sun Toledo
Tomb
of
Columbus
Seville
113
119
125
of
129
135
The
Escorial
Ancient Aqueduct
Segovia
of
144
Carved Stairway
University
Salamanca
154
Interior of the Cathedral of
Burgos
160
163
The "Concha"
San Sebastin
Bull-fight
The "Cuadrilla"
169
175
Rio de Janeiro and Bay

Square the Constitution and Port Montevideo The Capitol Buenos Aires The Pampas Argentine Republic The Capitol Santiago de Chile The Hill Santa Lucia Santiago de Chile
of of
.
180
185
191
199
.
205
Port of Valparaiso
209
213
Cathedral
Lima Cuzco
xi
Ancient Inca Fortress
215
Llamas waiting
for their loads
219
XU
The Panama Canal
Cathedral
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
.
222
City
of
Mexico
225
Great Pyramid of the Sun
San Juan Teotihuacan

MAPS
230
Spain
232
235
.
South America
Mexico and Central America
236

{PRIMER CURSO EN ESPAOL)
AN ELEMENTARY SPANISH GRAMMAR

{UNA GRAMTICA ESPAOLA ELEMENTAL)
SIGNS
AND ABBREVIATIONS
ABREVIATURAS)
n.
{SIGNOS Y
adj. adv.
adjective
neuter
nautical
adverb
architectural
article
naut.
neg.
obj.
arch.
art.
aug.
cent{s)
cf.
augmentative cntimo (s)
obs.
PXP-)
pppart. pers.
pi.
>
ca.
coll.
compare compaa
colloquial
negative object obsolete page(s) past participle

participle
/ \
comp.
conj.
contr.
d.
del.
comparative
/
\
person personal
plural
conjugation conjunction contraction
plur. poss.
don
definite
prep.
pres.
pret.
possessive preposition present

preterit
dem. dim.
dir.
demonstrative diminutive
direct
i.^
primera
pron.
prov. pta.
rl{s).
pronoun
proverb
peseta
real(es) reflexive relative
dn.
dfia.
e.g.
don doa
for
example
Eng.
=
etc.
English equal (s), equalling, igual a
reflex.
rel.
and so forth
feminine famiUar feminine
first
()
2.^
section (s)
/.
segunda
>
Jam. Jem.
ISt
2d
2nd
sing.
second
singular
Jut. grafn.
future
Sp.
sr.
Spanish
seor seora
seorita
grammatical
the same that is imperfect impersonal imperative
/ indicative
Id.
i.e.
sra.
srta.
imp. impers
imptv.
ind.
iitdef.
subj. subst.
syl.
subjunctive substantive
syllable tercera
3-^
inf.
int.
\ indirect indefinite infinitive interjection
3d
3rd
trans.
third
translate
>
ud{s).
inter.
irr.
interrogative irregular
V.{V.)
V.
usted (es)
verb
verb, neuter (intransitive)
-
Jan.
lit.
January
literally
>
v.n.
m.
mas.
(
[
mascuUne
)
]
denotes that words are to be or may be included denotes that words are to be omitted
INTRODUCTION (INTRODUCCIN)
LETTERS OF THE ALPHABET {LETRAS DEL ALFABETO)
1.
Letter
a
2>
Name
a be
ce
1.
Letter
2.
Name
ene ee o
b
c
n
P
q
r
rr
ch
d
e
f
che de
e
efe
pe cu
ere
erre
^
ge
s
t
ese
te
h
i
hache
i
jota
u V
u
ve ve doble
i
k
1
ka
ele
w
X y
z
m
(a) All of
eUe
eme
equis griega zeta
the letters of the alphabet are feminine in Spanish.

a,
una
(b)
an a
11,
la b, the
The
characters ch,
and
rr
appear as distinct signs in

n.
the Spanish alphabet.
In a dictionary, words and syllables

rr,
and follow the letters c, 1 and which never begins a word, follows the normal order.
beginning with ch,
11
(c)
k and
n.
w occur
only in words of foreign origin.
PRONUNCIATION (PRONUNCIACIN)
of
The pronimciation
tries,
many
of the Spanish letters varies in

in the Spanish-speaking counis
the dijfferent parts of Spain
and
but the Castilian pronimciation

is
generally conceded to
be correct, and
the one
presented in this
3
grammar.
Even
in
'
Castilian Spanish, the pronunciation sometimes varies sHghtly
with individuals, so that
it is
impossible to give fixed and imletter.
varying rules for the formation of the sound of each
The
following rules will serve,
it is
hoped, to give the student
an approximately accurate knowledge of the subject, but observation and imitation are the best guides to correct pronunciation.
m. VOWELS (VOCALES)
The vowels
word,
e.g.,
are a,
e,
i,
o,
u and sometimes y (when
final in
ley,
and
in the conjunction y, ând').
They
are
pronounced approximately as follows:

as in English ah:
ama
:
e (in open'^ syllables) e (in closed'^ syllables^) i (and y as vowel) o (in open syllables) o (in closed syllables^)
they (no vanishing sound)

here:
debe
ser
machine: go (no vanishing sound):

or:
mi
solo
forma
like 00
moon:
is
una
i
Note.
silent after
g and q before e or
(i.e.,
guiar, quedar).
IV.
1.
DIPHTHONGS (DIPTONGOS)
is
diphthong in Spanish
a combination of two vowels
forming a single syllable with a composite sound.
diphthong
may
consist of a strong vowel (a, e or o\

of
u or y ending a word) or
strong vowels.
and a weak vowel (i, two weak vowels, but never of two
and
in the latter
In the former combination the strong vowel of
an accented
syllable receives the stress,
com-
bination, the second of
When
Note.
or
two weak u precede other vowels, they have respectively

vowels.
e.g., Julia,
the consonantal sounds of y or w,

vowel or upon the
da, an, fluido.
1
Juan.
to a strong
e.g.,
An accent mark upon a weak vowel adjacent

first of
two weak vowels prevents a diphthong,
Syllables are open when they end in vowels. They are closed when they end in consonants. Also in open syllables before ch, 11, rr (perro, etc.).
INTRODUCTION
2.
The
regular diphthongs in Spanish are as follows:

>
ai or
ei or
oi
ay pronounced /z ê " ey ay ee '' or oy oy as in English hoy

-
aire,
hay
reina, rey
sois,
au eu ou
ia
ie
*'
ow
"
"
''
how
" " " "

''
ay oo
oh 00
hoy aun deuda bou

diablo
yah yay
>'o/i
io
iu
ua ue
ui
.
uo
" " " " "
you as in English you
bien nacin viudo

cuatro
wah way
"
'^
"
'' '^
i;a;j
"
''
way
we woe
puedo
huir cuota
wee '' woe "
"
" "
V.
TRIPHTHONGS (TRIPTONGOS)
is
triphthong
a combination of three vowels forming a
single syllable
with a composite sound.

all of
There are four possible

are:
triphthongs in Spanish, in
stands between two
iai iei
which a stressed strong vowel

enviis enviis averiguis, Uruguay averigis, buey
weak vowels. They

ee
pronounced
"
''
''
ee
dh dy
ee ee
uai (uay) uei (uey)
wdh wdy
ee
ee
VI.
CONSONANTS (CONSONANTES)
The
lips
is
not explosive as in English.
should hardly
touch,
and the passage
of the breath
between them should not
be wholly checked.
cabo
iba
In Spanish, b and v are pronounced alike, and are often interchanged in spelling.
Vivar (sometimes written Bivar or Bibar)
When
EngHsh
initial pr after
b.
or n, b
and v are a
little
more
like
bobo, bolar, ambos, envidia (n in such positions
is
pronounced m)
6
c

has two sounds:
Before
^, o,
(1)
u or a consonant (except
cosa
i,
h), it
has the sound
of k.
cabo
(2)
cura
creo
Before e or
it
has the sound of English th in thin (not

cita
first
then).
ceba
Note.
When c
is
doubled, the
c has the
sound
of k: accin.
ch has the sound of Enghsh ch in

chico
chair.
muchacho
th
d has commonly
in then.
a'
sound closely resembling the EngHsh

tongue
is
The
feel
tip of the
placed against the lower edge

slightly, so that
of the upper teeth,
sometimes even protruding

Madrid^
1
one can
the
''bite.''
cada
ido
usted ^
When
,
initial,
or after
or n,
it
more nearly resembles EngUsh

andando
but the
tip of the
decir
tongue always touches the teeth.

doy
maldad
Note. In the ending -ado, the sound of d is entirely lost in everyday speech, that combination of letters being pronounced like English
ou in
f
out.
It
is
better for foreigners, however, not to omit the d entirely.
has the soimd of English /.
fama g has two sounds.

(1)
alfalfa
Before
a, o, u,
or a consonant,
gola
it
has the sound of EngHsh

grande
gin
go.
gana
gusto
is
Note.
spirant.
g between two vowels

lago
i,
often pronounced as an indistinct
sigue
(2)
Before e or
it
has the sound of German ch in noch or a

h.
strongly aspirated English

^ Some Spaniards,
The
tip of the
tongue
is
placed
especially those of the south of Spain,
do not sound the
final d.
INTRODUCTION
against the lower teeth, the back of the tongue
to partially close the air passage,
is
7
raised so as
is
and the escaping breath

giro
i
rasped.
gente
Note. u after g and before e or pronounced itself.

guerra
makes the g hard, but

gua
is
not
is silent.
hablar
j
hora
i.
has always the sound of Spanish g before e or sometimes slur or fail to pronounce a final j.
jams
Spaniards
mujer
reloj
(sometimes pronounced relo)
k {found
English
k,
only in words of foreign origin) has the sound of

kilogramo
kilmetro
has approximately the sound of English

1,
pronouncing Spanish
the corners of
However, in the mouth are drawn

/.
back more tensely, and the tongue is brought farther forward than in the formation of the English /.
lejos
II
.
ala
has the sound of Enghsh Hi in million.

calle
llama
.
has the sound of English m,
mi
amo
of English n,
.
n has about the sound

nada
Note.
(like
mano
n becomes somewhat
tengo
nasal
When followed by a guttural, the English ng in bring),

encargar
monje
has
the.
sound
of English
ny
in
canyon (written also canon).

seor
caa
p has the sound of English p,

poco
capa

:
q is used only before u only e or i.
qu has the sound

aqxii
r.
of k,
and precedes
que
r
has about the sound of English
When
initial,
1,
when
s,
pre-
ceding another consonant,
when preceded by
Enrique
is
or
or
by a
consonant in the same

robo
rr
is
syllable, it is trilled. lrico

Israel
verbo
grande
strongly
trilled.
The sound
the tip of the tongue against

of the teeth.
perro
the, roof
made by a vibration of of the mouth just back
gorra
s in see,
has commonly the sound of English

of s in rose (though
and not the
sound
sometimes
slightly voiced before a
voiced consonant).
sobre
t
rosa
/,
has somewhat the sound of English

the mouth, the
but
it is
farther forward in
tip of the
pronounced tongue always
touching the upper teeth.

tocar
.
esta
V has the sound
of Spanish b.
vivo
ave
{found only in words of foreign origin) has the sound of v in German words and of w in English words.
Wagner ( =
Vaguer)
whist
= wist)
X between vowels has the sound of English x {=^ks)\ before consonants it has the sound of either EngHsh x or s,
examen
sexto (written also sesto)

it
In early Spanish, where Note. sound of Spanish j.
takes the place of

'
j,
it
has the
Mxico
or Mjico
y when used as a consonant has the sound of English y

ya
yugo
in yes.
INTRODUCTION
z
(like
Spanish c before, e or
i)
has before
all letters
the sound
of English th in thin (not then),
zeta
azul
juzgar
Vn.
DOUBLE LETTERS (LETRAS DOBLES)

a,
Of the vowels, most frequently.
and o may be doubled,

leer^
e so occurring
Aaron
Feijoo
Of the consonants, may be doubled.
and n
(n always belonging to a prefix)
accin
innumerable
Vin.
VARIATIONS OF PRONUNCIATION (VARIAaONES DE PRONUNCIACIN)

variations from the Castilian pronun-
The most important

ciation,
in
which are found in many parts of Spain, particularly the south, and in Spanish America, are:
c before e or
cinco
z,
i,
1.
pronounced
= sinco)
like
Spanish
(
s.
decir
s.
= desir)
pronoimced
azul
(
like
Spanish
= astil)
like
(
feliz (=felis)
11,
pronounced
Spanish consonantal
Uevar
(
y.
caballo
= cabayo)
= yevar)
and
in
some
localities (particularly
Argentina) like English /
in jest. caballo (^^cahajo)
y as a consonant, in some localities (particularly Argentina) pronounced like English j in 7^^^.

yo (=jo)
1
ya
(=^ja)
The two
e's are
pronounced somewhat separately.
10
1
and
r,
sometimes confounded.
SLTtsifor alta
robre for roble

s,
(
2.
Many
consonants, particularly final
are silent.
vese)
mujer
= muj)
dos veces
= do
In some locaKties (particularly about Malaga)

the soimd of English th in
las
3.
final s is
given
lath.
{
mujeres
= laz mujer ez)
There are still other regional peculiarities that exist, but with a knowledge of the Castilian pronunciation one can make oneself imderstood by any Spanish-speaking person, and with the above-mentioned variations in mind, one can understand
the speech of
any part
of Spain or Spanish America.
>
1.
IX.
ORTHOGRAPHIC AND PHONETIC CHANGES {CAMBIOS ORTOGRFICOS Y FONTICOS)

often
In conjugation, in inflection and in derivative words, a

is
change of orthography
original
made
in order to preserve the
sound
of the consonant.
In the infinitive sacar, for
example, c has the sound of k.
When
in the conjugation of
the verb the ending e occurs, in order to preserve the original
sound of
this
consonant, one must write saque
(not sace).
The
following table illustrates these orthographic changes:
= ^) becomes qu before e or i { = k) becomes c before a, o or u g { = g in go) becomes gu before e or i gn ( = g in go) becomes g before a, o or u c ( = ih in thin) becomes z before a, o or u z ( = th in thin) becomes c before e or i g ( = Spanish j) becomes j^ before a, o or u gu ( = Spanish gu before a, o or u) becomes
c
(
qu
gii
before e or
1 Spanish j does not usually change to g before e or i: Navajo, Navajito. In popular orthography, however, they are sometimes confused. One often sees on signs camiages for carruajes.
INTRODUCTION
2.
11
The
following examples illustrate the varying orthography
for the
same consonantal sound:

que,
qiii
(a) ca, CO, cu,
(b)
tocar, toco, locura, toque, toquilla
ga, go, gu, gue, gui za, zo, zu, ce, ci

ja, jo, ju, ge, gi
gua, guo, ge, gi

3.
pagar, pago, gusto, pague, gua gozar, gozo, azcar, goce, rocn coja, cojo, jubn, coge, cogido averiguar, averiguo, averig, giro
Unstressed e and o of Latin derivatives often change

stressed to ie
when
and ue
respectively, or, at the beginning of
a word, to ye and hue.

stress shifts to
The
reverse also takes place
when the
another syllable.
pienso yerro certsimo
pensar
errar
cierto
contar
oler
cuento huelo
fortsimo
i
fuerte
Unstressed e and o are sometimes weakened to

spectively
and u
rei.
when not followed by a

sintiendo
syllable containing a stressed
sentir
4.
dormir
durmiendo
i
Whenever by
y.
inflection
an unaccented
i
or the vowel y
is
would occur between vowels, the

consonantal
or vowel y
changed to
leer
leyendo (not leiendo)

X.
rey
reyes
ACCENT (ACENTO)
In Spanish words one syllable always receives more stress
than the others.

1.
No
accent
mark
is
required to indicate the voice stress in
the following cases:
word ending in a vowel or a diphthong, sonants n or s, is stressed on the next to the last
(a)
or in the consyllable.
mesa
libro
{b)
patria
especie
hablan orden
hablas
postres
s, is
word ending
in a
consonant, except n or
is
stressed
on the
last syllable.
Final y
treated as a consonant,
virrey
verdad
feliz
Uruguay
12
(c)

Monosyllalbes normally have no accent mark,
vez
muy
veis
sois
2.
An accent mark is required in the following cases: (a) On any stressed syllable preceding the next to the
msica
areo
last,
hroe
crmenes
s.
(b)
On
a final stressed syllable ending in a vowel, or n or

escribi
habl
(c)
leccin
tenis
On any
lpiz
stressed syllable before the last of a
word ending
in a consonant, except
or
s.
difcil
if
Velazquez
stressed,
is
when it strong vowel or preceding another weak vowel.

{d)
On any weak vowel

bal
adjacent to a
da
(e)
acento
fluido
On words
having the same orthography as other words,

Especially on interrogative pronouns and
to distinguish them.
adverbs, to distinguish
them
from^ similar forms of the relatives;
on demonstrative pronouns, to distinguish them from the demonstrative adjectives; and on the following words:
an
d
(following word modified);
^
still,'
aun
de,
el,
(preceding), 'even,'
^yet'
(subj. of dai), 'give'
'still'
'of
'the'
'him' ms, 'more' mi, 'me'

l, 'he,'
mas, 'but' mi, 'my'

se, 'oneself,' 'himself,' etc.
si,
s, 'I
know," be'
'oneself
J
si, 'yes,'
'if
'thee'
slo (adv.)
t, 'tea'
'only'
solo (adj,)j 'alone'

te,
t, 'thou'
tu, 'thy'
Also on monosyllabic preterits ending in a diphthong:

fui, fu, dio, vio, etc.
The
preposition a and the conjunctions
e,
o,
u,
6,
formerly
accented, are
now
written without accent, except

for zero, e.g., 3 4.
when
it
might be mistaken
INTRODUCTION
Note
mark,
the
1.
13
have an accent
are suffixed,
When pronouns are

stress of the verb
suffixed to verbs that

If,
it is
retained, e.g., habl, hablle.
when pronouns
normal
the last of
on a syllable before the next to the combination, the accent mark is used, e.g., dando, dnfalls
form
domelo.
Note 2. x\n adjective having an accent mark retains it when -mente is added to form an adverb, e.g., fcil, fcilmente; and in compound words each part retains its original accent, e.g., el espantapjaros
(espanta-pjaros)
.
Note 3. In the inflection of a word an accent mark omitted according to the rules given above.
orden
leccin
is
used or
rdenes
lecciones
ingls
ingleses
iba
bamos
of their plurals,
of the
But: carcter and rgimen, in the formation the stress one syllable nearer the end
racteres, regmenes.
move
ca-
word,
e.g.,
XI.
DIVISION OF SYLLABLES
of
{DIVISIN
DE
SLABAS)
how to divide a Spanish word into syllables important, in prose for the sake of breaking a word at the end of a line, and in verse for the sake of the meter.
is
The knowledge
Combinations of vowels forming a diphthong or triphthong should not be separated.

1.
se-ria {not se-ri-a)
rui-do {not ru-i-do)
But:
V
se-ri-a,
a-un, cre-er, le-al.

U,
2.
rr)
smgle consonant (including the characters ch, goes with the following vowel.
me-sa mu-cho
na-cion
bu-llir
and
l-piz
to-ma-do
a-rro-di-llar
ma-a-na
(ch,
11,
3.
Twô or more consonants

or r (except
f,
rr
being considered as
fol-
single characters) are regularly divided,
but any consonant
lowed by
vowel.
rl, si, tl
and
sr)
goes with the following
cuan-do
per-la
ac-cion
is-la
a-gra-da-ble
at-le-ta
ex-tra-o
Is-ra-el
14
PIRST COURSE IN SPANISH
4. Prefixes usually
form separate
ab-ro-gar
syllables,
even though by
so doing they violate the preceding rules.

des-a-rro-llar
in-e-vi-ta-ble
If the prefix precedes s followed by a consonant, the s is Note. joined to the prefix, for s is always separated from a following consonant.
ins-pi-rar
ads-cri-to
subs-crip-cin
Xn.
1.
PUNCTUATION {PUNTUACIN)
are:
The names of the signs (signos) of punctuation in Spanish la coma (,), el pimto y coma (;), los dos puntos (:), el
final
(.),
pimto
los puntos suspensivos (...)? los signos
de inla
terrogacin
( ),
( ?), los signos
de admiracin
comillas
(((
!),
el
parntesis
(-),
la diresis o
crema
{"), las
))),
el
guin
raya
2.
().
Spanish punctuation
is
is
essentially the
same as English.
is
The dash
often used, instead of quotation marks, to indicate
a change of speaker.
Another notable exception
the use of
the inverted interrogation and exclamation points at the be-
ginning of interrogatory and exclamatory sentences respec-
mixed character, may end with a different point from that wdth which they begin. This aids the readier to modulate his voice correctly, especially in a long sentence, whereas in English one often notices at the very end of a sentence that it is interrogative, and is obliged to change suddenly
tively,
which,
if
of
the pitch of his voice.
Qu hora es? What time is it? Qu persecucin es sta, Dios mo
Qu
lstima!
What
a pity!
is
Heavens! W^hat persecution
this?
Xm. CAPITAL LETTERS {LETRAS MAYSCULAS)

Contrary to English usage, proper adjectives and the pronoun yo, Î,' begin with small letters (letras minsculas)
1.
except
when
their position in the sentence requires capitals.
INTRODUCTION
Mi amigo
Note.
y yo somos americanos.
15
and
I are
My
friend
Americans.
Nouns of nationality referring to persons may be capitalized,

los
Franceses
{or franceses)
the French
But:
2.
Hablamos
of
ingls.
We
speak English.
Names
days and months are usually not capitalized,

they often are.
but in dating
letters
XIV.
CLASS-ROOM EXPRESSIONS (EXPRESIONES PARA USO DE LA CLASE)

may
be used as exercises in pronunciation,
(These phrases
he
and should
memorized gradually.)
Buenos das, seor. Buenas tardes, seora. Buenas noches, seorita.
Ha sonado
el timbre (la campana)? Tomen ustedes asiento. Sintense ustedes.
Good morning, sir. Good afternoon, madam. Good evening, Miss. Has the bell (gong) rung?
Take your
Sit
seats.
down.
attention.
Silencio.
Silence.
Presten ustedes atencin. Voy a pasar lista. Contesten ustedes a la lista. Servidor (a). He omitido algn nombre? S, seor, el mo. Cmo se llama usted? Me llamo Cul es la leccin de hoy? En la gramtica, leccin En qu pgina principiamos? En la pgina lnea Al principio (medio, n) de la p.
Pay
I
am
going to
call
the
roll.
Answer the
roll-call.
Have
Present (in answer to roll-call). I omitted any name? Yes, sir, mine.
What is your name? My name is What is to-day's lesson?
In the grammar, lesson On what page do we begin? line On page At the top (middle, foot) of page
gma
Gracias, est bien. A sus rdenes. No hay de qu. Hganme el favor de abrir (cerrar) los libros.
Thanks, all right. You're welcome. You're welcome. Please open (close) the books.
Rise.
Levntese usted. Manda (dice) usted?
What
did you say?
16

repetir.
Tenga usted la bondad de Dispnseme usted.

tura.
Please repeat.
Principie (empiece) usted la lec-
Excuse me. Begin the reading.

Please read in Spanish.
Srvase usted leer en espaol. No tan de prisa. Lea usted ms despacio. Pronuncie usted con cuidado. Est muy (bastante) bien. ? Qu significa la palabra Qu quiere decir eso?
Not so fast. Read more slowly.

Pronounce with care. That is very (quite) good. What does the word mean? What does that mean? Speak louder. ? How do you say How do you spell mesa? Mesa is spelled m-e-s-a. Ask me a question in Spanish.
Thanks, that's enough.
Hable usted ms
alto.
Cmo Cmo
Mesa Hgame
Es
? se dice se escribe mesa? se escribe m-e-s-a.
usted ima pregvmta en
espaol. Gracias, basta.

suficiente.
el ejercicio,
Traduzca usted
(seorita)
.
seor
That is enough. Translate the exercise,
sir
(Miss).
Usted traduce muy bien. Usted ha saltado un rengln. Lea usted la frase (oracin)
guiente.
You translate very well. You have skipped a line.

si-
Read the
(phrase)
following sentence
Entiende (comprende) usted? Contsteme usted en espaol. S, seor, entiendo (comprendo).
Do you understand? Answer me in Spanish.

Yes,
sir,
Qu he
dicho? Sabe usted? No, seor, no s.
What
No,
la lnea
I understand. did I say?
Do*you know?
sir,
do not know.
Dnde hemos quedado?
Hemos quedado en
Espere usted.
Where
did
we leave
off?
We
I
have reached
line
Wait.
lost the place. reading. Continue the reading.
He
perdido el lugar. Siga usted leyendo. Contine usted la lectura. Conjugue usted el verbo Saquen ustedes sus cuadernos. Han escrito ustedes el tema?
.
have
Go on
Conjugate the verb
Take out your note-books. Have you written the composition?
Quin no ha
escrito el
tema?
Who
Let
has not written the composisee
tion?
Djeme ver su tema. Enseme (mustreme) usted su

tema. Pase usted
al pizarrn.
me
your composition.
composition.
Show me your
Go
to the blackboard.
INTRODUCTION
Escriba
el
17
tema en
el
pizarrn.
Vamos a ver. Qu errores
(faltas)
hay?
falta?
Quin puede indicar una
Alcen (levanten) ustedes la mano. Aqu est la tiza. Tome usted la tiza y subraye los
errores. Corrija usted las faltas.
Tome usted el borrador (cepillo). Borre usted eso. Hgame usted el favor de abrir (cerrar) la ventana (puerta).
Muchas
gracias.
the composition on the blackboard. Let us see. What mistakes are there? Who can point out a mistake? Raise your hands. Here is the chalk. Take the chalk and underline the mistakes. Correct the mistakes. Take the eraser. Rub that out. Please open (shut) the window
Write
(door)
Distribuya usted estas hojas. Escriban ustedes su nombre y la fecha en la parte superior del
papel.
thanks. Distribute these papers. Write your name and the date at the head of the paper.
Many
Escriban ustedes esto al dictado. Escriban ustedes con plimia y

tinta (o lpiz).
Write this from dictation. Write with pen and ink (or pencil).
Seor
cicios.
recoja usted los ejer-
Mr.
Listen.
collect the exercises.
Escuchen ustedes. La leccin para la prxima vez (maana) es desde hasta Preparen ustedes para maana la
The
lesson for the next time (tois
morrow)
Prepare for
leccin
from to to-morrow lesson

well.
Aprendan ustedes bien la leccin. Ustedes aprendern bien la leccin, (no es)
Learn the lesson
You
The
will learn the lesson well, will
verdad?
you not?
class is dismissed.
La clase ha terminado. Pueden ustedes marcharse. Hasta maana. Qu usted lo pase bien!
Adis.
You
are excused.
Good-by until to-morrow. Good luck to you!

Good-by.

(PRIMER CURSO EN ESPAOL)
LESSON
{LECCIN PRIMERA)
REGULAR VERBS (VERBOS REGULARES)

1.
The
First Conjugation (La Primera Conjugacin)
Infinitwe
hab ar,
'
(Infinitivo)
to speak/
The Present
Indicative (El Presente de Indicativo)

Singular (Singidar)
1st
person (primera persona) y o
hab
o,
I speak,
am speaking,
2d person (segunda persona) t 3d person (tercera persona) l (ella usted
1
J
do speak hab as, thou speakest, etc. ^^ ^^^^^ speaks, etc. -^^^ a I \ you speak, etc.
'
Plural (Plural)
1st
person
(i.* (2.^
(j.^
persona)
persona)
2d person 3d person
nosotros vosotros
ellos (ellas)
\
hablamos, we speak,
hablis,
etc.
persona)
.11
ye speak, etc. they speak, etc.

speak, etc.
ustedes
'I you (pL)
Note.
lute,
The
progressive
last
on the
2.
Spanish present indicative translates the English absotenses. Observe the accent mark syllable of the second person plural.
and emphatic present
Omission of the Personal Pronouns (Omisin de os Pronombres Personales). Personal pronouns are generally omitted as subjects of Spanish verbs, except when required for emphasis
or clearness.
19
20
3.
riRST COURSE IN SPANISH
3-5
Usted {pL, ustedes), 'you/ however,

it
is
generally expressed.
This form, since
originally
meant 'your honor' (vuestra merIt is the only
ced), governs the third person.
need use
for
'you/
are required only for
form a foreigner The second persons, singular and plural, the most intimate address. You
for
Usted habla espaol

Note.
speak Spanish
for
Abbreviations
usted are Ud., Vd., V., and
ustedes, Uds.,
Vds., V.V.
4.
Pronoun
subjects,
when
used, usually follow the verb in
interrogations.
Habla usted espaol?

5.
Do you
speak Spanish?
Negation {Negacin).
it.
A verb is made
Do
No,
negative by placing
no, 'not,' before
No
is
also used independently
meaning
'no.'
No habla usted espaol? No, seor, no hablo espaol
you not speak Spanish?

sir,
do not speak Spanish
VOCABULARY {VOCABULARIO)
conjugar, to conjugate desear, to wish, desire Espaa,/., Spain espaol, adj., Spanish (los) Estados Unidos, m. (the) United States
estudiar, to study Inglaterra,/., England
ingls, adj., English
qu? what? which?

pi.,
s,
adv., yes adv., also, too
tambin,
y, conj., and (becomes e before a word beginning with i or conjugue usted {pi., conjuguen ustedes), imptv., conjugate
hi)
Forms
Miss.
of address: seor,
sir;
seora,
madam, Mrs.;
seorita,
As nouns these terms mean respectively 'man' man'), 'woman' ('lady'), 'young (unmarried) lady.'
('gentle-
EXERCISES
21
ORAL GRAjMMATICAL EXERCISE {EJERCICIO GRAMATICAL ORAL)

a.
Conjugue usted ^
el
presente de indicativo de (ôf) ha-
blar; desear; estudiar; conjugar.

h.
Change the
infinitive in
these sentences to the correct

1.
form of
2.
the present
indicative:
Hablar usted espaol?

3.
Yo
no hablar espaol, yo hablar ingls.

4.
6.
l y
ella
hablar
espaol.
e ingls.
ol.
7.
Nosotros hablar
ingls.
Qu
estudiar ustedes?
Nosotros
8.
5.
Ellos estudiar espaol

estudiar espa-
No
estudiar t
9.
tambin espaol?
11.
S,
yo tambin
10.
el
estudiar espaol.
Ellas
no e^/^w espaol.
Conjugar usted
el
Yo
con-
jugar
el
presente de hablar.
12.
presente
de hablar?
Usted y yo conjugar
presente de hablar.
READING EXERCISE {EJERCICIO DE LECTURA)

Habla usted espaol? 2. No hablo espaol. 3. Hablo 5. En Ingla4. En los Estados Unidos hablan ingls. 6. En Espaa no hablan ingls. terra tambin hablan ingls. 7. Hablan espaol. 8. No hablan espaol en los Estados Unidos.
1.
ingls.
9.
No hablamos espaol.
12.
10.
Hablamos ingls.
espaol.
14.
espaol.
Deseamos hablar
13.
Estudiamos Estudiamos para

11.
(4n order to O hablar espaol.
Deseamos
estudiar espaol.
CONVERSATION {CONVERSACIN)
Habla usted espaol? No, seor (seora or seorita 2), no hablo espaol. 2. Habla usted ingls? S. seor, ^ hablo ingls. Hablan 3. Qu hablan en los Estados Unidos? ingls en los Estados Unidos. 4. Qu hablan en Inglaterra?
1.
Hablan tambin Espaa? No,

2
ingls en Inglaterra.
5.
seor,^
no hablan
ingls
Hablan ingls en en Espaa; hablan
1 The singular is used, as it is preferable in the main to address an individual student rather than the class. The form conjugese may also be used impersonally.
The student
will insert the
proper form.
22
espaol.
6.

Estudian ustedes espaol?^
7.
6-7
S,
seor/ estudia-
mos
espaol.
Desean ustedes hablar espaol?

etc.
will
S, seor,^
deseamos hablar espaol,

Note.
to prepare suitable answers
Henceforth only the questions

seor; no, seorita;
etc.
be printed.
The student
is
question, inserting for
and repeat as fully as possible the words of the affirmative and negative replies the appropriate
forms:
si,
EXERCISE TO BE TRANSLATED INTO SPANISH^ {EJERCICIO PARA TRADUCIR AL ESPAOL)

1.
In England they speak English,

3.
2.
In the United States
they speak English also.

lish.
In Spain they do not speak Eng-
4.
They speak
7.
Spanish.
I
6. I
speak English.
9.
am
do not speak Spanish. studying Spanish. 8. I wish [to]

5.
speak Spanish.
Are you studying Spanish?

11. I
10.
Yes,
sir,
am
sir,
studying Spanish.
12.
am
studying the
(el)
(la) first
conju-
gation.
Do you
I conjugate the
conjugate the verb hablar.
verb hablar?
13.
Yes,
LESSON
II
{LECCIN SEGUNDA)
VERBS {VERBOS)
6.
Second Conjugation
(Segunda Conjugacin)
iNFiNiTnrE
7.
Third Conjugation
(Tercera Conjugacin)
(Infinitivo)
aprend
er,
'
to learn
viv
ir,
'
to live
Present Indicative
aprend aprend aprend aprend aprend aprend
o, I
(Presente de Indicativo)
leam,
am
do
learning,
es
e
learn, etc.
emos
is
en
^
viv o, I live, viv es viv e viv imos viv is viv en

proper form.
am
living,
do
live,
etc.
The student
will insert the
These translation
exercises should be written
by the
student.
EXERCISES
23
VOCABULARY (VOCABULARIO)
ahora, adv.,
now
from
escribir, to write
de, prep., of,
donde,^ adv., where, wherever;
hoy, adv., to-day leer, to read
dnde? ^ where?
en, prep., in, on,
mucho,
tell
adv.,
much, a great deal
upon
el
repasar, to review
dgame usted,^
hgame usted ^
me, say to me favor de (leer, traducir, etc.), please
(lit.
do
me
the favor to) read, translate, etc.
ORAL GRAMMATICAL EXERCISE (EJERCICIO GRAMATICAL ORAL)

a.
Hgame
usted
el
favor de conjugar
el
presente de indica-
tivo de hablar; de repasar; de leer; de aprender; de vivir; de

escribir.
b.
Dgame usted en
3.
espaol:
1.
I
4.
am
learning.
2.
We
5. 8.
are
learning.
Are
6.
9.
you"^ learning?
We
You
are reading.
are reading.
(pi.)
am
writing.
10.
7.
are writing.
11. 13.
They You
live.
They
live.
We
15.
study.
study?
12.
He and
she
are studying.
Do you (pi.) Do you speak
Spanish?
16.
14.
/ speak Spanish.
They too speak Spanish.
He
speaks Spanish and she speaks English.
READING EXERCISE (EJERCICIO DE LECTURA)

1.
3.
En Espaa
ingls.
7.
Vivimos en los Estados Unidos. hablan espaol. 4. En

5.
2.
Hablamos
ingls.
los
6.
Estados Unidos
hablan
espaol.
No
hablan espaol.
Estudiamos mucho. 8. espaol. 9. Estudiamos hoy los (Hhe') verbos aprender y vivir. 10. Repasamos tambin el (^the') verbo hablar.
1
Ahora aprendemos Deseamos hablar y leer
3 *
Often preceded by a or en, meaning the 'place to PL, dganme ustedes. PL, hganme ustedes. Use the Spanish pronouns for the italicized forms.
(or in) which.'
24
8-9
CONVERSATION (CONVERSACIN)
Hablamos espaol? 3. Qu haQu hablan en los Estados Unidos? 5. Hablan espaol en los Estados Unidos? 6. Qu aprenden ustedes ahora? 7. Estudian ustedes mucho? 8. Desean ustedes hablar y leer espaol? 9. Qu verbos estudian ustedes hoy? 10. Qu verbo repasan ustedes?
1.
Dnde vivimos?
4.
2.
blan en Espaa?
TRANSLATION EXERCISE
1.
(EJERCICIO
DE TRADUCCIN)
where they speak Spanish. 2. I live in the United States, where they speak English. 3. I wish [to] 4. I wash [to] read, [to] write and [to] speak learn Spanish. 6. We study a great 5. I am studying Spanish. Spanish.
I
do not
live in Spain,
deal.
7.
To-day we learn the

vivir.
8. (el)
(el)
present indicative of apren(el)
der and
We
review also the
verb hablar.
9.
We
conjugate the
present indicative of hablar.
LESSON
III
(LECCIN TERCERA)
ARTICLES (ARTCULOS)
8.
Indefinite Article (Artculo Indefinido)

Singular
Plural
Masculine (Masculino) un, Feminine (Femenino) una, /

"I
'
unos, \ gojê unas, /
un hombre, a man una mujer, a woman

9,
unos hombres, some men unas mujeres, some women
Definite Article (Articulo Definido)

Singular
Plural
los,
'
Masculine (Masculino) el Feminine (Femejiino) la lo Neuter (Neutro)

1
las, /
These translation
exercises should
be written by the student.
'
10-14
ARTICLES
is
25
1.
Lo
used chiefly before adjectives or participles to give
an abstract or general idea.

lo
lo escrito^ that
malo, that which is evil which is written
2.
Before a feminine singular noun beginning with stressed

is
a or ha, the article el

el el
regularly used instead of
la.
agua (/.), the water hacha (/.), the ax
10.
Articles (definite
tives, in
and indefinite) agree, as do all adjecgender and number with the words they modify.
11.
Articles are repeated before each
word they modify.

girls
los
un muchacho y una muchacha, a boy and (a) girl muchachos y las muchachas, the boys and (the)
12.
The Prepositions de and a

A, Ho,'
is
{Las Preposiciones de
ya).
De,
case.
ôf,' is
used especially to form the possessive or genitive
used
(1) to
form the dative
case, (2) to intro-
duce a personal direct object or geographical

case
it is
name
(in
which
not to be translated).
They
are repeated before each
word they modify.

los libros
de Juan y de Mara doy los libros a Juan y a Mara
John's and Mary's books I give the books to John and
(to)
Mary
veo a Juan y a Mara visito a Granada
13.
I see
am
John and Mary visiting Granada
Contractions
(Contracciones).
Note the following con-
tractions wdth the definite article.
de+el=del a+el=al
14.
el libro
hablo
al
del muchacho, the boy's book muchacho, I speak to the boy
Spanish nouns commonly form their plural in either -s or -es. All ending in consonants take -es.
26
el agua,/., the
water
la forma, the la
el
el borrador,^ the eraser
borrar, to erase
la clase, the class, class-room
form muchacha, the girl muchacho, the boy

pasar, to pass, spend; go, come in the blackboard^
con, prep., with ensear, to teach, show escuchar, to listen (to 2), heed escrito, pp. of escribir, written la falta, the mistake, fault
el pizarrn, el
profesor
(la
profesora), the
teacher, professor subrayar, to underline

la tiza, the chalk
tengo, I have; tiene, he (she) has,' you have; tenemos, tienen, they (you) have
we have;
GRAMMATICAL DRILL {CUESTIONARIO GRAMATICAL)

1.
Dgame Vd.
en
el plural.
el
las
2.
formas del artculo indefinido en
el
singudefi-
lar;
Dgame Vd.
las
3.
formas del artculo
nido en
singular; en el plural.
Hgame Vd.
el
favor de
pasar al pizarrn y de escribir el presente de indicativo de en4. Ahora hgame el sear; de escuchar; de leer; de escribir.
favor de borrar lo escrito con
el
borrador (o
cepillo).
ORAL EXERCISE {EJERCICIO ORAL)

Dgame Vd. en espaol: 1. A grammar. 4. Some classes. 5. The water. 3. A class. 8. The boy. 9. A girl. 10. The 7. A boy.
boy.
12.
2. 6.
The grammar.
Of the water.
11.
girl.
To
the
Of the boy. 14. Of the girl. 15. A boy and girl. 16. Of the boys and girls. 17. The teacher. 19. Of the teachers. 20. I Hsten to the 18. Of the teacher.
To
the
girl.
13.
teacher.
21.
We
listen
to
the
teachers.
I
22.
The
teacher
23. speaks to the boys and girls. 24. Some boys go to the blackboard.
go to the blackboard.
25.
They
write
is
upon the
written.
blackboard.
27.
1
26.
They read
verb.
to the teacher
28.
what
They conjugate a
We
conjugate the present of

2
Called also cepillo. Of slate. Called also pizarra.
Takes
direct object.
When made of blackened boards or cloth, called
encerado.
EXERCISES
the verb.
29. I
27
have the chalk. 30. Have you [some] chalk? 31. The theme has some mistakes. 32. We underline the mistakes with the chalk. 33, With the eraser we erase what is
written.

Aprendemos las formas del artculo indefinido. 3. Aprendemos tambin las formas del 4. Repasamos la conjugacin del verbo. artculo definido. 6. Los 5. El profesor ensea a la clase la leccin de hoy. muchachos y las muchachas de la clase escuchan al profesor. 7. Unos muchachos y unas muchachas pasan al pizarrn. 9. Leen al pro8. Escriben en el pizarrn la leccin de hoy.
1.
Hoy
estudiamos
el
artculo.
2.
fesor lo escrito.
11.
10.
El profesor subraya las faltas con
tiza.
Los
ejercicios
de una de las muchachas no tienen
faltas.
CON\'ERSATION (CONVERSACIN)
2. Qu Qu estudian Vds. hoy? aprenden Vds.? 3. Aprenden Vds. las formas del artculo definido? 4. Qu repasan Vds.? 5. Qu ensea a la clase el profesor? 6. Escuchan al profesor los muchachos y las muchachas? 7. Pasan al pizarrn unos muchachos y unas muchachas de la clase? 8. Qu escriben en el pizarrn? 9. Qu leen al profesor? 10. Con qu subraya el profesor las faltas? 11. Qu ejercicios no tienen faltas?
1.
TRANSLATION EXERCISE (EJERCICIO DE TRADUCCIN)

1.
I wish [to] learn Spanish.

3.
2.
I study Spanish a great

4. I
deal.^
5. I
I learn the
forms of the verb.
read the exercises.

the
class.
6.
speak Spanish to the boys and

I
girls of
To-
day
go to the blackboard.
7.
I write the translation exercise
^ In Spanish, the adverb usually follows the verb. The definite article should not be omitted before espaol, if mucho intervenes between espaol and the verb.
28

8.
15-20
9.
on the blackboard.
[to]
I write the exercise with chalk.

is
read to the teacher what

the reading.
11.
written.
10.
The teacher
listens
The
exercise has
some mistakes.
12.
The
teacher underlines the mistakes with chalk.

exercise.
13. I erase the
LESSON IV {LECCIN CUARTA)

NOUNS {NOMBRES O SUBSTANTIVOS)
15.
Gender {Gnero),
libro, m.,
All Spanish nouns are either
mascu-
line or feminine.
There are no neuter nouns.

book
pluma,/., pen
Endings {Terminaciones)
16.
Nouns ending
in
-o are regularly mascuHne.

libro, m.,
book
Exception
17.
{Excepcin)
mano, /., hand.
Nouns ending
in
-a^ are regularly feminine.

pluma,/., pen
Exceptions
-ta, e.g.,
{Excepciones) da, w., day; nouns tema, m., theme; planeta, m., planet.
:
of
Greek origin
in
-ma,
18.
The gender
of
nouns with other endings should be
memorized
19.
in each case.
rules.
Sex determines gender, regardless of the foregoing

hombre, w., man
mujer,/.,
woman
in
cura, w., priest
20.
Number
{Nmero).
Nouns ending
an unstressed
vowel or diphthong add -s to form the plural.

(learn)
Singular
libro,
Plural
libros,
book
books
serie, sequence, series
series, sequences, series

-ie, -ion,
Other feminine endings are: -dad, -tad, -tud
-umbre.
21
NOUNS
Nouns ending
in a
29
21.
consonant or in a stressed vowel

pliiral.
(except -e) or diphthong add -es to form the
(learn)
Singular
profesor, teacher
rub, ruby
ley,
Plural
profesores, teachers
rubies, rubies
leyes, laws
cafs, coffees, cafs
pies, feet
final
law
'"
But:
caf, cofee, caf

pie, foot
Note
1.
the singular
Note
'pencils.'
2.
A wTtten accent on a vowel preceding the consonant lecciones, the plural: leccin, omitted A 'pencil,Mpices, -z changes toe before -es:
is
in
in
'lesson,'
'lessons.'
final
lpiz,
alumna), the pupil the seat el cuaderno, the note-book cul?^ (pL, cules?), inter. pron. and adj., which? what? este, m. (esta, /.), dem. adj.,
el
(la
alumno
el papel,
el asiento,
la
el
la la
la el
this;
estos,
m.
pi.
(estas, /.
pL), these
la
the paper; role para, prep., for, (in order) to pluma, the pen pupitre, the (small) desk regla, the rule, ruler silla, the chair tinta, the ink tintero, the ink-stand, ink-well
mesa, the table

es, is; son, are;
hay, there
is (or
are)
GRAIVIIMATICAL DRILL (CUESTIONARIO GRAMATICAL)
De qu gneros son los substantivos en espaol? 2. De qu gnero son los nombres que tienen la terminacin -o? 3. Dgame Vd. una excepcin. 4. De qu gnero son los nombres que tienen la terminacin -a? 5. Dgame Vd. unas otras (^ other') terminaciones excepciones. 6. Dgame Vd.
1.
femeninas.
1 Cul? pron., than one):
is
used instead of qu? when 'what?' means 'which?'
(of
more
Cul es la leccin? But: Qu es un diptongo?

Cul?
is
What What
(which one)
is
(sort of a thing)
the lesson? is a diphthong?
not often used as an adjective, being regularly replaced by qu?;

libro es ste?
Qu
What book
is
this?
30

1
Llene Vd. los espacios en blanco con
los artculos definidos
alumno; agua; mano; mesa; pluma; profesor; profesora; rub; leccin;

definite
e indefinidos correspondientes (^Fill the blanks with the proper
and
indefinite articles').*
alumna;
pie;
tintero;
da;
silla;
lpiz;
ley;
clase.
2.
Cul es
pie?
el
plural de
lpiz? leccin? pizarrn? libro?
mesa? papel? tintero? pluma? mano? da? ley? rub?

cuaderno? banco?
serie?
silla?
caf?
profesor? clase?
terminacin?

1.
Esta clase es
la clase
de espaol.
alumnos.
3.
2.
En
la clase hay-
asientos
y pupitres para
4.
6.
los
En
los pupitres
5.
hay
tinteros con tinta.
Los alumnos tienen plumas.

Escriben
el ejercicio
Tienen
tambin cuadernos.
los
de traduccin en
cuadernos con pluma y tinta. 7. Para el profesor hay una 8. El profesor tiene en la mesa papel y lpisilla y una mesa.
ces.
9.
Tiene un libro en
la^
mano.
de
la
10.
Es una gramtica.
11.
Ensea a
la clase las reglas
gramtica.
1.
Qu
clase es esta clase?

3.
2.
Qu hay en
4.
la clase
para
los
Qu tienen los alumnos? 5. Tienen tambin cuadernos? 6. Dnde escriben los alumnos el ejercicio de traduccin? 7. Con qu escriben? 8. Qu hay para el profesor? 9. Qu tiene el profesor en la mesa? 10. Qu tiene el profesor en la mano? IL Qu libro es? 12. Qu ensea a la clase el profesor?
alumnos?
Qu hay en
los pupitres?
The
definite article replaces the possessive adjective
with parts of the body.
(C. 59.)
22-23
SEASONS
MONTHS
OF THE YEAR
31
TRANSLATION EXERCISE {EJERCICIO DE TRADUCCIN)

1.
In this class-room there are seats and desks for the boys
girls.
2.
and
3.
On
the desks there are pens, pencils and paper.

thie ink-wells.
There is ink in cises on the paper.

7.
4.
The
pupfls write the exer6.
5.
The pupils have also note-books.

8.
They
and
write the translation exercises in the note-books with pen

ink.
They read
10.
the exercises to the teacher.

[a]
He
11.
underchair
lines the
mistakes with
pencil.
9.
The teacher has a

12.
and a
table.
On
the table he has a grammar.

{lit.
He
is
teaching the Spanish lesson
lesson of Spanish).
the pupils are learning the gender and

Spanish.
number
of
To-day the nouns in
LESSON V {LECCIN QUINTA)

22.
The Seasons
la
el
of the
Year {Las Estaciones del Ao)

el
el
prhnavera, spring verano, summer

articles are
otoo, autumn,
invierno, winter
fall
Note.
Definite
commonly used with the names
(nombres)
of the seasons.
23.
The Months
of the
Year {Los Meses del Ao)

julio, July agosto, August
enero, January febrero, February
marzo, March
abril, April
septiembre, September
octubre, October
mayo,
May
of the
noviembre, November
diciembre, December
junio, Jime
Note
Spanish.
1.
All are masculine.

2.
Note
The names The date

el
months
are usually not capitalized in
(la
numbers, except Hhe
first,' el
fecha) of the month primero.
is
expressed by cardinal
el
cuatro de julio, the fourth of July primero de enero, the first of January
32
24.

Present Indicative of
ser,
24-25
4o be'
{Presente de
Indicativo
soy, I
de ser)
somos, we are
sois,
am
is,
eres, thou art

es, he. (she)
ye are
you are
son, they (you) are
25.
are:
1,
The
first
twelve cardinal numbers (nmeros cardinales)
uno
dos
tres
4,
5,
2, 3,
cuatro cinco
seis
7, 8,
siete
10, 11, 12,
diez
ocho
6,
9,
nueve
once doce
cada, adj., each, every
se, reflex, pron., itself, himself,
etc.
it
cundo?
adv.,
when?; cuando,
when
cunto -a?
pi.,
gives
(when used before a verb, an impersonal or

e.g.,
adj.,
how much;
passive sense to the verb,
how many?
either,
se usa(n), ône uses,'

are) used,' etc.;
*is
{or
la escuela, the school

o,
conj.,
or
{becomes
ized
and is pluralwith plural noun)
before a or ho)
word beginning with
terminar, to end, finish usar, to use
principiar, to begin,
commence
{of weather)-,
hace
calor, it is
warm
hace
fro, it is
cold {of weather)

1.
Cules son las estaciones del ao?

los artculos definidos
2.
Se usan o no se
presente
usan
3.
con los nombres de las estaciones?

4.
Cules son los meses del ao?

ser.
5.
Conjugue Vd.
fecha de hoy?
el
de indicativo del verbo

nales de uno a doce?
Cules son los nmxcros cardila
6.
Cul es

Dgame Vd. en espaol: You are. 5. They are.
8.
1.
I
I
am.
2.
He
is.
3.
We
is
are.
4.
6.
am
a pupil.
9.
7.
He
also a
pupil.
We
arc pupils of this class.
You
are pupils of this
EXERCISES
school.
10.
33
There are ten pupils in this class. 11. There are twelve months in the year. 12. There are four seasons. 13. It 14. It is wârm in (the) summer. is cold in (the) winter.
The months of the winter are December, January and February. 16. The months of the summer are June, July and August. 17. The first of January. 18. The tenth of August.
15.

1.
El ao tiene cuatro estaciones.

la
2.
Las estaciones
el
del
3.
ao
son
primavera,
el el
verano,
el
otoo y
invierno.
La
escuela principia en
otoo y termina en
5.
la
primavera.
fro. 8. 6.
4.
hay
clases
en
el
verano.
7.
En
el
invierno hace
No En el
verano hace
calor.
El ao tiene doce meses.
meses del ao son enero, febrero, marzo, abril, julio, agosto, septiembre, octubre, noviembre y diciembre. 10. Los meses de la pri9. Cada estacin tiene tres meses. mavera son marzo, abril y mayo. 11. Los meses del verano
son junio, julio
tiembre,
Los doce mayo, junio^
y agosto. 12. Los meses del otoo son sepoctubre y noviembre. 13. Diciembre, enero y febrero
son los meses del invierno.
1.
Cuntas
estaciones
la
tiene
el
ao?
4.
2.
Cules
son?
3. 5.
7.
Cundo
principia
el
escuela?
6.
Cundo
termina?
Hay
clases en
verano?
Hace calor en el verano? 8. 9. Cuntos meses tiene cada estacin? meses de la primavera? del verano?
vierno?
Hace fro en el verano? Cuntos meses tiene el ao?

10.
-del
Cules son los
otoo?
del in-
34
'
26-28

1.
There are twelve months

seasons.
3.
in the year.
2.
There are also

{lit,
four
4.
In each season there are three months.
March, April and

5. 6.
of the spring).
months The summer months are June, July and

are the spring
in the
May
months
summer months. 7. September, October and November are the autumn months. 8. In the winter months it is cold. 9. These months are December, January and February. 10. The schools begin in the fall in the month of September. 11. They end in the month of Jime. 12. The twelve months are January, February, March, April, May, Jime, July, August, September, October, November and
August.
It is
warm
December.
LESSON VI {LECCIN SEXTA)

26.
The Days
lunes,
of the
Week
{Los Das de la Semana)

jueves, Thursday viernes, Friday
Monday
martes, Tuesday mircoles, Wednesday
sbado, Saturday
domingo, Sunday
Note.
are
all
The names
of the
days are not capitalized in Spanish.
They
masculine.
27.
'On' before the names of the days of the week
is
indi-
cated by the use of the definite article:

el lunes,
on Monday; los domingos, on Simdays
28.
Present Indicative of
estar, 'to
be' {Presente
de Indicativo de estar)
estoy, I
am
\s,
estamos, we are
estis, ye are
ests, thou art

est, he (she)
you are
estn, they (you) are
29-31
ESTAR
CARDINAL NUMBERS
35
29.
Estar expresses a temporary state or condition while
ser expresses one
more permanent.
estar
is
To
express situation, even
when permanent,
Madrid
30.
13, 14,
used.
is tall
Est enfermo, he is ill Es alto, he est en Espaa, Madrid is in Spain
Learn the cardinal numbers:

trece
15,
16,
quince
diez y seis
17,
18,
catorce
diez y siete diez y ocho
19,
20,
diez y nueve veinte
31.
The
other cardinal numbers are formed by adding y uno,

the decimals:
veinte y uno veinte y dos
31, 32,
y dos,
etc., to
21,
22,
treinta y
uno
treinta
y dos
aqu, adv., here
delante
de,
adj.
pre p.,
before,
in
que, re. pron. and adj., that, which, who, whom

recitar, to recite
front of
dems,
rest,
and pron.,
(the)
remaining, other(s) la diferencia, the difference el (or la) estudiante, the student explicar, to explain la lengua, the language, tongue
saber, irr. v., to know sentado, -a, seated (pp. of sentar, to seat)
slo, adv.,
only
tratar, to treat, concern;
de,
to try to
el verso, the verse
de
pie,
on
foot, standing;
puedo, I can; puede, he
(she,
you) can;
trae, brings, has
GRAMMATICAL DRILL (CUESTIONARIO GRAMATICAL)

1.
De qu
3.
trata la leccin de hoy?
2.
Cuntos das tiene
la
semana?
5.
Cules son?
ao?
Cules son las

el
Cuntas estaciones hay en el estaciones del ao? 6. Cuntos

4.
meses hay en
8.
ao?
7.
Cules son los meses del ao?

9.
Cuntas semanas hay en un mes?

el
Cuntos das hay
en
mes de junio? de
julio? de diciembre? de febrero? de
36
septiembre?
estar; de ser.
10.
Conjugue Vd.
el
presente de indicativo de
11.
Cules son los nmeros cardinales de uno a
diez?
de diez a veinte? de veinte a treinta?

Dgame Vd. en Are you here?
8.
espaol:
4. 6.
1.
am
here.
2.
We
is
are here.
3.
They
I
are
seated.
7.
5.
The
teacher
is
seated in the chair.

fore the class.
am
standing.
He
standing be9.
They
first
are students of Spanish.

10.
We
fifth
are
pupils of this school.

11.
Chicago
the
is
in the
United States.
of
Thursday, the
13.
of June.
12.
Monday, the
of
15.
February.
14.
Saturday,
twenty-ninth
Sunday, the seventeenth of Septeriiber.

16.
December. Wednesday,
the thirty-first of August.

days, on
lesson
{lit,
On
Tuesday.
17.
On Mon-
Wednesdays and on Fridays we have the Spanish

lesson of Spanish).

1.
Hoy
la
es
de
,
el
(Insert the appropriate

el
week and month,

en
4.
e.g.,
lunes,
3.
diez de octubre.)
2.
day of the Estamos

espaol.
clase
de espaol.
5.
Somos estudiantes de
Estamos sentados.
6.
El profesor est de pie delante de los
alumnos.
ser
Explica la diferencia que hay entre los verbos

7.
Los estudiantes conjugan los verbos ser y estar. 8. En la leccin de hoy aprenden los nombres de los das de la semana. 9. Repasan los nombres de las estaciones y de los meses. 10. Para saber cuantos das hay en cada mes
estar.
aprenden unos versos.

12.
11.
Aqu estn
los versos.
Treinta das trae noviembre
y septiembre; De veinte y ocho slo hay uno; Los dems de treinta y uno.
abril, jimio
Con
32
THE HOURS OF THE DAY
37
Qu da es hoy? 2. Dnde estamos? 3. De qu 4. Dnde estamos sentados? lengua somos estudiantes? 6. Qu explica el profesor? 5. Dnde sta el profesor? 8. Qu nom7. Puede Vd. conjugar los verbos ser y estar? 9. Qu bres aprenden los estudiantes en la leccin de hoy? nombres repasan? 10. Qu aprenden para saber cuantos das hay en cada mes? 11. Hgame Vd. el favor de recitar los
1.
versos.

1.
3.
The students of this class are boys. The teacher is seated in a chair before
is
2.
They
are seated.
4.
the class.
One
6.
of
the pupils
tell
standing.
5.
He is
trying to recite the verses which
(dicen)
{lit.
how many days

7.
there are^ in each month.
Now
he goes
passes) to the blackboard
the days of the week.
and writes the names of There are^ two mistakes. 8. The

9.
teacher underlines
the mistakes with chalk.
The
other
students recite the
names
of the
months.
10.
The
teacher ex-
between the verbs ser and estar. 11. The students conjugate the two verbs. 12. And now they recite the cardinal numbers from one to twenty.
plains to the class the difference
LESSON
The Hours
32.
VII (LECCIN
of the
SPTIMA)
Day
{Las Horas del Da)
The hour or time of day is indicated by a cardinal number preceded by the feminine definite article (to agree with hora, ^hour/ or horas, ^hours/ understood). Time after the hour is expressed by the number of minutes preceded by y, and time before, by the number of minutes preceded by menos,
1
One must
distinguish between Hhere are'
and 'they
are.'
38
33-34
Uess.' The word for ^minutes/ minutos, is usually omitted. The verb 'to be/ in expressions of time, is ser, which is singular or plural according to the number of hours.
Qu hora es? What time Son las dos y veinte Son las once menos diez
33.
is it?
Es
It
It
la una.
is is
It is one o'clock twenty minutes past two ten minutes to eleven
hour,
The half-hour by cuarto.

las tres
is
expressed by media and the quarter-
Son Son
34.
y media
It
is
is
half past three
las cinco
menos
cuarto
It
quarter to five
Note the following expressions
of time:
nueve de la maana de la tarde las diez de la noche Al medioda A media noche A las siete en punto
las las tres
A A A
At nine (o'clock) in the morning At three (o'clock) in the afternoon At ten (o'clock) at night At nbon At midnight At seven o'clock sharp
antes, adv., first, formerly; de, prep., before (usually applied to time) el bolsillo, the pocket la campana, the bell consultar, to consult entonces, adv., then la esfera, the face (of a watch or
clock)
llamar, to call, name; knock (at a door); se llama, is called
(named)
la manecilla, the
hand
(of a watch
or clock)
el
marcar, to mark minutero, the minute-hand
mucho, -a, much;

la pared, the wall
pi.,
many
etctera,
so forth
et
caetera,
etc.,
and
la posicin, the position

el reloj,
the
la expresin, the expression

el horario, the
hour-hand
indicar, to indicate
de pared,^ wall-clock segimdero, the second-hand el segundo, the second

el
,
clock;
de
timepiece,
bolsillo,^
watch, watch;
da, gives, strikes (of a clock);
cmo se
dice?
how
does one say?
how do you
say?
^
These words are not usually added.
EXERCISES
I
39

1.
Para indicar
la
hora del da cul es
el artculo
antes del
3.
nmero cardinal? 2. Cul es el Cundo se usa el verbo en el singular?

el
que se usa verbo que se usa?
4.
Cundo
se usa
en
plural?
5.
Hgame Vd.
y
el
favor de traducir al ingls
estas expresiones: es la una; son las cuatro
menos doce; son
las siete
catorce; son las nueve
y media; son las doce menos cuarto.

Cmo
5.
se dice en espaol?:
3.
1.
What
4.
time
is
it?
2.
It is
half past one.
It is five o'clock.
It is quarter to three.
6.
It is twenty-five
7.
minutes past
(o'clock)
eight.
8.
It is quarter past
six.
It is five
9.
minutes to seven.
in the
11.
It is twelve o'clock
10.
sharp.
(o'clock)
13.
At three
afternoon.
12.
At ten
in
the morning.
At noon.
At midnight.
At eleven
(o'clock) at night.

Aqu en el bolsillo tengo im reloj. 4. En ima 3. Es im reloj de bolsillo. pared de la clase hay tambin un reloj, 5. Es im reloj de pared. 6. Este reloj tiene una campana que da las horas y las medias horas. 7. Cada reloj tiene una esfera con nmeros. 8. Cada reloj tiene tambin dos manecillas, el minutero y el horario para marcar los minutos y las horas. 9. En muchos relojes hay tambin una manecilla para marcar los segundos.
1.
Para saber
la
hora consultamos im
reloj.
2.
10.
Esta manecilla se llama
el
segundero.
minutero y del horario indica la hora. 12. est en el nmero doce y el horario est en
tonces son las tres.
seis
La posicin del Cuando el minutero

11.
el
nmero
el
tres,
en-
13.
Cuando
el
minutero est en
nmero
el
horario est entre los nmeros cuatro
cinco, entonces
son las cuatro y media, etctera.
40
35
Qu consultamos para saber la hora? 2. Tiene Vd. un reloj? 3. Es un reloj de bolsillo? 4. Qu hay en una pared de la clase? 5. Qu tiene el reloj de pared para dar las horas y las medias horas? 6. Hay nmeros en la esfera de cada 7. Cul es la manecilla que marca las horas? reloj? los minutos? los segundos? 8. Dnde est el horario y dnde est el minutero cuando es la una? cuando son las dos? las cinco y cuatro? las diez y media? las siete menos diez? las
1.
doce en punto? etc.

There are twenty-four hours in the day. 2. Every hour has sixty minutes. 3. There are sixty seconds in each minute. 4. We have timepieces which we consult in order to know what time it is. 5. Here is a watch. 6. It has a face with numbers.
1.
7.
It has also three hands: the minute-hand, the

8.
hour-hand and
The second-hand marks the seconds. 9. The hour-hand and the minute-hand mark the hours and the minutes. 10. When the hour-hand is at the number five and the minute-hand is at the number twelve, it is five o'clock.
the second-hand.
11.
When
the minute-hand
is
is
at the niunber three
and the
quarter
hour-hand
between the numbers twelve and one,

etc.
it is
past twelve^
LESSON
-35.
VIII
{LECCIN OCTA VA)
Order (Construccin de la Oracin), In a declarative sentence the word-order in Spanish is much the
Sentence
sanie as in English, but inversion of the subject, especially in
relative clauses,
is
more frequent.
Mi hermano
tiene el libro
My brother has the book

The book which
El libro que tiene mi hermano
my
brother has
36-39
SENTENCE OEX)ER
is
41
36.
In an interrogative sentence the word-order
commonly
as follows: (1) verb, (2) predicate

(3) subject.
nomi
(adjective, adverb, etc.),
Tiene
el libro
mi hermano?
Does
Es interesante el libro? Trabaja bien este muchacho?

37.
brother have the book? book interesting? Does this boy work well?
Is the
my
Present Indicative of tener
have/ 'possess' {Presente de Indicativo de tener)

^
^to
tengo, I have tienes, thou hast tiene, he (she) has, you have
tenemos, we have tenis, ye have

tienen, they (you) have
It
is
Note.
Tener expresses possession.
not used to form compound
tenses {tiempos compuestos).
38.
Tener que, followed by an

Tengo que trabajar
infinitive, expresses obligation.

I
have to work
39.
The Cardinal Numbers by Tens

diez veinte
treinta
{Los
Nmeros
Cardinales de Diez en Diez)

10,
60,
70,
20,
30,
80,
sesenta setenta ochenta
40,
50,
cuarenta cincuenta
90,
noventa
ciento
100,
la
barba, the chin, beard

brazo,
la frente, the forehead,
brow
la boca, the
el
mouth the arm

the hair {usually used
hasta, prep., to,

until
la mejilla, the
up
to, as far as,
el cabello,
in the plural)
la
cabeza, the head
cheek middle la nariz, the nose

la mitad, the half,
el ojo,
la cara, the face
the eye
codo, the elbow el cuerpo, the body el dedo, the finger, toe; de la del pie, toe mano, finger; formar, to form
ei
la oreja, the ear la parte, the part

la pierna, the leg la rodilla, the
knee
42

Conjugue Vd. el presente de indicativo del verbo tener. 2. Se puede usar el verbo tener para formar los tiempos compuestos? 3. Cules son los nmeros cardinales de diez en
1.
diez hasta ciento?

Dgame Vd. en
espaol:
3.
translate the exercise.
have to study. 2. We have to You have to write the theme. 4. The

1.
students have to learn the lesson.

6.
5.
The
teacher has the book.
Does the teacher have a pen? 7. Do the pupils have pencils and paper? 8. Does this boy study well? 9. The book which the boy has is a grammar. 10. The lesson which the boys and
girls are
studying
is
the thirty-fifth lesson (lesson thirty-five).

ten, twenty, thirty,
11. I
have to learn the cardinal numbers
forty, fifty, sixty, seventy, eighty, ninety
and a hundred.

Tenemos im cuerpo. 2. El cuerpo tiene ima cabeza, dos brazos y dos piernas. 3. En la cabeza tenemos los cabellos, las orejas y la cara. 4. Las partes de la cara son los ojos, las mejillas, la frente, la nariz, la boca y la barba. 5. Los brazos terminan en manos. 6. Cada mano tiene cinco dedos. 7. Las piernas terminan en pies. 8. Cada pie tiene cinco dedos. 9. Tenemos veinte dedos,^ diez dedos en las dos manos y diez
1.
dedos en
11.
los
dos pies.
la
10.
En
la
mitad del brazo est
el
codo.
En
la
mitad de
pierna est la rodilla.
Tenemos un cuerpo? 2. Qu partes tiene el cuerpo? 4. Cules son las partes de la 3. Qu tenemos en la cabeza? 6. Cuntos dedos cara? 5. En qu terminan los brazos?
1.
1
Translate 'fingers and toes.*
40-41
ADJECTIVES
43
los pies?
8.
tiene cada
mano?
7.
En qu terminan
9.
Cuntos
10.
dedos tiene cada pie?

se llama la
se llama la
Cuntos dedos tenemos? parte que est en la mitad del brazo? parte que est en la mitad de la pierna?
11.
Cmo Cmo

body are the trunk (tronco), the head, the two arms and the two legs. 2. Each arm has an elbow and ends in a hand. 3. Each leg has a knee and ends in a foot. 4. Each hand has five fingers. 5. Each foot has also five toes. 6. I have ten fingers and ten 7. On my (la) head I have hair, two ears, two eyes, toes. two cheeks, a forehead, a nose, a mouth and a chin.
1.
The
principal parts (partes principales) of the
LESSON IX {LECCIN NOVENA)

ADJECTIVES {ADJETIVOS)
40.
How
the Feminine
is
Formed {Como
se
Forma
el
Feme-
nino). Adjectives ending in -o change to -a to form the feminine.

bonito, w., bonita,/., pretty
41.
Adjectives ending in any other vowel, or in a consonant,
are the
same
in
both genders.
fcil,
pobre, m. and/., poor
m. and f., easy
Exception
1.
Adjectives of nationahty (nacionalidad) form
their feminine in -a.

ingls, w., inglesa,/., English
espaol, m.^ espaola,/., Spanish
Exception
2.
Adjectives ending in -n, -on, -or (except
comparatives) form their feminine in -a.

holgazn, m., holgazana,/., indolent juguetn, w., juguetona,/., playful trabajador, w., trabajadora,/., industrious But: mejor m. andf., better..
44
42.
42-47
How
the Plural
is
is
Formed (Como
formed
se
Forma
el Plural).
The
plural of adjectives
like the plural of

fcil, fciles,
nouns.
bonito, bonitos, pretty
easy
43.
How
Adjectives Agree (Como Concuerdan los Adjetivos).
Adjectives agree in gender and

qualify.
nmnber with the words they
un libro pequeo, a small book buenas plumas, good pens La madre y su hija son altas, The mother and her daughter are
44.
tall
An
is
adjective qualifying two or
gender
generally masculine plural,

if
more words of different and should stand near a
masculine word,
possible.
una seora y un seor espaoles, a Spanish lady and gentleman

45.
Where
Adjectives are
Placed (Donde se Colocan

(adjetivos
etc.;
los
Adjetivos).
articles,
Limiting
adjectives
determinativos):
numerals, possessives, demonstratives,
and
cer-
tain short
and much used adjectives precede

los
their nouns.^
estos libros, these books buenos amigos, the good friends
46.
Most
qualifying adjectives (adjetivos calificativos) fol-
low their nouns (especially long, proper and participial adjectives, those qualified
by an adverb and those joined by a
conjunction to another adjective).
una leccin interesante, an interesting lesson un libro espaol, a Spanish book un viaje muy largo, a very long journey una casa pequea y fea, a small and ugly house
47.
Adjectives
may
be used substantively.
los pobres, the poor
Some
used after:
adjectives have one meaning when used before a noun and another when i.e., el pobre nio, 'the poor (pitiable) child'; el nio pobre, 'the poor (in-
digent) child.*
EXERCISES
45
alguno, -a, some, any, a few bastante, adv.j enough, quite, rather bien, adv., well
calificar, to qualify,
juguetn, -a, playful
mayor,
parte de, the greater part

(la
adj., greater, larger; la
cambiar
into)
(en),
modify to change (to
or
el
of, most mismo, -a, same muy, adv., very
nio
.
nia), the child, little
come,
adv., like, as;
cmo? how?
boy
(girl)
corto, -a, short
pero, conj., but
demasiado,
adv., too, too
much
difcil, adj., difficult,
hard
fcil, adj., easy holgazn, -a, indolent
trabajador, -a, industrious trabajar, to work el trabajo, the work
GRAIVIMATICAL DRILL {CUESTIONARIO GRAMATICAL)

1.
Cmo
2.
se
forma
3.
el
femenino de un adjetivo que termina en
-o?
los
Cules son los adjetivos que tienen
dos gneros?
el plural
6.
Cules son las

5.
forma
7.
de
los adjetivos?
misma forma en excepciones? 4. Cmo se Cmo concuerdan los adla
jetivos?
Dnde
se colocan los adjetivos determinativos?
Dnde
8.
se colocan la
tivos?
Se pueden usar los adjetivos
mayor parte de los adjetivos calificacomo substantivos?
ORAL EXERCISE (EJERCICIO ORAL)

Dgame Vd. en
3.
espaol:
1.
An
easy lesson.
2.
Short lessons.
5.
Short and easy lessons.

6.
4.
It is a
very hard lesson.

7.
Some
lessons are very hard.

is
Most
girl.
lessons are easy.

lesson.
9.
This lesson
industrious
girls.
rather short.
10.
8.
have the same

11.
13.
An
boy.
.12.
An
indolent
Indolent boys and

is
Playful children.
is
The work
quite easy.
14.
16.
The
In-
work
18.
too hard.
15.
Industrious pupils study well.

17.
dolent pupils do not
work enough.
The
industrious work.
The
indolent do not work.
46

1.
Esta clase es una clase de espaol.

pero habla
2.
La
profesora es
inglesa,
muy
bien espaol.
4.
5.
3.
Hay muchachos y
muchachas en
son^
la clase.
La mayor
parte de las muchachas
muy
6.
trabajadoras.
zanas.
Muchos de
7.
los
que son holgamuchachos son tambin trabajadores,

slo dos o tres
Hay
pero hay algunos nios que son

trabajar.
difciles.
el
juguetones y no desean Para los alumnos que no trabajan las lecciones son
las
muy
8.
Para
muchachas y
trabajo de la clase
fciles.
bastante
10.
muchachos trabajadores 9. Las lecciones son cortas y es fcil. Los aliunnos no tienen que trabajar
los
demasiado.
Qu clase es sta^? la profesora? 2. Es espaola 3. Hay muchachos o muchachas en la clase? 4. Son trabajadoras las muchachas de la clase? 5. Cuntas muchachas de la clase son holgazanas? 6. Son trabajadores los muchachos? 7. Cules de los muchachos no desean trabajar? 8. Son dif9. Es ciles las lecciones para los aliminos que no trabajan?
1.
fcil
difcil el
trabajo de la clase para los nios trabajadores?

11.
10.
Cmo
son las lecciones?
Tienen que trabajar mucho
los
alumnos?

1.
(lit.
There are many boys and

class of Spanish).
2.
girls
in
the
Spanish class
Most of the pupils are industrious. 3. They study a great deal. 4. One of the girls and two of the boys are very indolent. 5. They do not work enough. 6. The work of the class is hard for the indolent pupils. 7. The lessons
are easy for the industrious boys and
1
.2
girls.
8.
This lesson
is
plural
noun following
la
mayor
parte takes a plural verb.
'This one.'
Demonstrative pronoun-
48-52
APOCOPATION OF ADJECTIVES
and
easy.
9.
is
47
quite short
In this lesson
formed.
10.
we
learn
how
the femi-
nine of (the) adjectives

adjectives agree
lesson
We
also learn
how
(the)
and where they are placed. 11. In this same we learn that an adjective may be used (puede usarse)
as
[a]
noun.
LESSON
{LECCIN DCIMA)
APOCOPATION OF ADJECTIVES {APCOPE
DE LOS ADJETIVOS)
48.
The dropping
of a final letter or syllable of a
word
is
called apocopation.
49.
The
following adjectives drop the final -o,
when they
first
precede a masculine singular noim:

bueno, good malo, bad, poor
1
uno, one alguno, some, any ninguno, no, none

first
primero,
tercero, third
postrero, last
algn libro, some book el primer ^ buen da, the

50.
lar
good day
Grande, 'great/ generally becomes gran before a singuof either gender.
noun
un gran hombre, a great man ima gran dificultad, a great difficulty

Note.
In the sense of
'large,' 'big,'
grande usually follows the noim.
una casa grande, a

51.
large house
Santo, 'saint,' becomes San before masculine singidar

of saints, except those beginning with
names
Do
or To.
San Juan, Saint John San Francisco, Saint Francis

52.
Santo Domingo, Saint Dominic Santo Toms, Saint Thomas
Ciento, /a hundred,'
becomes cien before the noun
it
modifies.
1
The
indefinite article is not used before ciento.
Alguno and ninguno take an accent when the -o is dropped. Apocopation may occur even when another adjective intervenes.
48
53
cien libros, a hundred books cien mil soldades, a hundred thousand soldiers But: ciento diez, ciento veinte, etc., a hundred and ten, a hundred and
'
twenty,' etc.
53.
1.
The
indefinite article is not used in Spanish:
Before unmodified nouns expressing a state or profession,
after the verb ser, ^to be.'
Es abogado. He
But: Es
2.
tin
is
a lawyer.
Es
profesora.
is
She
is
a teacher
mdico famoso
He
a famous doctor
After qu, ^what a/ in exclamations.
Qu hombre!
Qu
da
ms
{or tan^)
hermoso!
What a man! What a beautiful
day!
3.
Often before noims used in apposition, in which case the
definite article is also frequently omitted.
Blasco Ibez, autor eminente
Blasco Ibez, an author
{or the)
eminent
abogado, the lawyer (la amiga) the friend la casa, the house el comerciante, the merchant
el el
el hijo,
amigo
el el
constar (de), to consist

el
(of)
duro
lar
{called also peso), the dol-
la
la
el
{Spanish coin worth
five
pesetas)
el estudio, the
the son (la hija, the daughter); pL, sons, son(s) and daughter(s) hombre, the man inters, the interest madre, the mother mujer, the woman, wife padre, the father; pL, fathers,
parents, father(s) and mother(s)
study
excelente, adj., excellent la familia, the family el hermano, the brother (la hermana, the sister); pL, brothers, brother(s) and sister(s)
el
prometer, to promise
rico, -a, rich
su, poss. adj., his, her,

their
its,
your,
neigh-
vecino bor
(la vecina),
the
pierde, loses; pierden, lose

1
Note the intensive adverb used
in Spanish.
EXERCISES
49

1.
Cules son los adjetivos que pierden
la
terminacin -o
2.
delante de
un substantivo masculino en
el
el
el
singular?
Qu
forma tiene
tantivo en
adjetivo grande cuando est delante de

3.
singular?
un subsforma Qu tiene santo delante de

singular?
4.
un nombre masculino en
cepciones?
5.
el
Cules son las ex-
Cundo
se usa la
forma cien?

DgamxC Vd. en espaol:
3. 6.
1.
good book.
5.
2.
big book.
A
He
large house.
lives in
8.
4.
great interest.
7.
hundred men.
lives in
San Francisco.
His friend
Santo
Domingo.
10.
He
is
a lawyer.
11. 13.
9.
He
is
a rich merchant.
What
15.
a rich man!
exercise of the book.
The third exercise. 12. The last A bad student. 14. No student is
16.
bad.
Some
students are excellent.

17.
This
woman
is
has a
good son and a good daughter18. It consists of
The family
19.
not large.
only three persons.
Their brothers are

is
neighbors.
20.
His brother, an excellent lawyer,
very
rich.

1.
En
la clase
de espaol hay dos muchachos que son
muy
buenos amigos, Juan^ Alien y Carlos^ Gordon. 2. Sus padres son vecinos. 3. El padre de Carlos es un comerciante rico. 4. Vive en una casa muy grande. 5. El padre de Juan es im
buen abogado, pero no
es
un hombre muy
rico.
6.
La
familia
de Juan consta de su padre, de su madre, de sus dos hermanas
y de Juan.
hermanos.
7.
Carlos tiene su padre
y su madre, pero no
tiene
Juan es un buen estudiante de espaol. 9. Carlos no es un mal estudiante, p>ero no es excelente. 10. El padre de Carlos tiene un gran inters en el estudio del espaol. 11. Promete cien duros al primer estudiante de la clase.
8.
1
For proper names, see general vocabulary.
50
54
1.
es el
Son amigos Juan y Carlos? 2. Son vecinos? padre de Carlos? 4. Dnde vive? 5. Qu es
6,
3. el
Qu
padre
De qu personas consta la familia de Juan? 8. Cuntas personas hay en la familia de Carlos? 9. Qu clase de estudiante es Juan? 10. Es un estudiante excelente
de Juan?
Es rico?
7.
Carlos?
11.
Tiene inters en
el
estudio del espaol
el
padre
de Carlos?
12.
Qu promete
al
primer estudiante de
la clase?

1.
John Alien
is
is
a good friend of Charles Gordon.

3.
2.
John's
father
a lawyer.
There are
sisters,
five persons in the Allen
family^:
4.
John, his two
his father
and
his
mother.
Charles' father, a rich merchant, lives with his wife

5.
and
his
son in a very large house.

6.
The two
families are neighbors.
John and Charles are pupils in the same school. 7. There are a himdred students in the school. 8. The Spanish class is quite large. 9. They have a good teacher who has a great interest in his pupils. 10. John and Charles are excellent
students.
11.
They
learn their lessons well.
LESSON XI {LECCIN ONCE")

DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES {ADJETIVOS
DEMOSTRATIVOS)
54.
Singular
este, -a^ this
Plural
estos, -as, these
^'7^'
aquel, aquella,
jthat
J
esos -as, \^y^^^ aquellos, -as, j

is
is
Note. Ese indicates that which

addressed.
^
Aquel denotes that which

follow familia.
near (or well known to) the person more remote (or less well known).
The proper noun should
Beginning with this lesson, cardinal numbers will be used, since the ordinals (ordinales) are not commonly employed in Spanish beyond tenth.
2
55-59
DEMONSTRATIVE AND POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES
51
Demonstrative adjectives agree in gender and number and are repeated with each word they modify. aquel hombre y aquella mujer, that man and (that) woman
55.
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES {ADJETIVOS POSESIVOS)

56.
Forms which Precede the Noun {Formas que Preceden al Nombre)

Singular
Plural
(1.*)
(2.'^)
mi
tu
mis
tus
my
thy
his, her, its,
(3.^) (1.^)
su
nuestro, -a vuestro, -a
sus
nuestros, -as vuestros, -as
your
(2.-)
(3.^)
our your
their (m. or f.),
su
sus
your
Note. -- The forms su and sus are the proper adjectival forms
with usted
.
to use
57.
Possessive adjectives agree with the thing possessed in
gender and number, and in person with the possessor.

to the
They
are
repeated before each noim they modify, unless the noims refer
same person or
thing.
sisters
nuestros hermanos y nuestras hermanas, our brothers and mi amigo y vecino, my friend and neighbor {one person)
58.
To
avoid ambiguity in the third person, personal pro-
nouns after de are sometimes added.

de l, his book de ella, her book de usted, your book
.
SU
{or el) libro
de ellos, their (w.) book de ellas, their (/.) book de ustedes, your {pi.) book
59.
Where
possession
is
evident, particularly in the case of
parts of the body, or clothing, the definite article frequently

replaces the possessive adjective.
Qu
tiene Vd. en la
mano?
What have you
in
your hand?
52
60.
60-61
The
adjective propio, -a, 'own/
is
often used to enforce
the possessive idea.
mi propia
61.
casa,
my own
house
Many
sexes.
nouns, especially those denoting rank or relation-
ship, are
used in the masculine plural to include individuals of
both
los reyes, the kings, the king and queen los tos, the uncles, the uncle and aunt
los
hermanos, the brothers, the brother (s) and
sister (s)
el
abuelo, the grandfather abuela, the grandmother)

algo,
indef.
(la
pron.j
something;
adv.,
somewhat
apellidarse, to be
named^
cerca, adv., near;

near, about
la ciudad, the city
de,
prep,,
niuneroso, -a, numerous, large otro, -a, other, another el (la) pariente, the relative el primo (la prima), the cousin pues, conj., well; then sobre, prep., above, over, upon, about; todo, above all,
especially
el sobrino,
lejos, adv., far (off)
the
nephew
(la
so-
menor,
cl
adj. (comp. c/
pequeo),
brina, the niece)

el to, the uncle (la ta, the aunt)
smaller, younger miembro, the member modificar, to modify
el nieto,
the grandson the granddaughter)
(la
nieta,
nico, -a, only, sole v., to see (;^^., visto) viejo, -a, old
ver, irr.
a menudo,
(inf.,
adv., often; se refiere (inf., referirse), refers;

is
se repite
repetirse),
repeated:
venir),
vamos
comes
(inf., ir),
we go
(are going),
let
us go; viene
(inf.,

1.
Cules son los adjetivos demostrativos?

3.
2.
Cmo
con-
cuerdan?
4.
Se repiten con cada palabra que modifican?

5.
Cules son los adjetivos posesivos?
Cundo no
se re-
piten delante de dos o tres substantivos que modifican?

^
Applied to family names.
EXERCISES
53

Dgame Vd. en
the
espaol:
3.
1.
This book.
2.
That book
4.
6.
{near
person addressed),
pencils
7.
and
(these)
Those books pens. 5. His book.

8.
{yonder),
These Her grammar.
Your note-book.
aunt {two ways),

11.
10.
Our own house. 9. My uncle and Our father and mother {two ways),
your hand?
12. I
14.
What do you have

13.
in
have something
is
for
you.
Who
is
that gentleman?
He
my
friend
and
neighbor.
16.
15. Is
my
cousin your only friend in this city?

are there in your family?
18.
17.
How many members

is
Our
family
somewhat niunerous.
have
you?
19. I
my
grandparents,
cousins.
How many relatives have my parents, a few uncles
and aunts, and many

1.
En
esta leccin, dice el profesor,

la familia.
3. 2.
vamos a hablar de
los
miembros de
es
Juan, dgame Vd. algo sobre su

esta
familia de usted.
Pues, seor profesor, nuestra familia no

4.
mi padre y mi madre, mis dos hermanas y yo. 5. Mi abuelo y mi abuela, los padres de mi padre, viven en otra ciudad, no muy
numerosa.
cuidad viven
lejos
muy
En
de aqu.
6.
Ellos son bastante viejos.
7.
En
aquella
misma
padre.
ciudad, cerca de la casa de mis abuelos, viven

ta Isabel.
8.
mi
to
Pablo y mi
9.
Mi
ta es la
hermana menor de mi
10. Ellos
Mis
tos
se
apellidan WilHams.
tienen
11. Aquellos muchachos son mis nicos primos. Mis hermanas son las sobrinas de sus tos y yo soy su sobrino. 13. Mis abuelos vienen a esta ciudad muy a menudo
dos hijos.
12.
para ver a sus nietos.
54
1.
De qu vamos a hablar en
esta leccin?
3. Es numerosa la a Juan el profesor? 4. Cules son los parientes de Juan que viven en
Qu dice familia de Juan?

2.
la
ciudad
donde l vive? 5. Dnde viven su abuelo y su abuela? 7. Qu parientes de Juan viven 6. Son viejos sus abuelos? cerca de la casa de sus abuelos? 8. Es su ta hermana de su padre o de su madre? 9. Cmo se apellida el to de Juan? 10. Cuntos hijos tiene? 11. Cuntos primos tiene Juan? 12. Cmo se llama a los hijos de im hermano o de ima hermana? 13. Para qu vienen a menudo los abuelos de Juan a la ciudad donde vive?

1.
My
my
family
is
quite numerous.
2.
I live with
my
grand-
parents,
brother.
live
my
3.
father
and (my) mother,
my
two
sisters
and
my
In another house, not very far from our house,
and (my) aimt, with their five children.^ 5. My brother 4. They have three sons and two daughters. and sisters and I are often with these cousins. 6. We go to the same school. 7. Their father is the older brother of my father. 9. These aunts live in a city 8. My mother has three sisters. w^hich is very far from the city in which we live. 10. They also have children,^ 11. We do not see those cousins very often.
uncle
1
Use
hijos.
62-65
POLITE IMPERATIVE
55
LESSON XII {LECCIN DOCE)

THE SUBJUNCTIVE USED AS POLITE IMPERATIVE {EL SUBJUNTIVO USADO COMO IMPERATIVO CORTS)
62.
A command with usted or ustedes as subject is expressed

Singular
I.
as follows in the three regular conjugations:

Plural
11.
III.
Hablar: hable Vd.^ Aprender: aprenda Vd. Vivir: vivaVd.
hablen Vds.^ aprendan Vds.

vivan Vds.
speak
learn
live
63.
Note the
Dar: Hacer: Poner: Tener:
Traer: Decir:
Ir:
polite imperative forms of the following
com-
mon
irregular verbs:
d^Vd. hagaVd. ponga Vd.

tenga Vd. traiga Vd.
den Vds. hagan Vds. pongan Vds.

tengan Vds. traigan Vds. digan Vds. vayan Vds. vengan Vds. traduzcan Vds.
give
make, do
put, place
have
bring
say, tell
Venir: Traducir:
digaVd. vaya Vd. venga Vd.

traduzca Vd.
go
come
translate
64.
The personal
object pronouns (me, se, etc.) follow
and
are attached to these forms in the aflSrmative,
and precede (im-
attached) in the negative.
An
accent
mark must
indicate the stress of voice
when
it falls
on any
syllable except the next to the last of this combination.
Hgame Vd. el favor No me diga Vd. eso
Do me
Don't
the favor
tell
me
that
ADVERBS (ADVERBIOS)
Adverbs are generally formed by adding -mente to the feminine singular form of an adjective.
65.
claro, claramente, clearly
fcil,
1
2
fcilmente, easily
used.
'of.'
The pronoun usted (pL, ustedes) is not necessary, but is commonly The accent is to distinguish this verb form from the preposition de,
56
66.
riRS COURSE in Spanish
66-69
When two
-mente
adverbs are used together, joined by a conis
junction,
added to the
latter only.
Both have the
feminine form
of the adjective.
clara y distintamente, clearly and distinctly
67.
Qualifying adverbs regularly precede adjectives and
fol-
low verbs.
of time
Great freedom
place.
is
allowed in the position of adverbs
and
Ella es muy hermosa Habla perfectamente
He
Aqu est
68.
el libro
is very beautiful speaks perfectly Here is the book
She
Aqu, ac=^here,' 'hither'; ah=Hhere' (near the person

all,
addressed);
all = Hhere,' 'thither'
(more remote).
all.
Aqu and
all
are
more
definite
and limited than ac and

Come Come
here
right here
Venga ac Venga aqu

69.
is
'Very,' usually expressed
by muy, when standing alone

Are you pleased?
expressed
by mucho.
Est Vd. contento?
Mucho
Very
abrir, to
la
open (pp. abierto) bondad, the goodness, kindness

cerrar, to shut, close
la pgina, the
page
preparar, to prepare pronxmciar, to pronounce

la puerta, the
claro, -a, clear
comprender, to understand
detrs de, prep., behind, after
distinto, -a, distinct, different
(las) gracias, /. pL,
prximo, -a, next door

sentarse,
to
seat
oneself,
sit
down
(imptv., sintese Vd.)
thanks, thank
sealar, to point out, indicate

el significado, the
you
levantar, to raise; se, to rise, get up la lista, the list, roll, menu; pasar to call the roll
meaning
significar, to
mean
window
tomar, to take, assume

la ventana, the
la vez, the
time (recurrence)
una vez, once; dos veces, twice; a (or algunas) veces, sometimes; muchas veces, oftenj otra vez, again
EXERCISES
57

1.
Cmo termina en
la
el
singular
el
imperativo corts de un
verbo de
primera conjugacin?
de la tercera?
2.
de un verbo de la segunda
conjugacin?
Cul es
el
imperativo corts
venir, traducir?
de dar, hacer, poner, tener, traer, decir,

3.
ir,
Dnde se ponen los pronombres personales complementos^ en una negacin? 4. Cmo se forman los adverbios en espaol? 5. Cuando hay dos adverbios cul de los dos toma la terminacin -mente?

1.
Cmo
se dice ^here,' ^hither'? Hhere' (near the persot

^
addressed)?
there' (more remote)?

3.
2.
Cmo
se dice ^very/
el
cuando no hay otras palabras?
Ponga Vd. en
pasar
singular del
imperativo corts estos infinitivos: hablar distintamente; sealar los adverbios; sentarse aqu;
lista; abrir la
puerta;
levantar la
plirnia;
mano; tomar su
libro;
preparar la leccin; traer la

leer;
en
la
no ir al pizarrn; tener la bondad de mesa; decirme su nombre.
poner
el libro

1.
El profesor pasa
lista.
2.
Luego
dice a Juan: tenga Vd.

3.
la
bondad de
cerrar la puerta
y de
abrir la ventana.
Muchas
4. Carlos, tome Vd. su libro, leTiene Vd. la leccin bien prevenga ac. 5. vntese Vd. y 6. Pues, entonces abra Vd. su libro y lea parada? S, seor. 7. Muy bien: Vd. pronuncia muy clara el ejercicio de lectura. y distintamente. 8. Traduzca Vd. el ejercicio. 9. Bueno: ahora seale Vd. los verbos que son de la primera conjugacin. 11. S, seor, 10. Comprende Vd. el significado de sealar? 12. Muy bien: ahora haga el favor sealar significa indicar.
gracias; ahora sintese Vd.
'
object.'
58
de sentarse.
13.
Cuntos tienen el ejercicio de traduccin 14. Levanten Vds. la mano. escrito en sus cuadernos? 15. Juan, vaya Vd. all y escriba el ejercicio en el pizarrn. 16. Para la prxima vez preparen Vds. la prxima leccin.
1.
Qu hace
el
profesor?
2.
Qu
dice a Juan?
3.
Qu
dice a Carlos?
5.
4.
Tiene Carlos s leccin bien preparada?

Carlos?
6.
Cmo pronimcia
7.
Comprende Vd.
sealar?
8.
el
significado
de sealar?
el ejercicio
Qu
significa
Cuntos tienen
de traduccin escrito en sus cuadernos?

1.
The
teacher
is
seated in a chair behind the table.
2.
He
says to the pupils: take your note-books, go to the blackboard
and write the

very
clearly.
translation exercise of to-day's lesson.

4.
3.
Write
Now
go to your
7.
seats.
5.
John, come here

6.
and point out the mistakes in and underline the mistakes.

8.
this exercise.
Take the chalk

table.
Put the chalk on the

it (lo)
Now go to 10. Now take

11.
your
seat.
9.
Charles, write the exercise again.

to (en la)
12.
your book and open
page
fifty-
nine.
Begin with the reading

words? Yes,
Please
sit
exercise.
Read the
Spanish clearly and distinctly.
13.
sir,
Do you
14.
imderstand the
meaning
of the
15.
Well then, translate
the exercise.
down.
70-74
FORMS or ADDRESS
59
LESSON XIII {LECCIN TRECE)

FORMS OF ADDRESS {FORMAS DE TRATAMIENTO)
70.
Don
(doa,/.)
is
used before the Christian name (nombre
de
pila);
seor (seora,/., seorita,/) before the family
name
(apellido).
The two may be combined.

Seora doa Emilia Pardo Bazn
Seor don Juan Valera

71.
It is
customary in Spain to use the mother's name after

it
that of the father, usually joined to

riage adds to her family
by
y.
lady upon mar-
name
that of her husband, preceded
by
de.
Seor don Marcelino Menndez y Pelayo Seora doa Antonia Andrs de Dign
72.
Caballero, unconnected with
any name, sometimes
re-
places seor
by way
of address.
Buenos
73.
das, caballero
Good
day,
sir
Greetings (Saludos)
Buenos das Buenas tardes Buenas noches
Good day, good morning Good afternoon Good evening, good night
THE DEFINITE ARTICLE

74.
(EL
ARTCULO DEFINIDO)
Spanish before noims
The
El
definite article is required in
used in a general or abstract sense.
hombre es mortal
pensa
(abstract)
(general)
Man
is
mortal
is its
La
virtud es su propia recom-
Virtue
own reward
1.
Names
of languages, therefore,
if
used in a general sense,

is
regularly take the definite article, which

verbs, especially hablar.
often omitted after
6(1

El espaol es fcil Estudio (el) espaol
75
Spanish is easy I am studying Spanish
2.
Nouns used
Tengo
in a partitive sense take
no
article.
lpices y
plumas
have pens and pencils
75.
The
definite article is required before titles, except in
direct address.
El seor Caldern es rico El profesor Bello es muy clebre
Mr. Caldern
is
rich
is
Professor Bello
very famous
But: Buenos
Good das, seor Caldern Buenas tardes, seor profesor Good
day, Mr. Caldern

afternoon, professor
casado, -a,
sar)
la conjuncin, the conjunction
married
(/;?/.,
ca-
la pregunta, the question
preguntar
(of)
(a), to
question, ask
inter,
contestar, to answer, reply

el criado (la criada), the
quin? (pL, quines?),

pron.,
servant despus, adv., afterwards, later,

then,
after
since;
who? whom?
recibir, to receive
de,
prep.,
saludar, to greet
si, conj,, if,
el
ejemplo, the example; por

for
whether
',
solo, -a, alone, sole, only
example
entrar (en) ,^ to enter, go in (into) general, adj., general; por regla in general, usually el gusto, the taste, pleasure el marido, the husband
todo, -a, adj. and pron., all, every; everything til, adj., useful la verdad, the truth; es it is true; no es ? or ? isn't
it
so? etc.
se despide (de)
(inf., despedirse), takes leave (of); hace (mf., hacer), does, makes; sigue {inf., seguir), follows; va {inf., ir), goes, is going
GRAIMMATICAL DRILL (CUESTIONARIO GRAMATICAL)

forma de tratamiento que precede por regla general a un nombre de pila masculino? a un nombre de pila
1.
Cul es
la
En must
be used before a following object.
EXERCISES
femenino?
2.
61
forma de tratamiento que precede a un apellido de hombre? a un apellido de mujer casada? a un apellido de mujer que no est casada? 3. Cul se pone primero en espaol el apellido del padre o el apellido de la madre? 4. Cul es la conjuncin que se usa generalmente entre los dos
Cul es
la
apellidos?
6.
7.
5.
Cmo
se escribe el apellido
de una mujer casada?
Qu preposicin se usa despus del apellido del padre?

Se usa caballero con apellido?

Dgame Vd. en espaol: 1. Mr. Marcelino Menndez (Pelayo bemg his mother's name), 2. Mrs. Mary Bello (Rubio being her father's name), 3. Good day, Mr. Bello. 4. Mr. Rubio is
a rich merchant.
6. 5.
Professor Caldern
7.
Good
afternoon, professor.
9.
an excellent man. Good evening, sir. 8. Books

is
are useful.
Spanish
is
easy.
10. I
speak English.
11.
13.
We
have pens and pencils.

is
12.
Good students work well.
Work
good
for students.

Juan llama a la puerta del seor Gordon. 2. Un criado abre la puerta y Juan pregimta si Carlos est en^ casa. 3. S, seor, contesta el criado, pase Vd. 4. Juan entra en la casa, y Carlos recibe a^ su amigo con mucho gusto. 5. Los dos muchachos hablan algunos minutos de su escuela. 6. Entonces don Jos y doa Mara, padres de Carlos, entran tambin. 7. Saludan a^ Juan y preguntan como est su familia. 8. Muchas
1.
gracias, dice Juan, toda la familia est
muy
bien.
9.
El seor
Gordon, que tiene mucho inters en

chos, pregunta a
1
los estudios
de
los
Juan cmo va
el
trabajo de la clase.
mucha10. Juan
Note the omission
of the definite should not be translated here.
article.
It serves to introduce a personal direct object.
(Cf. 12.)
62
contesta que todos los alumnos, con algunas excepciones, tra-
bajan bien.
11.
Despus de una hora de conversacin, Juan
se
despide de sus amigos.
A qu puerta llama Juan? 2. Quin abre la puerta? 3. Qu pregunta Juan al criado? 4. Cmo contesta el criado? 6. Cmo recibe Carlos a^ su amigo? 5. Qu hace Juan? 8. Quines entran en7. De qu hablan los dos amigos? 10. Quin es doa Mara? tonces? 9. Quin es don Jos? 12. Cmo contesta 11. Qu hacen los padres de Carlos? Juan a la pregunta de los padres de Carlos? 13. Qu pregunta entonces el seor Gordon? 14. Tiene mucho mters en los estudios de los dos muchachos? 15. Cundo se despide Juan de
1.
sus amigos?

1.
Who
it
is
knocking at the door?

Please come
5.
2.
It is
(lit.
am
I).
3.
Is
you, Charles?
in.
4.
John opens the door
and
you?
his friend enters.

6.
Good
afternoon, Charles.
How
are
Very well, thank you, and you? 7. Quite well, thanks. 9. I am expecting (espero a^) a 8. What are you doing? 11. It is Mr. Joseph Bello y Cabrera. 10. Who is it? friend.
12.
is
The lawyer?
he not?
15.
13.
Yes,
it
is
he.
14.
He
is
(est) married,
Yes, he married (se cas con)

is
Mary
Rubio.
17.
16.
Now his wife
called Mrs.
Mary Rubio
friends.
18.
de Bello.
The
two boys speak
of their
many
After a short con-
versation, Charles takes leave.

1
should not be translated here.
It serves
to introduce
a personal direct object.
(Cf. 12.)
76-77
PARTICIPLES
63
LESSON XIV {LECCIN CATORCE)

PARTICIPLES {PARTICIPIOS)
The genind (called sometimes present participle) is formed by adding, in the first conjugation, -ando to the stem,
76.
and, in the second and third conjugations, -iendo.
The past
tion,
participle
is
formed by adding,
in the
in the first conjuga-
-ado to the stem, and,
second and third conjuga-
tions, -ido.
Note. When the ending -ido is preceded by a, e or o, the i takes a written accent: caer, Ho fall,' cado; leer, 'to read,' ledo; or, 'to hear,' odo.
Past Participle
Infinitive
{Infinitivo)
I.
Gerund
{Gerundio)
{Participio
Pasado
[o Pasivo])
hablar
vivir
hablando, speaking
aprend iendo, learning
viviendo, living
hablado, spoken
aprend ido, learned
vivido, lived
n. aprend er
III.
Note.
ser,
The
auxiliary verbs (verbos auxiliares) follow the
same
rules:
siendo, sido; estar, tener, teniendo, tenido.
estando, estado; haber, habiendo, habido;
77.
The Gerund
{El Gerundio)
The gerund never

used:
1.
varies for gender or number.
It
may
be
Alone, as in English.
estando
solo, being alone
2.
Introduced by the preposition en=în,' while,' 'by,'

^
etc.
En hablando me
3.
lo
descubri
WTiile (by, in) speaking, he disclosed

it
to
me
With
estar, 'to be,' to express progressive action (accin
progresiva), although the simple tense of the verb
may
also
have
this progressive idea.

{or
Estamos hablando
hablamos)
We are
talking
64
78-79
In general, the English present participle after prepositions is Note. rendered by the infinitive: sin hablar, without speaking.' Ûpon'+present participle =al: al llegar, 'upon arriving.'
'
78.
The Past
Participle (El Participio Pasado

[o
Pasivo])
The
1.
past participle
adjective.
may
be used:
it
As
In this case
agrees with
its
noun
in gen-
der and number.
Una
2.
leccin bien aprendida

ser, 'to
it
A well-learned lesson
With
~
In this case
agrees with
be/ to form the passive voice (voz pasiva). its subject in gender and number.
Ya son
vistos por el perro
Now they are seen by the dog

by the
spoken
reflexive
Note.
In
general
it
is
best to replace the passive

por, 'by.'
(with se), unless followed
by
Aqu se habla espaol

3.
Here Spanish
is
With
its
estar,
Ho be/
to indicate a state or condition followit
ing an act.
In this case
also agrees in gender

is
with
subject.
This construction
ser.
and number much more frequent
than the passive with
La puerta
Note. by the se
4.
est cerrada
is
The door
is
shut
'The door
construction.
being shut' would be expressed by the passive or
With haber, Ho
have,' to form the
compound
ladies
tenses (tiemis
pos compuestos).
In this case the past participle
invariable.
Las seoras han llegado
The
have arrived
79.
Present Indicative of Haber
4o have'
(Presente de Indicativo de Haber)

he, I have has, thou hast ha, he has
hemos, we have
habis, ye have han, they have
80
THE PEEJFECT TENSE

as an auxiliary verb.
65
Possession
is
Haber is used only pressed by tener.

80.
ex-
The Perfect
first
(El Perfecto)
The
and
compound
tense,
made up
of the present of
haber
a past participle,
he hablado, has hablado,
etc., is called
the perfect tense.
It is
used the same as in English to express

its
completed action without reference to the time of

tion.
comple-
He
ledo el libro
have read the book
It is also used in conversation to express simple past action,
especially
if
occurring during recent time.
Han
llegado esta
maana?
Did they
arrive this morning?
antiguo, -a, ancient
casi, adv.,
el idioma, the language,
speech
almost
la importancia, the
importance
castellano, -a, Castilian, Spanish
interesante, adj., interesting

la literatura, the literature
el
cataln, -a, Catalonian, of Catalonia

el dialecto, the dialect
mapa, the map
diferente, adj., different, vari-
ous^ diverso, -a, diverse, different,

various^ expresar, to express
parecido, -a, like, similar por, prep., by, in, through que, conj., that; than, as el reino, the kingdom, reign,
dominion
sin, prep.,
adv.,
without; embargo, however, nevertheless
famoso, -a, famous
viajar, to travel

1.
Cul es
la
terminacin del infinitivo de la primera condel participio pasado?

2.
jugacin?
la
del gerundio?
Cul es
del
terminacin del infinitivo de la segunda conjugacin?

del participio pasado?
1
gerundio?
3.
Cul es
is
el
gerundio de
When
used before a noun, the meaning
'various.*
66
vivir?
las

el participio
pasado?
los
4.
Siguen los verbos auxiliares

el
mismas
el
reglas
que
verbos regulares para formar

5.
ge-
rundio y espaol?
participio pasado?
Cmo
el
se usa el gerimdio en
el infinitivo
6.
Se usa por regla general

7.
gerundio o
se
despus de las preposiciones?
Cmo
forman
los
usa
el
participio
pasado en espaol?
tos?
10.
9.
8.
Cmo
se
los
tiempos compues-
Cul es
el
el
primero de
tiempos compuestos?
Conjugue Vd.
perfecto de hablar.

Dgame Vd. en
ish.
2.
espaol:
1.
He
is
speaking {two ways) Span3.
We
are living {two ways) in Spain.

4.
(By) studying
One does not learn without studying. 5. A welllearned lesson. 6. The door is closed. 7. The door is (being) closed. 9. They have spoken twice. 8. I have spoken once. 10. We have traveled through Spain. 11. Have you not wished [to] travel through the United States? 12. They have taken the map of Spain. 13. Upon entering the classroom, the teacher has called [the] roll. 14. Upon going to the blackboard,
one learns.
the students have written the translation exercise.

1.
Hoy
el
profesor ha hablado de Espaa.
2.
muy
claramente y yo he comprendido todo. 3. los antiguos reinos que estn indicados en el mapa.
Ha hablado Ha sealado
4.
Hemos
el cas-
aprendido que
tellano, es
el
idioma del antiguo reino de Castilla/

la
ahora
lengua general de Espaa,
5.
Hablando
6.
castellano
uno puede viajar por todas partes de Espaa.

7.
La
pronunciacin, sin embargo, es bastante diferente en las diversas partes.
En
Andaluca,^ por ejemplo, se habla espaol
con ima pronunciacin que es

de
la
muy
parecida a la pronunciacin
Amrica espaola.
1
8.
Los
dialectos hablados en algunos

.
Castile.
Andalusia.
EXERCISES
67
de los antiguos reinos han tomado casi la importancia de lenguas, sobre todo,
el
cataln, dialecto de Catalua.^
9.
Se dice
que hay una literatura
muy
interesante escrita en este dialecto.
De qu ha hablado el profesor hoy? 2. Cmo ha hablado? 3. Qu ha sealado el profesor? 4. Qu han aprendido ustedes? 5. Dnde se habla castellano? 6. Es dife1.
rente la pronunciacin del espaol en las diversas partes de
Espaa?
la
7.
A qu pronunciacin
8.
es parecida la
pronunciacin
de Andaluca?
catalana?
Cul de
los dialectos, sobre todo,

9.
ha tomado
importancia de una lengua?
Qu
se dice
de
la literatiura

1.
There are various

2.
dialects
spoken in the different parts of

3.
Spain.
The
Catalonian, having a very good literature, has

of a language.
assumed the importance

of Castile (Castilla) is
The
ancient speech
all
now
the language spoken in

4.
Spain
However, the pronimciation is quite different in the various parts of Spain and of America. 5. In Spanish America,^ they use the pronunciation of Anda6. In the Spanish class {lit, class of Spanlusia (Andaluca).
in
and
many
parts of America.
ish)
we
use the Castilian pronunciation.

8.
7.
Most Spanish
have learned much to-day about (acerca de) the Spanish language. 9. Some day we wish [to] read the famous literature of Spain. 10. We are
teachers use this pronunciation.
learning a great deal every ^ day.
1
We
Catalonia.
3
Use
definite article.
Use todos
los das or
cada
da.
68
81-82
LESSON XV {LECCIN QUINCE)

PAST TENSES {TIEMPOS PASADOS)
81.
Imperfect or Past Descriptive {Imperfecto

o Pasado Descriptivo)
I
hab aba, I was speaking, I used^ to speak, I spoke habl abas, thou wert speaking, eto. habl aba, he was speaking, etc.
habl abamos, we were speaking, etc. habl abais, ye were speaking, etc. habl aban, they were speaking, etc.
,
II
III
etc.
aprend ia, I was learning, aprend ias aprend ia
viv ia, I was living, etc.

viv ias viv ia
aprendamos
aprend iais aprend ian
vivamos
viv iais viv ian
Note.
Observe the accent mark on the ending -abamos and on the

and III throughout.
of the imperfect of II
82.
Only three verbs are
irregular in the imperfect indicative:
ser, 'to be': era, eras, era,
ramos,
erais,
eran
ver,^
ir,
'
to see '
vea, veas, vea, veamos, veais, veaî
'to go': iba, ibas, iba, bamos, ibais, iban
1 Sometimes the form 'I would speak,' etc., may be used to translate the idea of past customary action. 2 The conjugation of the imperfect of ver is irregular in that the e of the ending is
retained.
83-86
PAST TENSES
Preterit or Past Absolute (Pretrito o
69
83.
Pasado Absoluto)
I
II
III
habl, I spoke, hab aste etc.
habl
hab amos hab asteis hab aron
aprend , I learned, aprend iste etc. aprend i

aprend irnos aprend isteis aprend ieron
viv , I lived, viv iste etc, viv i
vivimos
viv isteis viv ieron
first and third persons singular analogy, monosyllabic preterits ending in a diphthong also take an accent mark (e.g., ver, Ho see': vi, viste, vi^ cf. Introduction,
Note.
Observe the accent mark on the

By
of the preterit.
X,2,.).
Verbs of the second conjugation whose stem ends in a vowel change i to y in the preterit endings -i, -ieron (cf IX,
84.
.
4).
They
creer,
also take
an accent mark on the

cre,
of the endings
-iste,
-imos, -isteis:
^to believe':
creste,
crey, cremos, cresteis,
creyeron
leer, ^to read': le, leste, ley, lemos, lesteis,
leyeron
85. Continued or
Customary Past Action or Condition (Accin o Condicin Pasada Continuada o Habitual)
To
express continued or customary past action or condition
(of things or
mind), use the imperfect or past descriptive tense.

I
Yo
escriba El sol luca Yo Io crea
was writing
shining
The sim was
I used to think so
86.
Definite Past Action (Accin Pasada Definida)
To
express definite past action, use the preterit or past

'
absolute tense.
El se levant
Basta
me
He
arose
grit
'Ênough," he cried to
me
70
i'lRST
COURSE IN SPANISH
aceptar, to accept alegre, adj., joyful, glad,
la carta, the letter
la ocasin, the opportunity, occa-
gay
sion
el pais,
comercial, adj., commercial, business conocer, to know, be (become)
the country poco, adv., little, not
much
por qu? conj., why?

proyectar, to plan, project siempre, adv., always, ever la sucursal, the branch {of a husiness house) tan, adv., so, as el viaje, the journey, trip visitar, to visit la vista, the sight, view
-
acquainted with
esplndido, -a, splendid gozar (de), to enjoy
la invitacin, the invitation
joven, adj.,
el
young
largo, -a, long
mundo, the world

Conjugue Vd. el imperfecto de indicativo del verbo hablar; 2. Cules son los tres del verbo aprender; del verbo vivir. verbos que son irregulares en el imperfecto de indicativo? 3. Conjugue Vd. el imperfecto de ser; de ver; de ir. 4. Conju1.
gue Vd.
5.
el
pretrito de hablar; de aprender; de vivir; de leer.

el
Qu expresa
imperfecto?
6.
Qu expresa
el
pretrito?

Dgame Vd. en espaol: 1. learning. 3. They were living.
6.
I
4.
was speaking.
2.
We
were
He
spoke.
friend.
trip.
5. 8.
They
learned.
We
lived.
7.
used to
visit
your
We
accepted
the invitation.
ting a letter
9.
He was
planning a
when his friend entered. brother when he received the letter.

then they replied.
13.
11. 12.
John was wriHe was visiting his

10.
They read
the letter;
14. It
When
15.
did you read the letter?

business house
17. I
was a business
Spain.
16. I
letter.
The
used to
live in Spain.
had branches have always lived
in
in
the United States.
EXEilCISES
71

Juan estudiaba su leccin de espaol cuando entr un da en su casa su amigo Carlos. 2. Carlos estaba muy alegre. 4. En3, Juan pregunt a su amigo por qu estaba tan alegre. tonces Carlos contest que tena una carta de su padre para Juan. 5. Juan tom la carta que tena su amigo. 6. Era una invitacin para^ hacer con Carlos y su padre im viaje muy largo.' 7. El padre de Carlos tena una casa comercial con sucursales
1.
en muchos pases de lengua espaola.
8.
Proyectaba entonces
un viaje a Espaa y a la^ Amrica espaola. 9. Saba que los muchachos deseaban ver los pases donde se hablaba espaol. 10. Deseaba dar a los jvenes amigos ocasin^ de ver un poco
del
mundo y de
gozar de las vistas interesantes del viaje.
COmÊRSATION (CONVERSACIN)
Qu haca Juan cuando entr su amigo Carlos? 2. Cmo estaba Carlos? 3. Qu pregimt Juan a su amigo? 4. Cmo contest Carlos? 5. Qu tom Juan? 6. Qu era la carta? 8. Dnde tena sucursales 7. Qu tena el padre de Carlos? su casa comercial? 9. Qu proyectaba hacer entonces el padre de Carlos? 10. Qu saba? 11. Qu deseaba dar a los jve1.
nes amigos?

1.
John was very glad when he read the

see
invitation.
2.
It
was a splendid opportunity to^ take^ a long journey and

to^
many
[to]
interesting
sights.
3.
It
also
gave him
4.
(le
daba)
[the]
opportunity
to^
visit
the
coimtries
wished
1
know and
is
to^ learn Spanish well.
which he They were
'To' before infinitives
The
definite article
is often translated by para. required before names of countries qualified by adjectives.
iCf.
3
211.)
Note the omission
of the article.
para.
hacer.
72
going
first ^

to Spain.
5.
87-89
Afterwards they were going to (a) make a trip to South America (Sud Amrica). 6. Mr. Gordon's business house had many branches in Spain and in South America.
John spoke to his parents of the projected journey, and they told him (le dijeron) that he could (podia) accept the in7.
vitation.
8.
He
entered his friend's house very joyfully and
accepted the invitation with
much
pleasure.
LESSON XVI {LECCIN DIEZ Y SEIS)

IMPERFECT AND PRETERIT OF THE AUXILIARY VERBS {IMPERFECTO Y PRETRITO DE LOS VERBOS AUXILIARES)
Imperfect Indicative {Imperfecto de Indicativo)
87.
Ser
is
the only one of the four auxiliary verbs w^hich

(Cf. 82.)
is
irregular in the imperfect indicative.
Preterit Indicative {Pretrito de Indicativo)

88.
All four of the auxiliary verbs are irregular in the preterit:
Ser 2
fui, I
Estar
etc.
Tener
tuve, I had, tuviste etc.
Haber
hube, I had, hubiste etc.
was,
fuiste
estuve, I was, etc. estuviste
fu
estuvo
tuvo
fuimos
fuisteis
estuvimos
estuvisteis
tuvimos
tuvisteis
hubo hubimos
hubisteis
fueron
89.
,
estuvieron
tuvieron
hubieron
Compound Tenses {Tiempos Compuestos)

tense formed with haba,
etc.,
The compound
and a past
:
participle, is called the pluperfect (pluscuamperfecto)
Haba estudiado mucho tiempo

1
He had
studied a long while
Primero
is
The
preterit of
to be used here adverbially. ir, 'to go,' is the same as that of ser.
"
90-92
ACCUSATIVE WITH A
73
It is
used
much more
which
frequently than the past anterior (pre-
trito perfecto)
is
formed from hube,
etc.,
and a past
TKe past anterior is rarely used, except after temor conjunctions, to denote immediate action from adverbs poral
participle.
a past standpoint: Apenas hubo llegado, cuando cay enfermo

Scarcely
ill
had he arrived when he
fell
90.
Accusative with
{Acusativo con A)
is
In Spanish, the preposition a (which in this case

translated)
(1)
not to be
re-
must precede a
(2)
direct object
if
this object indicates

(3)
a definite person,
a personified thing,
an animal
garded from a standpoint of personal
interest, (4) the

article.^
name
.
of
a city or country not preceded by the definite
(Cf 12.)
Veo a mi hermano Teman a la Muerte

Ella acariciaba a sus gatos Visit a Madrid
I see
my
brother
They
feared
Death
She was petting her cats

I visited
Madrid
91.
direct
Sometimes a is required for clearness to distinguish the object from the subject of a sentence.
sigui la
A la tempestad
92.
calma
The calm
followed the storm
Certain verbs change their meaning according as they
are followed by a or not.

Quiero un mdico Quiero a Pablo Tengo dos hermanos
wish a doctor Paul I have two brothers I am holding the horse
I
I like (love)
Tengo
al caballo
A is often omitted
in this case.
74
aadir, to add
la la
el itinerario, the itinerary
la
el
apenas, adv., scarcely, hardly atencin, the attention buscar, to look for, seek cosa, the thing curiosidad, the curiosity; tener to be curious desde, prep., from, since desembarcadero, the landing-
pers. pron.j him, to him {usually placed before verbs) luego, adv., then, next
le,
mirar, to look (at), watch
ocupado, -a, busy

olvidar, to forget
el perro, the
dog
place
la gana, the desire; tener
porque, conj., because, for el preparativo, the preparation

tanto, -a, so
el
muchas
much;
pi.,
so
many
s,
to
have a great desire
la gua, the guide-book

hallar,
to find;
se,
to find
oneself, be hermoso, -a, beautiful, hand.
tiempo, the time weather; mucho while, long ltimo, -a, last
{duration))
,
a long
some
dijo {inf., decir), (he) said, told

1.
Cul es
el
verbo auxiliar que tiene

2.
el
imperfecto de indi-
cativo irregular?
Conjugue Vd.
el
imperfecto de indicativo
3.
de ser; de estar; de tener; de haber.

trito
de ser;
Conjugue Vd. el prede estar; de tener; de haber. 4. Conjugue Vd. el

;
pluscuamperfecto de hablar
el
pretrito perfecto de aprender.

Where were you? 2. I was there. 3. He was seated. 4. Scarcely had he received the letter when they called him. 5. Hardly had they spoken when I replied. 7. WTien you were 6. When we were young we had to work. young you had many friends. 8. The door was shut when we went to the house. 9. The door was shut by the servant. 11. I had 10. I had learned the lesson and I closed the book.
Dgame Vd. en
espaol:
1.
opened the book and
was watching the
professor.
12.
Had
EXERCISES
they studied the guide-book?
14. 13.
75
They were going

16. Yes,
to^ visit
They had planned a journey. Madrid. 15. Have you visited

I
Spain?
(en)
many
17.
times,
and
was there a long while on

interesting things in
my
last trip.
18.
We
found
many
the city.
19.
They had a
great desire to see another country.
John was looking
for his
dog and he found him behind the
house.

Los ltimos das estuvieron muy ocupados los dos amigos, que tenan tantos preparativos que hacer para el viaje. 2. Un da Juan fu a^ ver a su amigo y le hall estudiando un hbro. 4. Carlos le dijo que 3. Le pregunt cul era el libro que lea.
1.
era una gua de Espaa.
5.
Estudiaba
el
itinerario
que su
padre
Juan pregunt a Carlos cul era el itinerario que iban a^ seguir. 7. Entonces Carlos le seal las
le
haba indicado.
6.
ciudades que iban a^ visitar en Espaa.

curiosidad
y miraba
el
Juan tena mucha mapa con atencin. 9. Tena muchas

8.
ganas de conocer a Espaa.
10.
11.
Carlos
le
seal a Gibraltar
como
su desembarcadero.
Desde
all
iban a^ principiar
su viaje por Espaa visitando a Granada, a Crdoba, a Sevilla,
a Madrid y muchas otras ciudades interesantes.
1.
Estuvieron
2.
muy
4.
ocupados
3.
los
dos amigos los ltimos

fu a ver a su amigo
das?
Por qu?
Cuando Juan
Qu Hbro lea? 5. Qu estudiaba? 6. Qu le pregunt Juan? 7. Qu le seal Carlos? 8. Cmo miraba Juan el mapa? 9. Qu tena Juan muchas ganas de 10.- Desde dnde iban a^ principiar su viaje por conocer? Espaa?
qu haca Carlos?
\
The verb
Ir
takes the preposition a before a following infinitive.
(Cf. 222.)
76
93

1.
The two boys were very
joyful
and very busy,
for they
had to prepare their itinerary. 2. They found the guide-book, which was on the table. 3. Then they looked for the map of Spain. 4. Both {lit, the two) were very curious to (de) become
acquainted with Spain.
while.
6.
5.
They looked
at the
map
a long
have a great desire to (de) see Granada, for I have read the (la) Alhambra of Washington Irving. 7. I, too, said John, but I wish above all [to] visit Madrid. 8. They say that there are many beautiful
said to John, I
Then Charles
things to (que) see in that city.

it
9.
I believe, said Charles, that

10. I wâs in
is
a very gay and a very interesting city.
Madrid with
I
my parents when
was very young, he added, but
have forgotten everything.
LESSON XVII (LECCIN DIEZ Y SIETE)

FUTURE AND CONDITIONAL {FUTURO Y CONDICIONAL)
93.
(1)
Future {Futuro)
I
(2)
Condicional^ {Condicional)
hablar, I shall
(will)
speak,
etc.
-hablara, I should (would)
hablars
hablar
hablaras hablar a
speak, etc.
hablaremos 2
hablar is hablar n
II
hablaramos
hablar ais hablar an
aprender, I shall
(will) learn,
aprendera, I should (would)

learn, etc.
etc.
Academy.
2
called the potential mood in the last edition of the grammar of the Spanish seems simpler to treat it here as a tense of the indicative. Observe the absence of an accent mark on this form.
This
is
It
Granada
Su tumha
Isabel
la Reina Catlica.
Granada.
est en la catedral de
Page
g2.
77
78

III
94-97
vivir , I shall (will) live, etc.
vivir a, I should (would)

learn, etc.
Note. All verbs

conditional.
of the verb
They
haber.
in Spanish have these same endings in the future and represent in their origin the present and the imperfect
hablar (h)e hablar (h)as

etc.
hablar (hab)a hablar (hab)as

etc.
94.
The
four auxiliary verbs form these tenses as follows:
Future
Ser
Estar
{Futuro)
Conditional {Condicional)
sera, etc.
ser, etc.
estar, etc.
estara, etc.
^
Tener Haber
95.
tendr,
etc.
etc.
habr,
tendra, etc. habra, etc.
and conditional are employed much the same as in English. They may both be used after si meaning ^whether/ but not after si meaning 'if.'
future
The
No No
s si llegar saba si llegara
do not know whether he will arrive I did not know whether he would
I
arrive
Note.
After
or future time
if the present indicative is used for present si meaning and the imperfect subjunctive for past time. (Cf 245, 259.)
' ' .
96.
Both may be used idiomatically

from the past.
to express probability or
conjecture, the future, from the present standpoint,

conditional,
and the
probably
Dnde estar?
Estar en su
AAHiere
can he be?
He
is
casa Sera la xina cuando llegaron
at
It
home
was probably one o'clock when they arrived
97.
Compound Tenses (Tiempos Compuestos)

tenses,
The compound of haber+a past

perfecto)
.
.
made up
of the future
and conditional
participle are
termed respectively the future
perfect (futuro perfecto)
and conditional perfect (condicional and are translated Î shall have ./ 'I should have
. .
.,'
etc.
EXERCISES
79
the trunk the sock la camisa, the shirt
el bal,
el calcetn,
la maleta, the valise
necesario, -a, necessary necesitar, to need

el
comprar
el
(a),
to buy, purchase
el
la
la
(from) cuello, the collar; neck dentro, adv., within; prep., in, within gabn, the overcoat gorra, the cap idea, the idea
listo,
de,
la
el
la
el el
-a, ready
llevar, to carry, take,
wear
el
nor pauelo, the handkerchief pequeo, -a, little, small probabilidad, the probability sombrero, the hat tienda, the shop, store traje, the suit (of clothes) vapor, the steamer vender, to sell zapato, the shoe
ni, conj., neither,
GRAJMMATICAL DRILL (CUESTIONARIO GRAMATICAL)

1.
Conjugue Vd.
2.
el
futuro de indicativo de hablar; de apren-
Conjugue Vd. el condicional de hablar; de aprender; de vivir. 3. Se usan estos tiempos por regla general lo mismo que en ingls? 4. Se usan despus de si, cuando significa 'if? S- Expresan tambin la idea de probabilidad? Conjugue 6. Vd. el futuro de ser; d estar; de tener; de haber. 7. Conjugue Vd. el conclicional de ser; de estar; de tener; 8. Cmo se forma el futuro perfecto? de haber. 9. Cmo
der; de vivir.
se
forma
el
condicional perfecto?

Dgame Vd. en espaol: 1. I speak; I was speaking; they spoke; we shall speak; they would speak; he has spoken; you had spoken; wê shall have spoken; he would have spoken. 2. We learn; they were learning; he learned; I shall learn; you would learn; they have learned; we had learned; I shall have learned; they Would have learned. 3. They live; I wâs living; he lived; you will live; we shall live; he has lived; they had lived; he will have lived; they would have lived. 4. [Ser] I am;
80
I'IRST
COURSE IN BPANISH
he was; we shall be; they will be; they have been. S. [Estar] He is; we were; they would be; they will have been. 6. [Tener] We have; they had; you will have; he would have; I have had;
they would have had.
7.
John asked whether he would need
many
things for the journey.

1.
Qu necesitar para
el
2.
viaje?
pregunt Juan
le
al
seor
Gordon, padre de Carlos.

necesitara
El seor Gordon
contest que
un pequeo bal y una maleta. 3. Dijo que no sera una mala idea llevar un gabn' para el viaje, porque muchas veces hace fro en el vapor. 4. Aadi que Juan necesi-^ tara tambin dos o tres trajes. 5. No llevar muchos calcetines, cuellos,
camisas ni pauelos, dijo Juan, porque son cosas

las tiendas
que
se
vendern en
de Espaa.
sombrero, una gorra y unos zapatos, y estar tomaremos el vapor? pregunt Juan. 8. Ser
diez
Comprar un hsto. 7. Cundo

6. el
quince^ o
9.
el
seis^
el
de este mes,^ contest
el
seor Gordon.
Tendre-
mos todo
tiempo necesario, aadi.
1.
Qu
le^
pregunt Juan
al
seor Gordon?
2.
Cmo
con-
test el seor
Qu cosa no sera una mala idea llevar para el viaje? 4. Por qu? 5. Qu aadi el seor Gordon? 6. Por qu no llevara Juan muchas camisas? 7. Qu dijo Juan que comprara? 8. Cundo tomaran el
3.
Gordon?
vapor?
viaje?
2
9.
Tendran tiempo de hacer
los
preparativos de
Cardinals are used for dates, except for the first (primero). (Cf. Redundant use of the personal pronoun is common in Spanish.
23,
note
2.)
Granada (La
Alhaivibra)
El
81
Famoso Patio de los Leones.
Page
g2.
82
98

1.
We
shall
have to buy a few things need two valises and a large trunk.
shall
it is
for the journey.

3.
2.
We
shall
need also
4.
overcoats for the steamer, because
cold sometimes.
Shall
you take a few

shirts,
suits of clothes?
5.
Yes, but I shall not buy
socks or^ handkerchiefs here, for they are things which

6.
are probably sold in the shops of Madrid.
Your
father said
7.
that
it
would not be well
[to]
purchase
many
things here.
He
said that wê should find in Spain all the necessary things.
8.
It
would be a good idea to buy shoes

9.
here, for Spanish shoes

shall
are probably not very good.

10. I shall
When
be ready in a few days, for I

11. Shall
many
things.
you need a cap?

trip.
you be ready? do not have to buy 12. Yes, I shall buy
a cap and two hats for the
LESSON XVIII {LECCIN DIEZ Y OCHO)

IMPERATIVE MODE {MODO IMPERATIVO)
The imperative mode has but two forms, which are governed by the familiar pronoun t and its plural vosotros, ex98.
pressed or understood.
In
all
regular verbs
is
(and in most
In verbs
irregular verbs) the singular
form
the same as that of the

all
third person singular of the present indicative.
the plural form

to -d.
may be made by
changing the -r of the infinitive
Singular
Plural
habla
habl ad, speak
n
aprend e
III
aprend ed, learn
vive
1
vivid, live
Ni.
99-103
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
if
83
99.
Foreigners need but rarely,
ever, use the imperative
The imperative idea in formal address, with usted (or ustedes) is expressed by the third person singular (or plural) of
mode.
the present subjunctive.
(Cf. 62.)
Hable usted
100.
Speak
first
The imperative has no
person plural.^
is
tive (or optative) idea in the first person plural
The imperaexpressed by
the present subjunctive.
Hablemos
101.
Let us speak
The imperative mode cannot be made

No
hables as
negative.
All
negative forms must be taken from the present subjunctive.
Do
not speak thus
102.
Personal pronouns used as objects of the Imperative
Affirmative (Pronombres personales usados

del Imperativo Afirmativo).
como complementos Object pronouns follow and are

is
joined to the imperative affirmative, or present subjunctive
used as such, and an accent mark

stress of voice falls
required whenever the
on any syllable of these combined forms,

last.
except the next to the
Dame
el libro
Dmelo en seguida
Give Give
me
it
the book
to
me
at once
SUBJUNCTIVE MODE {MODO SUBJUNTIVO)^

103.
Present Subjunctive (Presente de Subjuntivo)

I
hab e, I may speak hab es, thou mayest speak habl e, he (she, you) may speak; speak (you)
let us speak ye may speak hablen, they (you) may speak; speak (you,
hablemos, we may speak;
habl'is,
pi.)
Vamos, 'let us go,' from ir, is considered by some an exception. The dependent usage of the Subjunctive will be given later.
(Cf. p. 255, footnote 1.)
(Cf. 228.)
84
II

III
104
aprenda, I aprend as aprend a
may
learn,
viv a, I
viv as
may
live,
etc.
etc.
viva
viv
aprend amos aprend ais aprend an
amos
viv ais
viv an
Note.
plural.
Observe the accent mark on the ending of the second person
have these same endmgs in the present subjunctive, though the verb stem in this tense is often
104.
All irregular verbs
irregular.
as, adv., so,
thus
el
la caja, the
el
box
el
la calle, the street
moro, the Moor mozo, the waiter, porter, youth nada, indef. pron., nothing, anything
the
camino, the way, road

dejar, to let, allow, leave;
de, to fail to
la peseta,
peseta
{Spanish
coin worth about twenty cents)

la plata, the silver
el precio, the price
esperar, to hope, expect, wait

(for)
el extranjero, the foreigner
fabricar, to
make, manufacture
regatear, to bargain siguiente, adj., following, next

unir, to unite, join
valer, irr.
el viajero,
v.,
la fortificacin, the fortification
llegar (a), to arrive (at), reach

el
to be
worth
maana, adv., to-morrow momento, the moment

a cunto? what
is
the traveler
the price of?; en vez de, instead of

Cuntas formas tiene el modo imperativo? 2. Cules son las dos formas del imperativo de hablar? de aprender? de vivir? 3. Tienen que usar mucho este modo los extranjeros?
1.
4.
Qu modo usan en vez del imperativo? 5. En una negacin qu modo se usa para expresar vma idea imperativa?
EXERCISES
6.
85
Dnde
se
ponen
del
complementos
pronombres personales usados como imperativo afirmativo? 7. Conjugue Vd. el

los
.
presente de subjuntivo de hablar; de aprender; de vivir.

Cambie Vd.
perativo)
cin.
3.
1.
los infinitivos siguientes: (1. al singular del

2. el
im-
primera
vosotros.
oracin;
7.
Hablar distintamente. Dejarme hablar. 4. Leer

(2.^ al
Aprender bien
5. 6.
la lec-
ejercicio.
Escribir la
plural del imperativo)
Esperarme
8.
Estudiar todas las reglas de la leccin.
vuestros libros a casa;
Llevar
(3.^ al
presente de subjuntivo) 9.
No
ejer-
me
12.
hablar (t)
as.
10. Vivir
Espaa.
11.
Esperarme Vd.
el
Pasar Vds.
14.
al pizarrn.
el
13. Escribir
Vds.
primer
lo
cicio.
Tomar Vd.
borrador y borrar Vd.

17.
escrito.
15.
Ahora
leer Vd. el ejercicio siguiente.
16. Escribir (nosoel
tros)
muy
distintamente.
(nosotros)
Entrar (nosotros) en
las fortificaciones.
hotel.
18. Visitar
maana
19.
No
le
esperar (nosotros).
20.
No
dejar Vds. de estudiar mucho.

1.
Al^ llegar a Gibraltar,

al hotel.
2.
el
seor Gordon dijo a los jvenes:
ahora iremos
Carlos, llama
un mozo.
3.
Mozo,
tome V.
maletas y los bales y lleve todas estas cosas al Hotel Cecil. 4. Nosotros iremos a pie, porque el hotel no est
las
y hay tantas cosas interesantes que^ ver en el camino. 5. Miren Vds. cuntos moros hay aqu, por las calles. 6. Son de Tnger^ y venden artculos fabricados en frica. 7. Esperemos un poco; deseo pregimtar el precio de las pequeas cajas de plata que venden aqu. 8. {A un moro) A cunto las cajas de plata? 9. Cuarenta pesetas! Es demasiado.
lejos
muy
Tome
1
V. veinte.
10.
No
es as,
seor.
2
Slo la plata vale

<To.'
Al llegar = 'upon arriving.'
(Cf. 77, note.)
Tangiers.

86
11. Espere Vd., cuarenta pesetas y el trabajo es excelente. seor; aceptar treinta. 12. Bueno; aqu estn. 13. {A los
jvenes)
14.
No compren
^
Vds. nada a los
moros
sin
regatear.
Ahora, vamos
al hotel
y maana
visitaremos la parte de
las fortificaciones inglesas
que
se deja ver
a los viajeros.
Gordon a los jvenes? 2. Qu dijo a Carlos? 3. Qu dijo al mozo? 4. Por qu iban a pie al hotel? 5. De dnde eran los moros que se vean por las calles de Gibraltar? 6. Qu vendan? 7. De qu cosa deseaba saber el precio el seor Gordon? 10. Qu 8. Qu dijo al moro? 9. Por cunto compr la caja?
1.
AP
llegar a Gibraltar
qu dijo
el
seor
dijo a los jvenes?
11.
Cul es
la cosa
que visitan todos
los
viajeros en Gibraltar?

1.
What
shall
we
visit this
2.
morning? said Mr. Gordon to the

visit the
boys upon^
rising.
3.
Let us
4.
English fortifications,
said Charles.
All right
(bueno), replied his father, take

I
6.
your hats and come.

something.
5.
Wait a moment,
ready:
let
Now
am
7.
us go.^
have forgotten Don't take the
guide-book, Charles.
Before^ visiting the fortifications, let
me show you
box
(lit.
(pL, les) this

9.
Moor's shop.
8.
Let us go into the

that small silver
it
is
shop a moment.
(To
the
Moor) Show
me
box
of^ silver).
10. Tell
me how much
I will give
worth.
11. Fifty pesetas!

2. It is
It is too
much.
you twenty-five.
13.
sir,
16.
worth fifty, sir: observe the excellent workmanship. 14. Give me thirty-five pesetas, No, I do not wish the box. 15. Well, here they are. and the box is yours (suya). (To the boys) And now let us go^ and see (a ver) the forti-
fications.
1
2 See p. 85, footnote 1. ^ Use antes de with See p. 83, footnote 1. Spanish usage requires some connective between two nouns.
inf.
Granada (La Alhambra)
El Lindo
Mirador de Daraxa.
Page
g2.
88
105-107
LESSON XIX {LECCIN DIEZ Y NUEVE)

ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES IN VERBS {CAMBIOS
ORTOGRFICOS EN VERBOS)
105.
Since the sound of the infinitive stem
must be preserved
throughout the conjugation of verbs in Spanish, certain orthographic changes are necessary.
to the rules already given in
106. preterit
These must be made according the Introduction, IX, 1, 2.

in the first person singular of the of verbs end-
These changes occur
and throughout the present subjunctive
ing in -car, -gar, -zar.

Sacar,
Pret.:
'
to take out
'
(c
changes to qu)
saqu, sacaste, sac,
etc.
Fres. Subj.: saque, saques, saque,
saquemos, saquis, saquen
Pagar, 'to pay' (g changes to gu)

Pret.:
*
pagu, pagaste, pag,
etc.
Fres. Subj.: pague, pagues, pague,
paguemos, paguis, paguen

(z
Gozar ,1 Ho enjoy'
Pret.:
changes to c)
Fres. Subj.
goc, gozaste, goz, etc. goce, goces, goce, gocemos, gocis, gocen
Changes occur also in the first person singular of the present indicative and throughout the present subjunctive of
107.
verbs ending in -cer, -ger, -gir, -guir.

Veneer,
Fres. Ind.:
'to conquer' (c changes to z)
Fres. Subj.
venzo, vences, vence, etc. venza, venzas, venza, venzamos, venzis, venzan Escoger, ^to choose' (g changes to
j)
Pres. Ind.\
escojo, escoges, escoge, etc.
Fres. Subj.: escoja, escojas, escoja, escojamos, escojis, escojan

1
Commonly
followed by the preposition de.
108
ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES
Dirigir,
89
Ho
direct' (g changes to j)
Pres. Ind.:
dirijo, diriges, dirige, etc.

:
Fres, Siibj.
dirija, dirijas, dirija, dirijamos, dirijis, dirijan
Distinguir, 'to distinguish' (gu changes to g)

Pres, Ind.:
Pres. Subj.
:
distingo, distingues, distingue, etc. distinga, distingas, distinga, distingamos, distingis, dis-
tingan
108.
few verbs in -iar and -uar accent the
the present indicative and subjunctive (except in
and the u in the first and
second persons plural) and in the singular imperative.

Enviar,
Pres. Ind.
:
Ho
send'
envo, envas, enva, enviamos, enviis, envan
Pres. Suhj.\ enve, enves, enve, enviemos, enviis,
enven
Imptv,:
enva, enviad
Continuar, 'to continue,' 'go on'

Pres. Ind.
:
contino, continas,
contina, continuamos, continuis,
continan
Pres, Sibj.: contine,
contines,
contine,
continuemos,
continuis,
continen
Imptv.:
contina, continuad
acerca de, prep., about, concerning admirar, to admire
bailar, to
el
el
mirador, the observatory, lookout patio, the court, inner court

practicar, to practise
dance
bonito, -a, pretty el campo, the field, country; casa
de
country house
el
quien {pL, quienes), rel. pron., who, whom; he {pi., they) who recuerdo, the souvenir, re-
la catedral, the cathedral

catlico, -a, Catholic
el correo,
membrance
la reina, the
queen
king
la
el
el
el
the mail cueva, the cave enemigo, the enemy gitano (la gitana), the Gipsy len, the lion lindo, -a, pretty, lovely
el rey, the king; pi., kings,
and queen
el tocador,
the dressing-room,
boudoir
la travesa, the crossing,
la
voyage
tumba, the tomb
obtiene
{inf.^
obtener), obtains
90
GRAJMMATICAL DEILL (CUESTIONARIO GRAMATICAL)

presente de indicativo y el presente de subjuntivo del verbo sacar; del verbo pagar; del
1.
Escriba Vd. en
el
pizarrn
el
verbo gozar.
verbo vencer?
2.
Cules son los cambios ortogrficos en
el
3.
Cul es
la
primera persona del presente de
indicativo de escoger?
de dirigir?
sente de subjuntivo de dirigir;

el
Conjugue Vd. el prede distingxiir. 5. Conjugue Vd.

4.
el
presente de indicativo,
el
present de subjimtivo y
impera-
tivo de enviar; de continuar.

Dgame Vd. en
take out the book.
jugating the verb.
espaol:
3.
1.
I took out the book.
2.
Let us
concon-
Take out
(Vd.) the book.
4.
am
5.
7.
Conjugate (Vd.) the verb.
6.
We
jugated the verb.

8.
I enjoyed the trip.

trip.
Let (que) them conjugate the verb. 10. Let us 9. He enjoyed the trip.
12.
enjoy the
11.
Let us choose a book.
Don't choose
(Vd.) this book.
13. I 15.
am
choosing a book.
letter.
14. I
am
direct-
ing this letter.
Direct (Vd.) this
16. I distinguish
18. I
the word.
17.
enemy.
19.
We distinguish We conquer the

He
is
the word.
conquer the
enemy.
letter.
20.
22.
Let us conquer
the enemy. the letter.
21. 23.
Don't send (t) Continue (Vd.) the reading. 24. Let us not
sending a
continue the reading.

1.
Dirijo esta carta a toda la familia, escribi
Juan desde Gra-
nada, y escribo en espaol para practicar el idioma que contino estudiando aqu. 2. El viaje ha sido excelente. 3. Goc mucho || de la travesa y de los do das pasados en Gibraltar. 4. All
compr para mi madre y para mis hermanas algunas cosas
Granada (La
de donde
Alh.ajmbra)
El
91
Tocador de la Reina,
se obtiene
una buena
vista del Generalife.
Page g2>
92

el
bonitas que envo hoy por
correo.
5.
Pagu poco por

6.
ellas/
pero sern buenos recuerdos de mi viaje.

escoja su recuerdo.
7.
Que cada una
Estamos en el hotel Washington Irving. 8. Al llegar aqu, saqu mi gua de Espaa y aprend mucho acerca de Ja ciudad. 9. Aqu Fernando e Isabel,^ los reyes catlicos, como fueron llamados, vencieron a los moros en 1492.^ 11. Hemos visi10. Su tumba est en la catedral de Granada. tado el Generalife, hermosa casa de campo de los reyes moros.
12.
Hemos
visto bailar a los gitanos en sus cuevas.

la
13.
Sobre
todo,
el
hemos pasado mucho tiempo en
Alhambra, admirando
Mirador de Daraxa,^ el Tocador de la Reina, de donde se obtiene una buena vista del 14. Es verdad Generalife, y otras partes no menos hermosas. que, como se^ dice aqu, ((quien no ha visto Granada no ha visto
famoso Patio de
los Leones, el lindo
nada.))
Juan? 2. Por qu escribi a su fami3. Goz Juan de la travesa y de los dos das lia en espaol? pasados en Gibraltar? 4. Qu compr Juan en Gibraltar? 6. En qu 5. Cmo envi estos recuerdos a su familia?
1.
De dnde
escribi
hotel estaban?
Qu aprendi? 9. Quines vencieron a los moros? 10. Cundo? 12. Qu es 11. Dnde est la tumba de los reyes catlicos? 13. De qu parte de la Alhambra se obtiene el Generalife? una buena vista del Generalife? 14. Dnde viven los gitanos de Granada? 15. Qu han admirado Juan y sus amigos en la Alhambra? 16. Qu se dice de Granada?
7.
Al llegar
all
qu sac Juan?
8.
'Them.'
* *
Mil cuatro cientos noventa y dos,
Ferdinand and Isabella. Pronounce as if written Daraja.
109-110
ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES
93

1.
Direct this letter to
my
father, said John.
2.
Send the
souvenirs to my mother and 3. Now let us choose ^ book
to
my
sisters
by
to-day's mail.
I choose the
to (para) read.
4.
guide-book, for I wish

5.
[to]
learn a few things about Granada.
have visited
this city before, said
Mr. Gordon.
7.
6.
I en-
joyed [very]
much
the days which I passed here.

8.
I lived
then in the Washington Irving Hotel, as now.
I used to go
every day to the Alhambra and sometimes to the Generalife.

9.
In what language
10.
Spanish.
it.
your guide-book written, John? In Read a little, for I wish [to] see if you understand
is
11.
Good
(Bien)!
Go
on.
12.
You pronounce
very well,
John, but you do not always distinguish between the s and

the
c.
LESSON
XX
{LECCIN VEINTE)
ORTHOGRAPHIC CIL\NGES IN VERBS {CAMBIOS

ORTOGRFICOS EN VERBOS)
109.
Verbs in -car and
-cir, in
which the
c is
preceded by a
vowel, insert a z before the c

Conocer,
Pres.Siibj.: conozca.,
'to
when followed by
'be
o or a.
know/
acquainted
\vith'
Pres. hid.: conozco, conoces, conoce, etc.
conozcas,
conozca,
conozcamos,
conozcis,
conozcan
110.
Traducir, ^to translate,'
is
irregular in the preterit
and
derived forms.
Pres. Ind.: Pres. Subj.
Pret.:
:
Otherwise
it
illustrates verbs of this class,
traduzco, traduces, traduce, etc. traduzca, traduzcas, traduzca, traduzcamos, traduzcis,

,
traduzcan
tradujiste,
traduje,
tradujo,
tradujimos,
tradujisteis,
tradujeron^
1
Imp.
56;.: tradujera, etc.; tradujese, etc.
94
111.
111
(with a pronounced u^) insert a y between u-o, u-e, u-a. The i of the endings -io and -ieron
Verbs in
-tiir
changes regularly to y because an unstressed between two vowels. (Cf. IX, 4; 84.)
Construir, 'to build/ 'construct'
may
not stand
Gerund:
Fres. Ind.:
construyendo
construyo, construyes, construye, construimos, construs,
construyen
Pres, Subj.
Pret,:
:
construya, construyas, construya, construyamos, construyis, construyan

constru, construiste, construy, construimos, construsteis,
construyeron 2
Imptvr,
construye, construid
la
el
almohada, the pillow bao, the bath caliente, adj., hot
el fsforo, thue
match
jug
el jarro, the pitcher,
la lavandera, the laundress
cama, the bed cansar, to tire la cocina, the kitchen, cooking el cuarto, the room, quarter derecho, adv,, straight (ahead)
la
lavar, to wash limpio, -a, clean
la
manta^ the blanket pedir, to ask, beg

planchar, to iron
descansar, to rest el despacho, the ofi&ce doblar, to double, turn la esquina, the corner el estado, the state, condition
la ropa, the clothing la sbana, the sheet
sucio, -a, dirty, soiled

la vela, the candle
a la derecha, to the
(looks out)
right;
la izqxiierda, to the left;
da
a,
opens
upon

1.
Cul es
la
primera persona del singular del presente de

de traducir?
2.
Conjugue Vd. el presente de subjuntivo de conocer; de traducir. 3. Es regular o irregular el verbo traducir? 4. En qu tiempo es irregular ?,
indicativo de conocer?
^
Not those in -guir or -quit. Imp. Subj.: construyera, etc; construyese,
etc.
CRDOBA
El
Patio de los Naranjos,

agradable,
stos y las palmeras dan
una sombra muy

95
Page 102.
96
5.
Conjugue Vd.
el
el
pretrito
el
gerundio de construir?
Cul es el singular del imperativo? 7. Contraducir.

6.
el
de
jugue Vd.
presente de indicativo de construir;
presente de
subjuntivo;
el pretrito.

Dgame Vd. en
ing sentences.
espaol:
1.
Translate into Spanish the follow-
2.
Am
He
I translating well?
4.
the last
teacher?
live
sentence very well.

5.
You translated Do you know my Spanish

3.
teacher quite well. 6. Does he on (en) the corner of street. 8. You follow this street straight ahead until you reach (hasta llegar a) a house which is [being] built.^ 9. Then you turn the
Yes, I
know your
lives
near here?
7.
corner to the right, and you will find his house on the next
corner.
10. I
am
looking
[for]
a good hotel.
11. I
know
[of]
an excellent hotel. 12. It was built last year. 13. Do you wish a room? 14. Yes, I am very tired and I wish to rest. 16. Everything is very clean, the pil15. Here is your room. 17. Here is hot water for lows, the sheets, the blankets, etc. your bath. 18. The servant will give (dar) your soiled clothing to the laundress.

1.
los
viajeros Conoce Vd. un buen hotel?

:
Al llegar a Crdoba,
el
seor Gordon pregunt a uno de

2.
S,
seor, le con-
yo conozco un hotel, que se construy el ao pasado, donde se pueden hallar buenos cuartos y ima cocina excelente. 3. Est en la esquina de la calle H. 4. Sigue Vd.^
test el caballero,
derecho hasta llegar a la calle P. y luego dobla Vd.

su izquierda
el
la
esquina a
el
hotel est
al
muy
cerca.
5.
Los viajeros hallaron
hotel
y fueron^
with se.
cuarto de los
1
despacho para pedir dos cuartos. 6. El jvenes tena dos camas con mantas, sbanas y
2
Use
pres. ind.
'You go/
Went/
pret. of ir.
(Cf. 189.)
La Mezquita de Crdoba.
las hileras de
Las mil columnas recuerdan
algn bosque de piedra.
Page 102,
97
98
almohadas limpias. 7. Hallaron en la mesa una vela y fsforos y un jarro de agua. 8. La lavandera vino^ a buscar la ropa sucia. 9. Iban a pasar algunos das en Crdoba y le dieron^
muchas cosas que
lavar.
10.
La lavandera
el
dijo
que saba lavar
y planchar
muy
bien.
11.
Luego
el
criado del hotel llev a los

12.
viajeros agua caliente para
muy
Los viajeros estaban cansados y para descansar tomaron un bao.

bao.
1.
Al llegar a Crdoba qu
2.
le
pregunt
le
el
seor Gordon
el
a uno de los viajeros?

3.
Cmo
el 5.
contest
4.
caballero?
al hotel
Cmo
le dijo
que hallara
hotel?
Al llegar
dnde fueron
despacho?
6.
los viajeros?
Para qu fueron
los viajeros al
hallaron en la
9.
Qu tena el cuarto de los jvenes? 7. Qu mesa? 8. Quin vino a buscar la ropa sucia?
Saba lavar y planchar
muy
bien?
10.
11.
Quin llev a
los
viajeros agua caliente para el bao?

los viajeros?
Estaban cansados

1.
know an
excellent hotel in this city.

3.
2.
The cooking
is
is
very good and the beds are always clean.

hotel that I
city, I
Well, that
the
am
looking
in a
for.
4.
The
6.
last
time that I was in the
had a room
7.
poor hotel.
were
in a
very soiled condition.
The pillows and blankets Where is this hotel of which

5.
you speak?
and turn the next corner to the right. 8. It is near a house which is [being] built. ^ 9. [In the office) Have you a room whi^ch opens upon the street? 10. Yes, here is a room which looks out upon two
pass the
first
You
street
streets.
11. I shall
take this room, for I see (veo) that every-
thing
is
clean.
12.
Bring
me
a candle and some matches and a
pitcher of hot wâter.

1
'Came/
pret. of venir.
(Cf. 189.)
*
Use
pres. ind.
2 'Gave,' with se.
pret. of dar.
(Cf. 170.)
112-115
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS
99
LESSON XXI {LECCIN VEINTE Y UNA)

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS \PRONOMBRES
.
DEMOSTRATIVOS)
Plural
stos, -as, these
112.
Singular
NeutQi (Neutro)
esto, this
ste, -a, this (one)
se, -a,
aqul, quUa, I
Ku ^^^'
4.
sos, -as,
('^'^^^
aquUos,
\ ^, '^"'^ -as, /
eso,
1 û
aqueUo, )
^ *^^
Note. Demonstrative pronouns, except the neuter forms, have accent marks to distinguish them from the demonstrative adjectives.
113.
ste sometimes means ^the latter/ and aqul, ^the

In the Spanish sentence ^the latter'
is
former.'
generally re-
ferred to before
Hhe former/ which
is
the reverse of the English
usage.
Luisy Pedro son estudiantes; ste

es trabajador, aqul es holgazn
Louis and Peter are students; the latter is diligent, the former is lazy
114.
In correspondence, en (de, a) sta and en (de, a) sa
are used elliptically, the

Llegu a sta
el
word ciudad,
^city,'
being understood.
15
I arrived here the 15th
Qu
tal se divierte
Vd. en sa?
How
are
you enjoying yourself
in
that city?
115.
The
definite article as antecedent of a relative
pronoun
or before a prepositional phrase {El artculo definido
como antece-
dente de un pronombre relativo o delante de una frase preposicional).
Instead of a demonstrative (or personal) pronoun, the
definite article is
used as antecedent of a relative pronoun or
before a prepositional phrase.

El que habla es
mi amigo
The one
friend
(he)
who
is
speaking
is
is
my
Lo que necesito es un gabn
What
coat
(that which) I need
an over-
Mi
pltuna es mejor que la de
mi
My pen
is
better than
my
brother's
hermano
100
116-118
Comparison
116.
of Adjectives {Comparacin
de
los Adjetivos)
To form
the comparative (comparativo) of inequality,

is
ms, ^more/ or menos/ 4ess/
placed before the adjective,
and que, Hhan,'
after
it.
Juan es ms trabajador que Carlos

Carlos es
John
is
more
industrious
than
Charles
menos trabajador que
Charles
is less
industrious than John
Juan
^Than' before a numeral in affirmative phrases is expressed by de, and in negative sentences, by de or que, pre117.
ferably the latter.
Yo tengo ms de cien libros l no tiene ms que dos

118.
He
have more than a hundred books has no more than two
^Than' before a dependent clause (clusula dependiente) is expressed by de lo que, when comparison is made with an adjective or adverb of the principal clause (clusula
principal)
and by
de
del que (de la que, de los que, de las que)

is
when comparison
Ella es
made with a noun.

que creen de los que
I
ms
rica
lo
Yo tengo ms
tena antes
libros
She is richer than they think have more books than I had before
acentuar, to accent agradable, adj., agreeable, pleasant el rbol, the tree la arquitectura, the architecture asombrar, to astonish ayer, adv., yesterday el bosque, the wood, forest
1
la
columna, the column comparar, to compare

enfrente, adv., in front; prep., in front of
de,
la hilera, the
row
la joya, the jewel

la
mezquita, the mosque

mil, adj., (a^) thousand
Menos
The
before nouns or pronouns has the meaning 'except':

is
Todos menos
l,
All except him.

2
indefinite article
not expressed before mil.
EXERCISES
101
the monument, public building, structure morisco, -a, Moorish el naranjo, the orange-tree la palmera, the palm-tree
el
monumento,
la piedra, the stone el puente, the bridge
religioso, -a, religious

el ro, the river
la
sombra, the shade, shadow
recuerda
know?
no
(inf.,
recordar), recalls, remembers; sabe Vd.? do

s, I
you
do not know

1.
Cules son los pronombres demostrativos?

acentos?
3.
2.
Cules
llevan
Cul
de
4.
los
pronombres
significa
demostrati-
vos significa ^the former'?

5.
Cul
Hhe
latter'?
6.
Cmo Cmo
se indica la
ciudad desde donde se escribe una carta?

Se usan los
se indica la ciudad en la cual est la persona

7.
(îs
going') a recibir la carta?
que va pronombres de-
mostrativos
como antecedentes de pronombres relativos o delante
de frases preposicionales?
un adjetivo? 9. Hhan' delante de un nmero en una

frase negativa?
11.
Cmo se forma el comparativo de Compare Vd. bonito. 10. Cmo se traduce

8.
frase afirmativa?
en una
Cmo
clusula dependiente cuando
adjetivo o adverbio de la
Hhan' delante de una una comparacin se hace con un clusula principal? con un substanse traduce
tivo de la clusula principal?

Dgame Vd. en espaol: 2. These books and those are for this boy, and those
4.
1.
This one and that one {near you),

3.
(yonder).
These (meaning books)
(near you) are for that girl (yonder).
John and Charles are students of the same class: the latter is rather indolent, and the former is very industrious. 5. This is true. 6. My grammar and my brother's. 7. Our house is smaller than that of our uncle, but larger than the one in which our grandmother lives. 8. The mosque of Mecca is larger than
that of Cordova,
but
it
is
less
beautiful than the latter.
102
9.
There are more than a thousand columns in the mosque. 10. It has fewer (less) columns now than it had formerly. 11. This monument is less famous than that one. 12. It is
more beautiful than I believed and much more beautiful than those (m.) that I had seen. 13. That is very interesting.

Llegamos a sta ayer, escribi Juan desde Crdoba. 2. Pasaremos menos de una semana aqu y despus iremos a Sevilla. 3. Se dice que aquella ciudad es ms hermosa que sta y que tiene ms monumentos interesantes. 4. Sin embargo, Crdoba es ms bonita de lo que yo crea y tiene lo que se puede llamar la joya de la arquitectura religiosa morisca en Espaa, la famosa mezquita. 5. Enfrente de sta se halla el Patio de los Naranjos. 6. stos y las palmeras del patio dan una sombra muy agradable. 7. Al entrar en la mezquita se asombra el viajero. 8. Las mil columnas recuerdan las hileras de rboles de algn bosque de piedra. 9. Crdoba tiene otros monumentos bastante interesantes. 10. Entre stos est el puente morisco sobre el ro Guadalquivir.
1.
Juan que llegaron a Crdoba? 2. Cunto tiempo iban a pasar en aquella ciudad? 3. Dnde iban de Crdoba? 4. Cul de las dos ciudades es ms hermosa? 6. Qu 5. Era Crdoba ms bonita de lo que crea Juan? monumentos tiene Crdoba? 7. Qu es la mezquita de Crdoba? 8. Qu est en frente de la mezquita? 9. Qu re1.
Cundo
dice
columnas de la mezquita? 10. Sabe Vd. si la mezquita de Crdoba es ms o menos grande que la de Meca? 11. Dgame Vd. otro monumento interesante que tiene Crdoba. 12. Sobre qu ro est el puente morisco?
cuerdan
las mil
<
c
o
it
<
c g
103
104
119

1.
How
New
you in that York (Nueva York).

are
[city]?
2.
wrote Charles to a friend in

are very well in this
[city],
We
where we arrived yesterday. 3. They say that this city is less beautiful than Seville, but I find Cordova more interesting than
I
had thought.
5.
4.
Have you
seen
its
orange-trees
and palm6.
trees?
The
latter give less
shade than the former.
The
orange-trees of the patio recall the columns of the mosque.

7.
This mosque
is
very famous.
8.
It is called the jewel of

9.
That of Mecca is 10. I do not know which is more beautiful, larger, they say. 11. I find the Moorish bridge over the former or the latter.
Moorish
religious architecture in Spain.
the Guadalquivir quite interesting also.

sixteen arches (arcos).
13. Seville is
12.
The
bridge has
on
this
same
river.
LESSON XXII {LECCIN VEINTE Y DOS)

THE RELATIVE SUPERLATIVE
RELATIVO)
119.
(EL
SUPERLATIVO
To form
the relative superlative of adjectives, a definite
article, or possessive adjective, is
placed before
ms
or menos.
POSITRTE
(Positivo)
COMPARATRrE
(Comparativo)
SUPERLATRTE
(Superlativo)
el
joven
1.
ms (menos)
joven
ms (menos) joven
The
superlative adjective usually foUow^s a noun.
The
in
it
definite article (or possessive adjective) precedes the

this case unless the
noun
noun
is
in apposition (aposicin),
when
may
Don
go with the following adjective.
el (su) libro
ms
interesante
Quijote,))
obra la
ms famosa
the (his) most interesting book "Don Quixote," the most famous
de Cervantes
work
of
Cervantes
120-124
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS

is
105
2.
În' after a superlative
usually expressed
by
de.
Es
el
alumno ms trabajador de
He
is
the most industrious student
la clase
in the class
120.
The
following adjectives
mejor, better
peor, worse
may
be compared irregularly:
el
bueno, good malo, bad grande, large pequeo, small
el peor, el el
mejor, best worst

largest, oldest
mayor, larger, older menor, smaller, younger
mayor, menor,
smallest, youngest
Note.
cept
The irregular forms mayor and menor are not often used, exreferring to age or rank.
when
Comparison
121.
of
Adverbs {Comparacin de
os Adverbios)
Adverbs are compared
like adjectives, except that the
definite article is not
used to distinguish between the compara-
and superlative forms. When necessary, the superlative may be distinguished by the use of some such intensive adverb
tive
as todava,
still,'
^yet.'
l habla distintamente Ella habla ms distintamente Yd. habla todava ms distintamente 122.
He
speaks distinctly
She speaks more distinctly You speak still more distinctly
The
following adverbs have irregular comparatives:

bien, well
mal,
ill,
badly
mejor, better peor, worse
mucho, much
poco, httle
ms, more menos, less
Comparison
123.
is
of Equality (Comparacin
de Igualdad)
To form
the comparative of equality, âs (so) ... as'

(before adjectives, or adverbs)
expressed
by tan
and como,
after.
Carlos es tan alto como Juan Carlos no habla tan claramente
Charles is as tall as John Charles does not speak so clearly as
como Juan
124.
John
first
When
the
member
of the comparison
âs
is
a noun
and the second a noun or pronoun,
much
as,' 'as
many
106
.
. .

as'
is
125
expressed
by tanto
is
(-a,
-os,
is
When
the second
member
a verb, como
como replaced by cuanto

-as)
.
.
(-a, -OS, -as),
which
may
como
be used alone.
ella
l tiene tantos libros

(su
He
has as has as
many books
many books
as she (his
hermana)
sister)
El tiene tantos libros cuantos necesita El tiene cuantos necesita
He He
as he needs
has as
many
as he needs
125.
'The more
(less)
the more
. .
.
(less)'
with verbs
is
expressed
by cuanto ms (menos)
tanto
ms
(menos), or
mientras
ms
(menos)
ms
(menos).
Mientras'^ms se estudia,
Cuanto ms se estudia, tanto ms se aprende ) The more one studies, the ms se aprende more one leams /
alto, -a, high, tall, lofty
justificar, to justify
la altura, the height

la biblioteca, the library
el caso,
el lado, the side, direction; al
de, beside
el lugar,
(or
la cigarrera,
rette)
la
the case the
cigar
cigala
maker
cristiano, -a. Christian
duda, the doubt; sin

less
doubtel
the building la fbrica, the factory

el edificio,
la
el
el
gtico, -a, Gothic

la historia, the history, story
the place; tener to take place maravilla, the marvel maravilloso, -a, marvelous, wonderful palacio, the palace pintura, the painting refrn, the saying, proverb tabaco, the tobacco
,
tarde, adv., late

la torre, the tower
la iglesia, the church
en ningima parte, nowhere

1.
Cmo
se
el
2.
Cul es
Se usa
forma el superlativo relativo de im adjetivo? comparativo de alto? el superlativo? 3. Pre-
cede o sigue al substantivo un adjetivo en la forma superlativa?

4.
el
5.
artculo con el substantivo o con el adjetivo en
este caso?
Cmo
se traduce *in' despus de
un superla-
EXERCISES
tivo?
6.
107
Cules son los adjetivos que tienen comparativos irregulares? 7. Cul es el comparativo de bueno? de malo?
de grande? de pequeo?
8.
Cmo
9.
se
forma
el
comparativo
el
de los adverbios?
tivo irregular
se
Dgame Vd. de bien; de mal; de mucho; de poco.

el superlativo?
compara-
10.
Cmo
forma
el
comparativo de igualdad?
11.
Cmo
se traduce
'as much ... as' cuando la expresin est seguida de un substantivo o pronombre? cundo est seguida de un verbo?
12.
Se puede usar cuanto solo?

. .
13.
Cmo
se traduce 'the
more
the more'?

Dgame Vd. en
beautiful.
4.
2.
espaol:
1.
Beautiful;
best.
5. 3.
more
Bad;
beautiful;
most
Good; better;
beautiful book.
is
worse;
worst.
The most
6.
The
tallest building in the

is
city.
7.
This
my
older brother; that
my
younger brother.
John speaks Spanish better than I, but Charles speaks still 9. She is 8. I do not speak so clearly as my sister. better. 10. The more one studies the the best student in the class. more one learns. 11. We have as many books as you. 12. You have as many as you need. 13. This school is not so high as the church, but that tower is higher than the church. 14. Its height is more than two hundred feet. 15. There are less than
fifty pupils in
the school.
16.
What
is
taking place?

Quien no ha visto Sevilla no ha visto maravilla)) es un viejo refrn que halla justificado todo viajero que visita esta
1.
ciudad maravillosa.
2.
En ningima
ms interesantes que aqu. moso de Sevilla es la linda altura es de ms de tres cientos pies. 5. Al lado de la Giralda est la catedral, una de las ms grandes y ms ricas iglesias gticas del mundo. 6. En ella est la esplndida tumba de
monumentos 3. El edificio ms alto y ms hertorre morisca, la Giralda. 4. Su
parte hay
Sevilla
La
Linda Torre Morisca de la Giralda.
Page 107,
108
EXERCISES
Cristbal Coln.^
7.
109
an-
Cerca de
la catedral est el Alczar,
tiguo palacio de los reyes moros

8.
y ms
tarde de los cristianos.
ninguna ciudad se puede estudiar mejor las pinturas de Murillo que en Sevilla, donde se hallan muchas en diferentes
edificios.
9.
En
No hay
lugar
ms
interesante, sin duda, para el
estudiante de la historia
que
la biblioteca
Colombina.^
10.
La
in-
mayor parte de
cigarreras.
los extranjeros hallarn
tambin de mucho
ters la fbrica de tabacos,
donde trabajan cerca de cinco mil
1.
Cul es
el
viejo refrn que halla justificado todo viajero

2.
Dnde hay monumentos ms interesantes que en esta ciudad? 3. Cul es el edificio ms alto y ms hermoso de Sevilla? 4. Cul es su altura? 5. Dnde 7. Qu est la catedral? 6. Es una iglesia grande y rica? tumba famosa hay en la catedral? 8. Dnde est el Alczar? 10. Dnde se puede estudiar mejor 9. Qu es el Alczar? que en Sevilla las pinturas de Murillo? 11. Qu hay en Sevilla de mucho inters para el estudiante de la historia? 12. Es interesante para la mayor parte de los extranjeros la fbrica de tabacos de Sevilla? 13. Cuntas mujeres trabajan como
que
visita a Sevilla?
cigarreras en esta fbrica?

1.
Where
are there
2.
than in Seville?
Alczar
more wonderful jewels of architecture The Giralda is the most beautiful Moorish
3.
tower in the world.

is
It is higher
than I thought.^
it is
4.
The
It is
an interesting building, but

5.
not so beautiful as
6.
the Giralda.
The
cathedral
is
near the Giralda.
one of the most beautiful churches of the Christian world.

7.
*
The tobacco
Havana, Cuba,
2
8
factory
is
one of the largest buildings of
Seville.
Christopher Columbus, whose supposed remains were taken from the cathedral
in 1899.
it
of
So called, since Use creer.
contains some choice manuscripts of Christopher Columbus.
lio
8. 9.

five
126-128
More than
It
is
thousand
women work
will
in this building.
here that Carmen, so famous in Hterature, wôrked as

10.
you find better paintings of Murillo than some of those which are in' Seville. 11. The more one sees its marvels, the more one admires this city.
cigarette maker.
Nowhere
LESSON XXIII {LECCIN VEINTE Y TRES)

POSSESSIVE KDJECTVfK^ {ADJETIVOS POSESIVOS)
126.
Forms which Follow the Noun {Formas

que Siguen
Singular
Plural
al
Nombre)
(1.^) (2.*)
mo, -a
tuyo, -a
mos, -as
tuyos, -as
my
thy
his,
(of
mine)
(of hers),
(of thine)
(3.*)
(1.^)
(2.^)
suyOj -a
nuestro, -a vuestro, -a suyo, -a
suyos, -as nuestros, -as vuestros, -as suyos, -as

etc.,
her
your
(of yours)
our
(of ours)
yoiu- (of yours)
(3.^)
their (of theirs),
your
(of yours)
Note.
127.
The forms suyo, -a,
are the proper forms to use with usted.
These forms are used

(Cf. 56.)
less often
than are those which
precede the noun.

rhetorical
They
are employed in direct
address and translate the EngHsh expression ôf

Hijo mo! (My) son! un amigo mo, a friend of mine
mine/
etc.
Possessive Pronoims {Pronombres Posesivos)

128.
The
possessive pronouns are formed
by putting^ the
el
definite article before the
above adjectival forms:
mo, la
ma, los mos, las mas, etc.

Tiene un libro?
S,
tiene el
Has he
'
a book?
Yes, he has mine
mo
1
'By putting = poniendo.
129-130
EXERCISES
is
111
omitted, unless emphatic
129.
After ser, ^to be/ the article

is
distinction
made.
The book is mine mo y aqul es el suyo This one is mine and
is
El libro es mo
But: ste es
130.
el
that one
is
his
'Whose?'
generally expressed
by de quin? pL de
quines?
De quin
es este libro?
Whose
is
this
book?
afectuoso, -a, affectionate
la alcoba, the
la flor, the flower la fotografa, the
el
bedroom
la la
el el
el
alrededor, adv.^ around; a su around it (him, etc.) arcada, the arcade azul, adj., blue capilla, the chapel centro, the center cielo, the sky, heaven comedor, the dining-room divertir, to amuse, entertain;
photograph husped, the guest, lodger; casa de es, boarding-house omitir, to omit
perezoso, -a, lazy, idle

el piso, the floor, story;
ground floor; primer ond floor
bajo,
,
sec-
se, to
amuse
oneself,
have
a good time emplear, to employ, use encantar, to charm, delight

sirve
{7if.,
pronto, adv.^ soon, quickly querido, -a, dear, beloved la sala, the drawing-room, parlor el techo, the roof, ceiling vario, -a, various, several la vida, the life
servir) [de], serves [as]
GRAIVIMATICAL DRILL {CUESTIONARIO GRAMATICAL)

1.
Cules son las formas del adjetivo posesivo que siguen

2.
al
nombre?
3.
Cules son las formas que preceden al nombre?

4.
Cules se emplean ms?
Cules se usan cuando se

5.
dirige la palabra^ a
una persona?
6.
Cules se usan para tralos
ducir 'of mine,' etc.?

sesivos?
7.
Cmo
omite
el
se
forman
pronombres po8.
Cundo
se
artculo definido?
Cmo
se dice 'vahse?' en espaol?

1
Dirigir la palabra a
'
to address.'
112

Dgame Vd. en
mine.
is
espaol:
1.
Whose
was
in
is
this
house?
2.
It is
3.
I thought^ that yours
another street.
4.
Mine
beside
6.
8.
His has more rooms than mine. How many rooms has yours? 7. Ours has twelve rooms. On (a) one side of the patio, on the ground floor, are the
brother's.
5. 9.
my
drawing-room and the Hbrary.

large, larger
than yours, I think.^

12.
Our dinmg-room is very 10. My own bedroom is on

11.
the second floor, over the arcade.

Seville
Many
of the houses of
have inner courts.
The men and women

13.
of this
is
city pass
idle life,
much
of their time in these patios.
Theirs
an
but very agreeable.

Queridos padres mos:
1.
Estoy encantado con
Sevilla.
2.
Sus hermosos
edificios, sus
muchas flores, su cielo azul, su vida perezosa, todo lo suyo en una palabra es muy agradable. 3. sta es una ciudad donde los hombres y las mujeres no hacen ms que divertirse. 4. Vivimos en un antiguo palacio, que sirve ahora de casa de huspedes. 5. Es una casa mucho ms grande que la nuestra. 6. El patio tiene en su centro una alta palmera y a su alrededor hermosas arcadas. 7. Las varias alcobas dan al patio. 8. Yo tengo la ma en el piso bajo al
lindos patios, sus
lado del comedor.
9.
primer piso.
capilla.
12.
11.
10.
En
Carlos y su padre tienen las suyas en el una parte del palacio hay una pequea
En
otra parte, detrs del comedor, est la cocina.
No
tengo a mano^ ninguna fotografa del lugar, pero he
escrito bastante
13.
para dar a
la familia
ima idea de
la
casa.
Pronto
escribir
ms
acerca de nuestro viaje por Espaa.
Su^ hijo afectuoso,
Juan.
1
*At hand.' Children sometimes address their parents as ustedes, and
Use creer.
in
Spanish America the forms
vosotros, vuestro,
etc., are rarely used.
Sevilla
La Esplndida Tumba de Cristbal Coln. Page 107.
113
114
Desde dnde escribi Juan? 2. Qu encantaba a Juan en Sevilla? 3. Cul era su idea de los hombres y de las
1.
mujeres de Sevilla?
5.
4.
Dnde vivan Juan y

(la
sus amigos?
6.
Era ms grande
el
la
casa que la suya

7.
de
l)?
Cmo
la
era
8.
patio de la casa?
Dnde
tena
Juan su alcoba?
9.
Dnde tenan Carlos y su padre las suyas? casa ima capilla? 10. Dnde estaba la cocina? Juan una fotografa de la casa?
Tena
11.
Tena

Our house is in Seville. 2. It has two stories, a ground floor and a second floor. 3. The roof is rather low (bajo). 4. The house has an inner court. 5. Around it are the various bedrooms. 6. Mine is on the second floor, above the arcade. 7. My father's and mother's (lit. that of my parents) is on the groimd floor. 8. Our hbrary is near the dra^vdng10. We room. 9. Our kitchen is behind the dining-room.
1.
have a chapel in our home. 11. Ours is quite a small chapel. 13. No, but in the 12. Does your house also have a chapel? house of a friend of mine there is a very large chapel. 14. Theirs is a very beautiful house, but yours (lit, that of you) is much
more
16.
beautiful.
15.
There are many pretty houses

is
in Seville.
17. It
Andalusia (Andaluca)
a beautiful part of Spain.
has so
many
flowers
and
so blue a sky.
131-135
NEGATION
115
LESSON XXIV {LECCIN VEINTE Y CUATRO)

NEGATION (NEGACIN)
131.
it.
verb
(Cf. 5.)
made negative by placing no before In compound tenses no precedes the auxiliary.

is
usually
No hablo espaol Mi amigo no ha llegado

132.
If
do not speak Spanish
My friend has not arrived
the verb
is
understood, no follows a personal pro-
noun.
words.
It
sometimes precedes and sometimes follows other

generalmente no, generally not
yo no, not I
^^t'
este no,
) not this one

J
^^"'"P^^' '^^ ^^^^^^
133.
After verbs of saying, thinking,

^yes,' or 'so/ are
etc.,
no, *no,' or *not,'

is
and
si,
introduced by que, which
not to be
translated.
Yo Yo
134.
creo que no digo que si
I think not
I
say yes
is re-
When
other negative words follow the verb, no

verb, no
is
tained, but
when they precede the
omitted.
Such
words are nada, 'nothing,' nadie, 'nobody,'

'not either,' 'nor.'
ni, 'neither,' 'nor,'
ninguno, 'not any,' nunca,^ 'never,' jams,^ 'never,' tampoco,
No
hablo a nadie
I speak to
Nadie habla
No
1.1
no one one speaks
No le hablar nimca \ .
Nimca
1
le
1.
hablare
r j
t -n i ^ to I will never speak ^
w mm
In Spanish, there are three words, pero, mas, sino, to translate the conjimction 'but.' The two former may be used
135.
interchangeably, although
1
mas
belongs rather to literary style.

force ('ever') with an affirmative verb.
Both nunca and jams have affirmative Lo creer Vd. nunca (jams)?
Will you ever believe
it?
116
Sino
is
136
used to introduce a positive idea in direct contrast to a preceding negative, and sino que, to introduce a different verb
in the second part of the negation.
Tengo un
plirnia
lpiz,
pero no tengo una
have a pen
is
pencil, 'but I haven't a
Lo cuenta
as el historiador,
mas
The
no es verdad No bebo vino, sino agua No deseo, sino que mando que Vd.
hable
136.
it, but it not true I do not drink wine, but water I don't desire, but I command you to speak
chronicler thus relates
As an adverb ^but' is often ms and ^no but,' by no

. .
translated
.
by no
smo,
que.
No habla sino raramente No tiene ms hermano que Juan
He He
speaks but seldom has no brother but John
el coche, the car, coach;
dor-
la hierba, the grass
mitorio, sleeping-car, sleeper

la
incmodo, -a, uncomfortable,

inconvenient
ligero, -a, adv., light; fast, rapid
el lujo, the luxury;
comodidad, the comfort, convenience
cmodo, -a, comfortable, convenient el compartimiento,

the compart-
de
luxuri-
ous
el
modo, the mode, way; de este
ment
deber, to owe, ought, be obliged desagradable, adj., disagreeable dividir, to divide la espalda, the back; de s, adv.^
in this
way
norteamericano, -a, North
American
parecer, to seem, appear pobre, adj., poor puntual, adj., punctual, on time la relacin, the relation el tren, the train verde, adj., green
la
backwards fila, the row
la frecuencia, the frequency;
con
frequently, often
of;
a pesar de, in spite
how?
cially
a travs de, across, through; qu tal? cmo? asks more espeabout mariner or way)
(asks about condition or quality;

1.
Cmo
se
hace negativo un verbo?

los
2.
Dnde
se
3.
pone
la
palabra negativa no en
tiempos compuestos?
Cuando
EXERCISES
no hay verbo cul
palabras?
4.
117
es la posicin
siete
Dgame Vd.
de no en relacin con otras palabras negativas. 5. Cun-
do se puede omitir la palabra no? 6. Cuntas palabras hay en espaol para traducir la conjuncin inglesa 'but'? 7. Cules
son?
8.
Cmo
se traduce al espaol 'but'
como adverbio?

Dgame Vd. en espaol: 1. 3. Not this book, but that one
but you.
to
5.
I think^ so. {yonder).

4.
2.
I think^ not.
He
.^
has no friends
He
never speaks well of any one.
know
this
man?
Not
6.
Do you wish
8.
I.
7.
Nor
9.
I either
This house
does not seem poor, but dirty.
have never traveled in 10. How {in what way) does one travel in Spain? Spain. 11. How {under what conditions) does one travel in Spain?
I
12.
Not very comfortably.

in
13.
Traveling in that country

14.
15.
is
not so convenient as in the United States.

traveled
South America?
country yet.
Never.
Have you
ever
No
one travels
much
in that

El viajar^ en Espaa no es tan fcil como en los Estados Unidos. 2. En primer lugar ,^ los trenes espaoles no son ni
1.
tan cmodos ni tan ligeros como los norteamericanos.
3.
Tam-
poco son tan puntuales. 4. Los coches estn divididos en compartimientos que tienen, cada imo, diez o doce asientos colocados en dos
la
filas
a travs del coche.
5.
Esto hace
ir
de espaldas
mitad de
los viajeros,
pero nadie parece hallar desagradable
este
7.
modo de viajar. 6. Hay tres clases de compartimientos. La primera es la mejor para viajar con comodidad. 8. Los
extranjeros no, deben nunca viajar en tercera (clase), porque

1
Use
creer.
first place.'
3
*
The
infinitive is often
'In the
2 n yo tampoco. used as a verbal noun. (Cf. 227.) Notice the omission of the definite article.
118
aquellos compartimientos no son solamente

sino que estn con frecuencia bastante sucios.
muy incmodos, 9. Hay algunos

10.
trenes de lujo que tienen coches dormitorios.
Uno de
stos
tomaron nuestros amigos para hacer Madrid.
el
viaje desde Sevilla hasta
1.
Qu
tal se viaja
en Espaa?
3.
los trenes espaoles?
Son cmodos y ligeros Son tan puntuales como los norte2.
americanos?
4.
En qu estn
divididos los coches?
5.
Halla
Vd. desagradable ir de espaldas en vm tren? 6. Cuntas clases de compartimientos hay? 7. Cul es la mejor para viajar con comodidad? extranjeros deben viajar en tercera 8. Los
(clase)?
9.
Por qu?
11.
10.
Hay coches
dormitorios en los
trenes espaoles?
hacer
el
viaje
Qu tomaron nuestros amigos para desde Sevilla hasta Madrid?

1.
To make
the trip from Seville to Madrid more comfort-
able,^
Mr. Gordon and the two boys took the sleeper. 2. Up to that time,^ they had not found the Spanish trains very comfortable, but [rather] very uncomfortable. 3. They had
4.
not found conveniences in any.
In the
first
place, the trains
were never fast enough.

6.
5.
Nor were they

so
ever on time.
In spite of
7.
all this,
however, the journey had delighted the
boys.
or^ so
Nowhere had they ever seen

8.
many
orange- trees
many palm-trees.
9.
Nowhere,
either,
had they seen such
interesting houses as the little stone houses with patios of this
part of Spain.
Now
(lo)
they were going to Madrid, where nothsame.

10.
ing would be the

different
The
11.
life
of
Madrid
is
is
very
from that
of Andalusia.
There the sky
not so
blue nor the grass so green.
Let the comparative adjective follow hacer directly.
Hasta entonces.
n.
o o <
119
120
137-138
LESSON XXV {LECCIN VEINTE Y CINCO)

OBJECT PERSONAL PRONOUNS {PRONOMBRES PERSONALES COMPLEMENTOS)
137.
The conjunctive
object pronouns, as they are often
called, are as follows:
Direct Object or Accusative

(Complemento Directo o Acusativo)
Indirect Object or Dative (Complemento Indirecto o Dativo)

'
Singular
(1.^) (2.a)
me, me, myself

te, thee, thyself
le, lo,
me,
to me, to myself
te, to thee, to thyself

le, to le,
him,
it,
you
him, to
it, it,
to
la, her, it,

(3.^):
you
to her, to
to
you you
se, himseK, herself, itself,
se, to himself, to herself, to itself,
yourself
to yourself
Plural
(\S)
(2.a)
nos, us, ourselves OS, you, yourselves {los, them, you

las,
nos, to us, to ourselves

os, to you, to yourselves
(
les, to
les, to
them, you
\
i
them, to you them, to you
se, themselves, yourselves
se, to themselves, to yourselves
Note
1.
In addition to the above forms, one

la, las.
often finds, in reading, a
direct object third person masculine plural les,
person feminine singular and plural condemned by the Spanish Academy.
and an indirect object third These forms are, however,

in intimate address.
le
Note
Note
2.
3.
The forms te and os are used only Some make a distinction between
and
and
lo (3rd pers. sing,
direct obj. mase.) reserving le for persons
lo for things.
138.
refer to
The
neuter pronoun lo
is
often used in the predicate to
an adjective, a noun taken in an indeterminate sense with an adjectival value, or an entire phrase. It may often be
translated ^so,' or not translated at
all.
Son negros sus ojos? Es usted profesora? Habla bien espaol?
Lo son Lo soy Ya creo

lo
They are Are her eyes black? I am Are you a teacher? Does he speak Spanish well?
should say so
139-141
OBJECT PRONOUNS
121
Pronouns {Construccin de los Pronombres Complementos). Object pronouns regularly precede the verb. If the verb is negative, no precedes the pronouns.
139. Position of Object
Me
cansa mucho Lo comprende Vd.? prendo

140.
tivCj
No
It tires
lo
com-
Do you
very much understand it? understand it
me
do not
Object pronouns follow and are attached to the
infini-
the gerund and the affirmative imperative (or subjunctive
used as such).
voice
An
accent
mark must
indicate the stress of
when
it falls
on any other
syllable
than the next to the
last of this
combination.
(Cf. 64.)
hablarles, to speak to
Habame
But:
Vd.)
(or
them hbleme Vd.)

(or
hablndonos, speaking to us Speak to me
No me hables
no
me hable
Do
not speak to
me
in formal
Note.
The same
When
is
sometimes true of other forms of the verb
literary style.
Hablronme
141.
They spoke
to
me
the object pronouns are used with infinitives or
gerunds depending upon auxiliary verbs (or verbs with an auxiliary force),
the pronoims
verle (or
may
precede such verbs.

I cannot see
No puedo
ver)
no
le
puedo
(or
him
to
Estaban escuchndome estaban escuchando)
me
They were Hstening
me
alegrarse, to be glad americano, -a, American
madrileo, -a, (native) of

drid
Ma-
besar, to kiss
cierto, -a, certain, sure
mostrar, to show, give evidence

of
el
la coleccin, the collection

el discurso,
museo, the museum

nacional, adj., national paseo, the walk; dar un
the speech, address

el
familiar, adj., familiar
to
gustar
(a), to please, like
interesar, to interest
take a walk preciso, -a, necessary
122

la universidad, the university
presentar, to present, introduce

real, adj., royal
el sentido,
ya, adv., now, already
the sense, meaning
divierte {inf., divertir), entertains; lo siento {inf., sentir), I am sorry; qu le(s) parece? how do you like?; ya lo creo, yes, indeed, I should say so

1.
Cul es
el
sentido de la palabra complemento en ingls?

los
complementos directos de los pronombres personales; los complementos indirectos. 3. Cules son las formas que se emplean nicamente en el discurso familiar? 4. Cul es el pronombre que se refiere a un adjetivo o a un substantivo usado como adjetivo? 5. Dgame Vd. un ejemplo. 6. A qu partes del verbo siguen los pronombres personales complementos? 7. Cuando el infinitivo (o germidio) se usa con otro verbo como auxiliar dnde se colocan los pronombres complementos?
2.
Dgame Vd.

Dgame Vd. en
him.
to me.
8.
3.
espaol:
1.
He
4.
speaks to me.
2.
I speak to
5.
We
6.
speak to them.
They speak
7.
to us.
Speak
I
Do
not speak to me.

9.
I wish [to] speak to you.
Speaking to her.
have learned it. 10. [to] see you a moment.

troducing her.
ourselves.
16. 14.
Have you learned the rule? They have learned them all. 11.
12.
Yes,
I wish
13. In-
We
shall introduce her.

15.
He
I
introduced himself.
17.
We
introduced
This pleased them.

18.
He
wishes to show us
library.
the collection.
19.
will
show them the national
Take me to the library. 20. Do not take us home (a casa) Yes, indeed. 22. Are yet. 21. Does Madrid entertain you? 23. Is your friend Certainly, I am. you an American?
Spanish?
Yes, he
is.
EXERCISES
123

2. Muy buenos, Don Jos. Buenos das, Doa Mara. Cunto me alegro de verle otra vez en Madrid! 3. Ha 4. No, la he dejado esta vez trado usted a la seora Gordon? en los Estados Unidos, pero he trado a mi hijo, Carlos, y a su amigo, Juan. 5. Muchachos, deseo presentarlos a la seora 6. Tanto gusto en Caldern, una de mis mejores amigas.
1.
divierte vida de esta vieja ciudad? Ya creo; Madrid nos mucho, seora. A ver^: han visto ustedes ya? gusta qu
la
8.
conocerla a usted, seora.
7.
El gusto es mo, seores.

lo
Los
9.
10.
Pues, seora, ya hemos dado muchos paseos por las calles

11.
de Madrid.
cal
Nos han encantado

Sol.
la
Puerta del
el
Prado,
la calle
de Al-
12.
Les ha enseado usted algunos
de
nuestros
monumentos
y
el
interesantes,
el
Don
14.
Jos?
13.
S,
a ustedes nuestra coleccin de pinturas?

Biblioteca Nacional
seora, les he mostrado ya
Palacio Real, la Universidad, la
Museo del Prado.
15.
Qu les parece Las de Velazquez
las
de Goya
me
interesan sobre todo, dijo Carlos.
la
16.
Lo
siento mucho, seora, pero nos es preciso despedirnos de usted.
los pies
de usted, seora.
17.
Beso a ustedes
mano,
caballeros.
A quin salud Don Jos? 3. Cmo le contest Doa Mara? 4. Qu le pregimt acerca de la seora Gordon? 5. Qu dijo el seor Gordon al presentar a su hijo y a su joven amigo? 6. Cmo
1.
Cmo
se dice
'good day' en espaol?
2.
contestaron ellos?
8.
7.
Cmo
contest
la
seora
9.
Caldern?
Qu
les
pregimt
la
seora a los jvenes?

10. 11.
les
haban encantado en Madrid?

el
Qu paseos Qu monumentos les
haba enseado
seor Gordon?
i
Cules de las pinturas
'Let's see.
(Cf. 225.)

124
del
12.
FIRST COURSE
EST
SPANISH
142
Museo Cmo
del
se
Prado haban interesado a Carlos sobre todo? despidieron^ de la seora Caldern? 13. Qu
dijo ella?

Mr. Caldern. 2. I wish to take a walk with you^ to-day, and show you some of the inter3. I accept your invitation with esting places of Madrid. much pleasure, Don Pablo, replied John. 4. Here we are in
1.
Good morning, John,
said
of
the Puerta del Sol, [the] center of the
you show me the Prado?

entering
is
life
Madrid.
5.
Will
6.
The
{lit.
street into
which we are
[very]
the Prado.
the calle de Alcal, and this street will take us to

7.
I should like
it
would please me)
much
[to]
see the
museum
of the Prado.
8.
I will certainly
show you that famous collection of paintings, the best in the world, as some believe. 9. Here we are in the museum. Do 10. It delights me, and these you not find it interesting? paintings of Velazquez please me more than all the others. 12. They interest 11. Do you like these paintings of Murillo? me [very] much, but I have seen in Seville others by Murillo which I liked {lit. which pleased me) as much as these.
LESSON XXVI {LECCIN VEINTE Y SEIS)

REFLEXIVE VERBS {VERBOS REFLEXIVOS)
142.
The
personal object pronouns me,
te, se,
nos, os, se
may
be used reflexively and the

In the latter case
often added.
last three
el
sometimes with
reciprocal value.
uno
al otro {or los
unos
a los otros)
is
Me
engao
'
I deceive mj^self
am
mistaken
other
Nos lavamos Nos hablbamos

1
el
uno
al otro
(Cf. 266, 10.)
We are washing ourselves We were speaking to each

2
Pret. of despedirse.
Con
usted.
>0
<
<
w
Q
t
H w D
o
C/2
W
I
O
H
P4
125
126
143.

Present Indicative of lavarse {Presente de
Indicativo
143-147
de lavarse)
yo
t
l (ella, usted) nosotros vosotros ellos (ellas, ustedes)
me
te
lavo, I
wash myself,
etc.
se
lavas lava
lavis
nos lavamos
os se
lavan
144.
The
object pronouns follow the affirmative imperative,
or present subjunctive used as such, according to rule in 140. The second person plural of the imperative loses its final -d
when OS
is
attached, and the

its final
first
person plural of the present

is
subjunctive loses
Lvate Lvese Vd.
145.
-s when nos
attached.
Wash Wash
thyself
Lavaos
Wash
yourselves
yourself
Lavmonos
Let us wash ourselves

reflexive.
Any
e.g.,
transitive verb
may
be made
Some
verbs are used reflexively in Spanish which are not so used in

English,
acostarse,
Ho
go to bed,' despertarse,
Ho wake
Ho be named,' etc. Certain verbs change their meaning slightly when made reflexive, e.g., dormir. Ho sleep,' dormirse, Ho fall asleep,' marchar. Ho walk,' marcharse. Ho go away,'^ ir, Ho go,' irse. Ho go away,'^
up,' levantarse,
Ho
get up,' llamarse,
etc.
146.
The
reflexive se
may be
used with verbs in a passive

its object.
is
sense, the verb agreeing in
number with
Spanish
Aqu se habla espaol Aqu se venden libros

147.
spoken here
sold here
Books are
The
reflexive se
may
be used with verbs (only in the
form an impersonal construction (like that of the French on). It may be translated into English by Hhey,' *one,' Vou,' etc., or, as above, by the passive. It may govern a direct or an indirect object. Se precedes all other pronouns,
singular) to
1
*
Away may
'
often be onUtted in translaUoHi
EXERCISES
Se aprende viajando Se dice que llegar muy pronto
Se la rehus Se nos pagar
Note.
127
One (you, etc.) leams by traveling They say, that he will arrive very
soon
They They
indefinite
refused her (She

will
was
shall
refused)
pay us (We
be paid)
The
pronoim uno,
'one,' or the third
person plural
of a transitive verb
may
replace the above-mentioned construction.
Uno aprende
viajando
Dicen que llegar
muy
pronto
One leams by traveUng They say that he will arrive very soon
acabar, to finish, end
afeitarse, to shave (oneself)
atravesar, to cross desayuno, the breakfast la distancia, the distance; a poca , de, near en seguida, adv. at once, imel
magnfico, -a, magnificent maravillarse, to wonder, be surprised la muralla, the wall

obligar, to oblige
la ocupacin, the
occupation
pendiente,
el
adj., steep
mediately
la espada, the
el ferrocarril,
sword
the
railroad,
rail-
pintoresco, -a, picturesque pual, the poniard, dagger
la estacin, the station
quedar(se), to remain, stay

subir, to go up, climb
way
la huella, the trace
temprano,
the
adv., early
tortuoso, -a, winding, tortuous
la
madrugada,
morning; de
dawn,
,
early
***
early
sale (inf., salir), leaves, goes (comes) out

1.
Cules son los pronombres personales complementos que

reflexivos?
2.
Conjugue Vd. el presente de indicativo del verbo reflexivo lavarse. 3. Cundo pierde la -d la segimda persona del plural del imperativo? 4. Cundo
se
pueden usar como
pierde la -s la primera persona del plural del presente de sub-
jimtivo?
Dgame Vd. algimos verbos que son reflexivos en 6. Dgame Vd. algunos verbos que y cambian de sentido cuando son reflexivos. 7. En qu sentidos
5.
espaol
no' en ingls.
se
puede usar
el
pronombre
reflexivo se?
128

Dgame Vd. en
4.
espaol:
1.
To
8.
rise.
2.
Rising.
3.
I rise.
We
rise.
5.
Rise (Vd.,
7.
t, vosotros).
rise.
6.
Do
not
rise (Vd.,
t, vosotros).
9.
Let us
Prepare yourself (Vd.,

10.
t).
Prepare yourselves (Vds., vosotros).

11.
Let us prepare
were preparing ourselves. 12. They will 14. Do you shave 13. I shave myself. prepare themselves. yourself? 15. They shave each other. 16. Let us shave each
ourselves. other.
17.
We
They bought each

19.
other' souvenirs.
18.
Let us buy
20.
each other souvenirs.

not go away.
23. I 25.
shall
21.
Go away
24.
(use marcharse).
22. I
Do
Let us not go away.

here.
26.
remain here.
have to go away. Shall you not remain here?
They would remain
We
have remained here.

1.
Una noche
y
el
seor Gordon entr en
el
cuarto de los dos
jvenes
Acostmonos temprano, porque maana tendremos que levantamos a tiempo^ para tomar el tren. 2. El tren para Toledo sale muy de madrugada. 3. Los muchachos se acostaron en seguida y antes de las nueve se haban dormido. 4. Al da siguiente se despertaron a las seis. 5. Se. levantaron muy pronto, se lavaron y se afeitaron. 6. Luego se les llev a la alcoba el desayuno. 7. Acabado el desayuno, se fueron^ con el seor Gordon a tomar el tren. 8. Llegaron a Toledo
les dijo:
despus de dos horas de viaje.
9.
La
estacin del ferrocarril se
halla a poca distancia de Toledo, al otro lado del ro Tajo,
fueron obligados a tomar im coche para entrar en la vieja ciudad.

10.
Atravesaron
11.
el
Tajo por
el
pintoresco Puente de Al-
cntara.
Al subir
12.
las calles pendientes, los
muchachos
la
se
maravillaron de ver que quedaban todava en Toledo tantas

huellas
moriscas.
Las
antiguas
murallas,
la
hermosa
Puerta del Sol y

1
las calles tortuosas
de
ciudad indicaban ima

of ser.
(Cf. 188.)
'Ontime.'
Pret. of irse.
Conjugated the same as the preterit
Toledo
La
Hermosa Puerta del
Sol.
Page 128.
129
130

13.
ocupacin morisca.
Se qudaron dos das en Toledo,
visi-
tando
14.
les
Y
en
magnfica catedral y otros monumentos interesantes. antes de marcharse, los dos jvenes se compraron puala
la
famosa fbrica de espadas.
EXERCISE {EJERCICIO)
(Instead of the usual conversation, repeat the above exercise, inserting in
the
first
sentence the words en
mi cuarto
in-
stead of en
el
cuarto de los muchachos, in the third sentence
the word yo instead of los muchachos, and carry the whole
thought through in the

person plural.)
first
person singular.
Then
in the first
TRANSLATION EXERCISE {EJERCICIO DE TRADUCCIN) 1. Go to bed (acustense) early, said Don Jos to the two
boys, and get up to-morrow at half past
(ourselves) to (a) take the seven
six. 2.
Let us prepare
twenty train (the train of seven twenty). 3. (The) breakfast will be brought for us (nos traern) to our rooms. 4. They all went to bed immediately.
5.
The next
day, Mr. Gordon rose before the boys.
6.
He
washed and shaved himself and then awakened John and Charles. 7. The two boys got up quickly and prepared them8. When they had finished their breakselves for their trip. fast, they went off with Mr. Gordon to the railway station. 9. They took the train, and the journey was finished in less than two hours and a half. 10. Upon arriving^ at Toledo, they took a coach, because the station was^ at [a] certain dis11. They crossed the Alcntara Bridge. tance from the city. 12. Then they went up some very steep streets to the city.
13. I
am
surprised, said John, to (de) see so
many
traces of
the
of
Moors
in the architecture of the walls of this city
many
of its buildings
and
in its winding streets.
14.
and Three
days were spent (passed) in Toledo, and the boys were glad
to (de) have seen that ancient city.
1
Al with
inf.
(Cf. 77, note.)
Translate 'found
itself.*
148-152
OBJECT PRONOUNS
131
LESSON XXVII {LECCIN VEINTE Y SIETE)

148.
Two
Object Pronouns {Dos Pronombres
Complementos)
direct object
pronoun
of the third person (not reflexive)
follows
any
indirect object pronoun.
Se precedes any other
object pronoun.
Me lo
da Quiero drtelos Se me presenta

149.
le
He
He
gives
it
to
me
them
to
I \vish to give
you
{intimate)
presents himself to
me
For the sake of euphony, the indirect object pronouns

les
and
become se before
lo, la, los, las.
Se lo doy Dndoselos
I give it to him (to her, to them or to you) Giving them to him (to her, to them or to you)
Personal Pronouns used with Prepositions^ {Pronombres

Personales usados con Preposiciones)
150.
m,
(2.-)
ti,
Singular
Plural
me
him
her
thee
nosotros, -as, us vosotros, -as, you

ellos, ellas,
l,
ella,
them them
ello, it
(S-)
usted, you s, himseK, herself, oneself

itself,
ustedes, you
s,
themselves, yourselves
yourself
[
Este libro es para m y aqul es para usted

151.
This book
for
is
for
me and
that one
is
you
si.
Mismo,
'self,' is
s
often added, particularly to
Cada uno piensa en

152.
mismo
Each one thinks
of oneself
With the preposition
con, 'with,' mi,
ti
and
si
become
conmigo, contigo and consigo.

Hable Vd. conmigo
1
Talk with
grammar
me
Called in French
disjunctive pronouns.
132
153.
153-156
When
the direct object
is
los (las) ['you,' pl.]^ then
one of
me, te, os, nos, le (la) ['you'], the above forms is commonly
a.
used for the indirect object, after the preposition
Me present a ella Presentaos a ellos Le presentaron a nosotros

154.
He
introduced me to her Introduce yourselves to them They introduced you to us
The
prepositional indirect object
is
frequently used
re^
dundantly for emphasis or to avoid ambiguity.
A mi me
parece
a l a ella a usted a ellos a ellas a ustedes
It
seems to
'
me
to
to
him
to her
Se
lo
doy
"
I give
it
'
you them (w.) to them (/.) to you {pi.)

to
Note. With usted may be used (1) the redundant construction, (2) a usted without a conjunctive form (less formal), (3) the conjunctive form
alone (least formal)
(1.^)
(2.^)
(3.^)
Le remitimos a Vd., Remitimos a Vd., Le remitimos,
1
\
We
remit to you
Le veo a Vd., Veo a Vd., Le veo,
\
j^
I see
you
155.
A
'
few Commercial Terms (Algunos Trminos

Comerciales)
'
For cash
al
'
contado
'On credit = al fiado 'To charge = cargar en cuenta (la cuenta, 'the account') 'To order (have) made '= mandar hacer (mandar, 'to order,'
'
'send')
156.
The ending
-ia
may
indicate the place where
commer^
cial dealings of
a certain sort are carried on: camisera = shirt
store' (camisa, 'shirt'); zapatera =^ shoe store' (zapato, ^shoe');
sastrera =' tailor shop' (sastre, ^tailor').
i\
EXERCISES
133
la americana,
business
saco)
the "sack" coat, in {called coat

countries
Spanish- American
docena, the dozen; media half a dozen la etiqueta, the etiquette, formality; traje de evening
la
barato, -a, cheap bianco, -a, white caro, -a, dear, expensive la corbata, the cravat, (neck) tie costar, to cost el chaleco, the waistcoat, vest el dependiente, the clerk
diario, -a, daily,
el dinero, the
clothes, ''dress" suit

el frac {pi., fraques), the
evening
coat, "dress" coat.
gastar, to spend
el
guante, the glove
la
medida, the measure

negro, -a, black
"every day"
(a la
el pantaln, the trousers

el par,
money
'at
la disposicin, the disposal
de Vd.,
often said
offered to
{inf.,
your disposal,'
is
the pair regresar, to return representar, to represent, per-
when something any one)
form
el uso, the use
{inf.^
doy
dar), I give; quiere Vd.? quiero, I wish
querer i), do you wish?;
GRAJVIMATICAL DRILL {CUESTIONARIO GRAMATICAL)

1.
Cuando un pronombre de
la tercera
persona se usa como
complemento directo con otro pronombre complemento indirecto, cul de los dos pronombres sigue? 2. Cul es la posicin del pronombre se en relacin a otros pronombres complementos? 3. Cundo se usa se en vez de los pronombres le o les? 4. Cules son los pronombres personales que se usan con preposiciones? 5. Cules son los pronombres complementos directos con que se usa generalmente un complemento indirecto preposicional?
6.
Se usa algunas veces redundante-
mente^
el
complemento indirecto preposicional?

Dgame Vd. en
gives
it
1
espaol:
1.
He
gives (da)
to you.
4.
2
it
to me.
2.
He
to
to her.
3.
He
gives
them
He
gives
them
More commonly used than desear.
'Redundantly.*
134
US.
5.

I give
them
to you.
8.
6.
I present
him
to her.
7.
He
presented you to me.
him
to me.
12.
10.
Present
He presented us to you. 9. Present me to him. 11. Do not present him

is
to them.
This book
13. 15. 17.
for
me, that one
is
for you,
and the
wish
16.
other
is
for her.
Do you
wish to go with me?
14. I
to go with thee.
it
Each one thinks
of (en) oneself.
So
seem to you? 18. He took my {use pronoun and article) measure. 19. I bought myself a white vest. 20. It cost me thirty-six pesetas. 21. That is too dear; my vest (mi ... a mi) was cheaper. 22. It cost me less than thirty pesetas. 23. Did he charge it to you? 24. No, I
seems to me.
does
it
How
paid him for
it.

1.
He
pasado todo
2.
el
da en las tiendas de Madrid, dijo Car-
los
una noche,
tena.
al regresar al hotel,
y he gastado todo
sastrera,
el
dinero
que
Primero
el
fu^ a
ima
donde
me mand
traje de
hacer un traje para

etiqueta, con frac
sastre
uso diario, con americana,
y un
me tom
la
y pantaln negros y chaleco blanco. 3. El medida y me dijo que me los mandara den-
una semana. 4. Luego entr en una zapatera, donde compr un par de zapatos que me costaron diez duros. 5. Le
tro de
pregimt
al
dependiente
si
me
los cargara
en cuenta.
6.
me
contest que no vendan al fiado en aquella tienda,
pagu los diez duros. 7. Entonces me fui a una camisera, donde compr un par de guantes, tres corbatas, ima docena de cuellos y media docena de camisas. 8. All tambin se venda al contado, y
le
pagu
la cuenta.
9.
Me
10.
dijo el dependiente
que
me
lo
mande
dara todo al hotel.

ustedes, pero sin
Aqu me tienen a
el bolsillo.
la disposicin
una peseta en
1
Pret. of
ir.
(Cf. 188.)
So
'^
O O
w
Hi
135
136
Qu dijo Carlos una noche al regresar al hotel? 3. Qu se mand hacer? 2. A dnde fu primero? 4. Qu le dijo el sastre, despus de tomarle la medida? 5. Dnde entr luego? 6. Qu compr all? 7. Cunto le costaron? 9. Se los carg en cuenta el depen8. Eran caros o baratos?
1.
diente?
fiado?
10.
11.
Cmo vendan en
A dnde
15.
aquella tienda, al contado o al

12. 14.
se fu Carlos despus?
13.
pr en
la camisera?
Pag
les dijo
la
cuenta?
Qu se comQu le dijo el
dependiente?
Qu
Carlos a sus amigos de la con-
dicin de su bolsillo?

1.
They say that Mr. Cabrera

friend of
is
the best tailor in the city.
2.
A
me
mine took me to
to him.
3.
his tailor's
shop this morning

if
and presented me
asked him
he could (podra)
make me a
to
suit
suit in a
week.
4.
5. 6.
He
replied that he
in less than a week.

[a]
I ordered [for]
would send it myself an evening
w^nt to a shoe store. 7. I found a pair of shoes that I liked very much, but they were so dear that I had to bargain with the clerk. 8. He ended by selling them to me at a rather high price, but it was much cheaper than his first price. 9. Then I went into a haberdashery. 10. The clerk showed me half a dozen beautiful cravats, and I bought them all from him.^ 11. They did not sell on credit in any of these stores, and now I have spent almost all my money. 12. I have only one peseta in my pocket.
with
white vest.
I
1
Then
Remember
to use the dative here
157-161
USES OF HABER AND TENER
137
LESSON XXVIII {LECCIN VEINTE Y OCHO)

The Points
157.
of the
Compass
{Los Puntos Cardinales)
el norte, the
el sur, the
north south
el este, the east
el oeste, the
west
The Weather {El Tiempo), Weather conditions are commonly expressed by the verb hacer, Ho make/ used im158.
personally.
Haber, impersonal,
may sometimes
a noun,
be used in(learn.)
stead of hacer, but only

hace
calor,
it is
when followed by
haca
hace (hay) sol, it is sunny hace (hay) viento, it is windy haca (haba) polvo, it was dusty hace fresco, it is cool hace buen (mal) tiempo, it is good (bad) weather ha hecho un tiempo agradable, it has been pleasant
hot
fro, it
was cold
159.
Haber,
Ho
be,'
used impersonally, has the form hay in

All the other forms are the
the present indicative.
same as
que, fol-
the third person singular of haber, /to have.'
Hay
lowed by the
infinitive,
means 'one must.'

There are two books on the table There \vill be many people there One must study in order to learn
Hay
dos libros en la mesa Habr mucha gente all Para aprender hay que estudiar
160.
Tener
is
used idiomatically in the sense of

(learn.)
be
Ho
be' with
certain noims.
tener tener tener tener
tener fro, to be cold tener sed, to be thirsty sueo, to be sleepy tener ganas, to be desirous, to wish razon,^ to be right no tener razn, to be wrong tener miedo, to be afraid
calor, to
warm
hambre,
to be
hungry
Tiene Vd.
fro?
No, tengo
may
Are you cold?
No,
am
very
mucho
161.
calor
warm
Adverbial Phrases (frases Adverbiales).
-mente, expressing manner,

1
Adverbs in be replaced by de una manera
Razn means
also 'reason.*
138
or de
162-163
un modo, followed by an appropriate

correctamente,
adjective, or
by
the preposition con with an appropriate noun.

]
I
de una manera correcta, de un modo correcto, con correccin,

162.
correctly, in a correct
way,
with correctness
Adjectives are sometimes -intensified

lo
by placing before
most disagree-
them the phrase de

Su clima
163,
es de lo
ms.
Its climate is [of the]
ms desagradable
able
Aun,
^yet,'
still,'
'even,'
is
made
dissyllabic
(an)
when
it
follows a verb.
Aim no ha venido? venido an
No
,
ha
^
Has he not come

come yet
yet?
He has not
aplicar, to
apply
el peligro, the danger, risk
arrojar, to throw, fling,

el clima, the climate
dash
la proximidad, the
quitar, to
off,
proximity remove; se, to take
coger, to catch correr, to run hmedo, -a, humid, moist
remove
el resfriado, the cold el
sayo (somewhat antiquated), the

great coat
impersonal,
el infierno,
adj.,
impersonal
hell
Hades,
la sierra, the
range
(of
mountains)
la lluvia, the rain la

el
la situacin, the situation
montaa, the mountain
sbito, -a, sudden, unexpected

la temperatura, the
el
la nieve, the
a, to
snow paso, the step, way; cerrar

check
todo
el
la
temperature tempestad, the tempest, storm
mundo, everybody
GRAMMATICAI. DRILL (CUESTIONARIO GRAMATICAL)

1.
Cules son los puntos cardinales?

indicar
el
2.
Cul es
el
el
verbo
ms usado para
que
tiempo?
4.
tiempo?
3.
Cul es
otro verbo
el
se usa algunas veces delante
de substantivos para indicar

sentido de ^to be'?
Cul es la forma del presente de indicativo del verbo

el
haber, usado impersonalmente en
del
EXERCISES
imperfecto de indicativo?
del futuro? del perfecto?
5.
139
D-
game Vd. algimas expresiones en que tener se usa en el sentido de 'to be.' 6. Dgame Vd. de cuatro maneras diferentes 'cor7. Cuando se escribe an con acento? rectly.'

Dgame Vd. en
is
espaol:
1.
It is cold.
2.
am
cold.
is
3.
It
warm.
is
4.
We
dust.
8. It
6. It
warm. 5. It is^ windy and there was sunny yesterday. 7. I was very
are
9.
much
cool.
thirsty.
is
bad weather.
You
12.
are
right.
10. It
11.
is
There will be a storm. snow on the moimtains.

cold.
16. It is too
18.
have a
19. Is
The wind is moist. 13. There 14. The rain has begun. 15. You damp here. 17. There is danger of
is
catching (a) cold.
What
20.
the matter with^ the boy?

is
he
still
himgry?
No, he
sleepy.
21.
He
does not
wish^ to eat (de comer).

23.
22. I
am afraid to
24.
(de) speak Spanish.

is
You
always speak correctly.
Your conversation
most
interesting.

1.
((Nueve meses de invierno, tres de inemo,)) es un viejo
refrn que se aphca
an con razn
fro all
al
clima de Madrid.
el
2.
La
verdad
en
el el
es
que hace mucho

3.
en
invierno
y mucho
calor
Otro refrn, no menos conocido, dice ((Hasta cuarenta^ de mayo, no te quites el sayo.)) 4. Esto significa
verano.
all
que
5.
uno corre siempre
el
peligro de
coger un resfriado.
Los cambios sbitos de temperatura se explican por la alta situacin de la ciudad y la proximidad de la sierra del Guadarrama. 6. Estas montaas cierran^ el paso a los vientos hmedos del norte y del oeste en el verano, y en el invierno arrojan sobre la ciudad tempestades de lluvia y de nieve. 7. Madrid es
1
Use hacer.
Use qu tiene?
Use tener ganas.
'Fortieth.' Of course there is no fortieth day of May. Pres. ind, of cerrar. Conjugated like pensar. (Cf. 164 (1).)
140
una ciudad
gradable.
muy
8.
interesante, pero su clima es de lo
ms
desa-
Para gozar de una temperatura ms agradable en el verano, los madrileos ricos se marchan a San Sebastin. 9. En el invierno muchos buscan el calor del sur de Espaa.
10.
No hay
nunca.
ciudad donde se puede pasar

11. All
el
invierno con
sol
ms
gusto que en Sevilla.

fro
hace siempre
12.
Hay
flores
todo el_ao,
y uno no tiene aun en el mes de enero.
1.
Cul es
el
refrn que se apUca al clima de

3.
Madrid?
4.
2.
Qu
significa?
el
Cul es
los otros
7.
el
otro
5.
refrn?
Tiene
cuarenta das
o.
mes de mayo?
Cuntos das tiene?

el
Cuntos das tienen
meses segn
usa ms
la
refrn que
ustedes
han aprendido?
8. 9.
Hoy
se
palabra sayo o
gabn?
Es verdad que uno coge fcilmente un resfriado
en Madrid?
Cmo
se explican los
10.
cambios sbitos de tem-
A qu cierra el paso la sierra 11. Qu arrojan sobre la ciudel Guadarrama en el verano? dad estas montaas en el invierno? 12. A dnde se marchan los madrileos ricos en el verano? 13. Dnde pasan muchos 14. Hace fro con frecuencia en Sevilla? 15. Hay el invierno? flores todo el ao, aun en los meses ms fros? 16. En este pas cules son los meses en que hace ms fro? en que hace ms
peratura en aquella ciudad?
calor?
17.
Tiene Vd. calor ahora?
18.
Cules son los doce
meses del ao?

1.
Of
all of
the seasons of the year, (the) spring and (the)

2.
autumn
are the best.
We
like the spring,
because
3.
we
4.
are
neither too cold nor too
warm
in that season.
We
find the
change from the cold of the winter very agreeable.
The
autumn too
mer.
5.
is
an agreeable change from the heat of the sumit is
Frequently
very (mucho) hot here in the months
of July
and August.
6.
Then one ought
[to]
go away to the
164
RADICAL-CHANGING VERBS
trees.
7.
141
country to (para) seek the shade of the
The
coldest
January and February. 8. There is generally much snow in these months, and there are often very cold winds. 9. Then everybody wishes to remain in [the] house and amuse himself with a good book. 10. In
months
of the year in this country are
these months,
and
of
especially in the
cold.
11.
month
is
of
March,
it is
very
easy
[to]
catch
(a)
There
12.
always danger in a
climate of
sudden change
is
temperature.
The
Madrid
most disagreeable. 13. It is so bad in winter that many seek the more agreeable temperature of the south of Spain. 14. There it is never cold, even in the months of January and
February.
LESSON XXIX {LECCIN VEINTE Y NUEVE)

RADICAL-CHANGING VERBS FIRST CLASS {VERBOS QUE CAMBIAN LA VOCAL RADICAL PRIMERA CLASE)
164.
This class consists of certain verbs of the

conjugations
ie,
first
and
second
stressed from e to
illustrate all
(1)
which change the stem vowel w^hen and from o to ue. The following verbs
such changes:
(^to
(2)
Pensari
think')
Perder
(3)
Contar Cto
*
(4)
Volver2
re-
to lose')
count/ expect," teU')
(Ho
turn)
Pres.Ind.:
pienso piensas piensa
pierdo pierdes pierde
pensamos
pensis
perdemos
perdis
cuento cuentas cuenta contamos

contis
vuelvo vuelves vuelve volvemos

volvis
piensan
1
pierden
cuentan
vuelven
Pensar en=Ho think of: Pienso en mi hermano

.
I
.
am
thinking of
my
brother
again': Volver a+infimtive = 'to Vuelvo a saludarle I greet him again Volver has an irregular past participle vuelto.
.
142
Pres. Subj.: piense

pierda pierdas pierda
165
vuelva vuelvas vuelva volvamos
volvis
pienses piense
pensemos
pensis
perdamos
perdis
cuente cuentes cuente contemos

contis
piensen
Imptv.
:
pierdan
pierde perded
cuenten
cuenta contad
vuelvan
vuelve volved
piensa pensad
Note. Jugar, Ho play (a game)/ changes the u to ue and takes the regular orthographic changes: Fres. Ind.j juego, juegas, etc.; Fres. Subj.^
juegue, juegues,
etc.
165.
Note the
follov^îng
expressions of time:
(la tarde, la
maana
(ayer) por la
maana
noche), to-mor-
morning (afternoon, evening) pasado maana, day after to-morrov^ anteayer (or antes de ayer), day before yesterday
rov^ (yesterday)
anoche, last night
anteanoche
el
(or
antes de anoche), night before last
esta noche, to-night
domingo (lunes, etc.) pasado, last Sunday (Monday, etc.) la semana prxima, next week hace ocho (quince) das, a week (two weeks) ago del domingo en ocho (quince) das, a week (two weeks) from Smiday el ltimo domingo hizo ocho (quince) das, a week (two weeks) ago last Simday
achicar, to dwarf, lessen
causar, to cause,
la
make
acueducto, the aqueduct los alrededores, the environs aprovechar, to profit by, make
el
colosal, adj., colossal
costumbre, the custom, habit
la descripcin, the description
the most of
desgraciadamente,
tunately
adv., unfor-
aproximarse, to approach, come near el carcter, the character
entender
infer
(ie),
to
understand,
EXERCISES
la estancia, the stay la excursin, the excursion la fuente, the fountain
la partida, the
143
importante,
adj.,
important
departure probable, adj., probable la residencia, the residence segn, prep., according to, as
sepultar, to
la impresin, the impression
bury
el
inmenso, -a, immense monarca, the monarch
la tristeza, the sadness,
gloom

1.
Qu cambio
tiene lugar en la vocal radical e de los verbos
pensar y perder? 2. Qu cambio tiene lugar en la vocal radical o de los verbos contar y volver? 3. En qu personas tiene
lugar
el
cambio de
el
la
vocal radical?
5.
el
4.
Qu cambios tienen
el
lugar en
verbo jugar?
Conjugue Vd.
presente de indi-
cativo
de subjuntivo y
imperativo de pensar; de perder;
de contar; de volver; de jugar.

Dgame Vd.
3.
en
espaol:
1.
To-morrow.
2.
Yesterday.
4. Day before yesterday. 5. ToNext week. 8. Last week. 9. A week ago. 10. Two weeks ago. IL A week from Sunday. 12. Two weeks from Sunday. 13. A week ago last Sunday. 14. Of (en) what* are you thinking? 15. I am thinking of our
Day
after to-morrow.
night.
6.
Last night.
7.
trip.
16.
Don't
lose
the
way.
19.
17.
They
are
returning.
Count up to [a] hundred. 20. Let us play first and we shall work later. 21. How much does this book cost^? 22. It costs^ too much. 23. They cost^
18.
Let us return home
(a casa).
very
not
little.
24.
it
Show
(use mostrar^)
26. Sit
me your
exercise.
27.
25.
Do
do
not show^
sit
to them.
here.
down^
in this chair.
Let us
down
28. I
am
closing^ the door.
29.
Why
you
close 2 the door?

1
Change the stem vowel Change the stem vowel
to ue. to ie.
Segovia
El
Antiguo Acueducto Colosal

los de^ns edificios.
que atraviesa la ciudad y que achica
Page 14s
144
EXERCISES
145

1.
Estos ltimos das he estado tan ocupado, que pierdo la
costumbre de escribir, dijo Juan en una de sus cartas. 2. Ahora vuelvo a tomar la pluma para continuar la descripcin de 3. Desgraciadanuestra estancia en esta parte de Espaa.
mente
se
aproxima
la
hora de nuestra partida, que ser prodas.

4.
bablemente del lunes en quince
Aprovechamos
el
tiempo para hacer algunas excursiones a los alrededores de Madrid. 5. Anteayer fuimos a ver el Escorial, donde estn
sepultados tantos reyes de Espaa.
6.
Haca un tiempo
es-
plndido, pero aquel inmenso edificio de piedra
impresin de tristeza que, yo pienso,

7.
me caus una no perder muy pronto.
El domingo pasado visitamos La Granja, residencia de ve8.
Las fuentes entre los rboles me recuerdan las de Versalles^ en Francia. 9. Fuimos a Segovia el ltimo sbado hizo ocho das. 10. Es una ciudad
rano de varios monarcas espaoles.
muy
12.
pintoresca.
IL Nunca
la
olvidar
el
antiguo acueducto
colosal
ciudad y que achica los dems edificios. La semana prxima pienso hacer ma excursin a Barce-
que atraviesa
es,
lona,
que
segn entiendo, una de las ciudades ms impor-
tantes de Espaa.
1.
Por qu pierde Juan

tornear la
la
costumbre de
escribir?
2.
Para qu
pluma? 3. Qu se aproxima? 4. Cundo ser su partida de Madrid? 5. Para qu aprovechan el tiempo? 6. A dnde fueron anteayer? 7. Qu impresin le caus a Juan el Escorial? 8. Qu visitaron el domingo pasado? 9. Por qu es conocida La Granja? 10. Qu recuerdan sus fuentes? 11. A dnde fueron el sbado hizo ocho das? 12. Qu atra\esa la ciudad de Segovia, achicando los dems edificios? 13. A qu ciudad piensa Juan hacer una excursin la semana prxima?
vuelve a
1
*
Versailles.'
146
166

1.
am
[to]
thinking
[of]
making^ the most

2. 3.
[of]
the days that

I
remain to
expect
me
in this part of Spain.
To-morrow morning
aqueduct
[of]
go to Segovia.
I
of
Its colossal
4. It crosses
is
very
to
picturesque, as I understand.
the city, dwarfing
aU the other buildings. 5. see the famous fountains

of Versailles, in France.
7.
am
La
also thinking
gomg^
[a]
Granja, which play (corren)

6.
only three or four times every summer.
They
[at]
recall those
Upon
(al)
looking^
one of these
foimtains, Philip
(Felipe Quinto) said: ''It costs ^
me
three
8.
millions (millones)
and entertams^
me
three minutes.'^
week from Monday we shall visit the famous Escorial. 9. This immense building with all its gloom shows ^ the character of
Philip
II
(Felipe
Segundo), as
places
11. I
La Granja shows
awaken^
it
that
of
Philip V.
10. All these
my
interest
the
history of Spain.
ure,
12.
am
studying
again with
much
pleas-
and I am recalling many things that I had forgotten. Count the time employed in (de) this way as time well
spent.
LESSON
XXX
{LECCIN TREINTA)
RADICAL-CIIANGING VERBS SECOND CLASS {VERBOS QUE CAMBIAN LA VOCAL RADICAL SEGUNDA CLASE)
166.
This class consists of certain êrbs of the third conju-
gation which change the stem vowel
when
stressed from e to ie
and from o to u before

dormir,
to ue,
and when unstressed from e to

io.
stressed a, ie or
Sentir,
Ho
feel,'
and from o ^be sorry,' and

i
Ho
sleep,' illustrate these

1
changes.
2
3
Use inf. Change stem vowel

Divierte.
to ue.
like sentir.
Conjugated
(Cf. 166 (1).)
Change stem vowel
to ie.
167-168
RADICAL CHANGING VERBS

(1)
147
Dormir
Sentir
(2)
Gerund:
Fres. I fid.:
sintiendo
siento sientes
durmiendo
sentimos
sents
siente
sienten
sentimos
sentisteis
duermo duermes duerme

dorm
dormiste
dormimos
dorms
duermen
dormimos
dormisteis
Pret.Ind.:
sent
sentiste
sinti
sintieron
durmi
durmieron
Fres.Subj.:
sienta sientas
sintamos
sintis
sienta
sientan
2. ^
duerma duermas duerma

1.^
diirmamos durmis
duerman
2.^
Imp.
Siibj.^: 1.^
sintiera
etc.
sintiese
etc.
durmiera
etc.
durmiese
etc.
Imptv.
siente
sentid
duerme
dormid
RADICAL-CHANGING VERBS THIRD CLASS {VERBOS QUE CAMBIAN LA VOCAL RADICAL TERCERA CLASE)
167.
This class consists of certain verbs of the third conjui
gation which change the stem vowel e to

also
when
stressed,
and
when
unstressed before stressed
a, ie or io.
Servir, 'to
serve,' illustrates this class.
Gerund:
:
sirviendo
Fres. Ind.. sirvo
servimos
servs
Fres. Subj.i
sirves
sirve
sirva sirvas
sirva
sirvamos
sirvis
sirven
servimos
servsteis
sirvan
2.^
Fret.Ind.: serv
serviste
Imp. Subj}:
1.^
sirviera
etc.
sirviese
etc.
sirvi
sirvieron
sirve
servid
Imptv.:
168.
Verbs
in -er belong to the third class of radical-changi
ing verbs, but the

taining ie or
i
of the
stem absorbs the

i's
of the endings con-
io,
so that
two
do not come together.
Stressed
takes the written accent.
Rer,
Ho
It
laugh,'
and
sonrer, 'to
smile,' illustrate this rule.

1
Cf 236 for the conjugation of this tense.

.
need not be learned for this lesson.
148

Rer
Gerund:
Pres. Ind.
:
riendo
ro
reimos
res
Pres. Subj.:
ra
namos
riis
res
re
Fret. Ind.
:
ras
ra
ren
ran
2.^
re
remos
reisteis
Imp. Subj}:
1.^
riera
etc.
riese
etc.
reiste
ri
rieron
re
Imptv.
red
Note.
riyeron,
Ri,
etc.
rieron,
and derived forms, are sometimes written
riy,
almuerzo, the lunch, luncheon la carne, the meat, flesh la cena, the supper el cocido, the boiled dish la comida, the meal, dinner
el
la leche, the la
milk legumbre, the vegetable

bread potato
fish
la mantequilla, the butter

el pan, the
la patata, the
el
consistir (en), to consist (of)
pescado, the
preferir
corregir
(i),
to correct
el postre, the dessert

(ie, i),
el chocolate,
the chocolate
to prefer
la ensalada, the salad
francs, adj., French frito, -a, fried el huevo, the egg
reunir (se), to gather la sopa, the soup la tortilla, the omelet
por ltimo,
last, at last; srvase,
please

1.
Qu cambios
3.
se
hacen en
2.
la
vocal radical del verbo

se
sentir?
del verbo dormir?
Qu cambios
el
hacen en
el
verbo servir?
Escriba Vd. en
pizarrn todos los tiempos
que se hallan cambios de la vocal radical; del verbo dormir; del verbo servir; del verbo rer. 4. Corrija Vd. todas las faltas que hay en los verbos escritos en el
del verbo sentir en
pizarrn.
1
Cf. 236 for the conjugation of this tense.
It
need not be learned for this lesson.
EXERCISES
149

Dgame Vd. en
much).
also.
2.
espaol:
1.
am
very sorry
{lit,
I feel
it
sleep.
He is more sorry than you. 3. They were 5. Let him sleep. 6. Let us 4. He is sleeping. 8. What 7. He slept only three hours last night.
{lit.
sorry
go to
is
the
use of that
for
what does that
serve)?
9.
It serves to
coffee
explain the rule.

milk.
11.
10.
For breakfast they served
with
The only
the
pass
first.
me
14.
bread. With
is
dessert she served
was
coffee.
12. Please
She
smiling.
15.
much They
pleasure.
13.
Serve him
16.
are both smiling.
Let
them
smile.

1.
En Espaa como
2.
en Amrica se toman tres comidas cada

3.
da.
La primera
se llama desayuno.
el
El desayuno se
4.
sirve
con frecuencia en
cuarto donde se duerme.
Consta
generalmente de chocolate o caf con leche, pan y mantequilla. 5. En muchas familias espaolas la comida se toma al medioda.
7.
6.
En
estos casos la cena es la

el
que
se
Otras familias prefieren
modo
francs
toma por la noche. y toman el almuerzo
al
medioda y la comida por la noche. 8. El almuerzo y la cena son menos importantes que la comida. 9. Para la comida
se sirve
primero una sopa, luego un cocido, que consiste en

fritos
y legumbres, luego una tortilla o huevos o pescado, despus ima ensalada y por ltimo el postre.
carne, patatas
toman cada da en Espaa? 2. Cmo se llama la primera? 3. Dnde se sirve el almuerzo con frecuencia? 4. De qu consta generalmente? 5. Cundo se toma la comida en muchas familias espaolas? 6. En estos casos cmo se llama la que se toma por la noche? 7. Qu prefieren otras familias espaolas? 8. Cundo toma la comida
1.
Cuntas
comidas
se
150

9.
69-170
su familia de Vd.?
Cul es ms importante,
la
la
cena o la
comida?
comida?
el
almuerzo o
comida?
10.
Qu
se sirve
para
la

1.
I generally take
is
my
breakfast in the
3. It is a
room where
4.
I sleep.
2.
This
the Spanish custom.
very light meal and

All of the
consists of chocolate with bread
and
butter.
lodgers in this house gather in the dining-room for the luncheon
at twelve o'clock according to the French custom.
5.
In some
served
Spanish families they serve a dinner at noon and a supper at

night.
6.
In our boarding-house, however, the dinner

7.
is
at night.
8. All feel
is
The
lodgers gather again ^ in the dining-room.

9.
is
very gay and talk and laugh a great deal.

10.
This
the most important meal of the day.

11.
soup
always
served to begin [with].
Then they
serve a boiled dish
which consists
meat and potatoes and vegetables. 12. After the boiled dish they serve a course (plato) which can be either 13. Then a salad is eggs or fish, and I always choose fish.
of
served.
14.
Last the dessert
is
served.
LESSON XXXI {LECCIN TREINTA Y UNA)

IRREGULAR VERBS (VERBOS IRREGULARES)
Verbs which are considered irregular in this grammar are those having irregularities other than orthographic or stemvowel changes. Learn the irregularities (indicated in boldface
169.
type) which occur in the gerund, past participle or indicative
forms of the following

170.
Pres. Ind.:
Pret.:
common
verbs:
Dar, 'to give'

doy, das, etc.
di, diste, dio,
1
dimos, disteis, dieron

. .
Use volver a
171-174
IRREGULAR VERBS
Hacer,
'to make,' 'do'
151
171,
Fast Fart,:
Fres, Ind,:
Fret.:
hecho
hago, haces,
:
etc.
hice, hiciste, hizo, hicimos, hicisteis, hicieron

etc.;
Fut.
and Cond. har,
hara, etc.
Imptv,
haz, haced
172.
Fast Fart,:
Fres, Ind,:
Fret.:
Poner,
puesto pongo, pones,
:
'to put,' 'place'
etc.
puse, pusiste, puso, pusimos, pusisteis, pusieron Fut, and Cond. pondr, etc.; pondra, etc. pon, poned Imptv,:
173.
Gerund:
Fres. Ind.:
Fret.:
Traer, 'to bring'
trayendo
traigo, traes, etc.
traje, trajiste, trajo, trajimos, trajisteis, trajeron
174.
Gerund: Fast Fart.:
Fres. Ind.
Fret.:
Decir, 'to
diciendo dicho
say,' 'tell'
digo, dices, dice, decimos, decs, dicen

dije, dijiste, dijo, dijimos, dijisteis, dijeron
:
Fut. and Cond.
dir, etc.; dira, etc.

di,
Imptv,:
decid
el aceite, the (olive) oil
almorzar (ue), to lunch

asar, to roast
el azcar,
la
el
el
la
el
the sugar beber, to drink botella, the bottle cigarrillo, the cigarette cigarro, the cigar comer, to eat, dine cuchara, the spoon (cucharita, teaspoon) cuchillo, the knife
mantel, the tablecloth hacer to give an order la pimienta, the pepper

el el pedido, the order; el plato, the plate, dish
un
la propina, the tip

el rato, the while,
space of time
la sal, the salt la servilleta, the

el
napkin
encender
fimiar, to
(ie),
to light
tenedor, the fork el vaso, the glass el vinagre, the vinegar el vino, the wine
smoke
152

1.
Cul es
la
4.
la
primera persona del presente de indicativo de

2.
dar? del pretrito?

3.
Cul es
el
participio pasado de hacer?
Cul es
primera persona del presente de indicativo? del

Cules son las formas irregulares del verbo
pretrito?
poner? del verbo traer? del verbo decir?
'

Conjugue Vd. en
3.
el
I.
pretrito:
1.
Le
di las gracias.
2.
Le
traje la lista.
La semana pasada
5.
hice
un
viaje.
4.
Puse
todos los platos en la mesa.

II.
le
No
le dije
nada.
pretrito:
1.
Ponga Vd.
las frases siguientes

2.
en
el
dan por la caja? haceVd.? 4. Pongo

III.
Le traemos una
la
invitacin.
5.
Cunto 3. Qu
el
sombrero en
mesa.
Qu me decs?
Ponga Vd.
.
en
el
presente de indicatraje
tivo:
3. el
Me
dieron
muchas
le dijo
cosas.
4.
2.
Le
un recuerdo.
Nos
hizo Vd.
5.
un gran
favor.
Pusieron Vds. los libros en
pupitre?
l no
su nombre.

1.
Hoy hemos
almorzado tan temprano que ya tengo hambre,

Madrid.
2.
dijo Carlos la ltima tarde de su estancia en
Yo
tambin tengo ganas de comer, contest Juan. 3. Entraron en el Hotel de Pars, que se halla en la Puerta del Sol, y se dirigieron al comedor. 4. Se sentaron en una mesa. 5. En seguida un mozo
6.
les dio la lista
principi a poner la mesa.
Puso un mantel
limpio, servilletas, platos, vasos, cuchillos,
Luego puso en la mesa 8. Los muchachos azcar, sal, pimienta, aceite y vinagre. hicieron su pedido y el mozo les trajo primero la sopa. 9. Luego les sirvi carne asada con patatas y una botella de vino.
tenedores, cucharas
cucharitas.
7.
EXERCISES
10.
153
Despus
les trajo
les sirvi caf.
12.
pescado y una ensalada. 11. Como postre Despus de beber el caf los jvenes pidieron
cigarros
13.
cigarrillos
se
quedaron
la
all
a fumar un
la
rato.
Antes de levantarse de
al
mesa pagaron
cuenta y dieron
una propina
mozo.
COm'ERSATION {CONVERSACIN)
1.
Quin dijo que tena hambre?
2.
Por qu tena hambre?

4.
En qu hotel entraron? 5. Dnde est el Hotel de Pars? 6. Cuando los jvenes se sentaron qu les dio el mozo? 7. Qu principi a hacer el mozo? 8. Qu puso en la mesa? 9. Cuando los muchachos le dieron su pedido qu les trajo primero?
3.
Tena Juan tambin ganas de comer?
Qu les sirvi luego? 11. Se sirve vino generalmente en una comida espaola? 12. Qu les trajo despus? 13. Qu tomaron los jvenes como postre? 14. Le gusta a Vd. el caf solo o con leche? 15. Despus de beber el caf qu pidieron Carlos y Juan? 16. Fuma Vd., seor? 17. Fuma su seor padre? 18. Qu se fuma ms en Espaa, cigarros o cigarrillos? 19. Qu hicieron los jvenes antes de levantarse de la mesa?
10.

1.
My father is a rather old man.

5.
2.
am his
only daughter.
4.
3.
We
have no other relatives and we
live alone.
do
all
of
the work of the house.

o'clock.
[on]
6.
My
I
father lunches regularly at one

7. First I put put on the table two napkins,
At
half past twelve I set the table.

8.
the tablecloth.
glasses
Then
and the other things necessary for (the) luncheon, plates, knives, forks and teaspoons. 9. I also put on the table salt, pepper, vinegar, oil and sugar. 10. At exactly one o'clock my father seats himself at the table and I serve him. 11. I give him first an omelet, then a salad. 12. Then I bring him the boiled dish, which consists of meat and vegetables.
two
IHHHj ^^HHHHi^
ill
."
'
^^1 ^^H
H ^m
\^^^^
&Sijj|||jfi||H
^^^^1 I^^^^^^^^^^^H^P^^' ^^H^l
HHM| ^ H^^l |^^\^^^ 9

'
"i!f.!f^^p^B^^B
'^
irr-i
^^^^H
liipiMilliH"!
^l35&^
f'iiSaci^
fl JHM ^9 ^ÎhI^h
M'^?:I3P
H^^^B^^^^KS^î<^^^^v9ii^^^^^^^'^î^^>.
m
.i.<jM
H^HHki
''^B^^^^glHf
^^Bi^nS^^^v'"'
'
'--^^
'
j^^flS^H^^^^Îv
ISHI
^^H^^Ê^
H V KSHiS' HH Bi 9 H 1^1 H ^H
t^^^T^'^^lle iH^S 9^^^^.^%'%IhI ^^^K^^^ÎHf' r /^'MlMa
Hp^^P^^^^^^^^^BK.t>''^'^>
^^^tffl^B
m *fl
m
'
Bi^ ^^^^M^sjMVw.
'"'fl
,.^^J
jr.
^^^ft'T;>salSBi
^.^^^
^^Î^^^M
^^''
^^f^^^^H^^^^H
^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^M
^^^^H ^^^^HB^^HH^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^1mB|
^^^H I^HI^^H^^P^ ^^Ê

lfei,.
K^^B 1^
^^^^^^^H
^H
--Page
158.
^^^^^H H^^^^l
Universidad de Salamanca
La
Curiosa Escalera de Piedra,

toros del siglo quince,
cuya balaustrada representa una corrida de
154
175-178
RELATIVE PRONOUNS AND ADJECTIVES

14.
155
13.
He
generally takes wine with his luncheon.
As
16.
dessert
I always serve
coffee
him
I give
coffee
without milk.
cigar
15.
He
drinks his
and then
him a
17.
times I light his cigar.

meal.
and some matches. He smokes only one cigar
Some-
after each
LESSON XXXII {LECCIN TREINTA Y DOS)

175. Relative
Pronouns and Adjectives {Pronombres

y Adjetivos Relativos)
que, that, which, who, whom (pronoun) 1 which, who, el (la, lo) que, pL los (las) que, adjective) el (la, lo) cual, pi. los (las) cuales, /
whom
(pronoun rarely
j
qmen
(-es),
who, whom, he
(she, they)
who (whom)
(pronoun)
cuyo (-a, -OS, -as), whose, of which (adjective) cuanto (-a, -os, -as), all that, as much (or many) as (pronoun
jective)
and ad-
176.
Relative pronouns are never omitted in Spanish, as
they sometimes are in English.
They
This
agree with antecedent in
gender and number.

Este es
el
lugar que
la
Madrid es
ms me gusta ciudad en la cual (or
is
Madrid
ing
the place (which) I like best is the city in which I am Hv-
que) vivo
177.
Que
is
verb,
it
may
used as subject or object of a refer to persons or things. After a preposition it

invariable.
When
refers only to things.
El caballero que est escribiendo es mi padre Dnde est el libro que Vd. compro? E un libro de que todos hablan
The man (who

father
is)
writing
is
my
Where
is the book which you bought? It is a book of which everybody is speaking
178.
El cual and
'whom,to the
may
que in the sense of ^which/ 'who/ be used to avoid ambiguity, and refer generally
el
more remote
of
two possible
antecedeiats.
El cual
156
179-183
more commonly used (especially of persons) than is el que. They are both often used after prepositions where there is no
ambiguity.
Ayer
vi a la mujer del mdico, la cual ha estado fuera de a ciudad Esta es la calle por la que {pr cual)
Yesterday I saw the doctor's wife who has been out of the city This is the street by which we return
volvemos a casa
179.
'
home
'
Lo que usually means what
in the sense of ^ that which.'
Lo cual usually
are neuter.
refers to a preceding
statement or idea.
Both
Entiendo lo que Vd. dice l habl muy poco, To cual gust mucho
180.
I understand what
me
He
you say spoke very httle, which pleased me very much

lieu of
(fact)
Quien
(-es)
is
sometimes used in
translate
que
for greater
It is
emphasis, after an antecedent clause complete in
itself.
more commonly used to

It
may
{or
also translate
^whom' after ^he who/ ^the one who/ etc.
prepositions.
mi hermano Juan, quien que) ha estado enfermo All est el muchacho con quien Vd. hablaba Soy yo quien lo hice Quien estudia aprende
All est
^
There is my brother John, who has been ill There is the boy with whom you were speaking I am the one who did it
He who
studies, learns
181.
in
Quien and cual are sometimes repeated as which case they have accent marks.
la retirada; quin,
correlatives,
Quin aconseja
One
All,
advises retreat; another, to die
morir peleando Todos, cules ms, cules menos. son culpables

182.
fighting
some more, some
less,
are guilty
Cuyo
(~a, -os, -as) is
a possessive relative adjective.
Ya
oir Vd. la cantatriz cuya voz
Now
you
will
hear the singer whose
me
gusta tanto
voice pleases
me
so
much
183.
jective.
Cuanto
(-a, -os, -as) is
used both as pronoun and ad-
It usually includes its antecedent.
EXERCISES
Dije cuanto deseaba De cuantos idiomas he estudiado, el espaol es el ms fcil
I said all that I wished
157
Of
all
the languages which I have

is
studied, Spanish
the easiest
acompaar, to accompany, go
with la amabilidad, the kindness el aula,/., the hall, lecture-room la balaustrada, the balustrade
la conferencia, the lecture
la facultad, the faculty
frecuentar, to frequent fimdar, to found el laboratorio, the laboratory nuevo, -a, new; de again el rector, the president {of a uni-
conservar, to keep, preserve

la corrida, the bull-fight
versity)
el siglo,
tal,
the century
;
curioso, -a, curious

el curso, the course
such, such a (one) just as (like)

bull-fight
cual,
la escalera, the stairs, staircase

el escritor, the writer
el toro,
the bull; corrida de
s,
la fachada, the facade, front
la visita, the visit
hoy
da,
nowadays; por todas partes, everywhere

1.
Cules
son
los
pronombres
adjetivos
relativos?
3. Se puede omitir en ingls? pronombre relativo como 4. Con qu concuerda un un pronombre relativo? 5. En qu concuerda? 6. Cul de los pronombres relativos es invariable? 7. Se refiere el cual al antecedente que est ms cerca o ms lejos? 8. Cmo se traduce Svhom' despus de una preposicin? 9. Cules de los pronombres relativos se usan como correlativos? 2.
Cul se usa solamente como adjetivo?
ORAL. EXERCISE (EJERCICIO ORAL)

pronombres o adjetivos relativos correspondientes: 1. Es ste el libro ha comprado Vd.? 2. Quin es el seor a Vd. me ha presentado? 3. no estudia no aprende. 4. La hermana de mi amigo, lleg anteayer, est enferma. 5. Mire Vd. aquel edificio fachada
Llene Vd.
los espacios
con
los
es tan hermosa.
6.
De escuelas conozco,
sta es la mejor.
158
7.

8.
escalera
libros
ms, menos, eran amigos mos. por subimos? Dgame Vd. ha estn en mesa son mos. El Aqu de todos hablan. casa en
Todos,
9.
Es sta
la
visto.
la
11.
escritor es
10. Los un hombre
12.
est la
vive.
Mi muy querida mam^: 1. Como te he prometido,

estamos en
la vieja
te escribo en espaol.
2.
Aqu
ms
ciudad de Salamanca, que es una de las pintorescas de Espaa. 3. La imiversidad es lo que

4.
me
interesa sobre todo aqu.

al
Ayer fuimos a
verla.
el
5.
Hi-
cimos primero una visita
distinguido
escritor,
seor
don Miguel de Unamuno, antes rector de la universidad, quien es muy amigo de pap.^ 6. l tuvo la amabilidad de acompaarnos por todas partes. 7. Nos ense la fachada de
la universidad,
la cual es
muy
hermosa.
8.
Nos mostr
la
curiosa escalera de piedra cuya balaustrada representa

corrida de toros del siglo quince.
9.
una
Nos
hizo entrar en la an-
tigua aula de Fray Luis de Len, la que se conserva tal cual
estaba en
capilla
el siglo
diez
seis.
10.
Nos mostr
la biblioteca, la
11.
y todas
las partes
de esta antigua universidad.

el siglo trece,
La
universidad de Salamanca se fund en
cuando no
haba ms escuelas en Europa que las de Bolonia, de Pars y de Londres. 12. Antiguamente tena irnos diez mil estudiantes,
mucho menos frecuentada. 13. Ahora la imiversidad de Madrid es la ms importante de las diez universipero hoy da es
dades espaolas.
ferencias
14.
stas estn divididas, por regla general,
en cinco facultades, cuyos cursos se dan en forma de con-
y de prctica en los laboratorios. 15. Estoy aprendiendo mucho en este viaje. 16. Te escribir de nuevo desde San Sebastin a donde vamos dentro de dos das.
Tu
l
hijo afectuoso,
Carlos,
Familiar for madre.
2
Familiar for padre.
EXERCISES
159
1.
En qu lengua
escribe Carlos a su
3.
madre?
le 5.
2.
Por qu
4.
le
escribe en espaol?
Desde qu ciudad
6.
escribe?
Qu
es lo que interesaba sobre todo a Carlos?

los viajeros
A quin
el
hicieron
una
7.
visita?
Qu
les
ense primero
seor de
Unamimo?
escalera?
9.
8.
Qu representa
fund
la
la
balaustrada de la curiosa
Cmo
se
se conserva el aula de
Cundo
Fray Luis de Len? escuela de Salamanca? 10. Cul es la

11.
universidad espaola
ms importante ahora?
se
En cuntas
facultades estn divididas generalmente las universidades es-
paolas?
12.
Cmo
dan sus cursos?

To-day we shall speak about the University of Salamanca, which is the oldest school in Spain. 2. It was foimded in the thirteenth^ century, which makes it (la hace ser) much older than any (ninguna) American imiversity. 3. It is one of the four oldest universities of Europe, which are Bologna, Paris, London and Salamanca. 4. Formerly, it had ten thousand students, who came (venan) from all parts of Europe. 5. Today it has much fewer (menos) students than the University of Madrid. 6. However, it still has distinguished men in its faculties, of whom the best (ms) known is the writer Miguel de Unamimo. 7. Its courses are given principally in the form of lectures. 8. Its lecture-halls are like those of any (cualquier)
1.
other university, with the exception of that of Friar Louis of
Len, which
is
preserved just as
it
was
in his time.
9.
In the
is
principal building of the university, the fagade of

-beautiful, is the
which
very
famous
staircase,
which represents a
bull-fight
of the fifteenth^ century.

I
Use cardinal number.
La Famosa Catedral de Burgos.

Su
magnifico interior.
Page 164.
160
184-189
IRREGULAR VERBS
161
LESSON XXXIII {LECCIN TREINTA Y TRES)

IRREGULAR VERBS {VERBOS IRREGULARES)
184.
Leam
the irregularities (indicated in boldface type)
which occur in the gerund, past participle or indicative forms

of the following verbs:
185.
Gerund:
Pres. Ind.:
Pret.:
Poder,
'to
be
able,' 'can'
pudiendo puedo, puedes, puede, podemos, podis, pueden pude, pudiste, pudo, pudimos, pudisteis, pudieron
puede, poded
Fut. and Cond.: podr, etc.; podra, etc.
Imptv.:
186.
Pres. Ind.:
Pret.:
Querer, 'to wish,'
'like,' 'love'
quiero, quieres, quiere, queremos, queris, quieren

quise, quisiste, quiso, quisimos, quisisteis, quisieron
Fut. and Cond.: querr, etc.; querra, etc.
Imptv.
quiere, quered
187.
Pres. Ind.:
Saber, 'to know,' 'know how'
se, sabes, sabe, sabemos, sabis, saben supe, supiste, supo, supimos, supisteis, supieron Fut. and Cond.: sabr, etc.; sabra, etc.
Pret.:
188.
Gerund:
Pres. Ind.:
Ir, 'to
go'
yendo
voy, vas, va, vamos, vais, van
iba, ibas, iba,
fui, fuiste, fu,
Imp.^:
Pret.^:
bamos, ibais, iban fuimos, fuisteis, fueron
Imptv.:
ve, id
189.
Gerund:
Pres. Ifid.:
Pret.:
Venir, 'to come'
Fut.
and
Co7ui.;
Imptv.:
viniendo vengo, vienes, viene, venimos, vens, vienen vine, viniste, vino, vinimos, vinisteis, vinieron vendr, etc.; vendra, etc. ven, venid
82.)
1
2.
One of three irregular imperfects in Spanish. (Cf. Same as the preterit of ser, Ho be.' (Cf. 88.)
162
animado, -a, animated, lively
la aristocracia, the aristocracy
la lnea, the line

el or la
mar, the sea

to
baar (se),
la diversin,
to bathe
ofrecer, to offer
partir,
detener (se), to stop

the amusement, diversion durante, prep., during
especial, adj., special, particular
el esposo, the
depart;
de,
to
leave
la pelota, the ball, pelota (Basque
game similar
to
hand-ball)
la playa, the shore,
beach
l plaza, the plaza, square;
de
husband
(la
esposa,
toros, bull-ring
the wife)
favorito, -a, favorite
el frontn,
los restos, the remains

situar, to situate
el teatro, the theater
the court (for playing
pelota)
el
hroe, the hero el juego, the game
vascongado, -a, Basque veranear, to summer, pass the
summer

1.
Cul es
el
ir;
el
gerundio de poder? de
ir?
devenir?
2.
Con-
jugue Vd.
saber; de
presente de indicativo de poder; de querer; de
de venir.
3.
ir
;
de querer; de saber; de
Conjugue Vd. el pretrito de poder; de venir. 4. Cul es la primera perde querer? de saber?
ir.
sona del futuro de poder?

5.
de venir?
6.
Conjugue Vd.
el
imperfecto de indicativo de
el
Cules
son los otros verbos que son irregulares en

indicativo?
imperfecto de

I.
Ponga Vd.
el

2.
en
el pretrito:
conjugar
verbo.
Ellos
sabemos traducir no viene Vd.?

II.
la frase.
no quieren 4. Va Vd. a Madrid?
No puedo acompaamos. 3. No
1.
5.
Por qu
tivo:
Ponga Vd. las frases siguientes en el presente de indica2. Qu 1. El muchacho no pudo indicarme el camino.
decirme?
3.
l
quisisteis
4.
No
supe
contestar
su
pregunta.
5.
Todos fueron con

la
a la estacin del ferrocarril.
Vinimos
hora indicada.
6.
Por qu no se detuvo Vd.?
^ ^
u
<
h-i
1
1
< o o
^
"5^
?i)
13
?3
IX!
< m
CO
^
-?^
^ <
c/:
g ^
<o
^!:^
O <^ ?3
r^
Q
C)
<i\
5^
163
164

Despus de partir de Salamanca, nuestros viajeros fueron directamente a Burgos. 2. All se detuvieron, porque quisieron ver la famosa catedral. 3. Admiraron sobre todo su magnfico interior. 4. Antes de continuar su viaje, pudieron visitar otros monumentos de Burgos. 5. Los que tenan alguna relacin con
1.
el
Cid, hroe nacional de Espaa, interesaron especialmente a los

6.
jvenes.
Como
todos saben,
el
Cid vino de Vivar, cerca de
Burgos, y en Burgos se conservan sus restos as como^ los de Ximena, su esposa. 7. Cuando llegaron a San Sebastin, la
primera cosa que hicieron

hotel, fu baarse en la
los
muchachos, despus de buscar un
Concha, cuya playa est siempre

8.
muy
animada durante
ranean
el
verano.
vascongada, situada entre las

la familia real
San Sebastin es una ciudad montaas y el mar. 9. All ve10.
y toda
la aristocracia espaola.
Su
playa, su casino, sus teatros, su plaza de toros
sus frontones
de pelota, juego favorito de los vascongados, ofrecen diversiones
para todos
los gustos.
1.
A dnde fueron nuestros

2.
viajeros despus de partir de

3.
Salamanca?
de
la catedral
Qu quisieron ver en Burgos?
Qu parte
admiraron sobre todo? 4. Antes de continuar su viaje qu ms pudieron ver en Burgos? 5. Qu monumentos 7. De 6. Quin era el Cid? los interesaron especialmente?
dnde vino?
10.
8.
Cundo
vivi?
9.
Quin era su esposa?
Cuando nuestros
viajeros llegaron a
11.
fu la primera cosa que hicieron?

est
San Sebastin, cul En qu parte del ao

12.
muy animada
all?
la
playa de San Sebastin?
Quines
veranean
13.
Cules son las cosas en San Sebastin que
ofrecen diversiones a todos los gustos?

1
*As well
as.*
190-191
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS AND ADJECTIVES 165

Dear Friend:
1.
can give you perhaps in a few lines an idea of what

doing.
2.
am
came
to San Sebastin last week,

since.
3.
and I
I like
have been busy amusing myself every moment
San Sebastin immensely.

whole summer here.
sort of diversion that
5.
4.
am
6.
going to
One can
find in
(a) spend the San Sebastin every
one wishes.
It has a splendid casino,
excellent theaters,
the best bull-ring in Spain, good pelota

7.
courts and. a wonderful beach where I go every day.
Do
you know where there

aristocracy
is
is
any gayer place?
8.
All the Spanish
here.
8.
dance in the casino two or three eve-
nings every week, and the other evenings I go to the theater, or
some other way. 10. I have made a few and I am learning that excellent Basque game, la pelota. 11. Can you not come and (a) spend ^ a part of the summer with me? Your affectionate friend,
amuse myself
in (de)
excursions in the mountains,
X.
LESSON XXXIV {LECCIN TREINTA Y CUATRO)

190.
Interrogative Pronouns
and Adjectives {Pronombres
y Adjetivos Interrogativos)
qu, what, which (pronoun and adjective) cul (-es) which (one) what (one) {pronoun and adjective) quin (-es) who, whom {pronoun)
,
cuyo (-a, -OS, -as), whose {adjective) cunto (-a, -os, -as), how much, how many {pronoun and
adjective)
Note. Interrogative
marks
in
pronouns and adjectives regularly take accent both direct and indirect questions.
191.
Qu
Qu Qu
is
invariable.
tiene Vd.?
libros
son stos?
1
What have you? What books are these?

Use
inf.
166
1.
192-195
Qu may be used
(cf
.
in exclamations in the sense of

is
^how/
^what (a)/
in
In the latter case the indefinite article

53, 2)
omitted
Spanish
and ms or tan may precede a following
adjective.
Qu
gracioso
How
{or tan) tonto!
Qu lstima! Qu hombre ms
2.
What What
funny! a pity! a fool of a man!
Qu
tal,
^how/ asks only regarding the
quality ox condition
of a person or thing, while
cmo
it
inquires especially regarding
way^ means or manner^ though

the same force as qu
tal.
may
sometimes be used with
Qu Qu
Qu
192.
tal? [very
tal
common
greeting)
se viaja en Espaa?
How goes it? How is traveling
in Spain (comfort-
able or otherwise)?
tal (or
cmo) est Vd.?

is
How are you?

is
Cul
not so often used adjectively as
qu.
As a
asked
pronoun cul
for,
is
usually employed before the preposition de or
the verb ser (followed
by a noun).
When
a definition
is
qu
is
used to translate *what.'

Which
of the
Cul de los libros tiene Vd.? Cul es la leccin para hoy?
books do you have?

is
What
day?
(which)
is
the lesson for to-
But: Qu es un fongrafo?
193e
What
a phonograph?
Quin
(-es)
may
be used as subject or object of a
verb or after a preposition.

Quines son sus amigos? Para quin es este recuerdo?
194.
Who
For
are your friends?

is
whom
this souvenir?
Cuyo
is
rarely used.
De
quin commonly replaces
it.
(Cf. 130.)
De quin
195.
(or
cuyo) es este libro?
Whose
is
this
book?
is
Cuan, 'how,' an abbreviated form of cunto,
often
used in exclamations before adjectives or adverbs.
EXERCISES
Cuan dichosas son! Cuan fcilmente aprende!
Note.
167
happy they
easily
lo
. . .
How How
verbs)
are!
I
he learns
Lo
que
(before
and
que sometimes replace
cunto or cuan.
Lo que {or cunto) trabajan! No puedo decirle lo hermosa^ que es
How
I
is!
(much) they work! cannot tell you how beautiful she
anterior, adj., anterior, former
ayudar, to aid, help el caballo, the horse; horseback la capa, the cape
clavar, to nail, stick
el color,
on
the pity; dar cause pity lograr, to succeed matar, to kill la pica, the pike, pointed pole proteger, to protect
la lstima,
to
the color
adv.,
retirar (se), to retire,
withdraw,
la cruz, the cross; withers
debajo,
el desfile,
(in
underneath;
leave
rojo, -a, red
el sitio, place, space, situation
de, prep., under
the procession,
march
la tierra, the earth,
ground; a
the
el
columns) echar, to throw, cast espada, the matador hacia, prep., toward
herir
(ie, i),
to the
ground
to
el torero, the bull-fighter
trastear,
el
worry
{excite
hull with a red cloth)
to
wound
tumo, the turn

role
hacer un papel, to take a part, play a

Cules son los pronombres y adjetivos interrogativos en espaol? 2. Cul se usa solamente como pronombre?
1.
3.
Cul se usa solamente como adjetivo?

5.
4.
Cul es invaria-
ble? tivos?
Llevan acentos
los
pronombres y adjetivos interroga-

pronombres o adjetivos intetiene Vd.? rrogativos correspondientes: L 2. libro de los libros es de Vd.? 4. Sabe Vd. busca Vd.? 3.
Llene Vd.
los espacios
con
los
Adjectives in such expressions are declined.
168
son los mos?
larga es!
ma;^)')
5.
esta gramtica?
9.
7.
es
una gramtica?
es la leccin
De {whom) para maana? 8.

6.
profesor de Vd.? pginas hay? fcilmente aprende Vd.! su nombre de son aquellas trabajadoras son sus hermanas de Vd.! {how) Vd. esta maana? muchachas?
11.
- {how)
tendr que estudiar!

es el
10.
es
es
{how
12.
pila?
13.
14.
15.
16.
est
17.
me
alegro de verle a Vd.

En
1.
la Plaza de Toros
El Sr. Gordon, Tenemos un buen Miren Vds. Ya sale la cuadrilla.

cuadrilla?
sitio
2.
para ver
la corrida.
Juan,
Qu
Carlos,
es
la
?>,
El
Sr. G.
La
cuadrilla es el desfile de los tore-
ros que sirve de introduccin a la corrida.
hermosa
lla se
5. El y cuntos colores! retira y no se quedan ms que
es
4.
Qu
Sr. G,
Ahora
la cuadri-
toreros para ayudarlos.

7.
los picadores
y algunos
6.
Juan.
Cules son los picadores?
Los que estn a caballo y tienen picas largas. Qu hacen con aquellas picas? 9. El Sr, G. 8. Carlos, Tratan de proteger a sus caballos, pero no lo logran por regla
El Sr, G.
general.
10.
Juan,
Ya
sale el toro.
Oh!
Qu lstima!
ha echado a tierra con el pica11. El Sr, G, Miren Vds. a aquellos toreros que dor debajo. llaman la atencin del toro con sus capas rojas y ayudan al El toro ha matado a otros pobre a levantarse. 12. Carlos, 13. El Sr, G, Ha acabado la parte ms desados caballos. gradable de la corrida. Ahora es el turno de los banderilleros. 14. Juan, Quines son los banderilleros? 15. El Sr. G, 16. CarLos que clavan en la cruz del toro las banderillas.^ los. Esta parte ha sido ms interesante que la anterior, y los 17. / Sr, G. Ahora prinbanderilleros han hecho maravillas.
herido al primer caballo
Ha
lo
Small decorated darts.
oo
O
Pi
H
I-}
t Pi
O
Q
<
<
169
170

El primer espada se dirige hacia
trastea.
cipia la ltima parte.
Miren Vds. como

Qu bien
lo
lo
Ahora
el
lo
mata.
el toro.
18.
Juan,
hace! pero
me da
lstima
pobre toro.
1.
Dnde
3.
tiene lugar
una corrida?
4.
2.
Cmo
principia
una
corrida?
Qu
es la cuadrilla?
Cuntas partes tiene
una corrida de toros? 5. Quines hacen el papel principal en la parte que sigue a la cuadrilla? 6. Qu tienen los picadores para proteger a sus caballos? 7. Logran proteger a sus caballos por regla general? 8. Cules de los toreros hacen el papel principal en la tercera parte de la corrida? 9. Qu tienen que hacer los banderilleros? 10. Qu tal lo hacen generalmente? 11. Quin es el torero que hace el papel principal en la ltima parte de la corrida? 12. Qu hace el espada?

1.
Which
2.
is
the last Spanish city that Charles and John
visited?
In what part of the year did they arrive at San

3.
Sebastin?
Where
is
this
Basque
city situated?
4.
5.
What
Which
are some of the amusements that one can find there?
you more, a game of pelota or a bull-fight? 6. How do you call the place where pelota is played^ ? 7. Where does a bull-fight take place? 8. How do you call that part which serves as (de) introduction to a bull-fight? 9. Which
would
interest
ones
among the bull-fighters play

10.
the principal role in the second
part of the bull-fight?

third part?
kills
Who
play the principal role in the

is
11.
In which part
13.
the bull killed?
12.
Who
the bull?
How many
bulls are generally killed in a
bull-fight?
{If there is time, the student
may
also
answer these
questions in Spanish,)
1
donde se juega a
la pelota.
196-199
ABSOLUTE SUPERLATIVE
171
LESSON XXXV {LECCIN TREINTA Y CINCO)

ABSOLUTE SUPERLATIVE {SUPERLATIVO ABSOLUTO)
196.
An
absolute superlative
is
that form of an adjective or
adverb which indicates a high degree of the quality expressed without comparison wth any lesser degree. With adjectives it
is
formed by placing before them some intensifying adverb (muy, Wery/ sumamente, 'extremely,' etc.) or by adding to them the suffix (sufijo) -simo, -a, which is joined directly to a
consonant and takes the place of a
final
vowel or diphthong.
adjective
fro,
An accent mark on the positive form of the

fro, cold
is
dropped.
muy (sumamente)
very (extremely) cold
corto, short
fcil,
easy
cortsimo, very short facilsimo, very easy
197.
Before -simo the regular orthographic changes take

c,
place;
g and z becoming respectively qu, gu and c, and stressed ue and ie returning to their original Latin vowels o
and
e.
rico, rich
largo, long
feliz,
riqusimo, very rich largusimo, very long

felicsimo, very happy bonsimo, very good certsimo, very certain
happy
bueno, good
cierto, certain
198.
The ending -ble
reverts to the Latin -bil,
and some
adjectives revert to the original Latin for the entire form.

amable, kind
fiel,
amabilsimo, very kind

fidelsimo, very faithful
faithful
few adjectives in -ro, -re, derived from Latin adjectives in -er, follow the Latin original and form the absolute
199.
'
superlative in -rrimo.
msero, wretched
clebre, famous
misrrimo, very wretched celebrrimo, very famous
172
200.
200-202
With adverbs the absolute superlative is formed same way as with adjectives, or by placing the neuter
lo
in the
article
before the relative superlative form of the adverb followed

possibility (posibilidad).
by some word expressing

bien, well pronto, soon
lo
muy
bien, very well prontsimo, very soon
ms claramente
is
posible, as clearly as possible
added to the absolute superlative of an adjective, the accent mark on -isima is retained.
201.
facilsimo, very easy
When -mente
facilisimamente, most easily
Cardinales), In countfrom one hundred (ciento) hundreds to one thousand ing by (mil),^ all forms are regular (dos cientos, tres cientos, etc.)
202.
Cardinal
Numbers {Nmeros
except three:
quinientos, five hundred setecientos, seven hundred novecientos, nine hundred
1.
Above a thousand, counting

is
is
done in thousands and

in English.
hundreds, not in hundreds as
so
common
1920= mil novecientos veinte
la acera, the sidewalk
la declaracin, the declaration la devocin, the
amable, adj., kind, charming ancho, -a, wide, broad el aniversario, the anniversary el aspecto, the aspect, appearance la avenida, the avenue
la baha, the
devotion
divertido, -a,
el
amusing
ecuador, the equator
la elegancia, the elegance la gente, the

lar verb)
people {takes singu-
bay
bello, -a, beautiful
clebre, adj., celebrated, famous cualquier (a), pi. cualesquier(a),
hermosear, to beautify imaginar, to imagine

la iniciacin, the initiation
el
any (whatsoever)
1
mosaico, the mosaic

article.
Observe that ciento and mil are never preceded by the indefinite

EXERCISES
el
173
the port, harbor
ocano, the ocean

portugus,
adj.,
el puerto,
la parada, the stop, stay
la repblica, the republic
Portuguese
someter (se), to submit
a bordo, on board; darse a entender, to make oneself understood

1.
2.
Cmo
se
forma
el
superlativo absoluto de
un adjetivo?
Pierde
el el
acento escrito la forma positiva del adjetivo?
3.
al
i.
cambio ortogrfico que se hace cuando c precede cuando g precede? cuando z precede? sufijo -simo? En qu se cambia la terminacin -ble? 5. Dgame Vd. un
Cul es
6.
7.
ejemplo.
clebre?
Cul es
el
superlativo absoluto de fiel?
de
adverbio?
Cmo se forma el superlativo absoluto de im 9. Cules son los 8. Dgame Vd. un ejemplo.
nmeros cardinales de ciento en ciento hasta mil?

I.
Ponga Vd. en
la
forma del superlativo absoluto:

fiel;
bello;
clebre; amable; rico; fro; fcil; largo; cierto; bueno;

II.
corto.
Cuente Vd.: de diez en diez hasta ciento; de ciento en
ciento hasta mil.

III.
Dgame Vd. en espaol
los
nmeros
siguientes:
125;
743; 815; 965; 502; 1492; 1776; 1789; 1812; 1914.

Rio de Janeiro, 15 de noviembre de 19
Queridos Padres:
Ayer llegamos a esta celebrrima ciudad, despus de un viaje sumamente largo. 2. Partimos de San Sebastin hace ms de dos meses. 3. Fuimos a Inglaterra para tomar el vapor que nos trajo aqu, haciendo paradas cortas en Pars
1.
y en Londres.
4.
El viaje por
el
ocano Atlntico fu
muy
174
agradable y la gente a bordo del vapor, amabilsima. 5. Al atravesar el ecuador, nosotros que lo hacamos por primera
vez fuimos obligados a someternos a una iniciacin en

de Neptuno
la
el
reino
impresin
hermossima
8.
muy divertida. 6. No puedo dar ima idea de que me hicieron la ciudad de Rio de Janeiro y su baha. 7. No hay puerto ms bello en el mundo.
la
Se han gastado millones para hermosear

9.
puerto.
ciudad y su Las anchas avenidas con sus aceras de mosaico y
las bonitas calles
con sus largas hileras de palmeras dan cierto

difcil
aspecto de elegancia
edificios
de imaginarse.
los
10.
La ciudad
tiene
que pueden compararse con

11.
de cualquiera ciudad
la declaracin
americana.
Hoy
el
es el aniversario
de
de
la
repblica del Brasil^
la
ciudad est animadsima.
12.
La
lengua del pas es

el
portugus, pero nos
damos a entender con

devocin,
espaol que se parece^ muchsimo al portugus.
Con toda mi
Juan.
Desde dnde escribi Juan esta carta? 2. Cundo partieron Juan y sus amigos de San Sebastin? 3. En qu ciudades hicieron paradas cortas? 4. Qu tal era el viaje por el ocano Atlntico, y la gente a bordo del vapor? 5. A qu estn obli1.
gados a someterse
primera vez?
6.
las
personas que atraviesan
el
ecuador por
la
Qu impresin hicieron en Juan
ciudad de
Rio de Janeiro y su hermossima baha? 7. Hay puertos ms bellos que ste? 8. Qu se ha hecho para hermosear la ciudad y su puerto? 9. Qu cosas dan cierto aspecto de elegancia 10. Tiene hermosos edificios Rio de Janeiro? a la ciudad? 11. Cul es el aniversario de la declaracin de la repbHca del
Brasil?
12.
el
Cul
es la
lengua del pas?
13.
Se parece al
espaol
portugus?
1
Brazil takes the definite article in Spanish* parecerse (a) = 'to resemble/
to
M
M-H
O
t
c/2
o M
PA
175
176
203

Rio de Janeiro is the second city of South America. 2. Its bay is most beautiful and its harbor is one of the best in the world. 3. Millions have been spent to beautify this most cele1.
brated port.
4.
The
5.
city has
few
cities
have.
Its
an appearance of elegance which avenues are very long and very broad,
6.
with sidewalks of mosaic.
Some
of its streets
have rows of
palm-trees and beautiful residences on either (a cada) side.
handsome. 8. Rio de 9. Brazil Janeiro was founded by the Portuguese in 1556. proclaimed^ itself a republic the 15th of November, 1889. 10. The Brazilians (brasileos) are most charming people.
7.
Its public^ buildings are extremely
11.
Their language
if
is
the Portuguese, which one learns very

well.
easily,
one knows Spanish
LESSON XXXVI {LECCIN TREINTA Y SEIS)

203.
Indefinite
Pronouns and Adjectives {Pronombres

y Adjetivos Indefinidos)
Vn ^^
/
'
^^^^ ^^^' somebody, any one, anybody
alguno (-a, -os, -as), some, any, a few alguna .iîcosa, 1 vv/o., s ^ somethmg, o oj anythmg
algo,
J
nadie, no one, nobody ninguno (-a, -os, -as), none, no ninguna cosa, 1 cosa alguna, \ nothing
nada,
'
J
.
mucho
poco todo
(-a, -os, -as),
uno (-a, -os, -as), one, some unos (-as) cuantos (-as), a few unos (-as) pocos (-as), a few cada {invar, adj.), each, every cada uno (-a), each one
(-a,
much, many -os, -as), httle, few
(-a, -os, -as), all, every; {n.)
everything
mismo
(-a, -os, -as),
same,
self
ambos
(-as)
,i
otro (-a, -os, -as), another, other tanto (-a, -os, -as), as (so) much
los (las) dos, /
(many)
cierto (-a, -os, -as), a certain (one),
certain (ones)
tal,
cualquiera (cualesquiera), any (one)

at all, whatever quienquiera (quienesquiera), who-
such, such a (one)
ever
1
lo, los (las)
dems, the
rest,
others
pblicos.
se proclam.
204-210
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS AND ADJECTIVES

(or âny')
177
204.
^Some'
when unemphatic
is
not expressed in
Spanish.
(Cf. 74, 2.)
Tiene Vd. papel?
Have you some
{or
any) paper?
205.
Uno
is
often used as impersonal subject (sujeto imper-
sonal) of a verb, taking the place of the reflexive se.

note.)
(Cf 147,
.
Uno
{or
se)
tiene que
estudiar
One must study
in order to learn
para aprender
206.
Cualquiera (cualesquiera)
when used
adjectively before
a noun
may
be written with or without the
final -a.
cualquier {or cualquiera) sujeto, whatever subject cualesquier {or cualesquiera) sujetos, whatever subjects
207.
is
Â few' algunos, unos cuantos or unos pocos; never pocos, which Â

little'
(indicating quantity)
is
un poco
de.
means
^few.'
Please give
I
Srvase darme un poco de carne Tengo algunos (unos cuantos or
me
a Httle meat
have a few books
unos pocos) libros

208.
The
indefinite article
is
not used with otro, cierto or
tal.
Venga Vd. otro da Cierto hombre lo predijo Nunca pasamos tal da
Come
another day
A certain man foretold it We never spent such a day
209. Varios, diferentes, diversos are often used as indefinites

in the sense of ^various,' ^several,' ^divers,' before plural noims.^
Varias (diferentes, diversas) personas lo han dicho
Various persons have said so
210.
Definite
Article
{Articulo
Definido).
The
definite
article is often
is
omitted before nouns used in apposition, as

(Cf. 53, 3.)
the indefinite article.
Montevideo, capital del Uruguay

After nouns they have a
Montevideo, (the) capital of Uru-
guay
J
more
literal
meaning.
178
211.
rmsT COURSE
The
in Spanish
211-212
definite article is required before the
names
of cer-
tain countries, such as:

el Brasil, Brazil
el
el
el
el
Canad, Canada Japn, Japan

etc.
el
Peru, Peru Paraguay, Paraguay Uruguay, Uruguay
and before
la
all
countries
when
qualified
los
by
adjectives:
Espaa meridional, southern

Spain
Estados Unidos, the United
States
is
Note.
212.
La Repblica Argentina
The
such as:
el
often called la Argentina.
definite article is also required before the
names
of
a few
la
cities,
Habana, Havana
Havre, Havre
el Cairo, Cairo, etc.
acoger, to welcome
la anchura, the
el
width balneario, the bathing resort

try)
la capital, the capital (of a counla cra, the breeding, raising
gobierno, the government the inhabitant la industria, the industry la milla, the mile notable, adj., notable, noteel
el habitante,
worthy
take
la peninsula, the peninsula
cuidar (de), to care

care of
datar, to date
la
for,
predilecto, -a, favorite

el presidente, the president
(of
desembocadura, the mouth

a river)
la realidad, the reality
recto, -a, straight
la
el
dominacin, the domination extender(se) (ie), to extend ganado, the cattle
rodear, to surround
la ventaja, the
advantage
en frente de,
in front of

Cmo Hhey/ etc.?
1.
se
2.
puede expresar el sujeto impersonal ône/ Cmo se puede escribir cualquiera (cuales-
quiera) delante de
un substantivo?
3.
Cmo
se dice 'a little'?
EXERCISES
4.
179
Dgame Vd. algunos nombres de pases que se usan con el 5. Dgame Vd. algunos nombres de ciudaartculo definido.
des que se usan con
el
artculo definido.

Dgame Vd. en espaol: 1. Some one is coming. 2. No one knows who. 3. A few friends will welcome him. 4. I have something for you. 5. Have you nothing for me? 6. Here are a few things for you too. 7. Both men are friends of mine.
8.
Few
persons are friends of that man.

10.
not be president.
11.
No
Such a man cangovernment would receive him.

9.
Each one has a
different idea of him.
12.
Various persons
of his
15. All
have expressed
their ideas to
14,
me.
13.
These are a few
favorite diversions.
He
is
likes
the streets of the capital of

16.
any diversion [at all]. Uruguay are broad and
straight.
The
raising of cattle
17. Brazil
another important industry of this

beautiful cities, but none can
18.
country.
has
many
19.
be compared with Rio de Janeiro.

beautiful
Peru has no port so

of
as
this
one.
20.
The
inhabitants
Brazil
all
speak Portuguese.
Before returning I should like to visit
Havana.

Montevideo es la capital del Uruguay, repblica la ms pequea de todas las sudamericanas. 2. La ciudad est situada sobre una pennsula que se extiende en el Ro de la Plata, formando un hermoso puerto. 3. Este ro es en realidad la desembocadura de los ros Paran y Uruguay, ambos muy grandes, y tiene en frente de Montevideo una anchura de cien millas.
1.
4.
La ciudad misma es muy bonita y muy limpia, con calles anchas y rectas y hermosas plazas. 5. La Plaza de la Constitucin est rodeada de varios edificios notables, entre los cuales
est la catedral
que data de
la
dominacin espaola.
6.
En
la
180
EXERCISES
Plaza de
la
181
Independencia estn
el
Palacio de Gobierno, la resiel
dencia del Presidente de la Repblica,
Museo Nacional y
de
la
el
magnfico Teatro
halla el
Sols.
7.
En
los alrededores
ciudad se
de
balneario predilecto de
muchos de
8.
los habitantes
Buenos
Aires, quienes llenan sus hoteles durante los
meses de
verano, que es nuestro invierno.
El clima del Uruguay es
muy
gen
agradable todo
10.
de ganado.
Su principal industria es la cra Los uruguayos son gente muy amable y acoel
ao.
9.
muy
bien a los norteamericanos.

el
11.
Con excepcin de
la
Argentina,
Uruguay
tiene las mejores escuelas de cualquier
pas sudamericano.
1.
Cul es
2.
la
ms pequea de todas
3.
el
las repblicas
sudamerisituada?
5.
canas?
4.
Cul es su capital?
Dnde
la
est
Cules son los ros que forman

6.
Ro de
Plata?
Son
grandes los dos?

7.
Es limpia
la
ciudad de Montevideo?
son sus calles y sus plazas? 8. Puede Vd. nombrar algn edificio de la Plaza de la Constitucin? 9. Es un edificio
Cmo
nuevo la catedral? 10. Cules son algunos de los edificios que rodean la Plaza de la Independencia? 11. Qu es un balneario? 12. Quines van a Montevideo para veranear? 13. Cules son los meses del verano en el Uruguay? 14. Qu tal es el clima del Uruguay? 15. Cul es la principal industria del pas? 16. Son buenas las escuelas uruguayas?

1.
Whoever
visits
Montevideo
is
for [the] first time is surprised
to (de) see so
many
conveniences and so
much
elegance.
3.
2.
No
are
South American city

larger
cleaner than this one.
Some
and
streets are
richer, but none is better cared for. 4. All [of] its broad and straight. 5. Each of its squares is a beau-
182
tiful
its

garden, surrounded
213-216
by noteworthy
buildings.
6.
few of
buildings date from the time of the Spanish domination,

its
such as
old cathedral, for example.
7.
Its magnificent Solis

city.
Theater can be compared with the best theaters of any

8.
Montevideo has one of the favorite bathing resorts of South America, and many of the inhabitants of^ Argentina summer there. 9. The climate of Uruguay is most (de lo ms) agreeable. 10. Its industries are numerous, and every day some new one is foimded. 11. There are few countries where North Americans can spend their money with more advantage than
there.
LESSON XXXVII {LECCIN TREINTA Y SIETE)

THE PREPOSITIONS PARA AND POR
PREPOSICIONES PARA Y POR)
213.
^By,' Hhrough,'
'in,^ /at'
el car-
{LAS
may
ter
be translated by por.
built
La casa fu constniida por

pintero
The house was
by
the carpen-
Nos pasebamos por

Por
214.
la
los
parques
We
used to walk through the parks
maana,
'
in the
morning
Por
la noche, at night
^By
is
translated
by de when the action

He
is
is
not physical.
Es muy querido de sus amigos

215.
216.
much
loved by his friends
^For'
may
be translated by either por or para.

of,'
^For' meaning ^because

for,' 'as,'
'for the
sake
of,'
'in ex-
change
'during the time
of,' is
por.
it
No
lo hizo
por miedo de ofender-
He
did not do
it
for fear of offending
las
them
I did for
Lo hice por mi madre Lo compramos por mil duros Me tomaron por espaol Voy a Espaa por el verano
my
it
We
I
bought
for a
mother thousand
dollars
They took me
for a Spaniard
am
going to Spain for the
summer
217-220
PARA AND POR

'intended for/
183
'bound for/ 'suitable
is
217.
^For' meaning
for/ 'compared with
what one might expect of/

I gave
para.
for
(i.e.,
Le
di dinero
para pan
him money
to get)
Han
salido para
la
Madrid
sta es
cuchara para sopa
bread They have left for Madrid This is the spoon for soup (soup-
Lo habla bastante bien para un

ingls
He
spoon) speaks
it
rather well for an Eng-
Hshman
'To' meaning 'in order to' before an infinitive
para vivir
is
218.
para.
Comemos
We
eat to Hve
219. After estar, para before an infinitive denotes action
about to take place.

El hombre est para salir El libro est para terminar
The man The book
is
is
about to go out about to be finished
220. After estar, por before an infinitive denotes inclination

if
the subject
is
personal, otherwise action yet to take place.
El hombre est por salir El libro est por terminar
The man is disposed to go out The book is yet to be finished
la actividad, th^ activity
el
enjambre, the swarm

espacioso, -a, spacious
la
aduana, the custom-house asombroso, -a, astonishing, wonderful

atracar, to
la extensin, the distance

el
come
alongside, be
extremo, the end imponente adj imposing

,
moored
el
inferior, adj.,
automvil, the automobile

bajar, to go (come)
las
el
lower mercancas, the
merchan-
down
dise
la
el
bandera, the flag buque, the boat, vessel cargar, to load, charge
muelle, the wharf, quay
el orgullo, the pride
la cptda, the
dome
parar (se), to stop el peridico, the newspaper

surgir, to rise,
descargar, to unload
loom up
de repente, suddenly; en medio de,
in the midst of
184

1.
Cules son las preposiciones que se usan en espaol para

2.
traducir la preposicin inglesa ^for'?
Cul de
las
dos se
usa delante de un infinitivo en

3.
el
sentido^ de în order to

4.
Qu
significa estar
para delante de un infinitivo?
Qu
significa estar por delante
de un
infinitivo
cuando
el
sujeto es
personal? cuando
el
sujeto
no
es personal?

Llene Vd. los espacios con las preposiciones correspondientes:
Cunto ha dado Ha pagado Vd. tanto la 6. Es demasiado. miedo de regatear con el dependiente? 7. Le habr tomado su hermano? un americano rico. 8. Qu ha comprado Vd. l. 10. Es verdad que l 9. He comprado este libro espaol un norteamericano. lee el espaol y lo habla muy bien mi hermano que he venido a Espaa. 12. 11. Es la
4.
He comprado maleta? Vd.

all
L Maana
maana partir Madrid. 2. algunos das. 3. Tomar un automvil

la
estas cosas
Me
quedar
hotel.
ir al
el viaje.
5.
prxima vez preparen Vds.
la leccin treinta
siete.

El seor Gordon y los dos jvenes se quedaron por algunos das en Montevideo. 2. Despus tomaron el vapor para Biie1.
nos Aires.
3.
Al entrar en
el
puerto, la ciudad surgi de re-
pente delante de sus ojos.
4.
El vapor atrac a un muelle

5.
Por una extensin de cinco millas im enjambre de buques, llevando banderas de todos los pases del mundo, cargaban y descargaban mer-
en medio de ima actividad asombrosa.
Los viajeros pasaron por la Aduana y tomaron im automvil para ir al Hotel Plaza, uno de los mejores hoteles sudamericanos. 7. El da siguiente, muy temprano por la
cancas.
6.
o H
<
o W P< O o
185
186
'

salieron para ver algunos de los lugares interesantes de
8.
maana,
la
tolio),
ciudad.
Fueron primero al Palacio del Congreso (o Capihermoso edificio espacioso con alta cpula. 9. De all
bajaron por la famosa Avenida de Mayo, orgullo de todos los

bonaerenses,^
se
pararon para visitar

inferior
la Prensa, el
mejor peri-
dico escrito en lengua espaola

10. 11.
y que ocupa un
avenida est
edificio magnfico. la
En
el
extremo
de
la
Plaza de Mayo.
dos edificios
Antes de volver
al hotel, los viajeros visitaron la
importantes que se hallan en aquella plaza,
Casa Rosada,
residencia del presidente de la Repblica Argentina,
la
im-
ponente catedral.
1.
Por cunto tiempo se quedaron

2.
los viajeros
en Monte3.
video?
Qu tomaron para
el
ir
a Buenos Aires?
4.
Cundo
5.
surgi la ciudad delante de sus ojos?
Hallaron los viajeros
mucha
ba
actividad en
muelle donde atrac su vapor?
Ha-
muchos buques en el puerto? 6. Qu hicieron los viajeros al llegar a Buenos Aires? 7. A qu hotel fueron? 8. Es un buen hotel? 9. Qu hicieron el da siguiente? 10. A dnde fueron primero? 11. Qu avenida bajaron desde all? 13. Dnde est la Plaza de Mayo? 12. Dnde se pararon? 14. Qu edificios interesantes se hallan en aquella plaza?

1.
We
remained for a few days
in
Montevideo, capital of
Uruguay. 2. Then we left in the steamer for Buenos Aires. 4. We had the 3. The Rio de la Plata is very wide for a river. impression of being again on the ocean. 5. Upon entering the harbor of Buenos Aires, we were surprised to (de) see so much activity. 6. For a distance of several miles there were vessels
moored at the wharves, loading and unloading merchandise.

1
*
Inhabitants of Buenos Aires.'
221-223
THE INFINITIVE
187
7.
We
passed through the custom-house and took an automoour hotel.

8.
bile for
For fear
of not being believed, I shall not
try to give
largest
you any idea

is
of this
wonderful
city.
9.
It is the
is
city in the world in
which the Spanish language
spoken, and
the fourth city of the
New
World.
10. It is
very rich
buildings.
of its
city,
with beautiful streets and squares and imposing

almost as famous as Paris for the elegance
11. It is
women.
LESSON XXXVIII {LECCIN TREINTA Y OCHO)

THE INFINITIVE
221.
infinitive
{EL INFINITIVO)
Certain verbs take no preposition before a following
such
as deber, desear, gustar, hacer, poder, quelist,
rer, saber, etc.
For a more complete

I
see 297.
^
"Debo salir Quiere Vd. acompaarme?

Note.
must go out
wish to accompany me?
Do you
it
When deber
estar
is
followed by de,
generally indicates probability
or presumption.
Debe de
222.
finitive.
muy
ocupado
He must
(probably) be very busy
Some verbs take
a preposition before a following in-
These prepositions are usually de (as with alegrarse, olvidar (se) tratar, etc.) and a (as with ayudar, ir, principiar, For reference lists of verbs taking these and other etc.).
prepositions, see 298-309.
Me alegro de verle Trate Vd. de hacerlo Voy a decrselo El teln principia a levantarse
223.
I
I
am am
glad to see you
Try
to
do
it
The
going to tell him so curtain is beginning to rise
Learn the following idiomatic expressions:

a,
acabar de,
volver
Ho have just' Acabo de llegar, I have just arrived again' Ho Volvi a hablar, He spoke again
. .
188
pensar en, to think
'
'

of
'
224r-227
contar con, 'to count on' soar con, to dream of

'
Pienso en escribir, I am thinking of writing Cuento con verle, I count on seeing him Soaban con viajar. They dreamed of travehng
224.
direct infinitive follovîng hacer,
Ho make/
cause/
is
'have/ mandar,
Ho
order,' ^have,'
and
cerj:ain
other verbs
often translated in
EngUsh by a past
I I
participle.
it
Se
lo hice
saber
made
known
to
him
Mand
225.
concluir el trabajo
ordered (had) the work finished

infinitive,
The
preposition a
is
sometimes used before an
especially before ver, vîth the idea of 4et us,' 4et me.'
ver
el
peridico
Let us (me) see the paper
226.
Callar!
The
Be
infinitive
may
be used with an imperative idea.

Dirigirse adentro, Apply within
quiet!
227.
The
infinitive is often
used as a verbal noun, preceded
generally
El viajar
by the
gusta
definite article.
I like
me
travehng
adems, alemn,
el
adv.,
adj.,
moreover
la fimcin, the
performance
German
la
igual, adj., equal, similar

la localidad, the place
animcio, the advertisement asistir (a), to attend, be present at the orchestra chair, la butaca, arm-chair
cantar, to sing
el
msica, the music

ture,
la obra,
the work (of music, etc.)
art,
litera-
or, irr. v., to
la Opera, the
el palco,
hear opera
cinematgrafo, the moving-pic-
la
el
el
show (called familiarly cine, '^ movies") comedia, the comedy, play compositor, the composer drama, the drama
ture
el sainete, el
el
la
la entrada,
the entrance, admis-
la la
sion
the box the farce submarino, the submarine (boat) teln, the curtain (of a theater) tragedia, the tragedy vctima, the victim zarzuela, the musical comedy, operetta
el teatro
de variedades, the vaudeville theater
EXERCISES
189

Dgame Vd. algunos verbos que no toman preposicin delante del infinitivo que los sigue. 2. Qu significa deber cuando est seguido por la preposicin de? 3. Dgame Vd. algunos verbos que toman la preposicin de delante del infinitivo que los sigue; la preposicin a, 4. Forme Vd. una frase
1.
con
la expresin
5.
acabar de; volver a; pensar en; contar con;

se traduce el infinitivo
soar con.
Cmo
que sigue directa-
mente al verbo hacer? 6. Qu significa a ver? 7. Dgame Vd. un ejemplo del infinitivo usado con una idea imperativa. 8. Dgame Vd. un ejemplo del infinitivo usado como substantivo
verbal.

Dgame Vd. en
4.
espaol:
3.
1.
must go
5.
out.
2.
Do you
wish
to go to the theater?
I shall
be glad to accompany you.
The performance is going to begin. 6. You can hear the music now. 7. The curtain is beginning to rise. 8. The comedy has just begun. 9. Be quiet! I am trying to hear what they say. 10. What are you
Help
to find a good place.
me
was thinking of the last performance. 12. They are presenting again the same comedy. 13. Can you understand the words? 14. I was counting on you. 15. I ordered the work translated. 16. Do you like traveling? 17. Let's see the newspapers. 18. I wish to buy a house. 19. Apply within.
dreaming of?
11.

1.
Qu vamos a hacer ahora?

ir al
dijo el seor
jvenes, la segunda noche de su estancia en

2.
Quieren ustedes
teatro?
3.
Gordon a los Buenos Aires. Qu teatros hay aqu?
190
pregunt Carlos.
4.
Hay
de todos
5.
los
gneros/ como en cual-
quiera ciudad espaola.
Hay
cinematgrafos, teatros de
variedades y teatros en que se representan sanetes, comedias, 6. Ni el ^cine' ni el tragedias, dramas, zarzuelas y peras.
teatro de variedades
me
gusan,^ dijo Ca/rlos; son iguales en
todos los pases del mundo.
7.
Si les gusta la msica, podra-
mos
10.
asistir
a alguna pera.
9.
8.
Tiene Vd.
el
peridico de esta
noche, Juan?
ver lo que se da en los diferentes teatros.
esta noche, seor.
Aqu estn
los
anuncios de las funciones que se van a dar

11.
En el Teatro
de Coln se canta
la
pera
Goyescas de Enrique Granados, aquel gran compositor espaol que

fu
una de
las
vctimas d los submarinos alemanes.
12.
Me
mucho de or aquella obra hermosa, dijo Juan. 13. Adems tendramos la ocasin de ver el mejor teatro americano y el ms grande, aadi el seor Gordon. 14. Cunto cuesta la entrada? pregunt Carlos. 15. La localidad ms barata es de cuatro pesos y la ms cara, de ochenta pesos. 16. A m me gustara ms tener una butaca que un asiento de palco, dijo Carlos. Vamos en seguida al teatro, 17. Bueno.
alegrara
porque
el
teln se levantar
muy
pronto.
1.
Qu
les
pregunt a
los jvenes el seor
noche de su estancia en Buenos Aires? teatros hay en Buenos Aires? 3. Cul de estos gneros le gusta ms a Vd.? 4. Cules no gustaban a Carlos? 5. Por
Gordon la segunda 2. Qu gneros de
qu no le gustaban? 6. Para qu pidi el peridico el seor Gordon? 7. Cul es el peridico ms conocido de Buenos Aires? 8. Qu pera se cantaba aquella noche en el Teatro de Coln? 9. Cmo perdi la vida el famoso compositor Granados? 10. Dgame Vd. algo del Teatro de Coln. 11. Son
1 2
Gnero means 'kind' The verb is regularly
as well as 'gender.' in the plural after ni
ni.
191
192

12.
228
baratas las localidades en aquel teatro?
Es cara
la
vida
en Buenos Aires?
13.
Cul
le
gusta a Vd. ms, una butaca o
im
asiento de palco en
un teatro?
What do you wish to do to-night? 2. Let us go theater. 3. What kind of performances can one attend
1.
to the
in this
city?
5.
4.
Let us see the advertisements in the newspaper.
There are
many
moving-picture shows, but I do not like

6.
them very much.

prefer
[to]
Do you
like vaudeville theaters?

8.
7.
have just read an excellent comedy by Benavente. 9. I should like to see it, but I do not know when they will present it again. 10. Help me to find something good. 11. I think that you would like to see this musical comedy. 12. Yes, indeed, I knew that I could count on you. 13. Here is the theater: let us go in. 14. The curtain has just risen. 15. They are going to begin. 16. We have
see a
good comedy.
arrived in (a) time.

18.
17.
These orchestra chairs are

19.
excellent.
We
are in the fifth row.
Do you
like
the music?
20.
[Very]
erally it is
much, but I cannot understand the words. 21. Genvery hard to understand the words of an operetta.
LESSON XXXIX {LECCIN TREINTA Y NUEVE)

The Subjunctive
in
Dependent Clauses
{El Subjuntivo
en Clusulas Dependientes)
228.
Though the subjunctive may be used independently,

dependent clauses, which
{a)
is
its
chief usage is in
may
be divided
into three classes:
substantive clauses {those in which the

of the
dependent clause
(b)
(c)
either subject or object
main
verb)]
adjective clauses
{those
introduced by relative pronouns);
adverbial clauses {those introduced by conjunctions).
229-231
SUBJUNCTIVE IN NOUN CLAUSES
193
The Subjunctive
in Substantive Clauses {El Subjuntivo
en Clusulas Substantivas)
229.
The
subjunctive, usually introduced
by que, may serve
as logical subject or object of verbs expressing:

1.
Doubt [duda] (including
denial, also belief
when doubt
is
imphed by
interrogation, negation or condition).

I
Dudo que estudien

Es posible que hayan hablado
as?
doubt that they are studying
No
creo que vengan
it possible that they should have spoken thus? I do not think (that) they will come
Is
2.
Will [voluntad] (including desire, command, requirement,
permission, approval and the like, with their opposites).
Desean que Yd. los acompae Yo les dir que hablen ms alto
I shall I
They wish you to accompany them tell them to speak louder

do not hke to have you write to
No me
3.
gusta que Vd. le escriba
him
Emotion [emocin] (including

etc.).
I
joy,
sorrow,
fear,
anger,
shame,
am glad (that) you have come am very sorry that he is ill Note. The verb esperar, Ho hope/ may govern the indicative. Espero que Vd. me escribir {or I hope that you will write to me
I
Me alegro que Vd. haya venido Siento mucho que est enfermo
me
escriba)
If
230.
of the
the subject of the dependent verb

infinitive is
is
the same as that
main verb, an
ir al
used instead of the subjunctive.

I wash to
Yo deseo
231.
teatro
go to the theater
los Tiempos).
Sequence
of
Tenses {Correspondencia de
A present or a future tense

Yo deseo
tudie Yo siento
in the principal clause is followed
by
a present or a perfect^ subjunctive in the dependent clause.

(desear) que Vd. esI wish (shall wish)
I
you
to study
mucho que Vd. no haya

compound
am
very sorry that you have not
estudiado
1
studied
tense of the subjunctive,
The
first
composed
of the present
subjunc-
tive of
haber 4-a past
participle.
194
acordarse (ue) de, to remember admirable, adj., admirable asegurar, to assure, secure
la carrera, the career
la causa, the cause
morir (ue, u), to die; pp.j muerto nacer, to be born

la obscuridad, the obscurity
la operacin, the operation
posible, f^j., possible
cruzar, to cross
la
el
la la
derrotar, to defeat, rout dudar, to doubt educacin, the education ejrcito, the army imposible, adj., impossible ingratitud, the ingratitude libertad, the liberty
militar, adj., military
proclamar, to proclaim el pueblo, the town, village, nation, people el servicio, the service el soldado, the soldier
sufrir, to suffer
la tropa, the troop
la victoria, the victory

1.
Cul es
el
uso
ms comn
del subjimtivo, en clusulas

2.
dependientes o en clusulas independientes?
Cuando
el
verbo de
la clusula principal
el
expresa duda, voluntad o emo-
cin cul es
3.
modo que
se usa en la clusula dependiente?

4.
Cmo
se
llaman aquellas clusulas dependientes?
Si el
sujeto del verbo dependiente es el
mismo que
5.
el
del verbo prinel
cipal se usa el subjuntivo o el infinitivo?
Cul es
tiempo
en
del subjuntivo
que
se usa despus del presente o del futuro
la clusula principal?

Dgame Vd. en
study.
3.
espaol:
1.
wish to study.
4.
2.
I wish
you to
He
wishes us to study.
5.
He
doubts that we are
learning much.
We
6.
are glad that they are learning some-
thing every day.

Spanish.
7.
am
sorry that they are forgetting their
do not believe that you study enough. 8. We hope that you will study more. 9. Do you think that one ought to study so much? 10. It is impossible for one to learn a 11. I doubt that they will ever language without studying.
I
learn
Spanish.
12. Is
it
possible that he speaks
Spanish?
EXERCISES
13. I
195
shall tell
them
14.
to write
their translation exercises in
They do not like to write the exercises. 15. It is necessary that wx speak and that we write a little in Spanish every day. 16. The teacher tells us to learn ^ something
their note-books.
about the
life
of
San Martin to-day.
17. It is
a pity that in
life
the United States
we
are so
little
acquainted [with] the
of
that great hero.

San Martn
1.
Un
da Carlos dijo a su padre:
algo acerca del
Juan y yo queremos saber general^ San Martn. 2. Me alegro que se in-
teresen por aquel gran hroe sudamericano, contest
el
seor
Es una lstima que no se conozca mejor en los Estados Unidos la vida de San Martn, uno de los caracteres ms admirables de la historia. 4. Juan Jos San Martn naci en Yapey, pueblo pequeo de la Argentina, en 1778. 5. Recibi en Espaa una educacin militar y principi all su ca6. Luego volvi a la Argentina, donde se rrera de soldado. puso a la cabeza del ejrcito de la libertad. 7. Cruz los Andes 8. Parece imposible que con la mayor parte de sus tropas. haya^ podido atravesar montaas tan altas con im ejrcito, 9. Es verdad, contest su padre, pero no soladijo Carlos. mente lo hizo, sino que derrot a los espaoles en Chacabuco, en 1817, y asegur la libertad de Chile por la victoria de Maipo
Gordon.
3.
Continu sus operaciones militares y proclam la independencia del Per en 1821. 11. El general San Martn, a
en 1818.
10.
pesar de sus grandes servicios en favor de la causa de la liber-
tad sudamericana, sufri en

12.
la
la
ingratitud de los hombres

(Francia)
se
y muri
1850.
obscuridad
en
Boulogne-sur-mer
en
Yo
1
espero, sin embargo,
que ustedes
acordarn siempre
de este hroe.
2
Either de with infinitive or que with subjunctive. (Cf. 230, note). 3 Same word in English. p^^s. subj. of haber. (Cf.
232
(4).)
196
1.
Qu
dijo Carlos a su padre?
2.
Cmo
le
contest ste?
Es verdad que se conoce muy poco en los Estados Unidos la vida de San Martn? 4. Es una lstima que no se conozca mejor? Por qu? 5. Cuntos de uste^des pueden decirme
3.
algo acerca de la vida del hroe argentino?
cundo naci
8.
San
Dnde
recibi
Dnde y Dnde y cundo muri? su educacin militar? 9. Qu hizo por la

6.
Martn?
7.
causa de la libertad sudamericana?

cruzar los Andes con un ejrcito?
ferrocarriles entonces?
12.
*
Haba Cundo proclam San Martn la

qu?
11.
Por
10.
Era
difcil
entonces
independencia del Per?
13.
Se acordarn ustedes de
la
vida
de San Martn?

1.
It is possible that
you
are not acquainted with the
life
of
San Martin. 2. I doubt that your teachers have (hayan) spoken to you about him. 3. It is a pity that the history of South America is taught so little in the schools of the United
you have not read the life of the great Argentine hero, who can well be compared with Washington. 5. Do you wish me to narrate to you his life? 6. He was born in Argentina in 1778. 7. When he was quite yoimg, he went to Spain to receive a military education, but returned to Buenos Aires in 1812 to offer his services to. the cause of South American liberty. 8. At the head of the Argentine army he crossed the Alps and defeated the Spaniards in Chile and in Peru. 9. Thus ended Spanish domination in the southern part (la parte del sur) of South America. 10. Unfortunately San Martin, like so many others, received only ingratitude for his services, and died in obscurity in France in 1850. 11. I hope that you will not forget the life of this great South American hero.
States.
4.
am
especially sorry that
'
232-233
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE, AUXILIARY \TiRBS
197
LESSON XL {LECCIN CUARENTA)

232.
Present Subjunctive of the Auxiliary Verbs

{Presente de Subjuntivo de los Verbos Auxiliares)
(1) ser,
Ho
be'
(that) I (that)
(2)
estar, 'to be'
sea seas sea
may
be, let
me
be,
thou mayest
it,
be be
(that) he (she,
him
(her, it) be,
you) be
may
be, let
est ests est
seamos
seis
(that)
(that)
sean
be, let us be ye may be, be (that) they (you) may be, let them be, be
(4)
we may
estemos
estis
estn
(3)
tener/ to have'
tenga tengas tenga
(that) I
haber, to have
'
may
(that) thou
(that)
let
have, let me have mayest have, have

it,
he (she,
you)
may
have,
haya hayas haya
tengamos
tengis
him (her, it) have, have (that) we may have, let us have
ye may have, have (that) they (you) may have,
(that)
let
hayamos
hayis
tengan
hayan
them have, have

233.
Present Subjunctive of Ten
Common
Irregular
Verbs {Presente de Subjuntivo de Diez

Verbos Irregulares Comunes)
{See Lesson
XXXI)
dar, 'to give': d, des, d, demos, deis, den
hacer, 'to make,' 'do': haga, hagas, haga, hagamos, hagis, hagan poner, 'to put': ponga, pongas, ponga, pongamos, pongis, pongan traer, 'to bring': traiga, traigas, traiga, traigamos, traigis, traigan
decir, 'to say,' 'tell': diga, digas, diga,
digamos, digis, digan
{See Lesson
XXXIII)
poder, ^to be able': pueda, puedas, pueda, podamos, podis, puedan querer, 'to wish,' 'hke': quiera, quieras, quiera, queramos, queris,
quieran
saber, 'to know': sepa, sepas, sepa, sepamos, sepis, sepan ir, 'to go': vaya, vayas, vaya, vayamos, vayis, vayan
venir, 'to come': venga, vengas, venga,
vengamos, vengis, vengan
198
aconsejar, to advise, counsel andar, irr. v., to go,^ walk buzn, the mail-box carruaje, the carriage despacio, adv., slowly dispensar, to excuse elegante, adj., elegant escaparate, the show-window estanco, the tobacco-shop estrecho, -a, narrow fama, the fame, reputation nacin, the nation
los negocios, the business
permitir, to permit, allow
el el
procurar, to try quiz {or qiiizs), adv., perhaps el sello, the. stamp; de correo,
postage-stamp
sorprender, to surprise
el transente, the pedestrian
el tranva,
el el
the street-car, street(i),
jailway
vestirse
to dress
la
la
cmo no!
of course, yes indeed; dado que, in as much as, since; darse prisa, to hurry; tener prisa, to be in a hurry; por supuesto,
of course, certainly

1.
Conjugue Vd.
el
presente de subjuntivo de ser; de estar;

2.
de tener; de haber.
el
Cules son las formas irregulares en

de poder?
presente de subjuntivo de dar?
de querer?
3.
Conjugue Vd.
el
presente de subjuntivo de hacer; de poner;

ir;
de traer; de decir; de saber; de
de venir.

Dgame Vd. en
2.
espaol:
1.
am
glad that you are here.
Will
I
it
not be possible for your brother to accompany us?

is
3.
am
sorry that he
not coming too.
4.
Allow
me
to
show
you the city now. 5. Let us take an automobile. 6. I wish you to visit some of the famous buildings. 7. I doubt that they have any better buildings in New York. 8. Do you not
think that the Teatro de Coln
9.
is
the best theater in America?

10.
I shall tell
them
11.
to let us see the building now.
What
large theater!
12. I
They say
will
that
it
has seats for 3500 persons.
hope that you

1
have an opportunity to attend an

in view, like a
Without destination
watch.
53
<
U
Q O O <
te
199
200
opera here.
13.
We
14. I
must
{lit.
it is
necessary that we) come
some evening.
tickets to-night.
shall tell
my
brother to bring us the
15. I
advise you to wait until to-morrow
evening.
16.
Now let
us return to the hotel.

1.
Dnde estn
las
mejores tiendas de Buenos Aires?
Estn en la calle Florida que se extiende desde la plaza de San Martn hasta la avenida de Mayo. 3. Quiere Vd. que vayamos all?' 4. Con mucho gusto, y le aconsejo que nos demos prisa porque ya es la hora cuando el mundo elegante fre2.
y despus de las cuatro de la tarde no se permite que pasen ms que tran8. Cmo no! dado sentes. 7. Qu escaparates ms ricos! que Buenos Aires tiene la fama de ser un segundo Paris. 9. Cree Vd. que yo pueda comprar unos sellos de correo en esta calle? 10. Por supuesto: aqu est un estanco donde se venden cosas del gobierno como sellos, tabaco, etctera. 11. Dispnseme Vd. un momento: quiero poner un sello en esta carta y echarla al buzn. 12. Permtame que yo lo haga por Vd. 13. Muchas gracias. 14. Ahora andemos ms despacio, porque yo quiero que Vd. tenga la ocasin de admirar la
6.
automviles aqu.
cuenta aquella
calle.
5.
Me sorprende que no haya carruajes ni

calle es
La
muy
estrecha
elegancia de las seoras
seoritas de esta ciudad.
15.
Yo
de
dudo que las de Pars Buenos Aires.
se vistan
con ms elegancia que
las
1.
2.
En qu calle estn las mejores tiendas de Buenos Aires? Dnde est la calle Florida? 3. Hay tranvas en aquella
4.
calle?
Por qu no?
calle Florida el
Despus de qu hora frecuenta la mundo elegante? 6. Se permite que paSen

5.
7.
entonces carruajes y automviles?
Cmo son
los escapa-
EXERCISES
rates?
8.
201
Se visten con elegancia las seoras y seoritas de Buenos Aires? 9. Por qu tiene Buenos Aires la fama de ser
10.
un segimdo Pars?
hermosa de
la
Cul es
11.
la calle
ms grande y ms
est?
13.
ciudad?
Cmo
12.
'
se llama la residencia del
presidente de la repblica?
Dnde
Dgame
Vd. algo del palacio del congreso.
TRANSLATION EXERCISE {EJERCICIO DE TRADUCCIN).

1.
Who
is is
can doubt that the Argentine republic

It is
is^
the most
important South American nation in which the Spanish lan-
guage
Aires
spoken?
2.
probable that you
know
that Buenos
the second Latin city (ciudad latina) of the world and
the fourth American city in the

3.
number
will
of its inhabitants.
That
it
may come
to (a) have, perhaps within a few years,
as
is
many
inhabitants as
New
York,
not surprise me.

[to]
4.
It
a pity that more North Americans have not tried

5.
enter
into business^ with this important city.
am
sorry that
you do not have the time

diately,
6. I
7.
to (de)
is
for this
season
come to Buenos Aires immethe most agreeable of the year.

and
to admire this
hope, however, that the next steamer will bring you.
I vsh.
you to
8.
see this wonderful port
beautiful city.
I advise
9.
you
to
come
as soon as (tan pronto
como
sea) possible.
Allow
me
to put
my
house at your
dis-
posal during your stay in Buenos Aires.

1
Use no before the dependent verb, Use plural.
after such interrogations of doubt.
202
234-236
LESSON XLI {LECCIN CUARENTA Y UNA)

SEQUENCE OF TENSES {CORRESPONDENCIA
DE LOS TIEMPOS)
234.
past or conditional tense in the principal clause
is
followed
by an imperfect
or a pluperfect^ subjunctive in the
dependent clause.
(deseara) que Vd. estudiara {or estudiase) Yo senta mucho que Vd. no hubiera {or hubiese) estudiado
Yo deseaba
wished (shoujd wish) you to study

'
was very sorry that you had not

studied
235.
The
logic of the sentence
may
I
sometimes require a vio-
lation of the rules of sequence.
Yo
siento mucho que estuviera estuviese) Vd. enfermo aquella noche

{or
am
very sorry that you were
ill
that night
236.
Imperfect Subjunctive of the Three Regular Conjugations {Imperfecto de Subjuntivo de las Tres
Conjugaciones Regulares)
First
Form {Primera Forma)

(that) I
Second Form {Segunda Forma)

hab ase hab ases hab ase hab asemos hab asis hab asen
II
hab ara hab aras hab ara

hab aramos hab aris hab aran
might (would, should)
speak, etc.
aprend iera aprend ieras aprend iera

aprend iramos aprend ierais aprendieran
1
(that) I
learn, etc.
aprend iese aprend ieses aprend iese
aprendisemos
aprend ieseis aprend iesen
of the subjunctive,
jimctive of
The second compound tense haber+a past participle.
composed
of the imperfect sub-
237-238
IMPEREECT SUBJUNCTIVE
III
203
viv lera viv ieras viv iera

viv iramos
(that) I
Hve, etc.
VIV lese viv ieses
viv iese
viv isemos viv ieseis
viv ierais viv ieran
viviesen
first
Note
237.
1.
Observe the accent mark on the

first
person plural.
The
person singular of the imperfect subjunctive

is
of all Spanish verbs, regular or irregular,
formed by dropping
the ending -ron of the third person plural of the preterit indicative
and replacing
never varies.
it
by -ra
or -se.
The conjugation
of
this tense
Imperfect Subjunctive of the Auxiliary Verbs {Imperfecto
de Subjuntivo de
ser estar tener
pret.
los
Verbos Auxiliares)
imp.
" " "
subj.,
jd
''
pl.,
haber
238.
" " "
"
" "
" "
fueron estuvieron tuvieron hubieron
"
" "
fuera fuese estuviera estuviese tuviera tuviese
hubiera
hubiese
Imperfect Subjunctive of Ten
Common
Irregular
Verbs {Imperfecto de Subjuntivo de Diez Verbos Irregulares Comunes)

{See Lesson
XXXI)
imp. subj. diera
,
dar hacer poner

traer
pret.
3d
i
pl. ,
dieron hicieron
diese
hiciera
a
(( l
l
(1
pusieron
trajeron dijeron
u
(
(( (
iC
(
decir
'
11
11
hiciese pusiera pusiese trajera trajese dijera dijese
{See Lesson
XXXIII)
imp.
11 11 11 11
poder querer saber

ir
pre.
ce
3d pl, pudieron
,
subj..
,
pudiera pudiese
quisiera quisiese supiera supiese fuera 1 fuese
viniera
10
i( (C
((
C(
C
l( ((
quisieron supieron
11 11
fueron
11
11
venir
vinieron
1
viniese
Same
as for ser.
204
celebrar, to celebrate
el cerro, the hill
la fortaleza, the fortress

el
contra, prep., against la costa, the coast
maz, the com mencionar, to mention
(la)
c/
Navidad, Christmas
cubierto, -a
el
(irr.
pp.
cubrir),
el
el
covered cuidado, the care

cultivar, to cultivate
el
descenso, the descent

erigir, to erect
la felicidad,
the happiness; pL, (good or best) wishes, greet*
el
ings
feroz, adj., fierce
al fin, at last;
el
el
ocupar, to occupy pacer, to graze parque, the park poema, the poem rpido, -a, rapid raro, -a, strange rebao, the herd, flock temer, to fear trigo, the wheat tnel, the tunnel
'
con destino a, bound cuando, from time to time
for, to;
de cuando
(or vez)
en

Qu tiempo del subjuntivo en la clusula dependiente sigue a un tiempo pasado o condicional en la clusula principal?
1.
2.
Cuntas formas tiene

3.
el
imperfecto de subjuntivo en espala

4.
ol?
la
Cules son las terminaciones de

en la segunda?
primera forma en
Escriba Vd. en
el
primera conjugacin?
pizarrn las dos formas del imperfecto de subjuntivo de los
cuatro verbos auxiliares.
5.
Cul es
la
primera persona del
singular de las dos formas del imperfecto de subjuntivo de dar?
de hacer?
la
de poner?
de traer?
las
de decir?
6.
Dgame Vd.
de venir.
primera persona del plural de
dos formas del imperfecto

ir;
de subjuntivo de poder; de querer; de saber; de

Dgame Vd. en espaol: 1. He doubted that they would make the trip. 2. I did not believe that you would come. 3. We wished them to be there. 4. He told us that we should bring our friends. 5. Did you order him to go away? 6. I
as
u
ID
<
<
t
u
t
a
Q
O O <
C/5
205

206
tell
did not wish you to
him
that.
had given him the poem. 8. read it? 9. It would be necessary for him to know Spanish in order to read it. 10. They feared that he could not read the language. 11. We told him to set^ himself to [a] learning it. 12. I was sorry that you had so Httle time to (para) help him. 13. We had hoped that you would not be too busy. 14. We advised him to study a great deal. 15. Did you wish me to send him your [best] wishes? 16. I should be sorry for you to mention
it.
was very glad that you Would it be possible for him to

7.

Santiago de Chile,
el
31 de diciembre de 19
Queridos padres:
1.
Esta
es la
primera carta que escribo desde Chile.
2.
Nues-
tros
el
amigos de Buenos Aires no queran que principisemos viaje antes del 26, porque deseaban que pasramos el
de
la
Navidad con ellos. 3. Nos pareci muy raro celebrar la Navidad en un da de verano. 4, Aquella noche el seor Gordon nos dijo que nos preparsemos para salir la
da
maana
siguiente.
el
26 principiamos
ocho y veinte de la maana del viaje a travs de las pampas argentinas con
5.
las
destino a Mendoza.
6.
Yo
tema que
los trenes argentinos
no
tuvieran las hiismas comodidades que los norteamericanos, pero
ms cmodos. 7. Durante muchas horas atravesamos inmensas pampas cubiertas de hierba muy alta donde
eran todava
pacan rebaos de ganado, a veces bajo

2
el
cuidado de algn
gaucho a caballo. 8. De cuando en cuando pasamos campos de trigo o de maz, pero, yo me maravillaba que tan poca tierra estuviera cultivada. 9. Despus de unas 24 horas de viaje llegamos a Mendoza, ciudad interesante donde pasamos un da. 10. De Mendoza fu preciso que tomramos un tren de la Com1
Use ponerse.
Argentine term for 'herdsman/ 'cow-bcv*
EXERCISES
207
paa del Ferrocarril Transandino/ y cruzamos los maravillosos "Andes en parte por un tnel muy largo, saliendo a Chile.
11.
Hicimos un rpido descenso a

a esta hermosa ciudad.
la costa del Pacfico,
llegando
al fin
12. Santiago, capital

13.
de Chile, es
una ciudad de ms de 400,000 habitantes.
Tiene muchos
monumentos
interesantes, pero sera imposible
cionase en esta carta
ms que su hermoso
capitolio
que yo meny el parque
que ocupa el cerro de Santa Luca. 14. El seor Gordon nos dijo ayer que l dudaba que hubiera en el mundo otro parque tan pintoresco como ste. 15. Aqu en el siglo diez y seis el
espaol Valdivia erigi ima fortaleza contra los feroces Araucanos, celebrados por Alonso de Ercilla en
cana.
af.^^2
el
poema La Araules
16.
Mil fehcidades para
el
ao nuevo
enva su hijo
Juan.
1.
Cul es
3.
la
fecha de esta carta?

la
2.
Desde dnde
la escri-
Navidad l y sus amigos? 4. Por qu no salieron antes de Buenos Aires? 5. Qu impresin le hizo a Juan la idea de celebrar la Navidad en un da de verano? 6. Cundo salieron de Buenos Aires? 7. Qu tal eran los trenes argentinos? 8. Dgame Vd. algo de las pampas. 9. A qu ciudad llegaron despus de imas 24 horas de viaje? 10. Cunto tiempo pasaron en Mendoza? 11. Qu lnea de ferrocarril fu preciso que tomaran para continuar el
bi Juan?
Dnde pasaron
viaje?
12.
Despus de atravesar
13.
el
largo tnel, a qu pas
salieron?
14.
les
Cmo
era
el
descenso a la costa del Pacfico?

15.
Cuntos habitantes tiene Santiago de Chile?

16.
Cu-
son los dos monumentos notables que menciona Juan en su
carta?
Quin erigi una fortaleza en

diez
este
el
cerro de Santa
la
Luca en
18.
el siglo
Qu celebra
1
y seis? poema?
17.
Quin escribi
Araucana?
Transandina Railway Company. Abbreviation for afectsimo, 'most affectionate.*
208
FIRST COUUSE IN SPANISH
239

1.
in
had wished that we might be able [to] spend Christmas Buenos Aires. 2. It was necessary, however, for us to begin
I
3.
our journey before that date.

friends,
After taking leave of our
we
entered the train that was to (iba a) take us to

4. I
had feared that the Argentme trains were not very comfortable. 5. But they had many more conveniences
Mendoza.
than the trains of the United States.
fields of
6.
We
passed
first
som.e
wheat and corn. 7. Then ,we entered into the immense pampas. 8. Many herds of cattle were grazing in the tall grass, but it surprised us greatly that so small a part was cultivated. 9. Our train arrived late at Mendoza, and we were very glad that that gave us an opportunity to (de) spend 10. Our a day there, before taking the Transandine train. journey across the Andes was extremely interesting. 11. We wished that our friends in the United States might have been able to accompany us. 12. I doubt that such wonderful views
can be seen (verse) in other moimtains.
at Santiago, where
13.
Then we
arrived
we now
it
are.
14. I
should like to spend the
whole year here, but
will
be impossible for us to stay more

city.
than a week in this beautiful
LESSON XLII {LECCIN CUARENTA Y DOS)

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN ADJECTIVE CLAUSES {EL SUBJUNTIVO EN CLUSULAS ADJETIVAS)
used in adjective clauses (those troduced by relative pronouns) in the following cases:
239.
is
1.
The subjunctive
in-
When
the antecedent clause expresses negation, doubt or

There is no man who is perfect Does there exist a person who knows
the future?
If there is
it is
condition.
No hay hombre que
sea perfecto Existe una persona que sepa el porvenir? Si hay quien pueda ayudarme es
any one who can help me,
Vd.
vou
CM
<3
o m < <
>
<
.o
CO
to
209
210
2.
240-242
When
the dependent clause characterizes qualities desired

clause.
I shall look for
by the antecedent
Buscar algo que
le divierta
something to amuse
him
Queremos una
francs
3.
criada que hable
We
is
wish a maid
j
who speaks French
When
the dependent clause
introduced by donde or by
a compound relative implying indefiniteness.

Ir
Que hagan
donde Vd. quiera lo que puedan
I will go
Est prohibido a qtiienquiera que sea

4.
wherever you wish Let them do whatever they can It is forbidden to every one (whoever
it
may
be)
is
Often (but not necessarily) when the dependent clause
in the perfect tense

lative or
and the antecedent clause contains a super-
word
of sim.ilar force.
Es el mejor hombre que jams haya (or he) conocido

240.
He
is
the best
man whom
have
ever
known
When
the relative clause merely states a fact with reis
spect to a definite antecedent, the indicative
used.
Tenemos una
francs
criada que habla
We have
a maid
^
who speaks French
241.
Ver, 'to see'
Irregular Forms {Formas

Past Part.:
Pres. hid.:
Irregulares)
visto
Imp. Ind.:
Pres. Subj.:
veo, ves, etc. vea, veas, vea, veamos, veais, vean vea, veas, veas, veamos, veis, vean
242.
S^lir, 'to go (come) out';
de, 'to leave'

Irregulares)

Pres. Ind.:
salgo, sales, etc. Put. and Cond.: saldr, etc.; saldra, etc. saiga, saigas, saiga, salgamos, salgis, salgan Pres. Subj.:
Imptv.:
sal,
saUd
EXERCISES
211
the archbishop asesinar, to assassinate la calidad, the quality caracterizar, to characterize
el arzobispo, el indio,
the Indian the lake
la ingeniera, the engineering

el lago,
la
la carga, the
load
irr. v.,
la
manada, the drove mula, the mule
contener,
tains)
el depsito,
to contain
(of
el nitrato, the nitrate
la Cordillera, the
range
moun-
the deposit
(ie),
describir, to describe
empezar
gin
to
commence, be-
la guerra, the
war
paradero, the stop, stoppingplace el pico, the peak primitivo, -a, primitive la riqueza, the wealth la ruina, the ruin volcnico, -a, volcanic
el
de via estrecha, narrow-gauge; en espera de, waiting
for

1.
Cmo
se
llaman
2.
las clusulas
la
que empiezan con pronomantecedente expresa

se
bres relativos?
Cuando
clusula
negacin, duda o condicin qu
modo
usa en
la clusula de-
pendiente?
3.
Qu modo
se
usa en
la clusula
dependiende
cuando
se caracterizan calidades deseadas
por
la clusula ante-
cedente? cuando la clusula dependiente empieza por donde o
im relativo compuesto? 4. Es preciso usar el subjuntivo en una clusula dependiente, cuando la clusula antecedente contiene un superlativo? 5. Cules son las formas irregulares del
verbo ver? del verbo
salir?

Dgame Vd. en espaol: 1. Is there any one who has no faults? 2. I know no one who is always right. 3. I wish to
study something that interests me.
4.
There
is
no study
is more interesting than this one. 5. I am looking for a book which contains a description of that country. 6. If there is any one who can describe it, it is you. 7. This is the miost
which
interesting place that I
have
seen.
8.
Wherever
(a
donde-

212
quiera que) you
9.
may
go,
you
will see
nothing more wonderful.
some beautiful colors on the mountains. 10. Let us see what we can. 11. Is there a city which contains more interesting ruins than Cuzco? 12. We shall try to find some mules which can take us through
Whoever comes out
early will see
the mountains,

Lima,
Querida
1.
el 1
de febrero de 19
mam:
Llegamos a esta vieja ciudad hace ms de una semana. 2. Lima me interesa mucho y dudo que haya ciudad sudamericana que tenga un carcter tan espaol como sta. 3. Entre los edificios ms antiguos estn la catedral y el
palacio del arzobispo, donde fu asesinado Pizarro.
tiene la universidad
5.
4.
Lima
1535.
ms antigua de Amrica, fundada en

el
Yo
tratar de describir
viaje
que hicimos para

viaje
llegar ac,
pero no hay palabras que puedan dar una idea de los lugares
pintorescos que vimos.
6.
7.
Es
el
ms
interesante que
jams yo haya hecho.
Saliendo de Santiago nuestro primer
paradero fu Valparaso, ciudad de unos 200,000 habitantes y, despus de San Francisco, el puerto americano ms importante de
la costa del Pacfico.
8.
Nos quedamos
9.
all
algunos das,
esperando un buque que nos llevara a Antafogasta, puerto que

Chile quit a Bolivia en la guerra de 1879.
el
tren que nos llev por
Oruro en Bolivia. 10. el camino fueron los grandes depsitos de nitrato del norte de
Chile, principal riqueza de aquel pas,
la cordillera. 11.
un ferrocarril de Las cosas que ms nos interesaron en
De all tomamos va muy estrecha a
los picos volcnicos
de
principal
Nos detuvimos dos das en La Paz, ciudad de Bolivia y la ms alta del mundo. 12. Despus de
el
atravesar
inmenso lago Titicaca, fuimos a Cuzco para ver

13.
sus famosas ruinas.
Quienquiera que pase por ah no de^
CM
< s t H
213
214
jar de visitar la antigua fortaleza de los incas, maravillosa obra
de ingeniera primitiva. 14. De Cuzco fuimôs llevados en muas hasta Huancayo, donde tomamos el tren para Lima. 15. Te envo una fotografa que hice en San Mateo de una manada de llamas en espera de carga.
Con toda mi
devocin,
Carlos.
Desde dnde escribi Carlos esta carta? 2. Cunto tiempo haba pasado en Lima? 3. Hay ciudad sudamericana que tenga ms carcter espaol que sta? 4. Cules son algunos de los edificios ms antiguos de Lima? 5. Quin fu
1.
asesinado en
el
palacio del arzobispo?

7.
6.
Cundo
se
fund
la
universidad de Lima?
Cul fu
el
primer paradero de
8.
los
viajeros despus de salir de Santiago?
Es im puerto imall
portante
10.
Valparaso?
es
9.
Qu esperaban
11.
los
viajeros?
Qu
Antafogasta?
12.
Cmo
hicieron
el
viaje de
An-
Qu cosas los interesaron en el camino? 13. Dnde est La Paz? 14. Dnde est el lago Titicaca? 15. Por qu fueron los viajeros a Cuzco? 16. Haba un ferrocarril de Cuzco a Huancayo? 17. Cmo hicieron el viaje por aquella parte de los Andes? 18. Es una parte pintoresca de la cordillera? 19. Para qu usan las llamas en las montaas sudamericanas?
tafogasta a Oruro?

1.
When
2.
our travelers
left
Santiago they went directly to
Valparaiso to wait for a boat that should take them to Antafogasta.
Antafogasta, which was formerly a port of Bolivia,
and now the country has no sea port.^ 3. From there the train which our travelers took crossed the great nitrate deposits and climbed the mountain-range to
was
lost in the
war
of 1879,
Puerto de mar.
MpmiP;
,_^
^.JHHHHRHHilHH
^^ h 1-^
1
*
^
'
v*^B
i^^^^^
-~*^,-'
^^^grÂ21_
J^^S^KKKt^^^m
'
E' '^^^HI^
^^^Ht'
*^^2r
t^^^Wf '^^^Wlf 'i^HBr ny?^^^^^

i
^
'.
ty.,i^>,j^.,
^^
>......
"w-
1
1
^^^^^#^^^V^W^
"^'"'-^
-^^^^^^^^
s:
Im
^x
*^
-^''T^
^v^jL^y^?^^^^^^^^g^
jw
m^ H* SHKiLffi
*'
^^^flfi
^^^.^^^
1
^.
^*^
fl|H|'
^
'-^^^^^hBHbhIH
215
216
Oruro
city of
in Bolivia.

4.
243
They stayed
for a
some 60,000 inhabitants. 5. the world which is situated at such a

than half of
its
few days in La Paz, a There is no other city in

(tanta) height.
7.
6.
More
is
inhabitants are Indians.
To go
8.
to Cuzco,
they were obliged to cross (the) lake Titicaca.
This lake
more than
of the sea
(est a
ms
de) 12,500 feet above the level (nivel)

9.
and
is
as large as (the) lake Ontario.
Whoever
fail
is
has any interest in the history of the Incas must (debe) not
to (de) visit Cuzco.
10.
The
history of these Indians

11.
the
most
12.
interesting that I
have ever read.
There
is
no place
that contaias so
many
wonderful ruins of the Incas as Cuzco.
From
there our travelers were obliged to (a) take mules
as far as Huancayo, the last station on the rauroad from Lima.
LESSON XLIII {LECCIN CUARENTA Y TRES)

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN ADVERBIAL CLAUSES {EL SUBJUNTIVO EN CLUSULAS ADVERBIALES)
243.
The subjunctive
is
used in adverbial clauses (those
in-
troduced by conjunctions) in the following cases:

1.
After temporal conjimctions
(conjunciones temporales)
when
indicating anticipation (anticipacin), such as

cuando, 'when' hasta que, 'until'
etc.
antes (de) que, 'before'

as que, 'as soon as'
Yd. escribir antes (de) que saiga Cuando venga, Yd. me lo dir
2.
You will write before you leave When he comes, you will tell me
After conjunctions indicating purpose (propsito), such as

para que, 'so that,' 'in order that' que, 'so that,' 'in order that'
de manera que, 'so that' de mode que, 'so that'
(with negative idea or indicating fear)

sin que, 'without'
etc.
por miedo (de) que,

'lest'
'for fear that/
244
di dinero
SUBJUNCTIVE IN ADVERBIAL CLAUSES

para que
lo
217
Le
comprase
l
gave him money that he might buy

it
Trate Yd. de hablarle sin que

se ofenda
3.
Try
to speak to
him without
his be-
ing offended
After conjunctions indicating hypothesis (hiptesis), such
as
dado que,
that'
în case
that/ ^supposing
con tal que, ^provided that' supuesto que, 'supposing that'

etc.
a menos que,
'unless'
dado que lo sepa, in case he knows it con tal que venga esta noche, provided he come
'
to-night
4.
After conjunctions indicating concession (concesin), such
as
aunque, 'although'
por
etc.
.
que, 'however'
No
le
temo aunque sea ms fuerte temo por fuerte que sea
que yo
No
le
do not fear him, although he be stronger than I do not fear him, however strong he may be
244.
Many
el
of these conjunctions
may
take the indicative
when they
Cuando
indicate simply a fact (un hecho).

the teacher speaks, I understand him He spoke so that I understood him
I did not learn the lesson,
profesor habla, le com-
When
prendo Habl de manera que yo le comprend No aprend la leccin, aunque estudi
though I
mucho
studied
much
\'OCABULARY (VOCABULARIO)
la agricultura, the agriculture
ajustar, to
fit
artstico, -a, artistic bajo, prep., under, beneath
bloque, the block cemento, the cement la ciencia, the science la civiHzacin, the civilization el cobre, the copper
el
el
conocimiento, the knowledge, acquaintance desarrollarse, to develop encerrar (ie), to shut up, confine el engao, the deceit
el
enorme,
adj.,
enormous
escaparse, to escape
estallar, to
break out
estrangular, to strangle
218

el preso, el
el hierro,
exacto, -a, exact the iron
el imperio, el oro, the
the empire gold prender, to seize, capture
the prisoner sistema, the system transportar, to transport vengar, to avenge
GRAMMATICAL DRILL (CUESTIONARM) GRAMATICAL)

1.
Cmo
3.
se
llaman
2.
las clusulas
que estn introducidas por
conjunciones?
rales.
Dgame Vd. algimas conjimciones tempo4.
Qu conjunciones pueden indicar propsito? hip-
tesis? concesin?
Toman
el
subjuntivo estas conjunciones
cuando indican solamente im hecho?

Dgame Vd. en
2.
espaol:
tell
1.
I will not
do
it
until
you come.
shall leave
When
5.
you see him,
him
to
come
too.
3.
We
as soon as he arrives.
4.
Speak so that we
may
understand^
6.
you.
He
spoke so that
we
all
understood^ him.
7.
Do
not
go away without our seeing you.

fear that I should not
in order that
I studied all
8.
know my you too may know
lesson.
it.
morning for Study your lesson

will learn the lan-
9.
You
11.
guage, provided you study enough.

will
10.
Unless you study, you
not be able to speak the language.
However much
12.
study, I shall not be able to speak
it well.
Although the
it.
language
13.
may
be
difficult,
it
is
not impossible to learn
Although he had spent much time in Spain, he did not

the language.
know

Los Incas
Hasta que vinieron los espaoles, el imperio de los incas, por Manco-Cpac, tena una extensin fundado en el siglo enorme. 2. Su civilizacin, por primitiva que fuera, se haba desarrollado de un modo maravilloso. 3. Los indios tenan un
1.
Use entender.
< O t < u
t
<
t
xn
t
<
<
219
220
excelente sistema de leyes
cierto conocimiento de las ciencias

4.
de
la agricultura
y de
la ingeniera.
Aunque no
conociesen^
el hierro,
trabajaban
la piedra
transportando enormes bloques
y ajustndolos exactamente sin cemento. 6. Trabajaban artsticamento el cobre, el oro y la plata. 7. Un poco antes (de) que llegaran los espaoles, el inca HuayanaCpac haba muerto,^ dejando su imperio a dos de sus hijos, de manera que Atahualpa tuviera la regin del norte con Quito como capital y Huscar, la regin- del sur con Cuzco como
a grandes distancias
capital.
8.
Muy
pronto
la
guerra estall entre los dos hermay,
nos.
le
9.
Atahualpa venci a Huscar

10.
para que no
se escapara,
encerr en una fortaleza.
En
este
momento
con
tal
llegaron los
espaoles bajo Francisco Pizarro.
11.
Prendiendo a Atahualpa
por engao, Pizarro

de oro
el
le
prometi
le
la libertad
12.
que llenara
le
cuarto donde
tena preso.
el
As hizo Atahualpa,
pero Pizarro, por miedo de que
inca llegara a vengarse,
mand
estrangular.
1.
En qu
siglo se
fund
el
imperio de los incas?
2.
Por
quin fu fundado?
3.
Cmo
era la civilizacin de los incas

4.
hasta que vinieron los espaoles?

5.
Conocan
el
hierro?
Qu metales (^metals') conocan? 6. Qu hacan con la piedra? 7. Dnde se hallan algunas ruinas de los incas hoy
da?
9. 8.
Cules eran las principales ciudades de los incas?es el
Quin
11.
emperador (êmperor') de
los espaoles?
10.
los incas
que muri
dej su im-
poco antes que llegaran

perio?
Cmo
En
la
guerra que estall entre los hijos de Huayana-
Cpac cul de
dio su libertad?
1
los
dos hermanos venci

13.
al otro?
le
12.
Cmo
14.
prendi Pizarro a Atahualpa?
Qu
prometi?
Le
The
Fast part,
indicative may be used here, (Cf. of morir, 'to die.'
if
preferred.
274.)
EXERCISES
221

In Cuzco the boys begged Mr. Gordon to tell them something about the Incas before they should visit the ruins.
1.
2.
With much
their history,
3.
Mr. Gordon, the ruins which you will see

pleasure, said
for,
unless
you know
will
not interest you.
You probably know that developed much more than

Spaniards came to America.
the civilization of the Incas had

that of most Indians before
4.
':iie
They had
a government and
a system of laws which were excellent. 5. It is certain also that these Indians had a knowledge, however primitive it was,
of the science of engineering [in order] to
have been able to use such enormous blocks of stone in their walls and roads. 6. And all this was done without their knowing the use of iron.
7.
Cuzco coQtains many
of these
wonderful walls.
8.
We
are
now in the capital of the ancient empire of the Incas, we arrive at Quito, we shall see their principal city of
9.
and,
when
the north.
Before the Inca Huayana-Cpac died, he divided his empire
between his two sons, ô that Atahualpa should have Quito as his capital and Huscar should have Cuzco. 10. Atahualpa
had conquered
Incas
his brother
and was the
sole
monarch
of the
when the Spaniards arrived in (al) Peru. 11. Pizarro captured him by deceit, and, although he had promised^ Atahualpa his liberty, provided the Indians should fill a room with gold,^ he had him strangled [on] the 29th of August, 1533.
1
Use
a.
Use
this
word order, 'with gold a room.'
222
245-248
SI
IN CONDITIONS
223
LESSON XLIV {LECCIN CUARENTA Y CUATRO)

245. After
si,
meaning 4f (not ^whether',

'
cf.
95), use the
imperfect subjunctive instead of the conditional.
This
is
the
usage required in past conditions contrary to fact.

Si
Vd. estudiase {or estudiara) ms, aprendera mejor

si
If
you should study {or studied) more, you would learn better
not
But: Yd no saba paara o no

1.
me
acom-
I did
know whether he would

or not
accompany me
In present or future conditions, use the present indicasi,
tive after
as in English.
I shall see him,
if
Le
ver, si viene
he comes
246.
In the apodosis (result clause) of a conditional sentence
the
first
form
of the imperfect subjunctive
may
sometimes
re-
place the conditional.

Si buscase {or buscara) su libro, lo
If
he looked for his book, he would

find it
encontrara
{or
encontrara)
247.
Quisiera, Î should like' (from querer),
is
regularly used
instead of the conditional to soften the assertiveness of the
present quiero, Î wish,' and

subjunctive.
may
be followed by the present
Yd
quisiera que Vd.

{or
me acompaAndar /to
Forjis
I should like
you
to
accompany me
ase
248.
acompae)
go,' 1'
walk*
Irregular
Pret.:
{Formas Irregulares)
anduve, anduviste, anduvo, anduvimos, anduvisteis, anduvieron Imp. Subj.: anduviera, etc.; anduviese, etc.
1
Without destination
in view.
224
249.

Or,
;
249
to hear'

Gerund:
Pres. Ind.\
Pret.:
Irregulares)
oyendo
oigo, oyes, oye, omos, os,
o, oste,
oyen
oy, omos, osteis, oyeron Pres. Suhj.'. oiga, oigas, oiga, oigamos, ôigis, oigan Imp. Suhj.: oyera, etc.; oyese, etc. oye, oid Imptv.:
Î have heard,' etc., meaning 'I have heard said,' *I have heard spoken of,' etc., must be expressed in Spanish by he odo decir, he odo hablar de, etc.
Note.
actual, adj., actual, present
alto, adv.,
habitar, to inhabit, live (dwell)

in
loud
la
ante, prep., before, in the face

of
huir, to flee, escape
asegurar, to assure, secure atento, -a, attentive la ayuda, the aid, help, assistance el continente, the continent la edad, the age se, to be educar, to educate;
independencia, ence lento, -a, slow
the
independ-
el libertador, the liberator
la
memoria, the memory; aprender de to memorize nombrar, to name, appoint
educated
entretanto, adv., meanwhile equivocarse, to be mistaken la facilidad, the ease, facility feliz, adj., happy, fortunate
la patria,
the
fatherland,
native
country
la presidencia, the presidency
rebelarse, to rebel, revolt

la suerte, the luck, fortune, sort la superioridad, the superiority
al
menos,
at least; ni siquiera, not even

1.
Se puede usar
'if?
2.
el
condicional despus de
3.
si
cuando
signi-
fica
Qu se usa en este caso?

4.
Dgame Vd. un
5.
ejemplo de este uso.
Cul de
las
dos formas del imperfecto
de subjuntivo se puede usar en vez del condicional?

se usa ms, quisiera o querra, en
6.
el
Cul
sentido de 'I should like?

el
Conjugue Vd.
el
pretrito de andar;
imperfecto de sub-
1 ,
<^
J <
^
I
1
u
<;
<
"^
Si
H-
O
h~^
^
g o
--^
^
^
G
-<^
'^
^ ^
<:>
^3
P g
CJ
225
226

7.
juntivo (primera forma).

cativo del verbo or;
el
Conjugue Vd.
el
presente de indiel
presente de subjuntivo;
imperfecto de
subjuntivo (segunda forma).
ORAL EXERCISE
{EJERCICIO^ ORAL)
Dgame Vd. en espaol: 1. If you are^ attentive, you will hear what I say. 2. If you were^ attentive, you would hear me. 3. If you spoke louder, I should hear you better. 4. Listen attentively and you will hear me. 5. I should like you to memorize these expressions. 6. I should be very happy if I could remember the words. 7. Where do you wish to go tonight?
8.
I should like to go to the theater.

10. I
9.
Well, let us
11. If I
little
go at once.
wish you would not walk^ so

so slowly,
fast.
were you
faster.
(si
yo fuera de usted), I should try to walk a
12. If
we walk
we
shall
not arrive in
(a)
you that you are mistaken, and, if we time. should hurry, we would arrive before they opened the doors.
13. I assure

Bolvar
Han odo Vds. hablar del gran general Simn pregunt im da el seor Gordon a los dos jvenes.
1.
odo nombrar, contest Juan, pero yo quisiera acerca de su vida.
Simn Bolvar naci en Caracas (Venezuela) en 1783. 4. Se educ en Espaa y antes de regresar a su patria en 1810, pas algn tiempo viajando por Europa y 5. Entretanto, las cosas andaban muy los Estados Unidos. mal en su pas bajo la dominacin espaola. 6. Los venezolanos se rebelaron y en 1812 nombraron a Bolvar como su
3.
Le he saber algo ms
2.
Bolvar?
general.
7.
En poco
tiempo venci a
patria.
8.
los espaoles
si
y fu pro-
clamado Libertador de su
1
Pero,
2
Vds. creyesen que
Use the verb
estar.
Use the verb andar.
EXERCISES
227
todo se acab con tanta facilidad, se equivocaran. 9. Nuevas tropas espaolas llegaron y Bolvar tuvo que huir a Santo
Domingo ante
ejrcito,
les,
la
superioridad del nmero.
10. All reimi otro
volvi de nuevo a Venezuela, y derrot a
los
espao-
recibiendo la presidencia de la repblica.

la
11.
En
pocos
aos asegur
independencia de toda aquella parte de Sud

las
Amrica que ocupan

Colombia, Bolivia,
el
repblicas
actuales
de Venezuela,
Ecuador y el Per, recibiendo en una parte de su trabajo la ayuda del ejrcito del hroe argentino, San Martn. 12. Bolvar muri en 1830, a los cuarenta y siete
aos de edad.
Qu pregunt a los jvenes el seor Gordon? 2. Cmo contest Juan? 3. Dnde habitaba Simn BoKvar? 6. Qu hizo antes 4. Cundo naci? 5. Dnde se educ? de regresar a su patria? 7. Cmo andaban las cosas en Venezuela bajo la dominacin espaola? 8. Qu hicieron los venezolanos en 1812? 9. Qu suerte tuvo Bolvar en la guerra contra los espaoles? 10. Por qu fu obligado a huir a Santo Domingo? 11. Volvi de nuevo a Venezuela? 12. Qu hizo 13. De qu pas recibi la presientonces a los espaoles? dencia? 14. A qu otros pases sudamericanos ayud Bolvar
1.
a obtener su independencia? hroe sudamericano?

16.
15.
Cmo
se
llama
el
otro gran
Cundo muri Bolvar?

had studied the history would know the names of its great men.
1.
If
you
{pi.)
of
2.
South America, you

Fortunately
we
are
beginning
schools.
least read
now
3.
to (a) learn something of that continent in our
If
we cannot
travel in South America,

its life
we can
at
books which describe

I shall ever
not
know whether
and history. 4. I do have the good fortune to (de)
228
go there, but,
try.
5.
if

I go, I shall
250
I should like to
know something about the counknow how many in this class can name
6.
the great Argentine hero. obtain their independence.
wish you
{pi.)
would
tell
me
(a)
the names of the countries which San Martin helped to

7.
How many
do not
tell
have heard
of Boli-
var?
9.
8.
Is it possible that I
hfear
even one voice?
Listen attentively and I will

10.
you
{pL) something of his
life.
Bolivar was
11.
bom
in
Venezuela and was educated in
Europe.
He
returned to his country in 1810 and was very

12.
soon appointed general.
He
all
conquered the Spaniards and

the northern part of South
secured the independence of
America, as San Martin had done for (por) the southern part.
LESSON XLV {LECCIN CUARENTA Y CINCO)

INDEPENDENT USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE INDEPENDIENTE DEL SUBJUNTIVO)
250.
{USO
In addition to
its
use as a polite imperative

less
99), the subjunctive is
employed more or
62, independently as
(cf.
follows:
1.
After ojal,
Svould that,'
'I
hope
that,'
to express a
desire.^
Ojal que venga! Ojal (que) fuese verdad!

2.
hope that he
that
it
Would
will come! were true!
In indeterminate expressions involving indifference.

venga lo que venga, come what may que lo hiciera no, whether he should do
it
or not
3.
In modified assertions after an interrogative or a negative,

subjunctive
of saber,
the present
recordar, ver
and
similar
verbs
is
1
used.
rare elliptical usage after quin also expresses a desire.
escribir!
If
The somewhat
Quin supiera
one could only write!
251
EXERCISES
tu padre?
229
Ha venido
yo sepa
No
que
No
le
he
visto
jams que yo re-
cuerde
Has your father come? I know of I have never seen him remember
Not
that
so far as I
251.
Valer,
Ho be
worth,' 'be of value'

Irregulares)
valgo, vales, etc. Pres. Ind.: Fut. and Cond.: valdr, etc.; valdra, etc. valga, valgas, valga, valgamos, valgis, valgan Pres. Subj.:
Imptv. :
val (or vale)
valed
la
amistad, the friendship
durar, to last
aproximadamente,
el
adv.,
approx-
encontrar (ue), to find, meet

la esclusa, the lock, sluice
existir, to exist
imately asimto, the subject,
affair
atmientar, to increase bastar, to be enough, suffice el billete, the ticket el compaero, the companion,
la
hermosura, the beauty

intimo, -a, intimate
jimto, -a, together
lleno, -a, full
comrade
continuo, -a, continuous the opposition, la contrariedad, trouble
delicioso,
pasearse, to walk, go walking

perfecto, -a, perfect
la pirmide, the
pyramid
la salud, the health
-a,
delightful,
deli-
seguro, -a, sure

las vacaciones, the vacation
cious
el
deseo, the desire, wîsh
verdadero, -a, true
de buen humor, in good humor

1.
Cul es
el
el
uso independiente ms
2.
Cuando
presente
comn del subjuntivo? de subjuntivo se usa como imperativo
afirmativo dnde se colocan los pronombres complementos?
Dgame Vd. un ejemplo del subjuntivo usado con ojal. 4. Dgame Vd. otros dos ejemplos del subjuntivo usado en frases ms o menos independientes. 5. Conjugue Vd. el pre3.
sente de indicativo del verbo valer;

el
el
presente de subjuntivo;
futuro.
230

EXERCISES
231

I shall be his friend. 2. May he not forgood comrades. 4. He is the most been have We intimate friend that I have ever had. 5. We often used to go walking together. 6. You have never seen him, so far as I know. 7. We have never met each other, so far as I remember.
1.
Come what may,

3.
get me!
8. 9.
Have they
Whether he
ever been together?

desires
it
Not
I
that I
know
is^
of.
or
not,
shall
accompany him.
truly
13. If it
10.
Would
that
we were
it
friends!
it
11.
The vacation
last^ longer.
too short.
12. I
wish that
might
she.
were^ continuous,
think that he
is
would not
suffice^ for
15.
you.
14. I
do not
worth as much as
of them.^
You
will
be worth
more than both

La Habana, Cuba,
Queridos padres:
1.
el
15 de
marzo de 19
sta ser mi ltima carta, porque dentro de algunos das

el
tomaremos
tros billetes
vapor para Nueva York.

verlos.
4.
2.
Ya tenemos
nues-
y pronto volver a
3.
Ojal que todos
gocen de buena salud!

rante todo
meses.
5.
el viaje,
La
nuestra ha sido perfecta dusiete
que ha durado ya aproximadamente

6.
Qu vacaciones tan largas!
Cada
da ha estado
verdaderamente lleno de inters y estoy seguro de que me ha valido mucho el viaje. 7. El seor Gordon ha encontrado los
asuntos de las varias sucursales de su casa comercial en excelente estado.
No ha tenido ninguna contrariedad que yo sepa y regresa de muy buen humor. 9. Carlos y yo hemos estado juntos continuamente, somos muy buenos compaeros
8.
y,
venga lo que venga, seremos siempre ntimos amigos. 10. Les envi ima fotografa de nuestro vapor atravesando la esclusa
1
Use
plural.
Lit. 'the two.'
232
EXERCISES
de Pedro Miguel en
el
233
11.
Canal de Panam.
Pasamos
tres
semanas en Mjico.
simo.
sura.
La ciudad de Mjico me gust much13. Tiene un clima delicioso y edificios de gran hermo14. Su catedral es la ms bella del nuevo mundo. 15. Las
12.
ruinas
16.
de
los
indios
primitivos
la
me
interesaron sobre todo.

sol
Visitamos entre otras,

17.
gran pirmide del
de San Juan
la
Teotihuacan.
bana.
18.
De
Mjico vinimos directamente a
Hadas,
Este puerto es
muy hermoso y
la
vida de esta ciulos
dad nos divierte mucho. 19. Nos paseamos todos porque todava no hace mucho calor. Su hijo afectsimo,
Juan.
Desde dnde escribe Juan esta carta? 2. Por qu sera sta su ltima carta? 3. Cul era el deseo que Juan expres acerca de la salud de sus padres? 4. Qu tal haba sido la suya durante el viaje? 5. Por cunto tiempo haba durado el
1.
viaje?
6.
Le haba gustado a Juan
el
viaje?
el
7.
Qu
tal
haba encontrado sus asuntos comerciales

8.
seor Gordon?
Qu dice Juan acerca de sus relaciones con Carlos durante el viaje? 9. De qu enva una fotografa a sus padres? 10. Cunto tiempo pasaron los viajeros en Mjico? 11. Por qu le gust a Juan la ciudad de Mjico? 12. Cul es la catedral ms bella del nuevo mundo? 13. Entre las ruinas de los
indios primitivos mejicanos, cul le interes sobre todo a Juan?
14.
15.
A dnde fueron directamente los viajeros de Mjico? Les gust la ciudad de la Habana a los jvenes?

have finished the grammar, and I beheve that the study of these lessons has been of great value to us. 2. Come what may, we shall not forget easily what we have learned.
1.
We
234
3.
Would
that
we might have
and John.
the opportunity to take ^ a trip

4.
like that of Charles

tr.avel
Would
that
we
too might
through Spain, South America, Mexico and Cuba, as

5.
That is the best way to learn the Spanish language and at the same time to understand the life of those 6. Unfortunately there are not many men like Mr. nations.
they have done.
Gordon, so far as
know.
7.
However,
if
one has a real desire
some day. 8. Meanwhile, we can prepare ourselves to (para) profit by the opportunity when it comes. 9. Now that we know the most important rules of the Spanish grammar, we must acquire (adquirir) a more intimate acquaintance with the language [by]
to (de) travel, the opportunity will present itself
reading a great deal.

of America.
10.
And we
shall try to (de) increase the

all
friendship which ought
[to] exist
between
the great republics
Use hacer.
235
APPENDIX
238
252
THE REGULAR VERBS

1.^
Infinitive {Infinitivo)
252.
hab
Gerund {Gerundio)
Past Participle {Participio Pasivo)
speak hab ando, speaking

ar, to
habl ado, spoken
Indicative {Indicativo,
Present
I speak, do speak, am speaking, etc.
{Presente)
I learn, do learn,
lear7iing, etc.
am
live,
do
live,
am
living, etc.
habl habl as
habla
habl amos habl ais habl an
o es
e
viv viv es viv e
emos
is
vivimos
viv is viv en
en
liLPERFECT {Imperfecto)
/ was speaking, used

to
I was learnhig, used

to learn, etc.
I was
viv viv viv viv viv viv
living,
used
speak,
etc.
to live, etc.
habl habl habl habl habl habl
aba abas aba
abamos
abais
aban
aprend ia aprend ias aprend ia aprend iamos aprend iais aprend fan
ia ias ia
iamos
iais
ian
Preterit
I spoke,
etc.
{Pretrito)
etc.
I learned,
lived, etc.
habl
habl aste
habl
habl amos habl asteis habl aron
aprend aprend iste aprend io aprend imos aprend isteis aprend ieron
iste io
imos
isteis
ieron
Future
I shall or will
speak,
etc.
{Futiiro)
I shall or will
learn, etc.
I shall or will
live, etc.
hablar hablar hablar hablar hablar hablar
as
emos
is
aprender aprender aprender aprender aprender aprender
vivir
\'ivir
as
as
emos
is
vivir vivir emos vivir is vivir n
253-2o4
THE REGULAR VERBS
239
(LOS
VERBOS REGULARES)
2.^
3.^
.
233. aprend er, to learn aprendiendo, learning aprend ido, learned
254. vivir,
to live
viv iendo, living
viv ido, lived
Subjunctive (Subjuntivo)
Present
That I
speak,
(Presente)
may
etc.
That I
may
a
as
That I
may
learn, etc.
live, etc.
hable
hab hab hab hab hab
es
e
emos
is
en
viva vivas viva

viv am.os viv ais viv an
amos
ais
an
Impekfect, First Form (Imperfecto, Primera Forma) That I might {should) That I might {should) That I might {should)
speak,
etc.
learn,
etc.
live, etc.
hab hab hab hab hab hab
ara aras ara
aramos
aris
aran
iera ieras iera
iramos
ierais
ieran
viv iera viv ieras viv iera viv iramos viv ierais viv ieran
That I might {should)

speak,
etc.
Imperfect, Second Form {Imperfecto, Segunda Forma) That I might {should) That I might {should)
learn,
etc.
live, etc.
habl hab hab hab hab hab
ase ases ase
asemos
asis
asen
iese ieses iese
isemos
ieseis
iesen
iese ieses iese
isemos
ieseis
iesen
That I
speak,
may
etc.
Future {Futuro) That I may

learn,
etc.
That I
may
live, etc.
hab hab hab hab hab hab
are ares are
aremos
aris
aren
iere ieres iere
iere ieres iere
iremos
iereis
iremos
iereis
ieren
ieren
240
255
THE REGULAR VERBS

Indicative {Indicativo)
Conditional {Condicional)
I should or would
speak,
etc.
I should or ivould
learn, etc.
i
/ should or would
live, etc.
hablar a hablar as hablar a
aprender a aprender as aprender a
vivir a vivir as vivir a
hablar amos hablar ais hablar an
aprender amos aprender ais aprender an
vivir amos vivir ais vivir an
The Compound Tenses

Infinitive
{Infinitivo)
of the Regular Verbs
255. haber hablado, to have spoken

habiendo hablado, having spoken
Genmd
{Gerundio)
I have spoken, etc. he hablado has hablado, etc.
Perfect {Perfecto) I have learned, etc. he aprendido has aprendido, etc.

Pluperfect {Pluscuamperfecto)
I have
lived, etc.
he vivido
has vivido,
etc.
I had spoken,
etc.
I had learned,
etc.
I had
lived, etc.
haba hablado,
etc.
haba aprendido,
etc.
haba vivido,
etc.
Past Anterior
I had spoken,
etc.
{Pretrito Anterior)
etc.
I had learned,
I had
lived, etc.
hube hablado,
I
etc.
hube aprendido,
etc.
hube
I
vivido, etc.
Future Perfect
shall have spoken,
etc.
{Futuro Perfecto)
shall have lived,
etc.
I shall have learned,

etc.
habr hablado,
etc.
habr aprendido,
etc.
habr vivido,
Perfecto)
etc.
I might {or should) have spoken, etc.
Conditional Perfect {Condicional I might {or should)

have learned^
etc.
I might
{or should) have lived, etc.

etc.
habra hablado,
etc.
habra aprendido,
etc.
habra vivido,
256-257.
THE REGULAR VERBS
241
{LOS
VERBOS REGULARES)
Imperative {Imperativo)
Speakj
etc.
Learn,
etc.
Live,
etc.
habl a (t) hab e (Vd.,
etc.)
aprend e (t) aprend a (Vd.,
etc.)
viv e (t) viv a (Vd., etc.)
habl emos (nosotros) aprend amos (nosotros) viv amos (nosotros) aprend ed (vosotros) viv id (vosotros) hab ad (vosotros)
hablen
(Vds., etc.)
aprendan
(Vds., etc.)
vivan
(Vds., etc.)
{Los Tiempos Compuestos de los Verbos Regulares)
256. haber aprendido, to have

learned
257. haber vivido, to have

lived
habiendo aprendido, having

learned
habiendo vivido, having

lived
Subjtmctive (Subjuntivo)
Perfect
(Perfecto)
I may have spoken, etc. I may have learned, etc. haya hablado haya aprendido hayas hablado, etc. hayas aprendido, etc.
I may have
lived, etc.
haya vivido hayas vivido,
etc.
Pluperfect, First Form (Pluscuamperfecto, Primera Forma) I might (or should) I might (or should) I might (or should)
have spoken,
etc.
have learned,
etc.
have lived,
etc.
etc.
hubiera hablado,
etc.
hubiera aprendido,
hubiera vivido,
etc.
Pluperfect, Second Form (Pluscuamperfecto, Segunda Forma) I might (or should) I might (or should) I might (or should)
have spoken,
etc.
have learned,
etc.
have lived,
etc.
etc.
hubiese hablado,
etc.
hubiese aprendido,
hubiese vivido,
etc.
Future Perfect
I
(Futuro Perfecto)
etc.
may
have spoken,
etc.
hubiere hablado,
etc.
I may have learned, hubiere aprendido,
etc.
I may have lived, etc. hubiere vivido, etc.
Note, The compound tenses of a verb are composed of the proper forms of the auxiliary haber and the past participle of the verb.
242
258.
258
Passive Voice of a Verb of the First Conjugation

Gerund {Gerundio)
Past Participle {Participio Pasivo)
Present
I
soy llamado, -a eres llamado, -a es llamado, -a
{Presente)
am
called, etc.
somos llamados, -as

sois llamados, -as son llamados, -as
I was
called,
Impereect {Imperfecto) was hehtg called, used to

era llamado, -a, etc.
he called, etc.
Preterit {Pretrito) 1 was called, etc.

-
fui llamado, -a, etc.
Future
I
{Futuro)
etc.
shall he called,
ser llamado, -a, etc.
Conditional {Condicional) I should he called, etc.

sera llamado, -a, etc.
Compound Tenses
haber sido llamado,
-a,
Gerund {Gerundio)
habiendo sido llamado,
Perfect
{Perfecto)
I have heen called, etc. he sido llamado, -a, etc.
Pluperfect {Pluscuamperfecto)
I had heen called, etc. haba sido llamado, -a, etc.
Past Anterior
{Pretrito Anterior)
I had heen called, etc. hube sido llamado, -a, etc.
Future Perfect
{Futuro Perfecto)
etc.
I shall have heen called, habr sido llamado, -a,
etc.
Contditional Perfect {Condicio7ial Perfecto) I should have heen called, etc. habra sido llamado, -a, etc.
258
THE REGULAR VERBS

de
la
243
(Voz Pasiva de un Verbo
Primera Conjugacin)
ser llamado, -a, -os, -as, to be called
siendo llamado, -a, -os, -as, being called
llamado, -a, -os, -as, called
Subjunctive (Subjunjo]
Present
I
sea llamado, -a seas llamado, -a sea llamado, -a
{Presente)
etc.
may
be called,
seamos llamados, -as

seis llamados, -as
sean llamados, -as I:viPERFECT, First Forai {Imperfecto, Primera Forana) I 7night {or should) he called, etc. fuera llamado, -a, etc. Imperfect, Second Form {Imperfecto, Segunda F orina) I might {or should) he called, etc.
fuese llamado, -a,
etc.
Future I may he
'-(Futuro)
called, etc.
etc.
fuere llamado, -a,
Imperative {Imperativo)
Present
he {thou) called
{Presente)
he {ye) called
s llamado, -a
sed llamados, -as
{Tiempos Compuestos)
-os,
-a,
-as, to have been called
-OS, -as, having been called
Subjunctive {Subjuntivo)
Perfect
{Perfecto)
etc.
I may have been called, haya sido llamado, -a,
etc.
,
Pluperfect, First Form {Pluscuamperfecto Primera Forma) I might {or should) have been called, etc. hubiera sido llamado, -a, etc. Pluperfect, Second Form {Pluscua?nperfecto, Segunda Forma)
I might {or should) have been called, hubiese sido llamado, -a, etc.
etc.
Future Perfect {Futuro Perfecto) I may have been called, etc.

hubiere sido llamado, -a,
etc.
Note. The passive voice of a verb is formed by the use of the proper form of the auxiliary ser and the past participle of the verb.
244
259.
259-262
The
future subjunctive, which

is
is
not given in the earHer

is
part of this book and
omitted in the later paradigms,
tense so rarely used that the student hardly needs to

it.
memorize
(or, after
It is usually replaced
by the present subjunctive
si, îf,'
by the present
indicative).
260. Verbs in Spanish tend to preserve throughout their con-
jugation the sound of the infinitive stem.
For
IX,
this reason, cer-
tain orthographic changes occur in the conjugation in accord
with the rules given in the Introduction,

261.
1.
1.
Verbs with Orthographic Changes

sacar,
2.
deHnbe
3.
'to
take
quir, 'to
'to
pagar, pay'
out'
c to
delinquent'
4. distinguir, 'to distinguish'
qu
qu
to c
g to gu
gu tog
distingo distingues
etc.
Present Indicative
{Presente de Indicativo)
delinco delinques
etc.
Preterit Indicative
(Pretrito de Indicativo)
saqu
sacaste
etc.
pagu
pagaste
etc.
Present Subjunctive
(Presente de Subjuntivo)
saque saques saque

saquis
delinca delincas delinca

delincis
pague pagues pague

paguis
distinga distingas distinga

distingis
saquemos delincamos paguemos distingamos

saquen
delincan
paguen
distingan
262.
i
Verbs with stems ending
in
11
or
absorb an imstressed
of the ending.
1.
bullir, 'to boil'
2.
bruir, 'to polish'
Gerund
(Gerundio)
bullendo
bruendo
bru brueron
bruera
etc.
Preterit Indicative
jd jd
sing, plur.
bull
bulleron
bullese
etc.
Imperfect Subjunctive
(Imperfecto de Subjuntivo)
bullera
etc.
bruese
etc.
263-265
VERBS WITH ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES

of tenses
245
simpli-
263.
The names
adopted
the
in this
book are a
fication of the terms used in
Academy and
grammars
264.
for
are in accord vîth
Grammar of the Spanish the common usage in Spanish
American students.
The
progressive tenses are formed from the gerimd of
the verb in question preceded
by the
auxiliary estar (somerest, e.g.,
times replaced by some verb expressing motion or

ir,
quedar,
etc.).
estoy hablando, I
le
am
speaking
estaban escribiendo, they were writing
bamos enseando, we were teaching him
(Verbos con Cambios Ortogrficos)

5.
averiguar,
6.
gozar,
7.
'to ascertain'
'to enjoy' 'to
vencer, conquer'
c to z
8.
zurcir,
'to darn'
10. diri9. coger, 'to catch' gir, 'to direct'
gu
to
z to c
c to z
g to
cojo coges
etc.
gtoj
dirijo
venzo
vences
etc.
zurzo zurces
etc.
diriges
etc.
averig averiguaste
etc.
goc
gozaste
etc.
averige averiges averige
goce goces goce
venza venzas venza
zurza zurzas zurza
coja cojas coja
dirija dirijas dirija
averigemos
averigis
gocemos
gocis
venzamos
venzis
zurzamos
zurzis
cojamos
cojis
dirijamos
dirijis
averigen
gocen
venzan
zurzan
cojan
dirijan
265.
Verbs of the second conjugation, with stem ending in a

i
vowel, change the
of the
ending
ie, io
to y
(cf.
IX,
4,
84).
|
creer, to 'believe'
Gerund
(Gerundio)
creyendo
3d sing, 3d plur.
creyera
etc.
Preterit Indicatr^
{Pretrito de Indicativo)
crey creyeron
{Imperfecto de Subjuntivo)
creyese
etc.
246
266.
266
Radical-Changing Verbs
Gerund and Past Participle
(Gerundio y Participio Pasivo)
Present
Indicative
Present
Subjunctive
"
Imperpect
Indicative
(Imperfecto de Indicativo)
Infinitive
(Infinitivo)
1.
pensar
pensando
(e=ie),
'to think'
pienso piensas piensa
piense pienses piense
pensaba
pensado
pensamos
pensis
pensemos
pensis
piensan
2.
(e
entender = ie),
entendiendo
'to
understand'
entiendo entiendes entiende
piensen entienda entiendas entienda
entenda
entendido
entendemos
entendis
entendamos
entendis
entienden
3.
entiendan
discierna disciernas discierna
discerna
discernir
(e
discerniendo
= ie),
discernido
'to discern'
discierno disciernes discierne discernimos

discerns
discernamos
discernis
disciernen
4.
disciernan
adquirir
(i=ie),
adquiriendo
'to acquire'
adquirido
adquiero adquieres adquiere adquirimos

adquirs
adquiera adquieras adquiera
adquira
adquiramos
adquiris
5.
contar
contando
(o
= ue),
contado
'to count'
adquieren cuento cuentas cuenta
contamos
contis
adquieran cuente cuentes cuente contemos

contis
contaba
cuentan
6.
cuenten
mover
move'
moviendo
(o=ue),
'to
movido
muevo mueves mueve movemos

movis
mueva muevas mueva movamos

movis
mova
mueven
7.
muevan
juegue juegues juegue juguemos
juguis
jugar
jugando
(u
= ue),
jugado
'to play'
juego juegas juega
jugaba
jugamos
jugis
juegan
jueguen
266
247
(Verbos con Cambios de Radical)

Future
Indicative
Futuro (de
Indicativo)
Preterit
Conditional
(Condicional)
Indicative
Imperative
{Imperativo)
pensar
pensara
pens
pensara
pensase
piensa
pensad
entender
entendera
entend
entendiera
entendiese
entiende
entended
discernir
discernira
discern
discerniera
discerniese
discierne
discernid
adquirir
adquirira
adquir
adquiriera
adquiriese
adquiere
adquirid
contar
contara
cont
contara
contase
cuenta
contad
mover
movera
mov
moviera
moviese
mueve
moved
jugar
jugara
jugu
jugara
jugase
juega
jugad
248
267
Radical-Changing Verbs
Present
Indicative
Present
Subjunctive
Imperfect
Indicative
Inpinitivk
(Infinitivo)
8.
sentir
sintiendo
(e = ie,i),
'to feel'
siento sientes siente
sienta sientas sienta
senta
sentido
sentimos
sents
sintamos
sintis
sienten
9. dormir (o=ue, u),
sientan
durmiendo
'to sleep'
dormido
duermo duermes duerme dormimos

dorms
duerma duermas duerma durmamos

durmis
dorma
duermen
10.
duerman
pida pidas pida
peda
pedir
pidiendo
(e
= i),
pedido
'to a^k'
pido pides pide
pedimos
peds
pidamos
pidis
piden
11. rer
(e
pidan
ra
riendo
(not ri-iendo)
ro
rea
= i, ab-
sorbed in i of ending),
'to
res re
as
ra
redo
remos
res
namos
nais
ran
/
laugh'
ren
267.
When
initial,
the stressed e and o of radical-changing
verbs become ye and hue respectively, as no Spanish words begin with

ie or
ue
(cf.
IX,
3).
1.
Errar, 'to err':
Pres. Ind. yerro, yerras, etc. Pres, Suhj. yerre, etc.
Imptv.
2.
yerra
Oler, 'te smell': Pres, Ind. huelo, hueles, etc. Pres. Suhj. huela, etc. huele Imptv.
Note.
In
desosar, 'to bone,'
and desovar,
'to
spawn/ h
is
in-
serted before ue (deshuesa, deshueva, etc.).
268
249
{Verbos con Cambios de Radim)

Future
Indicaiiv'x
(Futuro de Indicaiho)
PlETERIT
Conditional
iCondicio'ricl)
'
Indicative
{Pretrito de
Impkrpect Subjunctive
{Imperfect de Subjuntivo)
Imperative
{Imperative)
Indicativo)
sentir
sentira
sent sentiste sinti
sintiera
sintiese
siente
sentimos
sentisteis
sentid
sintieron
dormir
dormira
dorm
dormiste
durmiera
durmiese
duerme
dormid
durmi dormimos
dormisteis
durmieron
pedir
pedira
ped pediste
pidi
pidiera
pidiese
pide
pedimos
pedisteis
pedid
pidieron
reir
reira
re
riera
riese
re
reiste ri
remos
reisteis
red
rieron
Verbs with Inceptive Endings. Verbs in -cer and -cir having a vowel before these endings insert a z before the c when
268.
it is
followed by an a or an o in the ending.

1.
Conocer,
'to
know': Pres. Ind.
conozco, conoces, etc. Pres. Suhj. conozca, conozcas, etc.

Pres. Ind. luzco, luces, etc. Pres. Suhj. luzca, luzcas, etc.
2.
Lucir, ^tohine':
Exceptions: mecer,
(cuezo, cueces, etc.),
decir, etc.).
'to
rock' (mezo, meces,
etc.),
cocer, 'to cook'
and derivatives and a few irregular verbs (hacer,
250
269.
269, 271
and -uar learned by observation) take an accent mark on the throughout the singular and in the third person plural present indicative and subjunctive, and in the singular
certain
of verbs in -iar
number
(to
i
be
or
of the
of the
imperative.
1.
Enviar, 'to send':
Pres. Ind.
envo, envas, enva ... en-
van
Pres. Suhj. enve, enves, enve
. . .
en-
vien
Imptv.
2.
enva
contino,
continas,
.
Continuar,
'to continue': Pres.
Ind.
conticonti-
na
continan
contines,
.
Pres. Suhj. contine, tine

.
continen
Imptv.
contina
The commonest verbs not taking the accent mark are: Note. anunciar, 'to announce,' cambiar, 'to change,' estudiar, 'to study,' iniciar, 'to initiate,' premiar, 'to reward,' presenciar, 'to witness,' principiar, 'to begin.'
271,
IRREGULAR VERBS
Gerund and
Present
Indicative
Present
Subjunctive
Impereect
Indicative
Infinitive
(Infinitivo)
Past Participle
1.
andar,
'to go'
andando
ando andas anda
ande andes ande
andaba
andado
andamos
andis
andemos
andis
andan
2.
anden
asga asgas asga
asa
asir.
asiendo
asgo
ases
'to grasp'
ase
asido
asimos
ass
asgamos
asgis
asen
asgan
270
270.
IRREGULAR VERBS
Verbs in
-iiir,
251
which the u is pronounced (not those a. Morein -gtiir^ or -quir), insert a y between u o, u e, u over, the i of the endings -io and -ieron changes to y, because an unstressed i may not stand between two vowels (cf. IX,
in
4).
Verbs in -gir. retain the

etc.).
'to flee':
diresis only before
(arguyo,
but arg,
Huir,
Gerund
Fres. Ind.
huyendo
huyo, huyes, huye
. .
.
huyen
Pres. Suhj, huya, huyas, huya
huyan
Imptv.
Pret. Ind.
huye huy
.
huyeron
huyese,
etc.
Imp. Suhj. huyera,
etc.;
1 Erguir, 'to erect,' may be conjugated yergo, yergues, etc. irgues, etc. (cf. 266, lO).
(cf.
266,
3),
or irgo,
{VERBOS IRREGULARES)
Future
Indicative
{Futuro de
Indicativo)
Preterit
Conditional
(Condicional)
Indicative
{Pretrito de
Imperpect Subjunctive
Imperative
{Imperativo)
Indicativo)
andar
andara
anduve
anduviste
anduviera
anduviese
anda
anduvo anduvimos
anduvisteis
andad
anduvieron
asir
asira
as
asiera
asiese
ase
asiste
asi
asimos
asisteis
asid
asieron
252
271
IRREGULAR VERBS
Infinitive
(Infinitivo)

Present
Indicati\te
[Presente de Indicativo)
Present
Subju-nctivt:
Imperpect
Indicative
3.
caber,
fit'
cabiendo
quepo
cabes cabe
qdiepa
caba
'to
quepas quepa
cabido
cabemos
cabis
quepamos
quepis
caben
4.
quepan
caiga caigas caiga
caa
caer,
cayendo
'to fall'
caigo caes cae
cado
"
caemos
cais
caigamos
caigis
caen
5.
caigan
conducir,
conduciendo
'to
conduct'
conducido
conduzco conduces conduce conducimos

conducs
conduzca conduzcas conduzca
conduca
conduzcamos
conduzcis
6.
dar,
dando
conducen doy
das
conduzcan d
des
daba
'to give'
da
dado
damos
dais
demos
deis
dan
7.
den
diga digas diga
deca
decir,
diciendo
'to say,'
'teir
digo dices dice
dicho
decimos
decs
digamos
digis
dicen
8.
digan
est ests est
estar,
estando
'to be'
estoy ests est
estaba
estado
estamos
estis
estemos
estis
estn
9.
estn
haber,
have'
habiendo
'to
he has ha
haya hayas haya
haba
-
habido
hemos
habis
hayamos
hayis
han
hayan
271
IRREGULAR VERBS
253
(VERBOS IRREGULARES)
Future
Indicative
(Futuro de
Indicativo)
Preterit
Conditional
(Condicional)
Indicative
(Pretrito de
Iaiperfect Subjunctive
Imperative
(Imperativo)
Indicativo)
cabr
cabra
cupe
cupiste
cupiera
cupiese
cabe
cupo cupimos
cupisteis
cabed
cupieron
caer
caera
ca caste
-
cayera
cayese
cae
cay camos
casteis
caed
conducir conducira
cayeron conduje
condujiste
condujera
condujese
conduce
condujo condujimos
condujisteis
conducid
condujeron
dar
dara
di
diera
diese
da
diste dio
dimos
disteis
dad
dieron
dir
dira
dije
dijiste
dijera
dijese
di
dijo
dijimos
dijisteis
decid
dijeron
estar
estara
estuve
estuviste
estuviera
estuviese
est
estuvo
estuvimos
estuvisteis
estad
estuvieron
habr
habra
hube
hubiste
hubiera
hubiese
he
hubo hubimos
hubisteis
habed
hubieron
254
FIRST COtlRSE IN SPANISH
271
IRREGULAR VERBS
Infinitive
(Infinitivo)

Present
Indicative
Present Subjunctive
Impertect
Indicative
10.
'to
hacer/
haciendo
hago
haces hace
iaga
haca
make/
'do'
hagas haga
hecho
hacemos
hacis
hagamos
hagis
11.
ir,
yendo
'to go'
hacen voy vas va

*
hagan vaya
vayas vaya
iba ibas iba
ido
vamos
vais
vayamos
vayis
bamos
ibais
van
12. or,
'to hear'
vayan
oiga Olgas oiga
iban
oa
oyendo
oigo
odo
oyes oye omos

os
oigamos
oigis
13.
'to
poder, be able'
pudiendo
podido
oyen puedo puedes puede podemos

podis
oigan
pueda puedas pueda podamos

podis
poda
14.
'to
poner,
put'
poniendo
pueden pongo
pones pone
puedan ponga
pongas ponga
pona
puesto
ponemos
ponis
pongamos
pongis
ponen
15. querer,
'to wish,'
'like'
pongan
quiera
quera
queriendo
quiero quieres quiere
qmeras
quiera
querido
queremos
queris
queramos
queris
quieren
16. saber.
'to
quieran
sabiendo
know'
sabido
s sabes
sabe
sepa sepas sepa
saba
sabemos
sabis
sepamos
sepis
'
saben
1
sepan
f
I/icuefacer, rarefacer, satisfacer
and tumefacer retain the
of the
Latin original.
271
IRREGULAR VERBS
255
{VERBOS IRREGULARES)
Future
Indicative
{Futuro de
Indicativo)
Preterit
Conditional
{Condicional)
Indicative
{Pretrito de
Imperative
{Imperativo)
Indicativo)
har
hara
hice
hiciste
hiciera
hiciese
haz
hizo
hicimos
hicisteis
haced
hicieron
ir ira
fui fuiste
fuera
fuese
ve
fu
fuimos
fuisteis
Tdi
fueron
oir
oira
o
oyera
oyese
oye
oste
oy omos
osteis
od
oyeron
podr
podra
pude
pudiste
pudiera
pudiese
pudo pudimos
pudisteis
pondr
pondra
pudieron puse
pusiste
pusiera
pusiese
pon
poned
puso pusimos
pusisteis
pusieron
querr
querra
quise
quisiste
quisiera
quisiese
quiere
quiso
qixisimos quisisteis
quered
quisieron
sabr
sabra
supe
supiste
supiera
supiese
sabe
supo supimos
supisteis
sabed
supieron
1 Some grammars include a 1st pers. plur. vamos. This is, however, an older form of the subjunctive vayamos, which it has replaced in all optative expressions.
256
271
IRREGULAR VERBS
Intinitive
(Infinitivo)

Present
Indicative
Present
Subjunctive
Imperfect
Indicative
(Imperfecto de
Ifidicativo)
17. salir,
'to
saliendo
salgo
sales sale
isalga
sala
go out/
salido
aeave'
salgas salga
salimos
sals
salgamos
salgis
salen
18. ser,
'to be'
salgan
siendo
soy eres es
sea seas sea
era eras era
sido
'
somos
SOIS
seamos
seis
eramos
erais
19. tener, 'to
teniendo
son tengo
tienes tiene
have'
tenido
sean tenga tengas tenga
eran
tena
tenemos
tenis
tengamos
tengis
tienen
20. traer,
'to bring'
tengan
traiga traigas traiga
traa
trayendo
traigo traes trae
trado
traemos
trais
traigamos
traigis
traen
21. valer,
'to
traigan
valiendo
valgo
vales vale
be worth'
valido
valga valgas valga
vala
valemos
valis
valgamos
valgis
valen
22. venir,
'to
valgan
viniendo
.
vengo
vienes viene
come'
venido
venga vengas venga
venia
venimos
vens
vengamos
vengis
23. ver,i
'to see'
viendo
vienen veo
ves
vengan vea
veas vea
ve
visto
vea veas vea
vemos
veis
veamos
veis
veamos
veais
ven
1
vean
is
vean
its
Proveer,
to provide,'
regular in
conjugation, though
271
nREGULAE. VERBS
257
(VERBOS IRREGULARES)
Future
Indicative
{Futuro de
Indicativo)
Preterit
Conditional
{Condicional)^
Indicati\'E
{Pretrito de
T\rPERATIVE
{Imperativo)
Indicativo)
saldr
saldra
sal
saliera
saliese
sal
saliste
sali
salimos
salisteis
salid
salieron
ser sera
fui fuiste
fuera
fuese
fu
fuimos
fuisteis
sed
fueron
tendr
tendra
tuve
tuviste
tuviera
tuviese
ten
tuvo
tuvimos
tuvisteis
tened
tuvieron
traer
traera
traje trajiste trajo
trajera
trajese
trae
trajimos
trajisteis
traed
trajeron
valdr
valdra
val valiste
valiera
valiese
val(e)
vali
valimos
valisteis
valed
valieron
vendr
vendra
vine
viniste
vmiera
vieniese
ven
vino
vinimos
vinisteis
venid
vinieron
ver'
vera
.
vi
viera
viese
ve
viste
vio
vimos
visteis
ved
vieron
it
has the two frms provedo and provisto as past participle.
258
272.
272-274
Derivatives of decir are conjugated like decir, except
that they have -dice instead of -di in the second person singular
olthe imperative.
(Cf. 271, 7.)
contradecir, to contradict desdecir, to gainsay entredecir, to interdict interdecir, to interdict predecir, to predict
Imp erative
bendecir, to bless maldecir, to curse

etc.
Sing, contradice " desdice " entredice " interdice " predice " bendice
i
"
maldice
273. Bendecir
and maldecir are
also regular in the future
and
etc.,
conditional: bendecir, etc., maldecir, etc.; bendecira,
maldecira, etc.
Moreover, they have regular past parti-
ciples,
bendecido, maldecido; the forms bendicho and mal-
dicho are
now
obsolete;
and the forms bendito and maldito are
used only as adjectives.

Irregular Past Participles {Participios Pasivos Irregulares)
274.
The
following verbs have irregular past participles:
(Otherwise regular)
abrir, to
open
cubrir, to cover
escribir, 1 to write imprimir, to print
abierto cubierto
escrito
impreso
(Radical changing)
morir, to die (cf. 266, 9) solver, to solve (cf. 266, 5) volver, to return (cf. 266, 6)
muerto
suelto vuelto
(Irregular)
decir, to say, tell (cf. 271, 7) hacer, to make, do (cf. 271, 10) poner, to put (cf. 271, u)
dicho
hecho
puesto
visto
have also the forms inscripto
ver, to see
1
(cf.
271, 23)
proscribir, 'to proscribe,'
and
Inscribir, 'to inscribe,' proscripto.
and
275-279
DEFECTIVE VERBS
259
275. There are a few verbs which have two past participles,
one regular and the other irregular, the latter having generally
an adjectival value. of such verbs:
The
following are
among
the
commonest
bendecir, to bless (cf. 271, confundir, to confound

elegir, to elect (cf. 266, lo)
fijar,
7)
bendecido confundido
elegido
fijado
bendito confuso
electo
fijo
to fix
frer, to fry (cf. 266, ii)
fredo
frito
incluir, to include (cf. 270)
incluido
7)
incluso
maldecir, to curse (cf. prender, to arrest proveer, to provide
271,
maldecido prendido
provedo
maldito preso
provisto roto
romper, to break
rompido
Note.
In
the last three cases the irregular past participle
may
also be used verbally.
Defective Verbs (Verbos Defectivos)

276.
The verbs
(ie),
aplacar, ^to please,' ataer, ^to appertain,'
concernir
singular
^to concern,' are
used only in the third person

in the case of concernir.
and
plural, or in the
gerund
277.
The verbs
placer,
Ho
please,'
and
yacer,
Ho
lie,'
are
likewise used generally in the third person,
though other forms,
following the rules in 268, exist, as well as
some
irregular
forms
(pret.
plugo, pres. subj. plega or plegu, imp. suhj. plu-
guiera, pluguiese; pres. ind. yazgo or yago, pres. suhj. yazga or
yaga, etc.).
278.
Soler (ue),
Ho be
accustomed,'
is
rarely used except in
the present and imperfect indicative.

Suelo hacerlo
Solan
I
am
accustomed to do so
to
acompaarme
They were wont
accompany me
279. There are ten verbs of the third conjugation which are
commonly used only by i. These are:

abolir, to abolish
a?:uerrir, to
in the
forms where the stem
is
followed
arrecirse, to
aterirse, to
accustom to war
become numb become numb
260

empedernir, to harden garantir, to guarantee manir, to grow tender
280-282
desmarrirse, to grow sad {or weak) despavorir, to become frightened embar, to impose upon
{of meats)
These verbs usually lack the present indicative singular and

third person plural,
all
the forms of the present subjunctive

All other forms are regular.
and the
singular of the imperative.
Impersonal Verbs {Verbos Impersonales)

280.
Impersonal verbs are verbs which are used only in the

participles
and the third person singular of the various tenses. They properly have no subject expressed. The verbs most commonly so used are those which refer to the phenomena of nature.
infinitive,
alborear, to
dawn
amanecer, to dawn anochecer, to grow dark

deshelar, to thaw diluviar, to rain hard, pour
lloviznar, to drizzle
escampar, to clear up, stop raining escarchar, to freeze, frost granizar, to hail
helar, to freeze
llover, to rain
nevar, to snow
relampaguear, to lighten tronar, to thunder

etc.
For haber and hacer used impersonally,
cf.
158, 159.
Note. Helar, deshelar, nevar, tronar and llover change the final e or o of the stem to ie and ue respectively when the stress falls on the syllable in which they occur (cf. 266, i, 5, 6).
hiela, it
is
freezing
llueve,
it is
raining
281.
These verbs are sometimes used with a subject expressed.

el
Amaneci Tronaban
282.
da
los
caones
The day dawned The cannons thundered

their
Amanecer and anochecer are sometimes used in complete conjugation, with the meaning to arrive {or be ent) at dawn' or ât nightfall.'
'
pres-
Amanec en Madrid y anochecer

en Sevilla
was
in
Madrid
at
dawn and
shall
be in Seville at nightfall
283-285
LIST OF RADICAL-CHANGING
VERBS
261
of nature
283.
Besides the verbs referring to the
phenomena
there are a
sonally:
number
of other verbs
which are often used imper-
acaecer, to happen acontecer, to happen bastar, to suffice constar, to be clear, evident

etc.
convenir, to suit, be fitting, agree importar, to matter, be important parecer, to seem, appear suceder, to happen
It
Sucede siempre
as
No
importa
It doesn't
always happens thus matter

fre-
284.
Ser and estar, followed by nouns or adjectives, are
quently used impersonally:
Es verdad Es evidente
Era demasiado tarde Est muy nublado Estaba muy oscuro
Note.
,
It is true It It
is
evidentlate
was too
It is
very cloudy It was very dark
Ser followed by de and an active infinitive is sometimes used impersonally, and the following active infinitive has then the force
=-
of a passive.
Es de creer Es de querer
It is to be believed
It is to
be desired
List of Radical-Changing
Verbs
{Lista
de
los
Verbos
con Cambios de Radical)

285.
Verbs
like
pensar
(cf.
266,
l).
The
following verbs
and
their
compounds are the most
common
verbs that are conjugated like pensar:

concertar, to agree, harmonize confesar, to confess despertar, to awaken desterrar, to exile
acertar, to conjecture aright acrecentar, to increase adestrar, to train; break (horses) alentar, to breathe, encourage
apretar, to squeeze atravesar, to cross calentar, to warm

cerrar, to close, shut
empezar, to begin encomendar, to commend

to correct, repair enterrar, to bury fregar, to rub, scour
enmendar,
: :
262
gobernar, to govern
helar, to freeze
FIRST COTIRSE IN SPANISH

reventar, to burst segar, to reap, mow
286-289
manifestar, to manifest, show
sembrar, to sow
sentar, to seat,
serrar, to
fit,
merendar, to lunch negar, to deny

nevar, to snow
plegar, to fold
become,
suit
saw
quebrar, to break recomendar, to recommend regar, to water remendar, to repair, patch

etc.
sosegar, to appease, calm temblar, to tremble tentar, tq touch, try (contentar, detentar and intentar are regular)
286. Verbs like entender

ascender, to ascend, mount atender, to mind, heed
cerner, to
sift
(cf.
266, 2)
defender, to defend, protect descender, to descend

etc.
encender, to kindle, light entender, to hear, understand extender, to extend, stretch forth tender, to stretch out, extend verter, to spill, shed
287. Verb like discernir
(cf
266, 3)
concernir, to concern {used only in jd person)
288. Verb like adquirir (cf 266, 4)

.
inquirir, to inquire
289. Verbs like contar (cf 266,

.
5)
acordarse, to remember acostarse, to lie down, go to bed almorzar, to breakfast apostar, to wager, bet avergonzar, to shame
colar, to strain, filter
mostrar, to show probar, to prove, try recordar, to remind, remember

rodar, to roll rogar, to ask
soltar, to untie, loosen, utter
colgar, to hang,
hang up
concordar, to accord, agree

consolar, to console, comfort costar, to cost
sonar, to sound soar, to dream

trocar, to exchange, barter
tronar, to thunder
volar, to fly
encontrar, to find, meet forzar, to force, constrain

holgar, to rest
etc.
volcar, to upset, capsize
290-294
LIST OF RADICAL-CHANGING
VERBS
263
290. Verbs like

absolver, to absolve
mover
(cf.
266,
6)
morder, to bite
resolver, to resolve, determine
solver, to solve, loosen
torcer, to twist
disolver, to dissolve, separate

doler, to ache, feel pain Hover, to rain moler, to grind
etc.
volver, to turn, return
291.
Verbs
like sentir (cf. 266, 8):

inferir, to infer,
advertir, to warn, notify
deduce
arrepentirse, to repent conferir, to confer

convertir, to convert
deferir, to defer,
diferir, to defer,
invertir, to invert
mentir, to
lie
pervertir, to pervert
preferir, to prefer
pay deference delay

amuse
proferir, to proffer, utter

referir, to report, relate
digerir, to digest
divertir, to divert,
requerir, to require, notify

sugerir, to suggest
transferir, to transfer,
etc.
herir, to
wound
hervir, to boil
move
292. Verb like dormir (cf 266,

.
9)
morir, to die
(irr.
pp. muerto ^
293.
Verbs
like pedir (cf. 266, 10):

regir, to rule
ceir, to gird,
surround
colegir, to infer
rendir, to render,
repetir, to repeat
subdue
corregir, to correct
derretir, to melt, dissolve
elegir, to elect, choose
reir, to scold, reproach
seguir, to follow, continue

servir, to serve
embestir, to assail, attack gemir, to groan henchir, to fill, puff up medir, to measure
etc.
teir, to
dye
vestir, to dress, clothe
294. Verbs like rer
(cf.
266, ll):
sonrer, to smile,
1
and
all other verbs
in -eir.
Muerto =' killed,'
if
transitive with personal object (not reflexive,
when matado
is
used).
. .
264
295
LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS {LISTA
DE
VERBOS IRREGULARES)
t
295.
The
following
list
comprises most of the irregular verbs,
including radical-changing verbs (indicated
by
ie,
ue,
i,
etc.),
except the verbs that undergo orthographic changes
(cf.
261)
and the unexceptional verbs ending in -cer or -cir preceded by a vowel (cf. 268). The numbers refer to the sections where the verb itself or a paradigm is to be found.
adherir
(ie,
8.
i),
to
adhere,
cf.
266,
abnegar
(ie),
to
renounce,
cf.
cf.
adormir
(ue, u), to fall asleep,
cf.
266, 1. abolir, to abolish,
279.
266, 9. adquirir (ie), to acquire,
cf.
266,
5.
4.
abrir, to open, cf. 274.
aducir, to adduce,
cf.
cf.
271,
absolver
266,
19.
(ue),
6,
to
absolve,
advertir
(ie, i),
8.
to advise, warn,
cf.
274.
cf.
266,
abstenerse, to abstain,
271,
afollar (ue), to
blow with bellows,

cf.
abstraer, to abstract, cf. 271, 20. abuolar (ue), to turn eggs in frying,
cf.
cf. 266, 5. aforar (ue), to give a charter,
266,
5.
266,
5.
agorar (ue), to divine,

aguerrir, to
cf.
266,
5.
acentuar, to accent, cf. 269, 2. acertar (ie), to hit the mark, suc266, 1. aclocarse (ue), to brood,
cf.
accustom to war,
cf.
279.
alebrarse (ie), to squat, cf. 266, 1. alentar (ie), to breathe, animate,
cf.
ceed,
cf.
266,
5.
acordarse (ue), to remember,
cf.
266,
1.
266,
5.
aliarse, to be allied,
cf.
269,
1.
acornar (ue), to butt, cf. 266, 5. acostar (ue), to lay down, cf.
266, 5.
aliquebrar
(ie),
1.
to break the wings,
cf 266,
almorzar (ue), to breakfast,

(ie),
cf.
acrecentar
to
increase,
cf.
266, 1. actuar, to act, cf. 269, 2. acuantiar, to determine a quan-
266, 5. alongar (ue) to prolong, cf. 266, 5 amoblar (ue) to furnish, cf. 266, 5 amolar (ue), to whet, grind, cf.
,
tity, c/.
269,1.
(ie),
1.
266,
5.
adecentar
cf.
to render decent,
amover
(ue) to remove,
,
cf.
266,
1.
6.
266,
adestrar
(ie),
to train,
cf.
266,
1.
ampliar, to amplify, cf. andar, to go, cf. 271,
1.
269,
295
LIST OF
cf.
Irregular Verbs
7,
265
cf.
antedecir, to predict, 272.
271,
atraer, to attract^
271,
20.
cf.
atfavesar
(ie),
to
traverse^
anteponer, to prefer, c/. 271, 14. antever, to foresee, cf. 271, 23. apacentar (ie), to graze, cf. 266, i. apercollar (ue), to seize by the
coUar,
cf.
266,
1.
atribuir, to attribute,
cf.
270.
atronar (ue), to thunder,

avenir, to reconcile, aventar (ie), to fan,
cf. cf.
:/.
266,
1.
5.
271, 266,
22.
266,
5.
apernar
cf.
(ie), to seize
by the
legs,
avergonzar
(ue),
to
shame,
cf.
266, 1. aplacer, to appease, apostar (ue), to bet,
cf.
276. 266,
cf.
5.
266, 5. averiarse, to sustain damage,

266,
cf.
cf.
apretar
1.
(ie),
to compress, to
268, 1. aviar, to get ready, cf. 269, 1. azolar (ue), to dress timber,

cf.
aprobar (ue), 266,5.

argir, to argue,
approve,
270.
cf.
cf.
266,
5.
B
cf.
arrecirse, to
grow numb,
279.
cf.
bendecir, to bless,
cf.
271,
271,
7,
arrendar
(ie),
to rent, bridle,
to repent,
266, 1. arrepentirse
272, 273, 275. bienquerer, to esteem,
cf.
15.
(ie, i),
cf.
266, 8. arriar (naut.), to lower, strike,
cf.
269,
1.
caber, to
cf.
fit, cf.
271, 271,
3.
4.
arruar, to grunt,
269,
2.
caer, to
2
fall, cf.
ascender
asentar
asentir
(ie)
to ascend,
i),
cf.
266,
i.
calentar
(ie),
to
warm,
cf.
266,
1.
(ie), to seat, cf.

(ie,
8.
to
266, coincide,
cf.
cf. 269, 1. cariarse (med.), to grow carious,
calofriarse, to shiver,
269,
(ie),
(i),
266,
cf.
1.
aserrar
(ie),
to saw,
cf.
266,
i.
cegar
ceir
to blind,
cf.
cf.
266,
10.
1.
asir, to seize, cf. 271, 2.
to gird,
to
266,
asolar (ue), to level, destroy,
cf.
cerner
cerrar
ciar, to
(ie), (ie),
sift, cf.
cf.
266,
l.
2.
1.
266,
5.
to close,
cf.
266,
asoldar (ue), to hire,
asonar (ue),
266, to be assonant,
cf.
5.
back up,
(ie),
269,
cf.
cimentar
to found,
cf.
266,
5.
1.
266,
5.
circuir, to encircle, cf. 270.
asosegar (ie), to calm, cf. 266, i. ataer, to appertain, cf. 276. ataviar, to adorn, cf. 269, i. atender (ie), to attend, cf. 266, 2. atenerse, to abide by, cf. 271, 19. atentar (ie), to attempt a crime,
cf.
clocar (ue), to cluck,
cf.
cf.
266,
cocer (ue), to
7,
boil,
bake,
261,
cf.
266,
6.
coextenderse
266, 2. colar (ue),
(ie)
to co-extend,
to
strain,
filter,
cf.
266,
1.
atenuar, to attenuate,
aterirse, to
cf.
cf.
grow numb,
to terrify, to cram,
cf.
269, 2. 279.
266, 5. colegir (i), to collect, cf. 266, 10. colgar (ue), to hang up, cf. 266, 5.
aterrar atestar
(ie),
(ie),
cf.
266, i. 266, i.
comedirse
10.
(i),
to behave,
cf.
266,
266
comenzar

(ie),
295
to
commence,
cf.
cf.
266,
1.
competir
10.
(i),
to compete,
266,
contener, to contain, cf. 271, 19. continuar, to continue, cf. 269, 2. contorcerse (ue), to be distorted,
cf. 266, 6. contradecir, to
complacer, to please, cf. componer, to compose,

14.
277.
contradict,
cf.
cf.
271,
cf.
271,7,272.
contraer, to contract, cf. 271, contrahacer, to counterfeit,
20.
cf,
comprobar
(ue),
to
verify,
266,
5.
concebir
10.
(i),
to conceive,
cf.
266,
2.
271,10. contraponer, to oppose,

14.
cf.
271,
i.
conceptuar, to judge, cf. 269, concernir (ie), to concern,

266,
3,
contrariar, to oppose,
cf.
269,
cf,
contravenir,
to
contravene,
cf.
cf,
276.
(ie),
271,22.
to
concertar
concert,
cf.
contribuir, to contribute,
270.
266,
1.
controvertir
cf.
(ie, i),
8.
to controvert,
concluir, to conclude,
270.
cf.
266,
concordar (ue), to accord, agree,

cf.
266,
5.
convenir, to agree, cf. 271, 22. convertir (ie, i), to convert, cf.
266, corregir
10.
8.
condescender
cf.
(ie),
to condescend,
266,
6.
2.
(i),
to correct,
cf.
266,
i.
condolerse
(ue),
to
condole,
cf.
266,
correntiar, to irrigate,
cf.
269,
5.
conducir, to conduct, cf. 271, 5. conferir (ie,i), to confer, cf. 266,8. confesar (ie) to confess, cf. 266, i
,
costar (ue), to cost,

creer, to believe,
cf.
cf. 266, 265.

i.
criar, to rear, cf. 269,
confiar, to confide,
confluir, to join,
cf.
cf.
269,
i.
cuantiar, to appraise,
cubrir, to cover,
cf.
cf.
269,
i.
270.
274.
confundir, to confound,
275.
affect,
conmoyer
cf.
(ue),
6.
to
move,
cf.
Ch
chirriar, to squeak, cf. 269,
l.
266,
conseguir
10.
(i),
to obtain,
266,
consentir
(ie,
i),
to consent,
to to
cf.
266,
8.
consolar
(ue),
5.
console,
cf.
dar, to give,
cf.
271,
cf.
6.
266,
decaer, to decay,
(ue),
271,
4.
consonar
rhyme,
cf.
decentar
(ie),
to begin to lose {as
266, 5. constituir, to constitute, cf. 270. constreir (i), to constrain, cf.
of health), cf. 266, l. decir, to say, cf. 271, 7.
266,
10.
deducir, to deduce, cf. 271, 5. defender (ie), to defend, cf. 266,

deferir
(ie, i),
,
2. 8.
construir, to construct,
cf.
270.
to defer,
cf.
266,
contar (ue), to count, cf. 266, 5. contender (ie), to contend, cf.
degollar (ue) to behead, cf. 266, 5. demoler (ue), to demolish, cf,
266,
2.
266,
6.
295
demostrar
cf.
LIST or
(ue),
5.
IRREGULAR VERBS
desatentar
267
to
to
demonstrate,
(ie),
perturb,
cf.
266,
denegar (ie), to deny, cf. 266, i. denostar (ue), to insult, cf. 266, 5. dentar (ie), to indent, cf. 266, 1. deponer, to depose, cf. 271, u. derrenegar (ie), to abhor, cf.
266, 1. desatraer, to separate, cf. desavenir, to discompose,

22.
271,
20.
cf.
271,
descarriar, to mislead,
cf.
269,
1.
descender
(ie),
to
descend,
cf.
cf.
266,
1.
266,
2.
derrengar
266, derretir
1.
(ie),
to
cripple,
cf.
desceir
10.
(i),
to ungird, to
266,
(i),
to melt,
cf.
266,
10.
descolgar
(ue),
unhang,
cf.
derrocar (ue), to pull down,
cf.
266,5.
derruir, to demolish,
cf.
266, 5. descollar (ue), to stand forth, excel, cf.
270.
cf.
266,
5.
desacertar
(ie),
to
blunder,
descomedirse
ful, cf.
(i),
to
be disrespectcf.
266,
1.
desacollar (ue), to dig up ground {about vines), cf. 266, 5.
266, 10. descomponer, to discompose,
271,
14.
desacordar
(ue),
to
make
dis-
desconcertar
(ie),
to
disconcert,
269,
cordant, cf. 266, 5. desadvertir (ie, i), to give no heed,

cf.
cf. 266, l. desconfiar, to distrust,
cf.
1.
266,
1.
8.
desconsentir
to
(ie, i),
to dissent,
cf.
desaferrar
(ie),
loosen,
269,
cf.
266,
8.
266,
desconsolar (ue), to
cf.
make
discon-
desafiar, to challenge,
1.
solate,
cf.
desaforar
(ue),
(ie),
to
infringe,
cf,
descontar
266, 5. (ue), to discount,
cf.
266,
266,
5.
266,
5.
desalentar
1.
to discourage,
cf.
desconvenir, to disagree,
22.
cf.
271,
desamoblar
ture,
cf.
(ue), to
remove
furni-
descordar (ue), to remove cords,

cf.
desandar, 271,1. desapretar
266, 5. to retrace
(ie),
266,
5.
steps,
cf.
descornar (ue), to remove horns,

cf. 266, 5. descriarse, to weaken,
to
slacken,
cf.
cf.
269,
i.
266,
266,
266,
1.
desaprobar (ue), to disapprove,
5.
cf.
desarrendar
1.
(ie),
to unbridle,
to
cf.
descubrir, to uncover, cf. 274. desdar, to take back, cf. 271, desdecir, to gainsay, cf. 271, 272.
6.
7,
desdentar
(ie),
(ie),
1.
to
remove
teeth,
desasentar
266,
1.
disagree,
cf.
cf.
266,
1.
desempedrar
c/.
(ie),
to unpave,
cf.
desasir, to let go,
desasosegar
(ie),
to
271, disturb,
2.
c/.
266,
266,
1.
desatender
(ie),
to disregard,
cf.
desencerrar (ie), to release from confinement, cf. 266, 1. desencordar (ue), to unstring, cf.
266,
2.
266,
5.
268

desolar (ue), to
295
desengrosar (ue), to make lean,

cf.
make
to
desolate,
cf.
266,
5.
266,
5.
desentenderse
cf.
(ie),
to disregard,
disinter,
desoldar
(ue),
unsolder,
cf.
cf.
266,
2.
desenterrar
(ie),
to
cf.
266, 5. desollar (ue), to flay, 266,
266,
5.
266,1. desenvolver (ue), to unfold,
desosar (ue), to remove bones,

cf.
5,
cf.
266,
6.
desovar
to neglect dutv,
cf.
5,
(ufe),
267, note. to spawn,
cf.
266,
279.
deservir
(ie, i),
266, 8. desflocar (ue), to remove flocks
267, note. despavorir, to be terrified,
cf.
despedir
10.
(i),
to dismiss,
cf.
266,
(of wool), cf. 266,
5.
desgobernar
(ie),
to
misgovern,
271,
cf. lo.
despedrar
cf.
(ie),
1.
to clear of stones, to
cf. 266, 1. deshacer, to undo,
266,
1.
cf.
despernar
(ie),
remove
to
legs, cf.
deshelar
1,
(ie),
to thaw,
266,
266,
280.
(ie), to
1.
despertar
(ie),
awaken,
cf.
desherbar
cf,
pluck out herbs,
266,
1.
266,
despezar
to unchain,
(ie),
to diminish, {arch.)
desherrar
(ie),
remove
horseshoes,
cf.
desinvernar
quarters,
desler
(i),
(ie),
cf.
266, l. to leave winter

l.
cf. 266, l. desplacer, to displease, cf. 277. desplegar (ie), to unfold, cf. 266,
1.
bond
stones,
266,
to
to dilute,
(ie),
cf.
266,
ii.
despoblar (ue), to depopulate,
cf.
deslendrar
remove
nits, cf.
266,5.
desproveer, to leave unprovided, cf. 275, footnote to ver, p.
256.
266,
1.
desmajolar (ue), to uproot vines,

loosen shoe-strings, cf. 266, desmarrirse, to become sad,
5.
cf.
destentar
tation,
(ie), to
cf.
lead out of temp1.
279. desmedirse (i), to go beyond bounds, cf. 266, 10. desmelar (ie), to take honey from
a hive,
cf.
266,
desteir
(i),
to discolor, fade,
cf.
266, 10.
desterrar
(ie),
to exile,
to
cf.
266,
i.
266,
(ie),
l.
destituir, to deprive,
cf.
270.
cf.
desmembrar
266,1. desmentir (ie,
cf.
8.
to
dismember,
cf.
destorcer
266,
6.
(ue),
untwist,
i),
to belie,
to
266,
destrocar (ue), to return a thing bartered, cf. 266, 5.

destruir, to destroy, cf. 270. desvariar, to rave, cf. 269, i. desventar (ie), to vent, cf. 266, i. desvergonzarse (ue), to be shameless {or impudent), cf. 266, desviar, to divert, cf. 269, i. desvirtuar, to pall, cf. 269, 2.
5.
desnegar
(ie),
1.
retract,
cf.
266,
desnevar
cf.
(ie),
to
thaw
(of
snow),
266, 1. desobstruir, to remove obstruction, cf. 270. desor, to feign not to hear, cf.
271,
12.
desvolver (ue), to alter the shape
295
LIST OF
cf.
IRREGULAR VERBS
6,
269
become related
of a thing, plow,
266,
emparentar
(ie), to
cf.
274.
by marriage,
266,
l.
detener, to detain, cf. 271, 19. detraer, to detract, cf. 271, 20. devolver (ue), to give back, cf.
266,
6,
empedernir, to harden,
cf.
279.
274.
to defer, delay,
cf.
empedrar (ie), to pave, cf. 266, 1. empezar (ie), to begin, cf. 266, 1. emporcar (ue), to soil, befoul, cf.
diferir (ie,
i),
266,
5.
266,
8.
encender
encentar
8.
(ie), to light, cf.
266,
2.
cf. 270. digerir (ie, i), to digest, cf. 266, diluir, to dilute, cf. 270.
difluir, to
be diffused,
(ie), to
cf.
begin the use of a

1.
thing,
266,
discernir (ie), to discern,

3.
cf.
266,
encerrar (ie) to shut up, c/. 266, 1 enclocar (ue), to cluck, cf. 266, 5.
encomendar
cf.
(ie), to
commend,
cf.
disconvenir, to disagree,
22.
271,
266,
1.
discordar
266, disentir
5.
(ue),
to
disagree,
dissent,
cf.
encontrar (ue), to meet, cf. 266, 5. encorar (ue), to cover with leather,
cf.
266,
5.
(ie,
8.
i),
to
cf.
encordar (ue), to string

instruments)
,
(of musical
5.
266,
cf.
266,
disminuir, to diminish, cf. 270. disolver (ue), to dissolve, cf. 266, 6, 274. disonar (ue), to be in dissonance,
266, 5. dispertar (ie),
cf.
encornar (ue), to horn, gore, cf. 266,5. encovar (ue), to put into a cellar,
conceal,
cf.
encubertar
to
(ie),
266, 5. to caparison,
gear,
c/.
cf.
awaken,
cf.
266,
1.
266, 1. disponer, to dispose, cf. 271, 14. distender, to distend, cf. 266, 2.
endentar
(ie), to
1.
266,
1.
enfriar, to cool,
cf.
269,
engorar (ue), to addle,

engrer, to elate,
en,
cf.
cf.
266,
5.
distraer, to distract,
divertir (ie,
cf.
271,
20.
distribuir, to distribute,
i),
cf.
cf.
270.
266, 11. engrosar (ue), to fatten, strength

cf.
to divert,
266,
8.
dolar
(ue),
to
hew
5.
{of
wood
266,
cf.
6.
or
enhestar
(ie),
266, 5. to erect,
to honey,
cf.
266,
1.
stone), cf. 266,
enmelar

(ie),
doler (ue), to pain,
cf.
enmendar
1.
(ie),
cf. 266, 1. to amend, cf. 266,
dormir (ue, u), to

9.
sleep,
266,
enrodar
wheel,
blood,
(ue),
cf.
to
break
5.
on the
266,
(ie),
ensangrentar
cf.
to cover with
1.
266,
educir, to bring out, cf. 271, efectuar, to effect, cf. 269, 2. elegir (i), to elect, cf. 266,
275.
5.
entender
cf.
(ie),
2.
to hear, understand,
266,
10,
enterrar (ie), to inter, cf. 266, 1. entortar (ue), to make crooked,

cf. 266, 5. entredecir, to interdict, 7, 272.
cf.
embar,
to
impose,
to assail;
deceive,
266,
cf.
279.
(i),
271,
embestir
cf.
10.
270
295
entremorir (ue, u), to pine away,

flicker, cf. 266, 9, 274. entreor, to hear indistinctly,
ferrar
cf.
cf.
(ie),
to garnish with iron,

1.
271,12. entrepernar
266,
put the legs in between (something else), cf.

(ie),
to
fiar,
to trust,
cf.
fijar, to fix, cf.
269, 275.
1.
266,
fluctuar, to fluctuate,
foliar (ue), to
cf.
1.
cf.
269,
entreponer, to interpose,
14.
cf.
271,
fluir, to flqw, cf. 270.
blow with bellows,
entretener, to delay, entertain,
266,
5.
cf.
271,19.
entrever,
to
see imperfectly,
to invest,
cf.
271,23.
envestir
10.
(i),
forzar (ue), to force, cf. 266, 5. fregar (ie), to rub, cf. 266, 1. frer (i), to fry, cf. 266, 11, 275.
cf.
266,
enviar, to send,
c/.
269,
i.
ganzuar, to pick locks,

garantir, to guarantee,
envolver (ue), to involve, wrap

up, cf. 266, 6, 274. equivaler, to equal, cf. 271, 21. erguir, to erect, cf. p. 251, foot-
cf.
269,
2.
cf.
279.
10.
1.
.
gemir
(i),
to groan,
cf.
266,
269,
gloriarse, to glory,
cf.
note
1.
errar, to err,
cf.
267,
1.
gobernar (ie), to govern, cf. 266, 1. graduar, to graduate, cf. 269, 2. gruir, to cry like cranes, cf. 270.
guiar, to guide,
cf.
escarmentar (ie), to take warning by example, correct severely,

cf.
269,
1.
266,
1.
escocer (ue), to smart,

escolar (ue), to strain,
escribir, to write,
cf.
cf.
cf.
268.
H
5.
266,
274.
cf.
haber, to have, cf. 271, habituar, to accustom, cf.
9.
esforzar
(ue),
to
strengthen,
269,
8.
1.
hacendar
(ie),
to
269, 2. transfer prop-
266, 5. espiar, to spy,

estar, to be,
cf.
cf.
erty, cf. 266, 1. hacer, to do, make,
cf.
271,
1.
10.
271,
hastiar, to loathe,
270.

cf.
269,
estatuir, to establish,
cf.
cf.
heder
1.
(ie),
to
have a stench,
cf.
cf.
estregar estreir
(ie),
(i),
to rub,
266,
266, 2.
to bind,
cf.
266,
10.
1.
helar
280.
(ie),
to freeze,
to
2^6,
1,
estriar (arch.), to flute,
cf.
269,
evaluar, to value, cf. 269, 2. exceptuar, to except, cf. 269, 2. excluir, to exclude, cf. 270. expedir (i), to expedite, cf. 266,
10.
henchir
(i),
stuff,
cram,
cf.
cf.
266,
(i),
10.
hender
heir
10.
(ie),
to cleave,
266,
2.
to
knead dough,
cf.
266,
expiar, to expiate,
cf.
269,
1.
herbar
2.
2.
(ie),
cf.
to dress skins (with
exponer, to expose, cf. 271, H. extender (ie), to extend, cf. 266, extenuar, to attenuate, cf. 269,
extraer, to extract,
cf.
herbs),
266,
1.
herir
(ie, i),
to
wound,
\a,
cf.
266,
8.
herrar
(ie),
1.
to shoe
horse),
cf.
271,
20.
266,
295
LIST OF
IRREGULAR VERBS
271
hervir (ie, i), to boil, cf. 266, 8. holgar (ue), to be idle, cf. 266, 5.
hollar
(ue),
5.
to
trample on,
jugar, to play,
cf.
266,
7.
cf.
266,
huir, to flee,
cf.
270.
leer, to read, cf. 265.
to bind, cf. 269, licuefacer, to liquefy,

liar,
i.
cf.
p.
254,
imbuir, to imbue,
cf.
270.
footnote
1.
impedir (i), to impede, cf. 266, lo. imponer, to impose, cf. 271, u.
imprimir, to print,
cf.
luir, to gall,
wear away,
LI
cf.
270.
274.
improbar
(ue), to disapprove, cf.

5.
266,
llover (ue), to rain,

,
cf.
266,
6,
incensar
(ie)
to incense,
cf.
266,
280.
incluir, to include, cf. 270, 275.
indisponer, to indispose,
14.
cf.
271,
272, 273, 275.
M
maldecir, to curse,
cf.
271,
7,
individuar,
to
distinguish,
cf.
269, 2. inducir, to induce,
malherir
cf.
(ie, i),
8.
to
wound
badly,
271,

5.
cf.
2.
8.
i.
266,
infatuar, to infatuate,
inferir (ie,
i),
cf.
269,
malquerer, to
dislike, c/. 271, 15.
to infer,
cf.
266,
malsonar
noise,
(ue), to
make
offensive
271,
(or
20.
infernar
ingerir
(ie), to
damn,
cf.
influir, to influence, cf.

(ie, i),
8.
266, 270.
266, 5. maltraer, to maltreat,

cf.
cf.
to insert, graft,
to erect,
266, 266,
cf.
mancornar
together,
(ue),
cf.
to join
tie)
266,
inhestar
(ie),
cf. cf.
i.
manifestar
(ie),
266, 5. to manifest,
cf.
inquirir (ie), to inquire,

inscribir, to
4.
inscribe,
cf.
p. 258,
266, 1. manir, to mellow,

cf.
mature meat,
cf.
footnote
1.
279.
insinuar, to insinuate,
instruir, to instruct,
cf.
269,
2.
mantener, to maintain,
19.
271,
instituir, to institute, cf. 270.

cf.
cf.
270.
interdecir, to interdict,
271,
medir melar
(i),
to measure,
(ie),
c/.
cf. 266, lo. to boil clear, deposit
7, 272. interponer, to interpose,
honey,
cf.
266,
to
i.
271,
mentar
mentir
(ie),
to mention,
lie, cf.
c/.
266,
8.
i.
14.
(ie, i),
266,
intervenir, to intervene,
22.
cf.
271,
5.
i.
introducir, to introduce,
c/. cf.
cf. cf.
271,
266,
266,
invernar
investir
10.
ir,
(ie),
i),
to winter,
to invert,
merendar (ie), to lunch, cf. 266, i. moblar (ue), to furnish, c/. 266, 5. moler (ue), to grind, cf. 266, 6. morder (ue), to bite, cf. 266, 6.
morir (ue, u), to
274.
die, cf. 266, 9,
invertir (ie,
(i),
8.
to invest,
266,
mostrar
cf.
(ue), to show,
cf.
266,
266,
5.
to go,
271,
11.
mover
(ue), to
move,
cf.
6.
272

presentir (ie, 266, 8.
i),
295
to forebode,
cf.
negar nevar
280.
(ie),
to deny,
cf.
266,
i.
i
(ie),
to snow,
cf.
266,
presuponer, 271,14.
to
presuppose,
cf.
cf,
O
obstruir, to obstruct,
cf.
prevaler, to prevail,
22.
271,
21.
prevenir, to forestall,
270.
19.
cf.
271,
obtener, to obtain,
or, to
cf.
12.
271,
2.
hear,
cf.
271,
c/.
oler, to smell, cf. 267,
prever, to foresee, cf. 271, 23. probar (ue), to prove, cf. 266, 5. producir, to produce, cf. 271, 5.
proferir
(ie, i),
oponer, to oppose,
271,
14.
to utter,
cf.
266,
8.
promover 266,6.
lO. 14.
(ue),
to
promote,
cf.
cf.
proponer, to propose,
pedir
(i),
271,
to ask,
cf.
271,
pensar (ie), to think, cf. 266, i. perder (ie), to lose, cf. 266, 2. perniquebrar (ie), to break the
legs, cf. 266,
1.
proscribir, to proscribe,
cf.
p. 258,
footnote 1. proseguir (i), to pursue,

10.
cf.
266,
perpetuar, to perpetuate,
2.
cf.
269,
prostituir, to prostitute, cf. 270.
perseguir
10.
(i),
to pursue,
i),
cf.
266,
cf.
pervertir
(ie,
to
pervert,
proveer, to provide, cf. 275, footnote to ver, p. 256. provenir, to proceed, cf. 271, 22. puntuar, to punctuate, cf. ^ 269, 2.
266,8.
piar, to peep, cf. 269,
i.
placer, to please,
cf.
277.
plegar (ie), to fold, cf. 266, i. poblar (ue), to found, people, cf
quebrar
(ie), to break, cf. 266, 1. querer, to wish, like, cf. 271, 15.
266,
5.
poder, to be able, cf. 271, 13. poner, to put, cf. 271, 14. porfiar, to contend, cf. 269, i. poseer, to possess, cf. 265. posponer, to postpone, cf. 271,
14.
rarefacer,
to
rarefy,
cf.
p.
254,
footnote 1. reapretar (ie), to squeeze again,
cf.
predecir, to predict,
272.
cf.
271,
7,
266,1. reaventar (ie), to winnow again, cf. 266,1.

rebendecir, to bless again, cf. 271,7, 272, 273, 275. recaer, to fall back, c/. 271, 4. recalentar (ie), to heat again, cf.
predisponer,
271, 14. preferir (ie,
i),
to
predispose,
cf.
cf,
to prefer,
266,
8.
premorir
266,
(ue),
9,
to
die
first,
cf.
274.
266,
1.
prender, to arrest, cf. 275. preponer, to put before, cf. 271,

14.
recentar (ie), to leaven, cf. 266, 1. receir (i), to regird, cf. 266, 10.
recluir, to seclude,
cf,
270.
295
recocer
(ue),
LIST OF
to
boil
IRREGULAR VERBS
cf.
273
to boil again,
cf.
again,
rehervir
(ie,
i),
266, 6, 268. recolar (ue), to strain again,
cf.
266, 8. rehollar (ue),

foot,
cf.
to
trample under
5.
266,
5.
266,
recomendar
cf.
(ie),
1.
to
recommend,
cf.
rehuir, to withdraw,
rer
(i),
cf.
270.
266,
14.
to laugh,
recomponer,
to
recompose,
remendar
rementir
cf. 266, 11. (ie), to repair, cf. 266,
271,
(ie, i),
8.
to
lie
greatly,
cf.
reconducir, to renew a lease,
cf.
266,
271,5.
reconstruir,
to
reconstruct,
to
cf.
remoler (ue), to regrind, cf. 266, 6. remorder (ue), to bite repeatedly,

cf.
270.
recontar
266,
6.
6.
(ue),
5.
recount,
cf.
remover
(ue),
to
remove,
cf.
cf.
266,
266,
reconvenir, to accuse, cf. 271, 22. recordar (ue), to remind, remember,

cf.
rendir
(i),
to subdue,
266,
10.
1.
266,
5.
renegar renovar
(ie),
to deny,
to
cf.
266,
(ue),
renovate,
cf.
recostar (ue), to lean against,
cf.
266,
5.
redargir, to reargue, cf. 270. redituar, to yield, cf. 269, 2. redoler (ue), to pain continually,
266, 6. reducir, to reduce,
cf.
266, 5. reir (i), to quarrel, cf. 266, repedir (i), to request again repeatedly), cf. 266, 10.
10.
{or
repensar
(ie),
to
reconsider,
266,
cf.
cf.
271,
5.
266, 1. repetir (i), to repeat,

10.
cf.
]0.
reelegir
(i),
to reelect,
(ie),
1.
cf.
266,
reencomendar
again,
cf.
to
commend
266,
8.
replegar repoblar
(ie),
to refold,
to
(ue),
5.
266, 1. repeople, cf.

cf.
266,
266,
referir (ie,
i),
to relate,
cf.
reponer,
271,
to
14.
put back, reply,

to
cf.
refluir, to flow
reforzar
266, refregar

back, cf. 270. (ue), to strengthen,

(ie),
cf.
reprobar
(ue),
reprove,
cf.
cf.
5.
to
rub,
fray,
cf.
266, 5. reproducir, to reproduce,

5.
271,
1.
266, 1. refrer (i), to fry well,

11,
cf.
266,
requebrar
15.
(ie), to
court,
cf.
cf.
266,
275.
requerer, to wish much,
271,
regar (ie), to water, cf. 266, 1. regimentar (ie), to organize a regiment, cf. 266, 1.
regir
(i),
to rule,
cf.
266,
10.
requerir (ie, i), to investigate, 266, 8. resaber, to know well, c/. 271,
resalir, to project,
cf.
cf.
I6.
regoldar (ue), to belch, cf. 266, 5. rehacer, to make over, c/. 271, 10. rehenchir (i), to refill, cf. 266, 10. reherir (ie, i), to repel repulse, cf.
271,
17.
resegar
(ie),
1.
to
mow
to
again,
cf.
266,
resembrar
266, 1. resentirse
(ie),
sow again,
cf.
266,
8.
reherrar
cf.
(ie), to
1.
reshoe (a horse),
(ie, i),
to be impaired,
8.
266,
resent,
cf.
266,
274
resfriar, to cool,

cf.
295
269,
i.
resolver (ue), to resolve,

resollar (ue), to respire,
cf. cf.
266, 266,
6.
5.
salpimentar (ie), to season with pepper and salt, cf. 266, 1. sarmentar (ie), to gather prunings
of vines,
cf.
resonar (ue), to resound,

5.
cf.
266,
266,
i.
satisfacer, to satisfy,
(ie),
cf.
p.
254,
i.
resquebrar
266,
1.
to
crack,
cf.
footnote
1.
segar
seguir
i.
i.
(ie),
(i),
to
mow,
cf.
266,
restituir, to restore, cf. 270.
restregar
(ie), (ie),
to scrub,
c/.
c/.
retemblar
retentar
reteir
to shake,
cf.
266, 266,
19.
sembrar sementar
sentar
cf. 266, lo. (ie), to sow, cf. 266, i.
to follow^,
(ie),
to sow,
cf.
266,
i.
i.
retener, to retain,
(ie),
cf.
271,
(ie), to- seat, cf.

cf.
18.
266,
to threaten with a
sentir (ie,4), to feel,

ser, to be,
cf.
266,
i.
8.
relapse,
266,
l.
271,
(i),
to
dye over again,
cf,
serrar
servir
(ie),
(i),
to saw,
cf. cf.
266,
266,
266,
10.
to serve,
lo.
retorcer (ue), to twist, cf. 266, 6. retostar (ue), to toast again, cf.
situar, to station,
cf.
sobrentenderse
stood,
cf.
(ie),
2.
269, 2. to be under-
266,
5.
266,
retraer,
to
dissuade,
retire,
cf.
sobreponer, to put over,

14.
cf.
271,
cf.
271,20.
retribuir, to
recompense,
cf.
270.
sobresalir, to exceed, overtop,
retronar (ue), to peal {as of thunder), cf. 266, 5, 280. retrotraer, to antedate, cf. 271,
20.
271,
17.
sobresembrar
again,
266,
cf.
(ie),
to
sow over
cf.
266,
i.
sobresolar (ue), to pave again,

cf.
revenirse, to waste away,

22.
271,
i.
5.
sobrevenir, to happen,
(ie),
cf.
271,
reventar
reverter
to burst,
cf.
cf.
266,
22.
rever, to review,
(ie),
2.
to
271, 23. overflow,
cf.
266,
sobreventar (ie) (naut.), to get the weather-gage, cf. 266, i. sobreverterse (ie), to overflow, cf.
revestir
(i), to clothe, cf. 266, 10. revolar(ue), to fly again, c/. 266,5. revolcar (ue), to trample upon, cf.
266,
2.
sobrevestir
coat, sofrer
cf.
(i),
(i),
to
put on an outer
cf.
266,
5.
266, 10. to fry slightly,
266,
revolver (ue), to
stir, cf.
cf.
266,
i.
6.
11,
275.
rociar, to sprinkle,
269,
rodar (ue), to roll, cf. 266, 5. rogar (ue), to entreat, cf. 266, romper, to break, cf. 275.
ruar, to strut,
cf.
5.
solar (ue), to floor, cf. 266, 5. soldar (ue), to solder, cf. 266, 5. soler (ue), to be accustomed, cf,
269,
2.
266, 6, 278. soltar (ue), to untie,
saber, to know,
salir, to
cf. cf.
271,
16.
17.
go out,
271,
cf. 266, 5. solver (ue), to loosen, cf. 266, 6, 274. soUar (ue), to blow (as with hcU lows), cf. 266, 5. sonar (ue), to sound, cf. 266, 5.
295
sonrer
(i),
LIST OF IRIIEGULAR VERBS

to smile,
cf.
275
266, 266,
ii.
sonrodarse (ue), to stick in the
transcender (ie) or^ to transcend, trascender (ie), cf. 266, 2. J

transferir
(ie, i)
i),
mud
(of wheels), cf.
5.
or
to
to
transfer,
soar (ue), to dream, cf. 266, 5. sorregar (ie), to water in another

course,
cf.
trasferir (ie,
/
]
cf.
266,
l.
transfregar (ie) or trasfregar (ie),
266, 8. rub, cf.

i.
sosegar
1.
(ie),
to appease,
cf.
266,
transponer or
\ to
266, / transpose,
cf.
sostener, to sustain, cf. 271, 19. soterrar (ie), to put underground,

cf.
trasponer, J trascolar (ue),
271, 14. to percolate,

to
forget,
cf,
266, 266,
5.
266,
1.
1.
trascordarse
(ie),
(ue),
cf.
subarrendar
to
sublet,
cf.
5.
266,
trasegar
(ie),
(ie), to
upset,
cf.
266,
i.
subentender
(what
2.
to understand
cf.
trasor,
to
misunderstand,
cf.
is tacitly
meant),
266,
se-
subseguir (i), to be next in quence, cf. 266, 10. subtender (ie), to subtend,
271,12. trasoar (ue), to fancy (as in a dream), cf. 266, 5. trastrocar (ue), to change about,
cf. 266, trasverter
5.
cf,
266,
2.
(ie),
to
overflow,
cf.
subvenir, to aid, t:/. 271, 22. subvertir (ie, i), to subvert,
cf.
266,
266,
2.
trasvolar
5.
(ue),
to fly across,
cf.
266,
8.
sugerir
8.
(ie, i),
to suggest,
cf.
266,
271, 271, 271,
travesar
triar, to
(ie),
to cross,
cf.
cf.
i.
266,
l.
choose,
269,
superponer, to put over,

14.
cf.
trocar (ue), to exchange,

5.
cf.
266,
supervenir, to supervene,
22.
:/.
tronar (ue), to thunder,

5,
cf.
266,
266,
280.
(ie),
suponer, to suppose,
14.
cf.
tropezar
1.
to stumble,
cf.
sustituir, to substitute, cf. 270.
sustraer, to subtract,
cf,
271,
20.
tumefacer, to cause a swelling, p. 254, footnote 1. tumultuar, to raise a tumult,
cf.
cf.
269,2.
telegrafiar, to telegraph,
cf.
269,
i.
temblar (ie), to tremble, c/. 266,1. tender (ie), to stretch, cf. 266, 2.
tener, to have,
cf.
usufructuar,
269,
2.
to
be
fruitful,
cf.
271,
19.
tentar
teir
(ie),
to feel,
V
\.
cf.
266,
(i), to dye, cf. 266, lo. torcer (ue), to twist, cf. 266, 6. tostar (ue), to toast, cf. 266, 5. traducir, to translate, cf. 271, 5. traer, to bring, cf. 271, 20.
vaciar, to
empty,
cf.
269,
i.
valer, to be worth,
cf.
271,
21.
valuar, to value, cf. 269, 2. vanagloriarse, to be boastful,
cf.
269,
1.
276
variar, to change,

cf.
296-297
269,
i.
venir, to come, c/. 271, 22. ventar (ie), to blow, cf. 266,
ver, to see,
cf.
i.
yacer, to
lie, cf.
277.
verter
vestir
(ie),
(i),
271, 23. to pour, cf. 266,

cf.
yuxtaponer, to put in juxtaposi2.
tion, c/. 271, 14.
to dress,
266,
i.
lo.
vigiar, to
watch, cf. 269, volar (ue), to fly, cf. 266, 5. volcar (ue), to overturn, cf. 266, volver (ue), to return, cf. 266, 274.
5.
zaherir
(ie,
i),
to
reproach,
269,
i.
cf,
6,
266, 8. zurriar, to buzz,
cf.
THE INFINITIVE (EL INFINITIVO)

296.
^To' before an infinitive
in Spanish
sometimes
and
is
translated in various
it is
ways
it is
omitted, sometimes
by
and is a sometimes by de, sometimes by para, etc. source of much confusion even to advanced students of the language. Its proper use in each case can be learned only by oba,
translated
servation,
this requires time.
Some
helps, however,
may
be given.
297.
Many
is
verbs take a direct
Ho,' etc.,
not translated into
and in such cases Spanish by any introductory

infinitive,
preposition.
The most common
of such verbs are:

celebrar, to be glad confesar, to confess confiar,^ to confide, trust in, conjurar, to entreat, implore
aconsejar,^ to advise, counsel
acostumbrarse,^ to be accustomed acusar,^ to accuse advertir, to warn, advise

afirmar, to affirm, declare amenazar, to threaten
hope
anhelar, to long
ansiar, to be anxious
apostar, to wager asegurar, to assure, claim aseverar, to assert

atestiguar, to attest
bastar,^ to suffice
1
consentir ,3 to consent considerar, to consider convenir, to suit costar ,2 to cost creer, to think, believe deber,2 ought, is (was, etc.) to decidir (se),^ to decide declarar, to declare
dejar,2 ^^
jg^-^
allow, permit
2 3
Infinitives after this verb Infinitives after this verb

Infinitives after this verb
may may may
be introduced also by a. be introduced also by de. be introduced also by en.
297
demandar,
to
THE INFINITIVE
demand
poder, to be able
preferir, to prefer
277
desconfiar, to distrust descuidar ,2 not to be careful
prescribir, to prescribe
desdear (se), 2 to disdain desear, to desire, wish determinar,^ to determine detestar, to hate, detest dignarse, 2 to deign doler, to be sorry, grieve dudar,2 to doubt, hesitate elegir, to choose encargar, to charge escuchar, to listen to esperar, to hope
evitar, to
presumir, to presume pretender, to claim, try

probar,^ to try, endeavor procurar,^ to try prohibir, to prohibit
prometer,^ to promise proponer,^ to propose, purpose protestar, to protest proyectar, to plan querer, to wish querer decir, to mean
recelarse, to fear
avoid
figurarse, to imagine
fingir, to
recomendar, to recommend
reconocer, to acknowledge, confess recordar ,2 to remember
pretend
gustar ,2 to Kke, please (impers.) hacer, to make imaginarse, to imagine impedir, to prevent, hinder importar, to matter, be important
intentar, to try, attempt
rehusar (se),i to refuse repugnar, to loathe; to be repugnant to

resolver (se),!' - to resolve, decide rogar, to beg, request saber, to know how, be able sentir, to feel, hear, regret, be sorry fcil, to be easy
difcil,
jurar ,2 to swear juzgar, to judge lograr, to succeed in mandar ,1 to order meditar,^ to meditate merecer, to deserve mirar, to look at, watch necesitar, to need, want negar, to deny notificar, to notify ocurrir (se), to occur (to one)
odiar, to hate
ser
to be
hard
preciso,
menester,
etc.
to be necessary
servirse,^ to please, be so
significar, to
kind as
mean, signify
soler, to
be wont
ofrecer (se),i to offer

or, to
hear ordenar, to order osar, to dare parecer, to seem

pedir,2 to request, ask
sospechar,^ to suspect sostener, to maintain; to affirm sufrir,^ to suffer, allow sugerir, to suggest suplicar, to beg, entreat
suponer (se), to suppose temer to fear

,1
tocar, to be one's turn
pensar ,3 to think permitir, to permit

1
valer ms, to be better

ver, to see

may may may
be introduced also by a, be introduced also by de. be introduced also by en.
278

him to speak claimed to have done does not let me reply I think of doing it We^ wish to go I can say for my part
I advise
298
Le aconsejo hablar El asegur haberlo hecho No me deja contestar Yo pienso hacerlo
He He
it
Queremos
ir
S decir por mi parte
298.
Many
verbs require the preposition de before a follow-
ing infinitive.
The most common
of such verbs are:
absolver (se), to absolve (oneself) abstenerse, to abstain, forbear aburrirse, to be vexed, wearied acabar, to finish, have just acordarse, to remember acusar,^ to accuse admirarse, to wonder afligirse, to lament, repine afrentarse, to blush agraviarse, to be grieved, piqued ahogarse, to be suffocated alegrarse, to rejoice, be glad apercibirse,^ to perceive aprovecharse, to profit arrepentirse, to repent
arriesgarse,^ to risk oneself
desacostumbrarse, to lose the cus-
tom
desanimar (se),
to discourage, be
discouraged descansar, to tire, weary

descuidar,^ to neglect desdear (se),^ to disdain, be disdainful desesperar (se), to despair
desistir, to desist
^ to stop, tarry determinar,^ to determine dignarse, 1 to deign disculpar (se), to excuse disgustar (se), to disgust, be displeased dispensar, to excuse
detenerse,^'
asustarse, to be terrified avergonzarse, to be ashamed

bastar,^ to suffice
distraerse,2>
cansar (se),^ to
cesar, to cease
tire,
grow weary
to distract oneself disuadir, to dissuade dudar,^ to doubt, hesitate echar (se), 2 to come to; to succeed
^
concertar, to agree, covenant

concluir, to conclude
in (used especially with ver)
empacharse, to be surfeited with

encargarse, to take upon oneself enorgullecerse, to take pride entristecerse, to become sad evadirse, to evade, escape excusar(se), to excuse (oneself) eximir (se), to exempt, be exempt
faltar ,2.
3
confesarse, to confess contentarse, to be satisfied costar/ to cost cuidar (se),^ to take care not to,
keep from
culpar, to
blame
dar ,2
to give
to fail
deber,^
must (probably)
fastidiar (se), to weary, be
weary
dejar,^ to cease, leave off, fail

1
fatigar (se), 3 to tire, be tired
Infinitives
2 3
may also follow this verb directly. Infinitives after this verb may be introduced also Infinitives after this verb may be introduced also
by by
a.
en.
299
THE INFINITIVE
congratulate (one-
279
felicitar (se), to
self)
gozar(se),^ to enjoy guardarse, to avoid, guard against gustar,^ to take pleasure (active) haber, to have hablar, to speak, mention hartarse, to satiate oneself, be satisfied
privar (se), to deprive, be deprived procurar,^ to try prometer,^ to promise proponer,^ to propose quejarse, to complain recordar,^ to remember, recall
rerse, to laugh
resolver (se),!' 2 ^^ resolve reventar, to burst

sacar,2 to
ser, to
impacientarse, to be impatient
draw
out, extract
incomodarse, to be annoyed indignarse, to be indignant jactarse, to boast jurar,^ to swear

justificar (se),
(for)
sentirse, to feel
be
servirse,- to please, be so kind as
to justify (oneself)
sonrerse, to smile sonrojarse, to blush sospechar,! to suspect

sufrir,! ^Q suffer
lamentarse, to lament, grieve

librar, to free, deliver
lisonjear (se), to flatter (oneself)
sustraerse, elude
to
withdraw
oneself,
ofenderse, to be offended
olvidar (se), to forget pedir,^ to ask, request
temblar, to tremble terminar ,3 to finish

tratar, to try,
endeavor
persuadir (se), 2 to persuade pesar, to be sorry (impers.) picarse, to be vexed
valerse, to avail oneself of

venir,2'
3
to come,
have just
vivir, to live
Ha
acabado de hablar alegro de verle l debe de haber llegado No se olvide de decrselo Me pesa de verla tan triste Tratar de hacerlo
Me
He has just spoken am glad to see you He must have arrived

Don't forget to
I
tell
him
sorry to see her so sad I will try to do so
am
299. After
etc.,
most nouns,
adjectives,
is
before a following infinitive
and some adverbs, Ho,' expressed by de, unless para
or por would be used.

fcil
de hacer, easy to do
La hora de comer ha llegado

Slo de orlo le asusta
The time to eat has come The mere hearing of it frightens him
may may
be introduced also by a. be introduced also by en.
Infinitives
may
also follow this verb directly.
Infinitives after this verb Infinitives after this verb
280
300.
300
Many
infinitive.
verbs require the preposition a before a following The most common of such verbs are:
conspirar, to conspire continuar,^ to continue contrariar, to oppose contribuir, fo contribute
abandonar(se), to give (oneself)
up
to
acceder, to accede, agree acercarse, to draw near, approach acertar,^ to succeed, happen
acomodarse, to conform oneself

aconsejar,^ to counsel, advise acostumbrar (se), 2 to accustom
(oneself)
convenir (se),i to agree convidar, to invite convocar, to convoke cooperar,^ to cooperate

correr, to run
dar,i'
acudir, to hasten adherir(se), to stick to

aficionarse, to
become addicted
agregarse, to join in
ajustarse, to agree, combine alcanzar, to reach, attain, succeed
to give decidir (se) ,2 to decide, determine dedicar (se), to dedicate (oneself) desafiar, to challenge
3
descender, to descend deshacerse/ to try hard; to outdo,

kill
andarse, to undertake, busy oneself with animar, to encourage

apercibirse,^ to
oneself in
^
destinar, to destine
detenerse,^'
to stop, tarry
make ready
aplicarse, to apply oneself
determinar (se),^ to determine disponer (se), to prepare, get ready

distraerse, 1'
^
aprender, to learn apresurar (se),^ to hasten, hurry

apretar, to
.
. .
to
divertirse,^ to
amuse oneself amuse oneself
hard (adds
to
the
echar (se),^ to begin, set oneself to

ejercitar (se),^ to exercise
force of the verb) arriesgarse,^ to risk oneself

aspirar, to aspire
empezar, to begin
ensear, to teach
entrar, to start
atreverse, to dare autorizar, to authorize

aventajar,^ to excel, surpass
entretener (se),^ to entertain (oneself)
aventurarse, to venture ajrudar, to aid, help circunscribir (se), to confine (oneself)
enviar, to send esf orzar (se),i to
attempt,
en-
deavor
excitar, to excite
comenzar, to commence, begin
exhortar, to exhort
comprometer (se), to engage, agree condenar, to condemn

condescender,^ to condescend conducir, to lead, conduct conformarse,^ to conform, agree consagrar (se), to devote (oneself)
1
exponer (se), to expose (oneself)

faltar,i> ^
to fail
forzar, to force
ganar,! to excel, surpass; to win, gain (by)
habituar (se), to accustom (oneself)

Infinitives
may
may
be introduced also by en. be introduced also by de.
2 3
may
301
THE INFINITIVE
probar,- to try
281
humillar (se), to humiliate (oneself)

igualar, to equal
impeler, to impel
incitar, to incite inclinar (se), to incline, induce
proceder, to proceed provocar, to provoke
quedar (se),^ to remain

reducir (se), to reduce bring (oneself) down
referirse, to refer
(oneself'),
inducir, to induce
inspirar, to inspire
invitar, to invite
ir,
rehusar (se), 2 to refuse

renunciar, to renounce resignarse, to resign, submit
resistirse, to struggle, resist
to go
jugar, to play (at) limitar (se), to limit (oneself)
come, succeed mandar,^ to send

llegar, to
matarse,^ to kill oneself meterse, to undertake
resolver (se), 2' 3 to resolve, decide retar, to challenge, dare romper,^ to break out in
sacar,^ to
salir, to
draw
{or
out, extract, invite
mover (se),
to impel (oneself)
go
come) out
sit
negarse, to decline, refuse

obligar (se), to oblige (oneself) ofrecer (se), 2 to offer, present (oneself)
sentarse, to be seated,
soltar, to start
down
someter (se),
subir, to go
to
submit (oneself)
up
oponerse to oppose, be adverse

;
pararse, to stop pasar, to proceed, pass persuadir (se),^ to persuade (oneself)
poner (se), to put
(oneself), begin
preparar (se), to prepare, make ready presentarse, to present oneself

prestarse, to offer oneself
principiar, to begin
sujetar (se), to subject (oneself) temer,^ to fear tender, to tend tirar, to tend, be inclined tornar, to return; to again urgir, to urge veneer (se),^ to outdo, excel, surpass venir (se),^' ^ to come, happen
. . .
volar, to fly
volver, to return; to
again
Acudieron a socorrerle Aprendi a cantar Aydema V. a salir Se han decidido a decrselo Me dispongo a contestar Voy a volver a probarlo
301.
to succor him learned to sing Help me to get out They have decided to tell him so I am preparing to answer I am going to try it again
They hastened
He
After .vrbs of motion,
to
before an infinitive
is
regu-
larly expressed
by
a.
I am going He runs to
yoy a
estudiar El corre a decrselo

1
to
study
tell
him
so
may
be introduced also by en.
2 3
Infinitives
may
may
be introduced also by de.
282
302-303
302. After verbs of beginning, teaching, learning, 'to' before
an
infinitive is also regularly expressed

I
I
by
a.
comprender Les enseo a hablar Aprenden a escribir

Principio a
am am
beginning to understand teaching them to talk

are learning to write
>
They
303.
Many
verbs require the preposition en before a follow-
ing infinitive.
The most common
of
such verbs are:
acertar/ to succeed (in) acordar, to agree actuarse, to discharge the duty of adelantar (se), to advance in adiestrar (se), to train (oneself)
aferrarse, to be bound, persist
divertirse,^ to
amuse
oneself
ejercitar (se),i to exercise (oneself)
empearse, to tr}^, insist emplear (se), to employ (oneself)

entenderse, to agree entretener (se),^ to amuse (oneself) equivocarse, to be mistaken e sf orzar (se),^ to attempt, endeavor esmerarse, to outdo oneself (in)
faltar,!'
^
alucinarse, to be deluded andar, to undertake apresurarse,^ to hasten, hurry apurarse, to hasten aventajar,^ to excel, surpass balancear, to hesitate, waver cansar (se),- to tire, grow weary complacerse, to take pleasure condescender,^ to condescend
confiar,^ to confide, trust in,
to fail
fatigarse, 2 to tire oneself (in)

fijarse, to pay attention ganar,! to excel, surpass, beat gastar, to spend gozar(se),2 to take pleasure incidir, to fall into (as an error)
insistir, to insist
hope
conformarse,^ to agree confimdirse, to be confounded consentir,^ to consent

consistir, to consist
instruir (se), to instruct (oneself)
consvunirse, to be consumed continuar,^ to continue convenir (se),i to agree cooperar,^ to cooperate cuidarse,- to take pains
dar,^'
-
interesar (se), to interest (oneself j matarse,! to kill oneself meditar,^ to meditate
mezclarse, to meddle with
moderarse, to moderate oneself

molestarse, to put oneself out
obstinarse, to persist in ocupar(se), to busy (oneself) parar, to stop
particularizarse, to specialize
to
to
come
to
deleitarse, to delight
descabezarse, to cudgel one's

brains (over) deshacerse,^ to try hard to; outdo, kill oneself in detenerse,^' ^ ^q ^^q^ determinarse,^ to determine distraerse,^' - to amuse oneself
1
pensar,^ to think perder, to lose perseverar, to persevere

persistir, to persist
prorrumpir, to burst forth, break out
may
be introduced also by
a.
2
^
Infinitives after this verb may be introduced also Infinitives may also follow this verb directly.
by de,
304
quedar/ to agree
THE INFINITIVE
titubear, to hesitate
283
recrear(se), to divert (oneself)
trabajar, to
work
romper/
to break out (into)
vacilar, to hesitate
sobresalir, to excel
veneer (se), 1 to outdo, surpass, excel
tardar, to delay
templarse, to be moderate terminar,^ to end (by)
vengarse, to avenge oneself (by) venir,!' 2 ^^ agree

aviso
Han
acordado en darle
el
They have agreed

warning
to give
him the
Se empeaba en trabajar Se ha equivocado en decirme esto

Gasta mucho en viajar Pienso en volver No vacilaron en ayudarla
304.
He insisted on working You have been mistaken in telling me this He spends much in traveling
I
They
por,
think of returning did not hesitate to help her
Some verbs take
meaning Ho/ before a following
infinitive.
Nos apuramos por darle gusto Lo dejan por probar

Est por salir Har por llegar a tiempo Se incomoda mucho por serle agradable a V. Se ingeniaba por llegar a tiempo Se mataba por servirle Me muero por hacer algo Rabia por comer Reventaba por hablar
We
He
He
They
is
exert ourselves to please leave it to be tried
him
(about) to go out
on time puts himself out greatly to be agreeable to you He endeavored to arrive in time
I will try to arrive
He tried hard to serve him I am dying to do something He is crazy to eat He was bursting to speak
infinitive
Note.
infinitive
Many verbs take por before a following

may
when
the
be translated in English by a present participle, and por by the English prepositions 'by,' 'for' or *on.' In such cases the perfect infinitive is generally used.
Han acabado
por hacerlo
la
Le alabo por decirme
verdad
They ended by doing it I praise him for telling me

truth
I
the
Le censuro por no habrmelo

dicho Nos felicitamos por haberlo terminado tan pronto
1
?
blame him
for not
having told
me
so
We
may may
congratulate ourselves on having finished it so soon
be introduced also by a. be introduced also by de.
284
305.
riRST COURSE in SPANISH
305-308
Some verbs
take con, meaning 'to' before a following
infinitive.
Amenazan con golpearle

Basta con decirlo Se content con tocarlo Yo cuento con hacerlo maana
They
threaten to beat him say so He was contented to touch it I expect to^do it to-morrow
It is suficient to
Many verbs take con before a following infinitive when Note. the infinitive may be translated in English by a present participle, and con by the English preposition -by.'
Todo se
dad
arregl con decir la ver-
Everything was arranged by
tell-
uno se alimenta con comer La disputa termin con salir de

casa
^
la
ing the truth One nourishes oneself by eating The dispute ended by (their) leaving the house
306.
Some
verbs,
when
followed
by an
infinitive,
is
have
differ-
ent meanings according to w^hether the infinitive

or
is
used directly
introduced by a preposition,
Deber followed by a direct infinitive indicates usually a moral obligation, and is translated by 'ought,' 'should,' 'must,'
307.
etc.
l debe hablarle maana Yo debera hacerlo

1.
He must
I
speak to him to-morrow ought to do it
Deber followed by de and an infinitive is used as an auxiliary, and indicates probability, presumption or suspicion.
Debe de
estar ocupado Deba de hacerlo as Debi de recibir malas
noticias
He probably is busy He must have done it thus He must probably have received
bad news
308.
'allow.'
Dejar followed by a
direct" infinitive
mean
'to let,'
Le dejo entrar
1.
I let
him come
in
Dejar followed by an
'cease.'
infinitive
introduced by de means
^to
fail,'
309-310
THE CARDINAL NUMBERS

I shall
285
it
No
dejar de hacerlo
escribirle
Deje V. de
309.
not fail to do Stop writing to him
There are
many
idiomatic expressions which
must be
learned by observation.
Note the
I
following:
Acabo de leer
Volvi a hablar Tom a hablar Se puso a trabajar
have just read

talking again
to
He began
He He He He
began
work
of traveling
Pens en escribir Soaba con viajar

Cont con verle
thought of writing
dreamed
counted on seeing him
310.
The Cardinal Numbers

cero
{Los
Nmeros
26
27 28 29
Cardinales)
un (o), -a
dos
tres
veinte veinte veinte veinte

treinta
y seis y siete y ocho y nueve
4
6
7
cuatro cinco
seis
30
31 32
treinta y un (o), -a treinta y dos
siete
8 9
ocho
nueve
diez
10
11
12
13
once doce
trece
14
15
catorce
quince
diez y diez y diez y diez y veinte veinte veinte veinte veinte veinte
seis
siete
16 17 18 19
ocho
nueve
y y y y
20
21 22 23 24 25
un (o), -a
dos
tres
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

1,000 2,000 1.000,000 2,000,000
cuarenta cincuenta sesenta

setenta
ochenta noventa
cien (to) doscientos, -as trescientos, -as cuatrocientos, -as quinientos, -as
seiscientos, -as
setecientos, -as ochocientos, -as novecientos; -as
cuatro cinco
mil dos mil un milln dos millones
Note.
dos, etc.,
The compound
may
words diez y seis, veinte y uno, treinta y be written diecisis, veintiuno, treintaiuno, etc.
286
riRST COURSE in SPANISH
311-316
311. Uno, alone or in numerical combinations, becomes

before a masculine noun, but
una
retains its
un form before a
feminine noun.
(Cf. 49.)
un
veinte
one pencil y un libros, books

lpiz,
twenty-one
las mil
xma pluma, one pen y una noches, the thousand

aiid
one nights
After the noun:

captulo veinte y uno, chapter twenty-one pgina treinta y una, page thirty-one
312.
used.
Before
ciento
and mil the
indefinite
article
is
not
313.
Ciento,
cien.
when
followed
by a noun
or a larger numeral,
becomes
(Cf. 52.)
cien pesos, a hundred dollars cien mil pesos, a hundred thousand dollars
314.
The
multiples of ciento (doscientos, -as, etc.) agree in
gender and number with the nouns they modify.

doscientas pginas, two hundred pages
315.
dreds,
Above a thousand one counts by thousands and and not by hundreds.

1920= mil novecientos veinte
hun-^
316.
sions
To ask a person's may be used:

Que edad
i.
age, either of the following expres-
tiene?
rf Xa or Cuntos Cuantos aos tiene? J
old u How
is
u he?
:>
In the reply, use tener followed by the proper cardinal number before aos.
Tiene veinte y un aos
He
is
twenty-one (years old)
317-319
THE ORDINAL NUMBERS

{Los
287
Ordinales)
317.
1st
The Ordinal Numbers
Nmeros
2 3d
4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th
primero, -a, -os, -as segundo, -a, -os, -as tercero or tercio, etc.
cuarto, etc.
quinto, etc.
sexto, etc.
,
23d
30th
31st
vigsimo tercero or tercio, etc.
trigsimo, etc. trigsimo primero or pri-
mo,
40th 50th 60th 70th SOth 90th lOOth
lOlst
etc.
sptimo, etc.
octavo, etc.
noveno
or nono, dcimo, etc. imdcimo, etc. duodcimo, etc.
etc.
dcimo tercero
etc.
or tercio,
cuadragsimo, etc. quincuagsimo, etc. sexagsimo, etc. septuagsimo, etc. octogsimo, etc. nonagsimo, etc. centesimo, etc. centesimo primero or
primo,
etc.
20th
21st
22d
cuadringentsimo, etc. quingentsimo, etc. noveno or nono, sexcentsimo, etc. etc. septingentsimo, etc. vigsimo, etc. octingentsimo, etc. noningentsimo, etc. vigsimo primero or primo. etc. l,000th milsimo, etc. 2,000th dosmilsimo, etc. vigsimo segimdo, etc. 500,000th quingentsimo milsimo, etc. l,000,000th millonsimo, etc.
sptimo, etc. octavo, etc.
dcimo dcimo dcimo dcimo dcimo dcimo
cuarto, etc.
quinto, etc.
sexto, etc.
102d 200th 300th 400th 500th 600th 700th 800th 900th
centesimo segundo, ducentsimo, etc.

tricentsimo, etc.
etc.
318.
in
The
ordinal
gender and number with the words they modify.

ordinals both parts agree.
numbers are used as adjectives and agree In com-
pound
They
usually follow, but
may
precede the noun.

las
Cardinals for ordinals always follow.
la leccin
primeras lecciones, the first lessons vigsima tercia, the twenty-third lesson la leccin veinte y tres, lesson twenty- three
in
Note.
ordinals.
-:-
Primo, tercio and nono are sometimes used For the apocopation of primero and tercero, cf.
ordinals are very
compound
49.
319.
The
much
less
used in Spanish than
in English.
288

series,
320-323
In a numbered paragraphs,
inclusive,
as with volumes,
chapters, pages,
etc., ordinals or
cardinals
may
be used up to ten
but from there on, the cardinals are more common.

rengln doce, the twelfth line y ocho, the eighteenth J chapter la pgina ochenta y dos, the eighty-second page
1
,
.
la leccin sexta, la leccin seis,
el
"
el captulo diez
.
320.
In naming sovereigns, popes,
etc.,
the ordinals are used
through dcimo (sometimes undcimo), and from there on the

cardinals are used.
Po Nono, Pius the Ninth Felipe Segundo, Philip the Second
Alfonso Undcimo, Alfonso the
Eleventh Luis Once, Luis the Eleventh Alfonso Trece, Alfonso the Thirteenth
in the case of primero, ordinals are replaced
321.
Except
by
cardinals in expressing dates.

dinals,
el
Centuries are designated

Siglo
by
car--
even the
first (Siglo I [uno],
XX
[veinte]).
el cuatro de julio, the fourth of primero de enero, the first of January July el veinte y cinco de diciembre, the twenty-fifth of December
Fractions {Nmeros Quebrados)

322.
The
an
fractions
i.e.,
as in English,
from thirds to tenths inclusive are formed the numerator is a cardinal and the denomi-
nator Y 4
is
ordinal.
un
tercio (not tercero)
f
yo
cinco novenos
*^s
(7iot
nonos)
cuatro sptimos
dcimos
y-^ the numerator is a cardinal, but the denominator is formed from the cardinal by adding the ending -avo. When -avo is joined to a word, a final -e or -a is often dropped and a preceding c becomes z.
323.
to
From -^
y\
un once-avo
or
onzavo
or
-^^
^^^ veintiun-avos
y\
siete quince-avos
quinzavos
y^
un centavo
or
centesimo
But:
Y^^Q-g^
un milsimo
ttow.foo^
un millonsimo
324-329
NUMERAL PHRASES
289
324.
Fractions are also formed by using an ordinal with
parte, 'part.'
una
325.
(or la)
cuarta parte
/^
tres vigsimas partes
'Half,' 'a half,' 'one-half,' 'half a'
may
be expressed
by
la
la
mitad used substantively or by medio, -a, used either

un medio, one
substantively or adjectively.
mitad de los alumnos, half
of
half
(-^)
the pupils (una) media hora, a half-hour
(una) hora y media, an hour and a

half
326.
Collective
Numbers (Nmeros
Colectivos)
par, m., pair, couple
decena, /., ten, group of ten docena,/., dozen qidncena. /., fifteen, group of teen
fif-
veintena,/., twenty, a score treintena, /., thirty, a group of thirty cuarentena,/., forty, twoscore ochentena,/., eighty, fourscore
miliar, m., thousand, a
centena,/., or centenar, w., hundred, a group of a hundred group of a thousand
327.
As
collective
nouns,
centenar and miliar are inter-
changeable with ciento and mil respectively.

ciento
To
express rate,
and miliar are used.
unos centenares
(or cientos) de animales, some hundreds of animals millares (or miles) de pjaros, thousands of birds puros a seis pesos el ciento, cigars at six dollars a hundred tejas a diez pesos el miliar, tiles at $10 a thousand
328.
Multiple
Numbers (Nmeros
Mltiplos)
simple, single, simple doble or duplicado, double, twofold

triple
i>r
quntuplo or qiiintuplicado, qintuple, fivefold
triplicado, triple, threefold
ctuplo, etc., octuple, eightfold dcuplo, tenfold
cudruple or cuadruplicado, quadruple, fourfold
cntuplo, a hundredfold
329.
Numeral Phrases (Locuciones Numerales)

diez veces, ten times cien veces, a hundred times mil veces, a thousand times
:'
una
vez, once dos veces, twice

tres veces, three times
-"^^
290
330.
330-332
The Spanish terms

2+3 = 5 53 = 2 2x2 = 4
4--2
for
the
following
operations in
arithmetic are:
dos
=2
a dos dos por dos igual a cuatro cuatro dividido por dos igual a dos
cinco
tres igual
ms tres menos
igual a cinco
Weights and Measures (Pesas y Medidas)

331.
In Spain and the Spanish American coim tries the

is
metric system of weights and measures
generally used.
The
unit of weight
is
the gramo, 'gram/ equal in weight to
that of a cubic centimeter of distilled water.

ings the kilogramo or kilo,
'kilogram,'
is
In ordinary dealthe weight most
commonly employed. It contains 1,000 grams and is about equal to two Enghsh pounds. The old weight libra, 'poimd,' is still used in some quarters. The unit of liquid measure is the litre, 'liter,' containing a little more than the English quart. The unit of length is the metro, 'meter,' a little longer than
the English yard.
meters.'
meters,'
It is divided into 100 decmetros, 'deci-
Long
distances are measured
by
kilmetros, 'kilo-
equal to about f of the English mile. Lands are measured by hectreas (=100 reas or 10,000 square metros),
which are about equivalent to 2^ Enghsh acres. The old measures milla, 'mile,' vara, 'yard,' pie, 'foot/ and pulgada, 'inch,' are still used in some quarters.
'hectares,'
332.
The
following
expressions
concerning
weights
and
measures are useful to
know:
(lata)?
Cunto pesa esto? Cunto cabe en sta caja

Cul es
la
la longitud (la
How much How much

hold?
does this weigh? does this box (tin can)
altura,
la
anchura, profundidad, e\
What
is the length (width, height, depth, thickness)?
Tiene
grueso)? {o es de) un metro de largo (ancho, alto, hondo, grueso)
It is
one meter long (wide, high,
deep, thick)
333-334
AUGMENTATIVES AND DIMINUTIVES

What
is
291
Cul es la distancia de Nueva York a La Habana? Cunto dista La Habana de Nueva York? kilmeHay {o dista de) unos
the distance from
New
York
to
How
far
Havana? is Havana from New
York? It is some
kilometers
tros
333.
Money
(Dinero)
The peseta
(abbreviation pta.),
divided into 100 cntimos
and having the nominal value of the franc, is the standard unit for monetary computation in Spain. The current coins are silver pieces of |^, 1, 2 and 5 ptas., and copper pieces of 1, 2, 5 and 10 cents. The piece of 5 ptas. dollar.^ The copper coins of 10 is commonly called a duro, cents, and 5 cents, are called in colloquial language perro grande (or gordo), ^big (or fat) dog,' and perro chico (or perrito),
(abbreviation cents.)
^
perhaps a jocular allusion to the lion in the coat terms are sometimes also used in the feminine. These of arms. The pieces of 1 cent, and of 2 cents, are not very common. The old silver coins of 20 reales (5 ptas.), 10 rls. (2^ ptas.),
4ittle dog,'
rls. (1 pta.),
2 rls. (^ pta.)
and
1 rl.
(25 cents.) are not often
met with to-day, although reckoning by reales is still common. The Banco de Espaa, 'Bank of Spain,' at Madrid issues
billetes
de banco,
ptas.
'bank-bills,' of the value of 25, 50, 100,
500
and 1,000
The
of the
peso, 'dollar,'
is
the standard monetary unit in a
number
South American countries.
The peso
is
divided into 100
centavos, 'cents.'
Augmentatives and Diminutives (Aumentativos

y Diminutivos)
334. There are
many
suffixes in
Spanish employed to change
word in a way that can usually be done in Enghsh only by -the use of one or more qualifying adjectives or adverbs, or by a different term. Most of these suffixes add primarily an idea of form or size, although these meanings are
the meaning of a
292
335-336
often completely lost or absorbed in those of ugliness, iingainliness,
coarseness, etc., for the augmentative endings, or of

etc.,
endearment, affection, esteem, insignificance, meanness, for the diminutive endings.
The words changed by

dictionaries,
these suffixes are often not found in
and
it
is
essential for reading that the student

of the force of the various endings,
have some conception

sparingly.
and
of the rules for their use.
foreigner should use
them very
Augmentatives (Aumentativos)
335.
The more
-on
-azo
-ote
usual augmentative endings are:

Feminine {Femenino) -ona -aza
-ota
Masculine (Masculino)
-acho
:he following variations
-acha
terminating in -on:
-arrona -erona -atona -etona
-arron -eron -aton -eton
augments the quality expressed by the word, sometimes giving an idea of excess, awkwardness or Feminine nouns usually take the masculine grotesqueness. ending, unless sex is to be indicated.
336. -on,
-ona,
el
hombre, the man
el
el
strong youth ... la silla, the chair la soltera, the unmarried woman el zapato, the shoe
el zagal, the
hombr-on, the big man zagal-on, the overgrown lad

the big easy-chair
el sill-on,
la solter-ona, the old

el
maid
zapat-on, the large, clumsy shoe
In some words -on, Note. than an augmentative, meaning. lack of the thing mentioned.
la cascara, the peel, husk,
la
like -ote,
It
has a diminutive, rather
sometimes denotes a complete
bark
el
pluma, the feather
la rata, the rat
cascar-on, the egg-shell plum-on, the down el rat-on, the mouse

el
337-340
la ton*e, the
el pelo,
AUGMENTATIVES
tower
'
293
the ill-shaped turret bobtailed
el torr-ejon,
el rabo, the tail
rab-on
pel-on
{adj.),
the hair
{adj.), hairless,
bald
337. -azo
frequently.
is
about the equivalent of -on, but

to
is
not used so
Words
which the
suffix is
attached take the
ending corresponding to their
own
gender,
-azo
may
also in-
dicate a blow with an instrument.
hombre, the man luengo, long el vino, the wine el cuchillo, the knife
el
el hombr-azo, the large man long-azo, very long el vin-azo, the strong, thick wine el cuchill-azo, the knife thrust
338. -ote
is
sometimes merely augmentative in meaning,
but usually has a depreciative value of ridiculousness, monstrousness, etc.
The words
to
which the
suffix is
attached
sometimes take the ending corresponding to their gender, and
sometimes do not.
el picaro,
the rogue
el picar-ote,
the great rogue
la palabra, the la
word
la palabr-ota, the coarse expression

el
manga, the sleeve
mang-ote, the large and wide

sleeve
feo,
homely
fe-ote, very
homely
guapo, good-looking
guap-ote, quite good-looking

like -on,
el
Note.
la
In some words -ote,
has a diminutive force.
cmara, the room, chamber

the stick, cudgel
la isla, the island

el palo,
el isl-ote, el
el
la pipa, the cask,
hogshead
camar-ote, the cabin {of a ship) the small, barren island pal-ote, the drumstick pip-ote, the keg
is
339. -ache has an augmentative value that
almost always
tinged with depreciation, contempt or other pejorative meaning.

el pico, the point,
top
el,pic-acho, the peak,

el ric-acho,
summit
el rico, the rich
man
the very rich, but vul-
gar,
el
man
trmino, the word, expression
el
termin-acho, the "jaw-breaker"
340.
The endings
-arron, -eron, -aton, -eton, which are
variations formed from -on, are not of so frequent use as the
294
341-342
other forms already explained,
Feminine words are usually

unless
it
made masculine by
sex.
the
suffix,
is
desired to denote
fa boba' }
el viento,
^^^ dunce, simpleton the wind
el
bob-arrn,
| ^j^^
j
la bob-arrona,
el vent-arron,
el
^ ^^^j
la voz, the voice
la casa, the
house
la vira, the dart,

el
arrow
la
mozo, moza,
the strong wind voz-arton, the strong, heavy voice el cas-eron, the large, ill-proportioned house el vir-aton, the large arrow the strong, strap
]
j
-^
elmoc-etn,
la
moc-etom,
'
P^'^S ^^^^^^ P^"^'

I
la rosa, the rose
el ros-eton,
son the large rose
Diminutives (Diminutivos)
341.
There
is
much
augmentative endings.
number of diminutive than of For some of the diminutives there are

larger
quite definite rules governing the form to be used with a certain
word
or class of words.
is
Those whose use

I
ito
governed by customary practice are:

II
III
-ecito -ecico
-ecillo
IV
-ececito -ececico
-ececillo
-cito
ice
illo
~cico -ciUo
uelo
ete
-zuelo
-ezuelo
-ecezuelo
Note. The feminines are formed regularly, except becomes -eta.

342.
of -ete
which
The endings
in list
IV
are used only with monosyllables
ending in a vowel other than

el pie, the foot
y.
el pi-ecezuelo,
the
little
foot
e,
Note. The diphthong ie of pie may revert to its original Latin which is dropped before the ending, giving the form p-ecezuelo.
343
DIMINUTIVES
295
343.
1.
The endings
in list III are used: in a
With monosyllables ending
consonant or in
y.
la voz, the voice
la voc-ecita, the little voice

la flor-ecita, the little flower
el pec-ecico,
la flor, the flower

el pez, the fish
the small fish
la red, the net

el rey, the
la red-ecilla, the little net

el rey-ezuelo, the
king
petty king
Note.
There are some exceptions:

mean
niin-cillo,
ruin, base,
somewhat mean
of persons:
including the diminutives of
some proper names
Juan, John
Luis, Louis Bias, Blaise
Gil, Giles
Juan-ito, Johnny Luis-ico, Louie

Blas-illo, little Blaise
Gil-ito, little Giles
2.
ei, ie
With words
or ue in the queen
of
two
syllables ending in
-o or -a that have
queen
first syllable.
la reina, the
la rein-ecilla, the little
la pieza, the piece

el
la piec-ezuela, the little piece

el puebl-ecito, the small
el
pueblo, the town
town
huevo, the egg la cuerda, the cord

el
huev-ecico, the little egg la cuerd-ecilla, the small cord
Note 1. A number of words having ie or ue in the stem, coming from an original Latin e ot o respectively, may revert to the original e or 0, or keep the diphthong. They have therefore two forms:
ei
cuerno, the horn

'
/ } ^^^'^^^^P^
I
el
cuem-ecico,
^^^^^'.^^^^^^^
] the small
J
horn
el diente, the
tooth
| ^|
(
}
1
the small tooth

^^^ small bone
f
el
hueso, the bone
el os~ecillo
i
'il
la pieza, the piece la puerta, the
{ la
{ ^
the small piece 5S-"ud, }
door
^^'^â, } ^^^
^^^^ ôor
Note.

the stone {of fruit)
el cuesqu-illo, the
el cuesco,
small stone {of
fruit)
bueno, good
bon-ito, pretty good, passable
296
3.
344
With words
thongs -ia, -io,

in -0.
two syllables ending in one of the diph-ua, and with many two-syllable words ending
of
la bestia, the beast
la besti-ecita, the little beast

el geni-ecillo,
genio, the genius la legua, the league la cofia, the hair-net el brio, the strength
el
fro,
the small genius
la legii-ezêla, the little league la cofi-ezuela, the small hair-net

el bri-ecico,
the
little
strength
cold
fri-ecillo, slightly
cold
Note.
There are some exceptions-:

agr-illo, sourish
agrio, sour
song rubia, fair, blonde el agua, the water la pascua, Easter

el aria, the
la ari-eta, the short
tune
rub-ita, rather fair

-
la ag-ita, the
water
la pascu-illa, the first
Sunday
after
Easter
el ro, the river
el indio, the
el ri-achuelo, el
Indian
of
the rivulet ind-ezuelo, the little Indian
4.
With words
dance
two
syllables ending in -e.

el bail-ecito,
el baile, the el
pobre, the poor person el cofre, the trunk triste, sad
the little dance the poor little thing el cofr-ecillo, the small trunk
el pobr-ecico,
trist-ezuelo^
somewhat sad
Note.
el

el
pobre, the poor person
pobr-ete, the poor, unfortunate
person
344.
The endings
in
list
II
are
used with polysyllables
ending in -n or -r and accented on the last syllable, and with those ending in -n accented on the next to the last
syllable.
la
mujer, the
woman
song
la mujer-cita
el cantar, the el capitn, the el ladrn,
captain the thief la imagen, the image
the little woman song the ..xv. little .....^ ^^..^ el capitan-cillo, the little captain el ladron-zuelo, the little thief la imagen-cica, the little image
el cantar-cico,
Carmen, Carmen
Carmen-cita,
little
Carmen
345
DIMINUTIVES
297
Note.
el jardn,
There are exceptions, and some words have two forms:

the garden
el
jardin-cito
or
-ito,
the the
little
garden
el altar, the altar
el
altar-cillo
or
-illo,
small
altar
la sartn, the frying-pan la sarten-cilla or -ilia, the small
frying-pan
the pin el almacn, the storehouse
el alfiler,
el
el alfiler-ito, el
the little pin almacen-illo, the small storethe small volcano
house
volcn, the volcano
el volcan-ejo,
345.
el
The endings
in list I are
used with
el
all
other words.
little
hermano, the brother

the bird jaula, the cage navaja, the clasp-knife libro, the book burla, the trick
herman-ito, the
brother
el pjaro,
el pajar-ico,
la la
el
la
la
el
la
la
the little bird jaul-illa, the small cage navaj-uela, the small clasp-knife libr-ete, the small book burl-eta, the little trick
Note.
la
el rbol, el
There
are,
however, exceptions:
la man-ecita, the small
el arbol-ecico, el el
mano, the hand

the tree prado, the meadow verso, the verse obra, the work mulo, the mule cordel, the rope, cord
1.
hand
.
el
la
el
la
el el
el
the small tree prad-ecillo, the small meadow vers-ecillo, the little verse obr-ecilla, the little work mul-eto, the young mule cordel-ejo, the small rope
polysyllable ending in two vowels, of which the

i,
first is
accented e or
inserts
is
an h before the ending -uelo.
In com-
mon
some
speech this h
wTiters.
often changed to g, a practice followed
by
la aldea, the village
la correa, the strap
fla alde-huela, \ ., ..^^. . , J > the little village , ^ alde-guela, ) ria corre-huela, \ ^ > the small strap ^ I la corre-guela, j
..
I la
..
'
feo, ugly
fe- -huelo,
la lamprea, the
el judo,
sea-lamprey
l
el
ugly lampre-huela, the river-lamprey

judi-huelo,
1
the
Jew
roguery
^v
el judi-gelo, /
'^^
y"""'
J^^'
la picarda, the
la picar di-huela,
la picardi-giiela,
the prank
298
2.
346-348
polysyllable ending in
-do
drcps the diphthong and
changes n to before the

el demonio, the demon Antonio, Anthony
suffix -uelo.
el
demo-uelo, the
little
Anto-uelo,
little demon Anthony
more frequently used than all others combined. They form pet names and phrases, often losing the diminutive meaning and having only
346. -ito, -cito, -ecito, -ececito are n|uch
that of endearment or affection.
They
are not applied to
things that are displeasing, except ironically.

participles
With
adjectives,
and adverbs the translated by right,' 'quite,'

^
force
of these endings
may
be
'nice,' etc.
el
hermano, the brother
pap, papa cama, the bed ahora, now cerca, near

la
herman-ito, the dear little brother papa-ito, dear papa la cam-ita, the nice little bed
el
ahor-ita, right
now
cerqu-ita, quite near
agua fresqu-ita,
nice, cool
water
347. -ico, -cico, -ecico, -ececico are endings of Aragonese

origin,
employed in regional speech, or in imitating it a sarcastic or jesting manner. Sometimes, however, even Castilian, they have merely a diminutive force.
are
el
and
in
in
ngel, the angel
el angel-ico,
the
little
angel {hu-
morous)
el carton,
the cardboard
el rbol,
the tree
la fuente, the fountain
the ticket {familiar speech by an Aragonese) el arbol-ecico, the small tree la fuent-ecica, the small fountain
el carton-cico,
348.
-illo, -cilio, -ecillo, -ececillo
have, for the most part,
merely a diminutive
ent,
is
force.
They
indicate a careless, easy atti-
tude toward the thing mentioned whether good, bad or indiffer-
sometimes mingled with condescension or pity.

it is
If
a thing
good,
depreciated;
if
bad, mitigated;
if
indifferent, only
made
smaller.
349-351
el
INTERJECTIONS
el banqu-illo,
299
the stool
banco, the bench
la candela, the candle
la candel-illa, the small candle

la rej-illa, the small grating
la reja, the grating

el ventorro, the inn
el viajero, the traveler
Colorado, red
the talk, conversation the shepherd el verso, the verse

el
(/.),
habla
el pastor,
the petty inn the little traveler colorad-illo, slightly red la habl-illa, the little report, gossip el pastor-cillo, the little shepherd el vers-ecillo, the little verse
el ventorr-illo,
el viajer-illo,
349. -uelo, -zuelo, -ezuelo, -ecezuelo sometimes have a
merely diminutive or caritative

use
el
force,
but more often the use of

Their
these endings adds contempt, either in jest or in earnest.

is
not nearly so
little
common
fellow
as that of -ito, etc., or of -illo, etc.

el
pequeo, the
peque-uelo, the dear
little fel-
low
el polio, the
el hijo, the
chicken
el
poll-uelo,
the
little
chicken,
chick
son
la plaza, the square

el ladrn, the thief
el pintor,
the painter, artist
young (c/ animals) la plaz-uela, the small square el ladron-zuelo, the contemptible petty thief el pintor-zuelo, the poor artist
los hij-uelos, the
350. -etc
is
of limited use, occurring with only a few nouns.

force, it has usually a
Although it sometimes has a depreciative merely diminutive value.

la burla, the jest, trick
el caballero, the el clavo, the nail
el lugar,
la burl-eta, the little trick

el caballer-ete,
gentleman
el clav-ete,
el
the village
the dude, dandy the small nail, tack lugar-ete, the small village,
hamlet
Interjections (Interjecciones)
351.
Interjections are exclamatory expressions that denote

It
is
strong feeling or emotion.

stract
very hard to give in the ab-
an exact translation, because the word should be so translated in the context as to iit normally into the English.
300
352.
352-354
The
principal interjections are:

;Ea! {encouragement), Come Ea, ea! {impatience) Come, come! Ola! Hola! {recognition). Ah! Hello! Well! Ole! {enthusiasm, approval), Fine!
,
Abur! (or iAgur!) [coll.], Goodby! Farewell! Adelante! Onward! Forward! Go

on!
Adis! Good-by! Ah! Oh! Ah! Oh! Ay! Ah! Alas! Oh!
Bravo!
or
Bah!
{incredulity
disgust),
Ojal! {strong desire, see 250, Would that! God grant!
i),
Pshaw!
Ha! {delight or satisfaction). Ha! Eh! H! {surprise), Eh! Huy! {pain), Ouch! Owl
Quia!
Why,
XJf!
Ca! {indignant denial) no! Of course not!
Puf! {aversion), Ugh! {weariness) Oh! Ah!

,
There are in Spanish many ejaculations to express strong feeling which are used to avoid more profane terms. Many other expressions, if they were translated Hterally, would
353.
be profane in EngHsh, but are not so in Spanish. They must be translated by some suitable expression. Their use, in speaking,
can be learned only by practice and observation.

Canastos! Caracoles!
Cari!
Caramba!
Cspita!
Good Heavens! Gracious! Goodness! The dickens! The deuce! By Jove!
etc.
Crcholis!
Heavens! Demonio! 1 ^^^^c^^^^ ^

Cielos!
Diantre! j Dios! Gracious! Goodness! Heavens! Por Dios! For Heaven's sake! Dios mo! Dear me!
Jess! ^ Well I declare! Oh Heavens! Vlgame Dios! God help me! Bless me! Bless my Virgen santsima! For Heaven's sake! Bless me!
soul!
354.
There are certain exclamations that are used principally
in speaking to animals.
1 It is the custom in Spain to exclaim Jess! whenever any one present sneezes. Sometimes the entire holy family is included, Jess, Mara y Josl
355-357
INTERJECTIONS
jArre!
301
,^'
^>
{to
draft animals)
So! Jo! Cho! Whoa! Standstill! Miz miz! Kitty, kitty! Come, kitty!
Zape! Scat! Tus tus! Here, here! Come here! Ox!' Shoo! {to frighten fowls)
{to
dogs)
355.
Nouns, adjectives, and the imperative of verbs are
sometimes used as interjections.

Al asesino! Al ladrn!
Alto!
Murder! Stop thief!
Halt!
Alza! anda! {encouragement)
Anda! {incredulity) Pshaw!

,
Go on! Keep Come now!

,
it
up! Lively!
*2^^^^;
iBtdLYdil {to
,.
N woman)
) Fine!
,
ExceUent! Bravo!
Bueno! Good!
Calle!/
*i^^^'}Hush! Be
silent!
Shut up! ^ Nonsense!
Cuidado! Be careful! Look out!

Diga! Say! Firme! Steady!
Fuego! Fire! Oye! Oiga! Say! Listen! Hello!

Quita!
r^ -* Qmtese
ir
I V.!
Quit! ^
Get out!
Socorro! Help, help! Toma! Really! Well, well! There!
Vamos!
{impatie?ice, surprise),
Come, come! Well!
Vaya! {surprise), Well, I declare! Really!
356.
fore a
Adjectives used as interjections are followed
by de be-
noun or personal pronoun.

Pobre de m! Poor me! Alas for me! Triste de mi madre! My sad, dejected mother! Tontos de nosotros! We fools!
357.
The
interjection ay! also requires de before a following
noun or pronoun.
Ay de mi! Poor me! Woe is me! Ay de los cautivos! God help the captives! Alas for the captives!
302
358.
358-359
In conversation, hombre and mujer, as well as certain

etc.,
other words such as hijo, hija, amigo, amiga, chico, chica,

are often used with an intensive force or
Bueno! hombre, bueno! No har Pero mujer, debe V. hacerlo Quia! chico, qu dices?
lo
by way
of remonstrance.
it
Well, well, I shall not do
But you ought to do it Come! what are you saying, boy?
359.
Idioms in General Use (Modismos de
Uso General)
a caballo acabar de acabar con acertar a
a a a a a a
a a a a
correo vuelto
on horseback to have just to put an end to to happen to, chance to
by return mail
at top speed
escape eso de
fe
about
ma
de de
upon
on a
my
word
falta
flor
for lack of
level with
al aire libre
in the open air
la pata (la) llana

la
redonda
de
la(s) barba(s)
las mil maravillas
y al cabo alguna que otra vez al pie de la letra a medio cerrar andar a tientas a pie apretar el paso
al fin
unceremoniously round about under the very nose of wonderfully, admirably in the end, at the end every now and then, occasionally
literally
half shut
armar una disputa

a saber a su alrededor a sus anchas a trueque de boca de jarro bueno va! cada cual ms cada vez ms
calle arriba (abajo)
to grope on foot to quicken one's pace, hasten to set up a quarrel to wit, namely
around him
at one's ease, to the heart's content
in
exchange for
point blank indeed! verily! in emulation
more and more up (down) the street
359
ciertos son los toros
IDIOMS IN GENERAL USE

it is
303
all
true after
in
cogidos del brazo
arm
arm knew how

it
como Dios le dio a entender cmo ha de ser! como si tal cosa como V. guste
I
as well as he
how can
as as to
if
what is to be done? nothing had happened

be!
cortar el paso costar los ojos de la cara
you please head off
to cost a pretty
penny
cuando menos
cuanto antes
cubrirse dale que le das
at least
as soon as possible, without delay to put to
on one's hat
persistently, without stopping
dar a dar al traste con dar calabazas dar con dar cuerda dar en dar en el blanco dar ganas a dar que rer dar razn a darse las manos darse por darse tono dar un paseo dar un paso dar voces dar vueltas a
open (look out) upon, face
to ruin, upset
to give the mitten to encounter,

to
meet
fall
wind
(a clock)
to strike, to hit the to
come across, mark

to
upon
make one wish
to cause to laugh to justify, prove a thing to

to shake
any one
hands
airs
to be,
to put
show
on
to take a walk to take a step to shout to turn (around), reflect on, dis-.
de all en adelante de buena (mala) gana de buenas a primeras de buen grado decir para s decir para su capote de corrido de da dejar (se) de de manos a boca de memoria de par en par desde luego de todos modos
dicho se est
pute (about) thenceforth

willingly (unwillingly)
at the very start, suddenly

willingly
to say to oneself
to say to oneself
hastily, glibly
in the
daytime
to cease, stop, leave off
digmoslo as
suddenly, unexpectedly by heart wide open (applied to a door) at once, naturally at all events it may be said, it is true so to speak
304

to sleep soundly
359
dormir a pierna suelta echar de menos echar de ver echar en saco roto echar flores echar himios echar la casa por la ventana echar pie a tierra^ echarse a echar im trago el mejor da
ello dir
to miss to notice
to forget
to
pay compliments
to put on airs
money recklessly to alight, disfnount, disembark to begin, start to

to spend to drink a glass
some fine day we shall see

the fact
is
que en alta voz en aquel entonces en el acto en los puntos de los dedos en pie
ello es
that
aloud
in those days, at that time
at once at one's fingers' ends
es decir eso es
standing that is to say

that's
it
segn y conforme estar a punto de

(eso)
estar estar estar estar
fresco
para por sobre
that depends to be on the point of to be disappointed to be on the point of

to be inclined to to be on one's guard to stare at facing, in front of to frown
fijarse
en
frente a fruncir el ceo
Fulano de Tal habrselas con

hablar por los codos hace poco hacer caso a (de) hacer dao a hacer falta hacer la corte a hacer novillos hacer pedazos hacer preguntas hacer pucheros hacer un papel
Mr. What's-his-name
to have to do with to talk volubly, chatter a short while ago to pay attention to, take notice of to injure, hurt to lack, be needed to pay court to
to play truant to break to pieces
to ask questions to pout

to play a role
hoy da
ir al
caso
la
gana leer por cima

le
da
nowadays to come to the point the fancy strikes him

to glance over
359
IDIOMS IN GENERAL USE

to
305
levantarse la tapa de los sesos

lo
blow out one's brains

the same
mismo da
it's all
cabo mal de mi grado ms bien dicho ms bueno que el pan mejor dicho meterse a mientras tanto mirar de hito en hito
llevar a
to carry out, effect

in spite of
me
rather, better said
as good as gold
rather, better said
to undertake to
meanwhile
to look at fixedly attention
mucho o ja ni mucho menos

ni por
not anything like

deal
it,
not by a great
asomos
no no no no no no no no no no no no no
no no no no
cabe duda dejar de estar para bromas

faltar
ms
not in one's wildest dreams there can be no doubt not to fail to to be in no mood for joking to be the last straw
fimiadores
hay de qu
importa pasar cuidado poder ms
poder menos de se me da un bledo s qu ser para menos

servir para
no smoking you are welcome, don't mention it no matter not to worry to be exhausted, to be able tP do no more to do no less than, not to help
I don't care a
straw
.
some
sort of, a certain
to deserve nothing less, not to be surprising
nada
tener inconveniente tener cuidado venir al caso para mis adentros para servir a V. pasar por alto pasarse sin una cosa pegarla a tmo
good for nothing have no objection not to worry

to be
to
not to suit the situation to myself

at your service to pass over, omit
to do without a thing
.
...._.
"
-
to abuse one's confidence,
oolany
one
pegarse un tiro pegar un brinco
pelar la pava
to shoot oneself
to give a leap,
to
bound
poner poner poner poner
carita
de 'Pascuas en limpio
por caso pimto en
love to look pleased, smile to copy, make a copy of to assume to put a stop to, end
.
make
306

to set out, undertake to start out
359
ponerse a ponerse en camino ponerse encamado ponerse en pie por cierto por lo dems por poco (me caigo, etc.) por si acaso por tanto por un qutame all esas pajas posedo de s mismo prender fuego quebrarse los cascos
qu demonio! qu ha de ser?
to blush
to stand
up
certainly, surely
furthermore I came near (falling, etc.) in case anything should happen

accordingly, therefore
for the merest trifle
conceited to catch fire to rack one's brain the deuce! what is to be done, what can you expect?
to
to
querer decir qu tiene V.? saber de buena tinta sacar en limpio
mean
is
the matter with you? authority to clear up all doubts, find out, come to a conclusion
what
know on good
encuentro de alguien con salir del paso salirse con la suya

salir al
salir
to go to
to to
meet someone
with, propose
come out
to get out of the difficulty
have one's own way
sentar plaza ser cosa corriente ser de da ser parte a

servir para
to enlist to be a matter of firm belief
to be day(light) to contribute to
to serve for, be suited to
I
siento
mucho que
boca es ma sin pararse en pelillos

sin decir esta
soltar la carcajada (risa)
tal
am very sorry that without speaking a word without stopping at trifles to burst out laughing
tit for
para cual
tat
tener tener tener tener tener tener tener
buena cara en cuenta

gusto
to look well
to take into account
to take pleasure
(prisa, etc.)
hambre
la palabra
que ver (con)

sal
hungry (in a hurry, have the floor to have to do (with)

to be to to be attractive, witty to take to one's heels
to
etc.)
tomar
tratar
las
de Villadiego
con
have relations with,
visit,
be in
una buena pieza
society a good fellow
II
360
una que
EXAMPLES OF EPISTOLARY STYLE

once in a while to be worth while to employ, make use of Heavens! good gracious! to be opportune, seasonable to come to blows to dress in an elegant manner to (do) again to turn back yes indeed, I should say so
307
otra vez valer la pena valerse de
vlgame Dios! venir a cuento venir a las manos vestirse de veinticinco alfileres volver a (hacer) volver pies atrs ya lo creo
360.
Examples
of Epistolary Style {Ejemplos

Estilo Epistolar)
de
gain some idea of
From the following examples of epistolary style the student will how to wdte and address a letter in Spanish. The epistolary forms of salutation are many and varied, from
the formal
Muy
Seor mo, ^Dear
Sir,'
to the
most expansive
followed
expressions of regard.
Some
of those
most frequently used may
be seen in the ensuing
letters.
They should always be
by a
in
colon.
Conclusions are
much more
elaborate in Spanish letters than
EngHsh, and in those of Spain than in those of the Spanish

countries.
American
so often used
The latter usually avoid the Q. B. S. M. by Spaniards when writing to men and the Q. B. If there is great S. P. so often added when writing to women. intimacy, these endings are frequently omitted by Spaniards also.
Note.
The following abbreviations are often met with

afectsimo afecto atento
affectionate attentive
in
Spanish
correspondence:
af . or afp.oio
af.to
most affectionate
atto. OK att.
ave. B. L. M. or b. 1. m. B. L. P. or b. 1. p. C.a or
avenida besa la mano besa los pies
avenue
kisses the
hand
kisses the feet
CM
compaa
corriente
company
current (or present)
corr.te or cte.
month
B. or c. m. b. C. P. B. or c. p. b.
C.
M.
cuyas manos beso cuyos pies beso
whose hands I kiss whose feet I kiss
D.
or "D.^
Don
308
D.a
dha., dho.
360
Doa
dicha, dicho
aforesaid
right
dra., dro., or dcha., dcho. derecha,
derecho
dnpA^
E. P. D. E. P. M.
etc.,
duplicado
duplicate
en paz descanse en propia mano

etctera
may
into (his)
l cetera
he rest in peace own hands, to be delivered in person

excellent,
&a.
Ex.nio
fha.
izq.a, izq.o,
Excelentsimo
fecha
or or
Most
date
left
Hon-
orable izqA^,
b.
1.
izqtderda, izquierdo
le
izq.do
L. B. L.
n.o,
M.
1.
m.
besa
la
mano
kisses
your hand
nra., nro.,
i?r
i?r
ntra., ntro.
nuestra, nuestro
our
num.
nmero
presbtero por ciento
^^
number
priest
Pbro., presb.
P%. P.P.
ppdo.
pral.
Pte Pagado
prximo pasado
principal
per cent post-paid ultimo (ult.)

principal (floor)
P. S.
ps.
Post scrptum pesos

pesetas
S.
postscript
dollars
ptas.
pesetas
m. que besa su mano que besa sus pies Q. B. S. P. or q. b. s. p. Q. E. S. M. or q. e. s. m. que estrecha su
Q.B.
M.
7r
q. b. s.
who who
your hand your feet w^ho claps your hand

kisses kisses
mano Q.D. G.
Q. D. D. G.
E. P. Q. E. G. E. R. R. I. P.
S. C.
i?r
que Dios guarde que de Dios goce
may God keep him may he be in God's

;
Q.D.
que descanse en paz que en Gloria est
may may
keeping he rest in peace he be in Glory
Reverendo
reqtiiescat in pace
Reverend
may
he rest in peace
(Latin)
s. c.
Sra.
Sr.
Sres.
Srta.
S. S.i
S. S. S.
ult.o
*
su casa Seora Seor Seores

Seorita seguro servidor su seguro servidor ltimo
your house
madame
Sir
Messrs.
Miss
faithful servant
your
last
faithful servant
V.da
viuda
1
widow
Plural SS. SS.
360
LETTERS
Envelopes (Sobres de Cartas)
Sr.
309
1.
D. Antonio Marzn,
Calle
Mayor, 23-2.-dcha.,
Madrid,
Espaa.
Sra. D.^ Engracia Godnez, V.^^ e Ferrugia,
San Andrs, N.
15, pral., izq.,
Barcelona,
Espaa.
In addresses, after the name of the street, it is customary put the number of the house (preceded or not by the abbreviation Unless the v/hole house is occupied by N.<^ for nmero, 'number'). the family, the number of the floor (or story) follows. One must not be deceived by the term segundo (2.), or second story, for one has to reckon frequently with a planta baja or piso bajo, 'ground floor,' an entresuelo, 'entresol' (not always present), a principal (abbreviation pral.), 'principal floor,' and aprimare, 'first floor,' before arriving at the segundo. Often the abbreviation dcha., for derecha, 'right,' or
Note.
to
izq.^, for
on which side
izquierda, 'left,' follows the number of the house, to indicate of the landing or corridor to find the apartment.
The
following terms are also often added to addresses:
En En
casa de
lista
Certificado
Impresos
2.
In care of General delivery Registered Printed matter
Particular
Personal
Precisa A reexpedir
Urgent
Please forward
Letter of Introduction (Carta de Presentacin)

Club Hispano- Americano, Ithaca, New York, Agosto 25 de 1920.
Seor
Don
Csar Emilio Arroyo y Pastor, Quito, Ecuador, S. A.^
Inol\tdable amigo mo 2; sta tiene por objeto, despus

mordial de saludarle
del prial
muy
afectuosamente,
de presentarle
por-
tador de esta carta, Sr. Dn. Felipe A. Boloa, Ingeniero Electricista.

1
Abbreviation for Sud Amrica, South America.' These introductory words may occupy a line by themselves, the
'
letter being continued
on the
line below.
310
El seor Boloa

es
360
una persona
muy
estimable e interesante, piensa

el
pasar ima temporada en esa ciudad y no dudo que, desde harn ustedes buenas migas.
principio,
Todo cuanto Ud. haga en favor de dicho mente apreciado por su

.
Sr.
Boloa ser debida-
Viejo amigo
{
S. S.
Pedro Cano.
3.
Letter of Invitation (Carta de Invitacin)
San Sebastin,
Agosto 29 de 1920.
Seor
Don
la Torre,
Rafael de
Ciudad.
Estimado amigo ^:
En
unin de varios amigos he decidido celebrar mi cumpleaos

el
el
jueves prximo con una comida en
Hotel Continental.
Siendo
como es Ud. uno de mis mejores compaeros y camaradas, celebrara mucho tenerle presente en dicha reunin que, a no dudarlo, recibir mayor inters con su presencia.
Despus de cenar iremos al Casino, pues esta noche se representa La Gran Va en beneficio de la tiple Fuentes. Esperando ser favorecido con ima respuesta favorable, quedo como
siempre
Su
invariable amigo
y S. S. Francisco de Casablanca.
4.
Letter of Acceptance (Carta de Aceptacin)
San Sebastl^n,
Agosto 30 de 1920.
Seor
Don
Presente.^
Francisco de Casablanca,
Querido amigo: Agradezco a Ud. sinceramente

cin a
1
la
atenta invita-
una comida en
el
Hotel Continental con que Ud. se ha dignado

letter being
may occupy a line by themselves, the on the line below, as here. 2 Presente has the same meaning as Ciudad, 'city.'
These introductory words
continued
360
favorecerme.
LETTERS
La
acepto, desde luego,
311
y espero que en
feKcidades.
atto.
ella
el
tendr
da de
ocasin de manifestarle personalmente mis deseos por que
su natalicio le brinde las
ms cumplidas
De Ud.
amigo y
S. S.
Rafael de la Torre.
5.
Letters of Regret (Cartas de Excusa)
San Sebastin,
Agosto 30 de 1920.
Seor
Don
Ciudad.
Francisco de Casablanca,
Estimado amigo mo: Tengo mucho placer en manifestarle mi agradecimiento por su atenta invitacin para una comida en el Hotel
Continental
el
jueves prximo con motivo de su natalicio.

ella,
Siento muchsimo no poder asistir a
pues causas ajenas a mi
voluntad
me
obligan a salir de la ciudad esta
misma
tarde.
Verdadero placer hubiera tenido en expresar personalmente mis

mejores deseos por que
el
da de su cumpleaos le sea
el
pre-
cursor de mil felicidades, pero
ya que
esto
no
es posible, reciba al
menos, por medio de esta carta, mis ms sinceros recuerdos y agradecimiento.
Siempre su amigo
Vctor Oviedo.
Seora
Doa
Ciudad.
Mara Gonzlez de Murillo,
Muy
bailes
Seora, ma: Recib su amable invitacin para una serie de

el
y tengo
:
sentimiento de notificarle que
me
es imposible
aceptar por carecer de aptitudes para tan agradable pasatiemo.
Seora a los pies de V. su af .^

S. S.
Q. B. S.
M.
Antonio Jess Rubio,

B.\RCELONA, 13/XII/20.
'
312
360
6.
Letter of Condolence {Carta de Psame)
Granada,
Seorita
Agosto 29 de 1919.
Sevilla.
Carmen Guerra^
estimada amiga ma: En este momento acabo de recibir la triste nueva del fallecimiento de su respetado padre el Sr. Dn. Armando Guerra (Q. D. D. G.). Considero el estado actual de Ud., lamento este triste acontecimiento, rae doy perfecta cuenta de su dolor y ni siquiera puedo brindarle palabras de consuelo: grande es su desgracia, amiga ma, y natural es que sufra. Eso s, suplico a Ud. me considere entre los que ms de cerca han participado de esta desgracia, pues, de corazn comparto con Ud. de su pesar. Dgnese aceptar mis votos por que en lo futuro pueda Ud. gozar de esa calma y bienestar que tanto ambiciono para Ud. y su atribulada familia.
Muy
stos son los deseos de su
Decidido amigo y
S. S.
Q. B. S. P.
Juan Manuel Campanera.

7.
Letter of Congratulation {Carta de Felicitacin)
Barcelona,
Seor
Don
Julio 25 de 1919.
Roberto Andrade, Madrid.
Querido amigo mo: El
correo de esta
maana me ha
trado su
atenta carta de 23 de Julio.
Por
ella
me
he impuesto del brillante
to que ha alcanzado Ud. en sus exmenes finales, logrando termiel Curso de Derecho en la Universidad de Madrid. Dgnese Ud. recibir mis ms sinceras felicitaciones as como tambin mis mejores deseos por que en lo futuro goce Ud. de todos los triunfos y consideraciones a que Ud. se ha hecho acreedor por su aprovechamiento y conducta durante los varios aos de su curso escolar. Hasta tener el placer de verle, se despide cariosamente Su afectsimo amigo y S. S.
nar lucidamente
Q. B. S.
M.
Jos Mara Falcon.
360
LETTERS
Friendly Letters {Cartas de Amistad)
313
8.
Madrid, 12 de Abril de
1920,
Muy Sr. mo y distinguido amigo: Fu en mi poder su muy atenta

carta de fecha 12 de diciembre pasado, a la cual no he contestado
antes no por falta de voluntad, sino por haber estado una temporada
ocupadsimo.
que tan cortsmente me enva, pues considero muy natural mi comportamiento, y mi deseo hubiera sido haber podido acompaarle ms tiempo y servirle mejor
No
admito de ninguna manera
las gracias
para
el fin
que
me
propona.
el
Salude V. en mi nombre a su Seora, aimque no tengo

conocerla,
ira
honor de
y V. mande como guste a su atto. S. S. que de buena gana a hacerle una visita y 1. b. 1. m.
Ignacio L. Corcuera.
Nueva York,
25 de Octubre de 1920.
nueve de la noche llegamos a sta despus de un buen viaje en el vapor francs France, que no ha tardado ms que cinco das y doce horas desde el Havre. Mi impresin de esta ciudad es de las que no se olvidan. La entrada del vapor al anochecer es grandiosa, y comprender mi entusiasmo y sorpresa al ver el movimiento vertiginoso de esta gran ciudad tan diferente a las conocidas por m. Todos me encargan muchos recuerdos afectuosos para tan distinguido amigo y Ud. mande como guste a su siempre amigo afmo. S. S. q. s. m. b.^
El da 23 a
las
Muy querido amigo:
Julio A. Santilln.
9.
Business Letters (Cartas de Negocios)

Madrid, 17 de Diciembre de
1920.
Seor
Don Juan
^
Daz,
a V.
Muy
Seor mo: Ciertamente habr extraado
mi
falta
de
cumpHmiento en
1
esta ocasin, debida a que^ convaleciente de larga

att.^ del
enfermedad, no he podido contestar antes a su
10 de Oc-
A variant
of Q. B. S.
M.
'
Xo
the fact that.'
314
tubre.
360
ficados
Los libros obran en mi poder y se los remitir en breve certicomo le promet. Perdneme si le causo algn trastorno y entretanto queda en espera de sus apreciables rdenes su ms att. y af.^ S. S.
Q. S.
M.
B.i
iEdARDO GADN.
Quito, Junio de 1919.
Seor Abelardo Pachano:
Los suscritos fundadores de Altos Relieves, publicacin que el buen gusto literario en la juventud intelectual de esta Repblica, tienen a honra dirigirse a Ud., suphcndole se sirva cooperar a tan alto fin, envindonos sus prestigiosas colaboraciones, las que por su mrito y belleza darn realce a nuestra Revista. En espera de ser favorecidos, quedamos de Ud. respetuosos y
tiende a difundir
atentos SS. SS,
Julio E. Rueda,
Aurelio Falcon,
Directores propietarios.
La Habana, Cuba, 20
La Catalana, Fbrica de Vinos,
de Febrero de 1920.
Rambla
42,
Barcelona, Espaa.
Muy
Seores mos: Tenemos informes del agente consular de nuestro
pas en sa, de
las ventajosas condiciones
en que estn ustedes exportando sus pro-
ductos, as
como de
los precios atractivos
fciles condiciones
de
pago,
y tenemos
la satisfaccin
de proponerles que nos nombren sus
representantes
en sta; recprocamente nosotros nombraremos a
ustedes nuestros representantes en ese pas para la venta del aperitivo Bacardi, nuestra especiaHdad.
Nosotros estamos establecidos en esta plaza desde hace ms de
y nos dedicamos a la exportacin e importacin de vinos en particular y de abaceras en general. La Ca. Exportadora de Catalua, de Barcelona, con la cual hemos hecho varias transacciones,
diez aos
1
variant of Q. B.
S.
M.
360
LETTERS
315
puede dar a ustedes referencias de nosotros, as como el Banco Nacional de Cuba y la Cmara de Comercio de esta ciudad.
Esperando que nuestras transacciones sern satisfactorias para ambas partes, tenemos el gusto de suscribirnos como sus atentos
af.^ôs
SS. SS.
Pedro Caldern y Albes,

Obispo
25.
MJICO, 20 de Febrero de 1920.
The Remington Typewriter
Co.,
New
York.
Muy
Seores mos:
Habiendo abierto recientemente esta oficina, necesitamos diez mquinas de escribir y hemos decidido comprarlas de la marca de ustedes. Srvanse decirnos si podran hacernos un descuento, en la inteligencia de que queremos mquinas del ltimo modelo, para idioma espaol; tambin quisiramos nos mandaran su catlogo de cintas para mquinas de escribir y dems accesorios.
De
Uds.
muy
atto. S. S.
Carlos Canales,
Ave. de
la
Independencia,
Num.
5,
Ciudad de Mjico.
New
Seor Don Carlos Canales, Ave. de la Independencia,
Mjico.
York, 3 de Marzo de
1920.
Nm.
5,
Muy
el
Seor mo: Con referencia a su atenta
carta de fecha 20 del mes pasado, tenemos
honor de manifestar a Ud. que no podemos hacerle ninguna venta pues desde hace tiempo tenemos establecida una sucursal en esa ciudad para atender a los pedidos de esa plaza; pero puede Ud. estar seguro de que en ella sern atendidas sus rdenes debidamente.
directa,
Con esta fecha escribimos a nuestros representantes, avisndoles de sus deseos y visitarn a Ud. en sus oficinas para hablar sobre el
particular.
De Ud.
attos. SS. SS.
The Remington Typewriter
Co.,
New York
City.
316

Buenos Aires, 20 de Febrero de
360
1920.
The Ford Auto
Co.,
Detroit, Michigan.
Muy
Seores mos:
las mltiples as
Convencidos de
ventajas que tienen los automviles

la
que ustedes fabrican

preguntarles
al
si
como de
necesidad ûe hay en esta ciudad

les
de un vehculo de esas condiciones,
escribimos la presente para
podran comprometerse a entregarnos mil automviles
mes y
cuales seran sus precios
posible,
Esperando recibir tenemos la

attos. SS. SS.
y condiciones de pago. una respuesta de ustedes a la mayor brevedad satisfaccin de ofrecernos como sus afmos. y
muy
Vasconcelos y Jimenez,
Importadores y Exportadores.
10.
Wedding
Invitation {Parte de Matrimonio)
Claudio A. Martnez y Alvarez
y
Josefa Puig de Martnez
tienen la honra de participar a Vd.
el
enlace de su hijo
Carlos
con
la
Seorita Cristina Andrs
supHcndole asista a
la
bendicin nupcial
el Sr.
que
les ser
dada por
Pbro.^
Don
el
Luis G. Romo,
23 del actual a las once de la
maana en
la
Capilla de Ntra. Sra. del Pilar. Zaragoza, Noviembre de 1908.^

^
Presbtero, 'priest*
similar invitation on the part of the bride's parents generally accompanies this.
360
ANNOtJNCEMENT OF A DEATH
Announcement
of a
31 7
.11.
Death {Esquela Mortuoria^)
t
DON
Ha
JULIO GARCA NEZ
LICENCIADO EN LA FACULTAD DE DERECHO

Fallecido ayer a las lo de la noche
despus de haber recibido los Santos Sacramentos y la Bendicin Apostlica

a los 21 aos de edad
R.
I.
P.
Su desconsolada madre, doa Antonia Nez Gonzlez, hermanos, tos, primos y dems parientes:
a usted encomiende a Dios su alma y asista al Funeral y Misas que, por su eterno descanso, se celebrarn el da ij de los corrientes^ a las diez de la maana en la parroquial de este pueblo, por lo que le que-
RUEGAN
darn
muy
reconocidos.
ViLLARDEVs, Marzo 12 de 1910.
Such announcements are heavily bordered with black.

318
361.
361
Poems
to
be Memorized {Poesas para aprender de Memoria)
Qu
es poesa? dices mientras clavas
En mi
Qu
Poesa
pupila tu pupila azul;
es poesa?
.
me
lo
pregimtas?
eres t.
Gustavo Adolfo Bcquer (1837-1870):
Rimas.
Los suspiros son aire, y van al aire. Las lgrimas son agua, y van al mar. Dime, mujer: cuando el amor se olvida, Sabes t a dnde va? Bcquer:
Id.
Hojas del rbol cadas

Juguetes del viento son:
Las ilusiones perdidas
1
I
Ay! son hojas desprendidas
Del rbol del corazn!

Jos de Espronceda (1809-1842): El Estudiante de Salamanca (Extract)
Que descansada vida
La
del
que huye
el
mundanal
ruido,
Y sigue la escondida
Senda, por donde han ido
mundo han sido! Fray Luis (Ponce) de Len (1527-1591):

Los pocos sabios que en
el
Oda
(Extract),
Un frenes. Qu es la vida? Una ilusin, Qu es la vida? Una sombra, una ficcin,
Y el mayor bien es pequeo;
361
1>0EMS TO BE
MEMORIZED
319
Que toda
la
vida es sueo,
Y los sueos
sueo son.
Pedro Caldern de la Barca (1600-1681): La Vida es Sueo (Extract).

Cuentan de un
sabio,
que im da
Tan pobre y msero estaba, Que slo se sustentaba
De
unas yerbas que coga.

s
Habr otro (entre
deca)
Ms
pobre y
triste
que yo?
Y cuando el rostro volvi,

Hall la respuesta, viendo
Que
iba otro sabio cogiendo

l arroj.
Las hojas que
Caldern:
S corts sobremanera, S liberal y esparcido;
Id. (Extract).
Que
sombrero y el dinero Son los que hacen los amigos.

el
Caldern:
El Alcalde de Zalamea (Extract).

MADRIGAL
Ojos
Si de
claros, serenos,
sois alabados,
un dulce mirar
si
Por qu,
Si
me
miris, miris airados?
cuanto ms piadosos,
bellos parecis a aqul
Ms
Por qu a m solo
Ojds
me
que os mira, miris con ira?

al
claros, serenos.
Ya
que
as
me
miris,
miradme
menos!
Gutierre de Cetina (1520?-1560?).
320
361
Nada te turbe; Nada te espante; Todo se pasa;

Dios no se muda,
La
paciencia todo lo alcanza.

tiene,
^
Quien a Dios
Nada
le falta.
Solo Dios basta.
Santa Teresa de Jess (1515-1582):

Letrilla que llevaba por registro en
su breviario.
UN SONETO
Un
soneto
Que en
me manda hacer Violante, mi vida me he visto en tal aprieto,

los tres delante.
Catorce versos dicen que es soneto.
Burla burlando van
Yo
Mas
pens que no hallara consonante,

cuarteto,
Y estoy a la mitad de otro

si
No
veo en el primer terceto hay cosa en los cuartetos que me espante.
me
Por el primer terceto voy entrando, Y aun parece que entr con pie derecho. Pues fin con este verso le voy dando. Ya estoy en el segundo, y aun sospecho. Que estoy los trece versos acabando:
Contad
si
son catorce, y est hecho.
Lope Flix de Vega Carpi (1562-1635)
POEMS TO BE MEMORIZED
321
DOLORAS
Ni amor
canto, ni hermosura,
Porque sta es un vano alio, Y adems Aqul una sombra obscura. No es ms que sombra el cario?
Nada ms.
flores
Esas
con que ufana
Tu
frente se diviniza,
Ya
vers
Nada ms son que ceniza? Nada ms,

Y en tu contento no escaso;
Qu
dirs
Cual son ceniza maana.
que
es
un contento,
Nada ms, nia, que viento.

Nada ms!
Qu dirs? Nada ms que viento acaso?
En
la
edad de
las pasiones,
A vueltas
Aire,
de mil enojos.
e ilusiones:
Hallars
sombras
Nada ms,
luz de
mis
ojos,
Nada ms!
Ramn de Campoamor
(1819-1901):
la
Vanidad de
Volvern
las
Hermosura,
obscuras golondrinas
ala a sus cristales
En
tu balcn sus nidos a colgar,

el
Y, otr^ vez, con
Jugando llamarn. Pero aqullas que el vuelo refrenaban Tu hermosura y mi dicha a contemplar,
322
FIRST COUE.se in SPANISH

Aqullas que aprendieron nuestros nombres
. .
361
sas ... no volvern!

Volvern
las tupidas
madreselvas
De
tu jardn las tapias a escalar,
Y otra vez a la tarde,

Sus
aun ms hermosas,
roco,
flores se abrirn;
Pero aqullas, cuajadas de
Cuyas gotas mirbamos temblar Y caer, como lgrimas del da

.
sas
.no volvern!
Volvern del amor en tus odos
Las palabras ardientes a sonar;
Tu
corazn de su profundo sueo
Tal vez despertar;

Pero
mudo y absorto y de rodillas. Como se adora a Dios ante su altar. desengate, Como yo te he querido
.
As
no
te querrn!
Bcquer: Rimas.
FBULA
Los Dos Conejos
Por entre unas matas
Seguido de perros,
(No dir corra) Volaba un conejo.
De
Sali
su madriguera
Y le dijo: Tente,
Amigo, qu
im compaero,
es esto?
ser? responde;
. . .
'
Qu ha de
Sin aliento llego
Dos
picaros galgos
siguiendo.
Me vienen
361
POEMS TO BE MEMORIZED
323
Por
Si (replica el otro),
all los
veo,
Pues, qu son? Podencos. Qu? Podencos dices?

S,
Pero no son galgos.
como mi abuelo. Galgos, y muy galgos:

los tengo.
Bien visto
Son podencos: vaya, Que no entiendes de Son Digo que podencos.

eso.
galgos, te digo.
En
esta disputa
los perros,
Llegando
Pillan descuidados
A mis
dos conejos.
Los que por cuestiones De poco momento Dejan lo que importa,

Llvense este ejemplo.
Toms de Triarte
(1750-1791).
SPANISH-ENGLISH
actividad,/., activity, bustle actual, adj., actual, present; del
a,
prep., to, at, in; al, on,
upon
(with infinitive) abacera,/., provision, delicacy
of the present month acueducto, m., aqueduct acusativo, m., accusative

,
Abelardo, m., Abelard abogado, m., lawyer

abril, m., April
adems,
adv.,
moreover
abrir, irr.
v., to open; pp. abierto absoluto, -a, absolute absorto, -a, absorbed, ecstatic abuela,/., grandmother abuelo, w., grandfather; />/., grandparents ac, adv,, here, hither de, to acabar, to finish, end;
adentro, adv., within adjetivo, -a, adjective admirable, adj., admirable admirar, to admire
admitir, to admit adorar, to adore adquirir (ie), to acquire
aduana,/., custom-house
adverbial, adj., adverbial adverbio, m., adverb afectsimo, -a, most affectionate
{ahhreviation afmo.) afectuoso, -a, affectionate
afeitarse, to shave (oneself)
have just
acaso, adv., perhaps, perchance accesorio, m., accessory accin,/., action, act
aceite, m., (olive) oil
afirmativo, -a, affirmative

frica,/., Africa
acento, m., accent acentuar, to accent aceptacin,/., acceptance aceptar, to accept acera,/., sidewalk acerca de, prep., about, concerning achicar, to dwarf, lessen acoger, to welcome
agente, m., agent agosto, m., August agradable, adj., agreeable agradecer, to thank (for), appreciate
agradecimiento, m., gratitude, thanks

agricultura,/., agriculture
acompaar, to accompany, go with

aconsejar, to advise, counsel acontecimiento, m., incident, event, occurrence
agua,/., water ah, adv., there {near the person addressed)
ahora, adv.,
aire, m., air,
now
wind
acordarse (ue) de, to remember acostarse (ue), to go to bed acreedor, adj., worthy
airado, -a, angry
ajeno, -a, foreign, contrary to
325
326
ajustar, to
ala,/.,
fit
SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
a menudo, adv., often, frequently Amrica,/., America; Central, Central America; Norte {or del Norte), North America; Sud {or del Sur) South America americana, /., ''sack" coat, business coat {called in Spanish
wing
alabar, to praise Alcal (la Calle de), Alcal Street

{one of the
principal streets of
Madrid)
alcalde, w.,
mayor
alcanzar, to attain, obtain, reach alczar, m., Moorish palace

alcoba,/.,
Americak countries
ssico)
bedroom
gay
alegrarse, to be glad alegre, adj., joyful, glad,
americano, -a, American a menos que, conj., unless amiga,/., friend amigo, m., friend
amistad,/., friendship amor, m., love ancho, -a, wide, broad anchura,/., width Andaluca,/., Andalusia andar, irr. v., to go, walk Andes (los), the Andes
alemn, -a,
adj.,
German
alfabeto, w., alphabet algo, indef. pron., something; adv.,
somewhat
alguien, indef. pron., any one, somebody,
some one, anybody
alguno, -a, indef. adj. a7id pron., any, some, a few; alguna cosa, something, anything; cosa alguna, nothing Aambra (la),/., the Alhambra aliento, m., breath
alio, m.,
animado, -a, animated, Hvely animal, m., animal animar, to animate

aniversario, m., anniversary
ornament
there, thither
all, adv., there, thither

all, adv.,
anoche, adv., last night anochecer, m., nightfall Antafogasta, /., Antafogasta ond port in Chile)
{sec-
alma,/., soul
almohada,/., pillow almorzar (ue) to lunch almuerzo, m., lunch, luncheon alrededor, adv., around; a su
,
ante, prep., before, in (the) face of anteanoche, adv., night before last anteayer, adv., day before yester-
day
antecedente, adj., antecedent antecedente, m., antecedent anterior, adj., anterior, former
antes, adv.,
around it (him, her) alrededores, m. pi., environs

altar, m., altar
alto, -a, high, tall, lofty, alto, adv.,
worthy
de,
first,
formerly, before;
prep., before {usually ap-
loud
plied to time);
altura,/., height
alumna,/., pupil
alumno, m., pupil

alzar, to raise
amabilidad,/., kindness
amable, adj., kind, charming ambicionar, to desire, covet ambigedad,/., ambiguity ambos, -as, both
de ayer, night before last; (de) day before yesterday; que, conj., before anticipacin,/., anticipation antiguamente, aJz;., formerly antiguo, -a, ancient Antonia,/., Antonia Antonio, m., Anthony anuncio, w., advertisement
de
anoche,
aadir, to add ao, m., year apellidarse, to be
apellido, m.,
artculo,
fu.,
327
article;
definite
article;
definido, indefinido,
named
indefinite article
surname, family name apenas, adv., scarcely, hardly

aperitivo, m., aperitive
a pesar de, prep., in "spite of; a pesar de que, conj., in spite of

the fact that
aplicar, to
apply
apcope,/., apocopation aposicin,/., apposition

apostlico, -a, apostolic
artsticamente, adv., artistically artstico, -a, artistic arzobispo, m., archbishop asado, -a, roasted, done; bien weU. done; poco rare asar, to roast asegurar, to assure, secure asesinar, to assassinate
as, adv., so, thus;
como, as well
as
apreciable, adj., valuable apreciar, to appreciate
aprender, to learn;
to
de memoria,
profit,
asiento, m., seat as que, conj., as soon as
memorize
vt.,
aprieto, m., extremity
be present at asombrar, to astonish asombroso, -a, astonishing, wonasistir (a), to attend,
aprovechamiento,
ress
progthe
aprovechar, to profit by,
make
most of aproximadamente, mately
adv.,
approxi-
derful aspecto, m., aspect, appearance asunto, m., subject, affair Atahualpa, m., x\tahualpa (Inca emperor executed by Pizarro, son
of
Huayana-Cdpac)
aproximarse, to approach, come near

aptitud,/., aptitude, ability
atencin,/., attention
aquel, aquella, defn. adj., that; aquellos, -as, those
pi.,
atender (ie), to attend atentamente, adv., attentively atento, -a, attentive, kind
Atlntico, -a, Atlantic
atracar,
to
aqul, aqulla, dem. pron., that one, the former; pL, aqullos, -as, those, the former. aquello, dem. pron., that aqu, adv., here, hither; por about here, around here
come
alongside,
be
moored
atractivo, -a, attractive
atravesar (ie), to cross a travs de, prep., through, across

atribular, to afflict
Araucana
the Araucana (poem by Alonso de Er cilla)

(la),
aula,/., hall, lecture-room
aimientar, to increase
Araucano, m., Araucanian (Indian

of Chile) rbol, m., tree
aun
(an),
adv.,
yet,
it
still,
even
(accented
when
follows a verb)
aunque,
conj.,
although
arcada,/., arcade
arco, m., arch
Aurelio, m., Aurelius
automvil, m., automobile

auxiliar, adj., auxiliary
auxiliar, m., auxiliary
ardiente, adj., ardent, burning aristocracia,/., aristocracy arquitectura,/., architecture

arrojar, to
avenida,/., avenue
throw (away), ing, dash
Avenida
de
Mayo
(la),
May
328
Avenue
{the
great
boulevard of
Buenos Aires)
avisar, to notify, inform
ay!, int., alas!
ayer, adv., yesterday

ajruda, /., aid, help, assistance a3rudar, to aid, help
azcar, m., sugar

azul, adj., blue
to the works of Christopher Columbus, in Seville) Biblioteca Nacional (la), the National Library {the most important library of Spain, located in Madrid) bien, m., good, benefit, blessing bien, adv., Well; good!
devoted
B
baJiia, /.,
bay
dance
bailar, to
bienestar, m., welfare, well-being billete, m., ticket bianco, -a, white bloque, m., block boca,/., mouth
Bolivia,/., Bolivia
baile, m., dance, ball
bajar, to go (come)
down; lower
,
bajo, prep., under, beneath
bajo, -a, low; piso
ground
floor
balaustrada, /., balustrade balcn, m., balcony (window) balneario, m., bathing resort banco, m., bank; bench bandera,/., flag banderilla, /., banderilla {small
decorated dart)
Bolivar (Simn), Simon Bolivar {Venezuelan hero and patriot [1783-1830]. He overthrew Spanish domination in the northern countries of South America) Bolonia, /., Bologna {city in Italy) bolsillo, m., pocket; reloj de
watch
bonaerense,
adj.,
(native) of
Buenos Aires
bondad,/., goodness, kindness bonito, -a, pretty bordo, m., board {ship)', a on board borrador, m., eraser
banderillero, m., banderillero {who sticks the banderillas into the top of the huWs shoulders)
baar (se), to bathe bao, m., bath barato, -a, cheap barba,/., chin; beard Barcelona, /., Barcelona {important
city
borrar, to erase, expunge bosque, m., wood, forest

botella,/., bottle
of Spain,
capital
of
Brasil
Catalonia)
enough, quite, adv., bastante, rather bastar, to be enough, sufiQce bal, m., trunk beber, to drink
belleza,/.,
(el), Brazil brasileo, -a, Brazilian brazo, m., arm
breve, adj., brief; en soon /., brevity; a la mayor posible, as soon as possible breviario, m., breviary
,
brevedad,
beauty
brillante, adj., brilliant
bello, -a, beautiful
bendicin,/., blessing
beneficio, m., benefit
besar, to kiss
Colombiblioteca, /., library; bina, Columbus Library {library
brindar, to toast, favor with, offer bueno, -a, good, kind, well; !, good!, all right! Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires {capital of the Argentine Republic) buque, m., boat, vessel
\
SPANISH-ENGLISH \'OCABULARY
Burgos, m., Burgos (city in northern Spain, famous for its cathedral)
329
cambio, m., change camino, m., way, road

camisa,/., shirt camisera, /., haberdashery, shirtstore
burla,/., jest
burlar, to ridicule; burla burlando,
fooling along
buscar, to look for, seek butaca, /., orchestra chair, armchair buzn, m., mail-box (hole through which letters are mailed)
campana,/., bell campo, w., field, country (in contradistinction to city) casa de country house
;
Canad
(el),
Canada
(el),
canal, m., canal
Canal de Panam ama Canal

cansado, -a, tired
caballero,
m.,
the Pan-
gentleman,
man;
(as term of address) sir on horsecaballo, w., horse; a
back
cabello, w., hair (usually used in
the plural)
cansar, to tire cantar, to sing (of) capa,/., cape capilla,/., chapel

capital, /., capital (of a country)
capitolio, m., capitol
cabeza., f., head cada, indef. adj., each, every
cara,/., face
Caracas,
/.,
Caracas
(capital
of
cada uno, -a,

caer,
irr. v.,
indcf. pron., each
one
to fall
caf, m., coffee, caf
Venezuela) carcter (pL caracteres), w., character

caracterizar, to characterize
Cairo
(el)
Cairo (capital of Egypt)
caja,/.,
box
cardinal,
calcetn, m., sock
calidad,/., quality
caliente, adj., hot
calificar, to
compass cardinal, m., cardinal (number)

es, points of the
adj.,
cardinal;
puntos
modify, qualify
calificativo, -a, qualifying
carecer, to lack; por lack carga,/., load

cargar,
to
since I
calma,/., calm calor, m., heat; hacer to be warm, hot (of weather) tener to be warm (of persons) callar, to quiet, hush; be !, quiet!, hush!
charge,
load;
en
cuenta, to charge (to one's account)

cario, m., affection, lovê
carioso, -a, affectionate Carlos, m., Charles
calle,/., street
Carmen,
(la),
/.,
Carmen
story
flesh
(heroine
Calle Florida
(the
Florida Street
street
Mrime^s
opera)
and
of Bizet's
most elegant shopping
in Buenos Aires)
came,/., meat,
cama,/., bed cmara,/., chamber
caro, -a, dear, expensive
carrera,/., career
camarada, m., comrade cambiar (en) to change

,
carruaje, m., carriage

(to or into)
carta,/., letter
330
casa,
/.,
house, home; en
in the house; a
home,
to the house;
home, de huspedes,
,
at
Csar, m., Caesar Cid (el), the Cid
{Ruy Diaz of Vivar, the Spanish national hero

of the eleventh century)
boarding-house casado, -a, married casar, to marry;
se
cielo, m., sky,
heaven
con,
to
ciencia,/., science
ciento, adj., (a or one)
marry Casa Rosada
hundred
the Pink House {the residence of the President of the Argentine Republic, corre(la),
ciertamente, adj., certainly, surely cierto, -a, certain, sure

cigarrera,
/.,
cigar
{or
cigarette)
sponding to the White House Washington) casi, adv., almost

casino, m., club, casino caso, m., case
at
maker
cigarrillo, m., cigarette
cigarro, m., cigar
cinco, adj., five
castellano, -a, Castilian, Spanish;
subst, m., Castilian
Castilla,/., Castille
cincuenta, adj., fifty cinematgrafo, m., moving-picture show {called familiarly cine, 'movies')
cinta,/., ribbon
catlogo, m., catalogue cataln, -a, Catalonian, of Catalonia; subst. m., Catalonian
ciudad,/., city
civilizacin,/., civilization
Catalua,/., Catalonia catedral,/., cathedral catlico, -a, Catholic catorce, adj., fourteen causa, /., cause, reason causar, to cause, make
celebrar,
lighted;
claramente, adv., clearly

claro, -a, clear
clase,/., class; class-room; kind
Claudio, m., Claudius

clusula,/., clause
clavar, to nail, stick, fix
to
celebrate;
se, to
be
de-
clima, m., climate
take place
clebre, adj., celebrated,
famous
cemento, m., cement cena, /., supper

cenar, to sup, dine ceniza, /., ashes centro, m., center cepillo, m., brush, eraser cerca, adv., near; de nearly, intimately; de, prep., near,
cobre, m., copper cocido, m., boiled dish cocina,/., kitchen, cooking dormicoche, m., car, coach; torio, sleeping-car, sleeper
codo, m., elbow coger, to catch, gather, pick up colaboracin,/., collaboration; pL,
articles
colgar, to hang, suspend
about
cerrar
(ie),
to shut, close;
coleccin,/., collection
el
colocar, to place, put
paso
a,
to check
cerro, m., hill
Cerro de
de Chile)
Santa Luca
(el),
the
Hill of Santa Lucia {in Santiago

certificar, to register {of letters, etc.)
Colombia, /., Colombia {country in South America) Colombina, see Biblioteca Colombina
Coln, m., Columbus; Cristbal Christopher Columbus ,
color, w., color
331
colosal, adj.^ colossal
columna,/., column comedia,/., comedy, play comedor, m., dining-room comer, to eat, dine comercial, adj.^ commercial, business
condicin,/., condition condicional, m., conditional (tense) condicional perfecto, m., conditional perfect (tense)
conducta, /., conduct conejo, m., rabbit

conferencia,/., lecture congreso, m., congress conjugacin,/., conjugation conjugar, to conjugate; conjugue Vd. {pi. conjuguen Vds.), conjugate conjuncin,/., conjunction
comerciante, m., merchant comercio, w., commerce comida,/., meal, dinner
como, adv., as, like se dice?, cmo?, adv., how?; how does one say?, how do you
say?;
no!,
/.,
conmigo, with
me
of course, yes in-
conocer, to know, be (become) ac-
deed comodidad,
nience
quainted with
comfort,
comfortable,
convecon-
conocido,
adj.
pp.
of
conocer,
known
-a,
cmodo,
venient
compaero, m., companion, comrade compaa,/., company comparacin,/., comparison comparar, to compare comparativo, -a, comparative comparativo, m., comparative compartimiento, m., compartment compartir (de), to share (with)
conocimiento, m., knowledge, acquaintance conservar, to keep, preserve consideracin,/., consideration considerar, to consider consigo, wdth himself, herself, yourself, themselves, etc.
consistir (en), to consist (of)
consonante,/., consonant, rhyme constar (de), to consist (of)

constitucin,/., constitution construccin, /., construction, order, position construir, to build, construct consuelo, m., consolation consular, adj., consular consultar, to consult
complemento, m., object w., behavior, comportamiento, conduct compositor, m., composer comprar (a), to buy, purchase
(from)
comprender, to understand comprometerse, to agree compuesto, -a, compound comn, adj., common con, prep., with
concesin,
/.,
concession
concordar (ue), to agree
Concha (la), the Concha {Bay. at San Sebastin, so named on account of its similarity in form to
a
shell)
provided that contar (ue), to count, expect; tell, narrate; con, to count on contemplar, to contemplate contenir, irr. v., to contain contento, -a, glad, pleased; m., satisfaction, joy
conj.,
contado al con tal que,

;
for cash
contestar, to reply, answer

contigo, with thee
continente m., continent

J
332
continuado, tinuous
-a,
continued,
adv.,
con-
criado, w., servant

cristal, m., crystal,
window-pane
continuamente,
continuous-
cristiano, -a. Christian
ly, constantly continuar, to continue, go on continuo, -a, continuous contra, prep., against contraccin,/., contraction contrariedad,/., opposition, trouble convaleciente, adj., convalescent
Cristina,/., Christine
Cristbal, m., Christopher

cruz,/., cross; withers {highest part
of the hack, between the shoulderblades)

*
cruzar, to cross
cuaderno, m., notebook

cuadrilla,
/.,
cuadrilla {procession
convencer, to convince conversacin,/., conversation cooperar, to cooperate corazn, m., heart; de with one's heart
of bull-fighters) cuajado, -a, covered,
beaded
cual,
all
rel.
pron.
and
as
the one; el (la, lo) es, rel. pron. and
adj.,
,
which,
los (las)
adj.,'
corbata,/., cravat, (neck)tie

cordillera,/., range (of mountains),
whom, which; now;

(like);
tal
who,
,
just
cul, rel. pron., one,
Crdoba,
mountain ridge /., Cordova
correccin,/., correctness; con correctly, with correctness
another cul? {pi. cules?), inter, pron.
and
adj.,
which (one)?, what

{pi.
(one) ?
correctamente,
corregir
adv., correctly
cualquiera
def. adj.
cualesquiera), in-
correcto, -a, correct

(i), to correct correo, w., mail; sello de
and pron., any (what-
soever)
,
post-
cuan!, how! {abbreviation c/cuanto)

{or vez) cuando, adv., when; de from time to time en cundo?, inter, adv., when?
age-stamp
correr, to run, play {of fountains)
correspondencia, /., correspondence, sequence {of tenses) correspondiente, adj., suitable, proper, corresponding
corrida,
/.,
bull-fight;
de
toros,
bull-fight
cuanto, -a, as much {or pi. many) as; rel. pron. and adj., all that, as much {or pi. many) as; tanto as much ... as {pi. as
.
.
corriente, adj., current; del

los)
(c>r
de
many
.
.
.
(s), of
the present
month
... as); tanto ms

(less)
.
ms
(menos) (menos), the
corts, adj., polite

corto, -a, short
cosa,/., thing
/., coast costar (ue), to cost costimibre,/., custom, habit creer, to believe, think; ya lo creo, yes indeed; I should say so cra,/., breeding, raising
costa,
the more (less); (as), a few cunto, -a?, inter, pron. and adj., how much?, pi. how many?; a
more imos
(as)
cuantos
cunto?, how much the price of? cuarenta, adj., forty
is?,
what
is
criada,
/.,
maid, servant
cuarenta y cinco, adj., forty- five cuarenta y cuatro, adj., forty-four cuarenta y dos, adj., forty-two
y seis, adj., forty-six y siete, adj., forty- se ven y tres, adj., forty- three y uno, adj., forty-one cuarteto, m., quatrain
cuarto, -a, fourth
333
cuarenta cuarenta cuarenta cuarenta
dado que,
conj.,
in as
much
as,
cuarto, m., quarter; roorii

cuatro, adj., four
supposing that dar, irr. v., to give, strike {of a clock)', a, to look out upon, open upon; se a entender, to
since, in case that,
make
oneself understood
Cuba,/.,
cubrir,
Cuba
to cover; pp., cu-
datar, to date
dativo, m., dative
irr.- v.,
bierto, covered
de, prep., of, from, by, with, for,
cuchara, /., spoon cucharita, /., tea-spoon

cuchillo, m., knife
cuello, m., collar;
neck
cuenta,/., account, bill; cargar en to realto charge; darse
ize
cuerpo, m., body cuestin,/., question cueva, /., cave cuidado, m., care cuidar (de), to care for, take care
of cultivar, to cultivate
que (del que, de than debajo, adv.^ beneath, underneath; de, prep., under deber, to owe, ought, be obliged debidamente, adv., duly, properly debido, -a, due decidido, -a, decided, devoted
in,
than;
lo
la que, etc.),
decidir, to decide;
se
a, to
de-
cide to
dcimo, -a, tenth

decir, irr.
v.,
to say, tell
declaracin,/., declaration dedicar, to devote
cumpleaos, m., birthday cumplido, -a, plenteous, polite cumplimiento, m., courtesy
cpula,
/.,
dedo, m., finger,
mano,
dejar, to
finger;
del
toe;
de
la
pie, toe
definido, -a, definite
dome
/.,
curiosidad,
curiosity; tener
of
de, to
let,
allow, leave, neglect;
fail to
to be curious
curioso, -a, curious
delante, adv., before; ahead; prep., before, in front of
d,
curso, m., course
delicioso, -a, delightful, delicious

adj.,
cuyo,
-a,
rel.
whose,
which
cuyo, -a?, inter, adj., whose? Cuzco, m.. Cuzco {city in the Peruvian .Andes, once the capital of the Incas)
de manera que, conj., so that dems (lo, los, las), indef. adj. and
pron.,
(the)
rest,
remaining,
other(s)
Ch
Chacabuco, m., Chacabuco {small town in Chile, north of Santiago)
chaleco, m., waistcoat, vest Chile, m., Chile chocolate, m., chocolate
demasiado, adv., too, too much de modo que, conj., so that demostrativo, -a, demonstrative
dentro, adv., within; in, within
de,
prep.,
dependiente, adj., dependent dependiente, m., clerk

depsito, m., deposit derechOj -a, right
334
determinativo, -a, limiting detrs de, prep., behind, after devocin,/., devotion da, m., day; al medio at noon;
derecho, adv., straight ahead derecho, m., right, law de repente, adv., suddenly derrotar, to defeat, rout desagradable, adj., disagreeable desarrollarse, to develop desayuno, m., breakfast descansado, -a, restful descansar, to rest descanso, ?n., rest descargar, to unload descenso, m., descent desconsolado, -a, disconsolate
describir, irr.
;.,
buenos day; hoy
to describe; pp.,
good morning, good nowadays; ocho s, one week; quince s, two weeks) hace ocho (quince) s, a week (two weeks) ago; del domingo en ocho (quince) s, a week (two weeks) from Sunday; el ltimo domingo hizo ocho (quince) s, a week (two wxeks) ago last Sunday
s,
descrito
dialecto, m,, dialect

diario, -a, daily,
descripcin,/., description descriptivo, -a, descriptive
"every day'^
diciembre, m., December

dictado, m., dictation
dicha,/., happiness
descuento, m., discount descuidado, -a, careless, off guard luedesde, prep., from, since; go, at once desear, to wish, desire desembarcadero, m., landing-
dicho, -a, pp. of decir, said, aforesaid

diez, adj., ten;
de
en
by
tens diez y nueve, adj., nineteen diez y ocho, aJ/., eighteen diez y seis, adj., sixteen diez y siete, adj., seventeen diferencia,/., difference diferente, adj., different, various
difcil, adj., difficult,
place
desembocadura,
river)
/.,
mouth
(of a
desengaar, to undeceive deseo, m., desire, wish

desfile, m., procession,
march {m
columns)
desgracia,/., misfortune
hard
difimdir, to diffuse
desgraciadamente,
adv.,
unfor-
tunately desgraciado, -a, unfortunate despacio, adv., slowly despacho, m., office despedirse (i) (de), to take leave (of), say good-by se, despertar (ie), to awaken;
dignarse, to deign, be so kind as dinero, m., money Dios, m., God diptongo, m., diphthong directamente, adv., directly
directo, -a, direct
director, m., director
dirigir,
to
direct;
se,
to
to
wake up
desprender, to unfasten, loose despus, adv., afterwards, later,

de, prep., after then, since; a, destino, m., destination; con
toward, address, apply; palabra a, to address discurso, m., speech, address dispensar, to excuse dispocision, /., disposal; a la
v., at
go
la
de
bound
for
irr. v.,
your disposal
is
{often said
detener (se),
to stop
when
soincthing
ofcred)
disputa, /., dispute, argument, controvêrsy distancia, /., distance; a poca
de, near distinguido, -a, distinguished distinguir, to distinguish
distinto, -a, distinct, different
distribuir, to distribute
335
dulce, adj., sweet, gentle
durante, prep., during durar, to last duro, m., dollar {Spanish worth five pesetas)
coin
diversin,
sion
/.,
amusement, diverdiverse,
different,
e, conj.,
.
and {used instead of y before a word beginning with i or hi)

(el),
diverso,
-a,
ecuador, m., equator
various
divertido, -a,
divertir
(ie,
Ecuador
amusing
i),
Ecuador
echar, to throw, cast
entertain;
self,
to divert,
se, to
amuse,
edad,
/.,
age
building
amuse one-
edificio, m.,
have a good time
Eduardo, m., Edward

educacin,/., education educar, to educate; se,
dividir, to divide
divinizar, to sanctify
to
be
for
divisin,/., division
educated
ejemplo, m., example; por
doblar, to double, turn doble, adj., double doce, adj., twelve
example
docena,
/.,
dozen; media
ejercicio, m., exercise

,
half
ejrcito, w.,
el
army
def. art. w.,
a dozen
dolor, m., grief
{pL los),
the
l {pi. los), pers. pron. m., he;
him
dominacin,/., domination
electricista,
domingo, m., Sunday Domingo, w., Dominic Don, w., Don {a term
applied
to
niero
m., electrician; ingeelectrical engineer
of address a gentleman, used only
elegancia, /., elegance elegante, adj., elegant
elemental,
ella, pers.
adj.,
elementary
/.,
before the Christian
name)
pron.
she; her
donde, adv., where, wherever; a where where, whither; en dnde?, adv., where? dondequiera, adv., wherever, anywhere Doa,/., Doa, lady (a term of address applied to a lady, used only before the Christian name) dormir (ue, u), to sleep; se, to
ellas, pers. pron. f. pL, they; ello, pers. pron. 7i., it
them
they,
ellos,
pers.
pron.
m.
pi.,
them
Emilio, m., iEmilius emocin,/., emotion
emperador, m., emperor

(ie), to commence, begin emplear, to employ, use en, prep., in, on, upon, while, by encantar, to charm, delight encargar, to charge, commission
empezar
fall asleep dos, adj., two
drama, m., drama' duda,/., doubt; sin without doubt dudar, to doubt
doubtless,
encender
(ie),
to light
encerado, m., blackboard
{made
of blackened boards or cloth)
336
encerrar
(ie), to
shut up, confine
encomendar
(ie), to
commend
esconder, to hide Escorial (el), the

ace
Escorial
(pal-
encontrar (ue), to find, meet
enemigo, m., enemy enero, m., January enfermedad,/., illness, sickness enfermo, -a, sick, ill
enfrente,
adv.,
and monastery Philip II of Spain)

v.,
built
by
escribir, irr.
crito
to write; pp., es-
in
front;
escritor, m., writer

escuchai*, to listen (to),
de,
heed
prep., in front of
engao, m., deceit

Engracia,/., Grace
enjambre, m., swarm

enlace, m., wedding enojo, m., vexation, trouble
escuela,/., school ese, esa, dent, adj., that; pL, esos, esas, those se, sa, defn. pron., that (one);
pi.,
sos, sas, those

/.,
esfera,
clock)
face
(of
watch
or
'
enorme,
adj.^
enormous, huge
Enrique, m., Henry ensalada,/., salad en seguida, adv., at once, immediately
eso, dem. pron., that
espacio, m., space, blank; bianco, blank space espacioso, -a, spacious
en
ensear, to teach, show entender (ie), to understand, infer up entonces, adv., then; hasta to that time entrada,/., entrance, admission entrar (en), to enter, go in (into) entre, prep., between, among; por
espada,/., sword espada, m., matador (who slays the bull by a sword-thrust downward between the shoulders) adv., espalda, /., back; de s,
backwards
espantar, to terrify, frighten
through;
si,
to himself,
herself, etc.
entregar, to
hand
(over), send
Espaa,/., Spain espaol, -a, Spanish esparcido, -a, merry, festive

especial, adj., special, particular
entretanto, adv., meanwhile
entusiasmo, w., enthusiasm enviar, to send equivocarse, to be mistaken Ercilla (Alonso de), m., Alonso de Ercilla (Spanish soldier-poet of
the sixteenth century)
erigir, to erect
especialidad,/., speciality de, espera, /., expectation; en waiting (or hoping) for (or to) esperar, to hope, expect, wait (for) esplndido, -a, splendid esposa,/., wife
esposo, m.,
error, m., error, mistake
escalar, to scale
escalera,/., stairs, staircase
escaparate, m., show-window escaparse, to escape escaso, -a, small, limited

esclusa,/., lock, sluice
escoger, to choose
escolar, adj., school, college
esquela, /., esquina, /. corner establecer, to establish estacin,/., station, season estado, m., state, condition Estados Unidos (los), m. pi., the United States estallar, to break out estancia,/., stay
,
husband announcement, note

,
estanco,
vi.,
z^.,
337
lobacco-shop
estar, irr.
about
to;
to be;
para,
to be
por, to be disposed
fbrica,/., manufactory, factory

fabricar, to
fcil, adj.,
to {of persons), to be yet to {of things)

este, w., east este, esta, dem. adj., this; pi., estos, estas, these
make, manufacture
fbula,/., fable
easy
facilidad,/., ease, facility
facultad,/., faculty
ste, sta, dem. pron., this (one), the latter; pi., stos, stas,
these, the latter estimable, adj., estimable estimar, to esteem esto, dem. pron., this estrangular, to strangle estrecho, -a, narrow estudiante, m. or f., student
fachada,/., facade, front falta,/., mistake, fault, lack faltar, to be lacking (to);
to
need
fallecer, to die
fallecimiento, m., death, decease
fama,/., fame, reputation

familia,/., family
estudiar, to study
estudio, m., study

etctera,
et
caetera,
etc.,
famoso, -a, famous favor, m., favor; en
and
so
of, for;
hgame
de, de, do V.
el
in favôr
forth
eterno, -a, eternal
etiqueta,
traje
/.,
de
etiquette, formality;
,
me the favor of (to), please favorable, adj., favorable favorecer, to favor

favorito, -a, favorite
evening
clothes,
"dress suit" Europa,/., Europe
febrero, m., February fecha,/., date; de of the date,
exactamente,
adv., exactly
dated
felicidad,
/.,
exacto, -a, exact
happiness; pL, (good
examen, m., examination

excelente, adj., excellent
or best) wishes, greetings, joys
felicitacin,/., congratulation
excepcin,/., exception excursin,/., excursion excusa,/., excuse, regret

existir, to exist
Felipe,
7n.,
Philip
xito, m., result,
accomplishment
explicar, to explain
exportacin,/., exportation exportador, m., exporter exportar, to export expresar, to express expresin,/., expression extender(se) (ie), to extend extensin,/., dista'nce, extension extranjero, m., foreigner extraar, to wonder at extremo, m., end, extreme
Felipe Segundo, 7n.. Philip II (1527-1598. Son of the emperor Charles V and king of Spain) Felipe Quinto, m., Philip V (16831746. King of Spain)
feliz, adj.,
happy
felizmente, adv., fortunately femenino, -a, feminine femenino, m., feminine
Fernando, w., Ferdinand

feroz, adj., fierce
ferrocarril, m., railroad, railway
fiado; al
on credit
ficcin, /., fiction
338
fila,/.,
fin,
row
end;
al
m.y
finally,
at
last
final, adj., final
gabn, m., overcoat

galgo, m., greyhound gana,/., desire; de buena
ly;
flor,/., flower
fontico, -a, phonetic
forma,/., form formar, to form

fortaleza,/., fortress
fortificacin, /., fortification
tener s, to be desirous; tener muchas s, to have a great desire ganado, m., cattle, live stock
gastar, to spend
glad-
fsforo, w.,
frac,
match
photograph
coat,
''dres^'
gaucho,
m.,
herdsman,
cow-boy
fotografa,/.,
m.,
evening
coat francs, -a, adj., French Francia, /. France

,
{Argentine term) general, adj., general; por regla usually, in general general, m., general Generalife (el), the Generalife
frase, /., phrase
{celebrated
the
summer
residence of
Fray Luis de Len, Friar Louis of Len {a famous Spanish teacher and writer of the sixteenth century)
Moorish princes at Granada) generalmente, adv,, generally, usually
frecuencia, /., frequency; con frequently, often
frecuentar, to frequent, attend frenes, m., frenzy, folly frente, /., forehead, brow, front; en de, in front of fresco, -a, fresh, cool; hacer to be cool {of weather) fro, -a, cold fro, m., cold; hacer to be cold {of weather) tener -, to be cold
gnero, m., gender, kind gente,/., people gerundio, m., gerund Gibraltar, m., Gibraltar Giralda (la), the Giralda {Moorish tower in Seville)
gitana,/., gipsy
(woman)
gitano, m., gipsy
gobierno, m., government golondrina,/., swallow {bird) gorra,/., cap

gota,/., drop
gtico, -a, Gothic
{of persons)
-a, fried frontn, m., court {for playing pefrito,
Goya
(Francisco), Francisco
Goya
{famous Spanish painter [17461828])
lota)
fuente,/., fountain
gozar (de), to eujoy

;/>/., thanks, thank you gramtica, /., grammar gramatical, adj., grammatical
fumar, to smoke funcin,/., performance fundador, m., founder fundar, to found

funeral, m., funeral futuro, -a, future, next
futuro, w., future (tense)
gracias,/.
Granada, /., Granada Enrique (Enrique), Granados Spanmodern Granados {famous

ish musical composer) grande, adj., great, large,
tall
futuro perfecto, m., future perfect

(tense)
big,
SPANISH-ENGLISH' VOCABULARY
grandioso, -a, grand, magnificent
hasta, prep., to, up
until
to,
339
as far as,
Granja
(la),
la
Granja
residence built
{summer by Philip V of
m., the Guadal-
hasta que,
conj., until
Spain) Guadalquivir
Havre
(el),
(el),
Havre
{principal port
in northern France)
quivir {river in southern Spain) Guadarrama (el), the Guadarrama

{a mountain range in Castille) guante, m., glove
hay, there
is {or
must; no
que, one de que, you're welare);
come
hecho, m., fact, deed
herir
(ie, i),
guerra,/., war
gua,/., guide-book
to
wound
hermana,/.,
sister
gustar, to please, like
gusto, w., pleasure, taste
H
Habana
haber,,
(la),
hermano, m., brother hermosear, to beautify hermoso, -a, beautiful, handsome hermosura,/., beauty
hroe, m., hero hierba,/., grass, herb hierro, m., iron
hija,/.,
Havana
Cuba)
{capital and-
chief port of
irr. v.,
to have, to be {im-
daughter
personal)
hijo, m., son; pi., sons, son(s)
and
habitante, w., inhabitant habitar, to inhabit, live (dwell) in habitual, adj., customary hablar, to speak, talk hacer, irr. v., to make, do, cause, have; be {of weather) buenas migas, to get on well together; buen (mal) tiempo, to be good (bad) weather; calor,
;
daughter (s), children

hilera,/., row,
file
hiptesis,/., hypothesis
be warm; to be polvo, be to be dusty; be sunny; viento, be wdndy; un

to
fro,
hispano, -a, Spanish historia,/., history, story hoja, /., leaf, sheet (of paper) holgazn, -a, indolent, idle
hombre, m., man honor, m., honor

honra,
/.,
cold;
honor; tener a
to
fresco, to
cool;
have the honor

hora,/., hour, time, o'clock horario, m., hour-hand hotel, m., hotel Hotel Cecil (el), the Cecil Hotel
{a well-known hotel in Gibraltar) Hotel de Paris (el), the Paris Hotel {one of the best hotels of Madrid, centrally located in the Puerta del Sol) Hotel Plaza (el), the Plaza Hotel {in Buenos Aires. One of the best hotels in South America) Hotel Washington Irving (el), the Washington Irving Hotel {at Granada)
sol, to
to
pedido, to give an order; un viaje, to take a trip (journey; hace ocho (quince) das, a week (two weeks) ago; el ltimo domingo hizo ocho (quince) das, a
week (two weeks) ago
last Sunday; hgame Vd. el favor de, do me the favor of (to), please
hacia, prep., toward

hallar, to find;
self,
se,
to find one-
be
hambre, /., hunger; tener be hungry
to
340
hoy, adv., to-day;
da, nowadays Huancayo, m., Huancayo {s?nall
importar, to import, matter, be of
importance
imposible, adj., impossible impresin,/., impression
inca,
Peruvian town
at the
end of
the
Lima
railway)
in-
Huscar, w., Huscar {Inca who

herited fro7n his father,
m., Inca
or
{ancient
Peruvian
Huayana-
ruler
class)
me^nher of the ruling
Cpac, the throne of Cuzco; brother of Atahualpa)
incmodo,* -a, uncomfortable, in-
Huayana-Cpac, m., HuayanaCpac ([1487-1525] Inca emperor who divided his empire between his sons Atahualpa and
Huscar)
huella,/., trace
convenient
indefinido, -a, indefinite
independencia,/., independence independiente, adj., independent

indicar, to indicate
indicativo, m., indicative

indio, m., Indian
(mood)
husped, w., guest, lodger; casa de es, boarding-house huevo, m., egg
indirecto, -a, indirect
industria,/., industry
inferior, adj., lower, inferior
huir, to flee, escape
hmedo, -a, humid, moist humor, m., humor; de buen

good humor
infierno, m..
,
Hades,
hell
in
infinitivo, m., infinitive
informe, m., information

ingeniera,/., engineering
idea,/., idea
idioma, m., language, speech

iglesia,/.,
ingeniero, m., engineer Inglaterra,/., England ingls, -a, adj., English ingratitud,/., ingratitude
iniciacin, /., initiation
church
Ignacio, m., Ignatius

igual, adj., equal, similar igualdad,/., equality
inmensamente, adv., immensely inmenso, -a, immense

inolvidable, adj., never-to-be-for-
ilusin, /., illusion
gotten
intelectual, adj., intellectual
imaginar, to imagine imperativo, -a, imperative imperativo, m., imperative (mood) imperfecto, m., imperfect, past
descriptive (tense) imperio, m., empire
inteUgencia,
/.,
intelligence,
un-
derstanding
inters, m., interest
interesar, to interest;
interior, m., interior
interesante, adj., interesting se por, to
impersonal, adj., impersonal imponente, adj., imposing imponer, irr. v., to impose; se de^ to take note of, be impressed
be interested in (a person)
interrogativo, -a, interrogative
by
importacin,/., importation importador, ni., importer importancia,/., importance importante, adj., important
ntimo, -a, intimate introduccin,/., introduction introducir, to introduce invariable, adj., invariable,
un-
changeable
invierno, m., winter
invitacin,
ir, irr. v.,
i
341
/.,
invitation
to go;
let
se, to
go away;
indeed!;
lago, m., lake lgrima,/., tear
vamos!,
anger
us
go,
vaya!, indeed!
ira,/.,
irregular, adj., irregular
lamentar, to lament, deplore La Paz, La Paz {principal city of Bolivia, of about 60,000 inhahHants the highest city in the
\
Isabel,/., Isabella
itinerario, m., itinerary izquierdo, -a, left; a la izquierda,
world, 12,4:70 feet above sea4evel) lpiz, m., pencil

largo, -a, long
to the left
lstima,
pity,
/.,
pity; dar
to cause
make one
Latin
pity
latino, -a,
jams,
adv., never,
(el),
ever
lavandera,/., laundress
lavar, to wash;
self
Japn
Japan
se, to
wash oneto
jardn, w., garden

jarro, w., pitcher, jug
le
{pi.
les),
pers.
it,
pron., him,
it;
Jos, m., Joseph Josefa,/., Josephine joven, adj., young
him; to her;
leccin,
lectura,
/.,
/.,
to
you, to you
lesson
reading; libro de
joven, m.,
young man, youth
reader
leche,/., milk
leer, to
joya,/., jewel
Juan, m., John

juego, m., game jueves, m., Thursday jugar (ue), to play {a game) juguete, m., toy, plaything juguetn, -a, playful
julio, m.,
read
legiunbre,/., vegetable lejos, adv., far (off), distant lengua,/., language, tongue
lentamente, adv., slowly lento, -a, slow

len, m., lion
July
Julio, m., Julius
Leones
junio, m.,
June
junto, -a, together

justificar, to justify
(el Patio de los), the Court of the Lions {in the Alhambra)
letra,/., letter
letrilla,/.,
juventud,/., youth
rondelet
levantar, to raise;
se, to rise, get
up
ley,/.,
law
liberal, adj., liberal
la {pi. las), def. art.f., the

la {pi. las), pers. pron. /., her,
it,
libertad,/., liberty,
freedom
libertador, m., liberator

libro, m.,
you; {rarely) to her;

,
pi.,
them;
book
{rarely) to
them
licenciado, m., licentiate
laboratorio, m., laboratory lado, m., side; direction; al
beside; a1 otro other side of; a

either side
de,
cada
ds, on the on
,
ligero, -a, light; fast, rapid
ligero, adv., fast
Lima,
/.,
Lima
{capital of Peru)
limpio, -a, clean

lindo, -a, pretty, lovely
342
lnea,/., line
lista,/., list, roll;
maleta,/., valise malo, -a, bad, poor,
pasar
listo,
menu,
bill of fare;
ill
to call the roll
mam,
/.,
mamma
(familiar for
-a, ready
mother)
literario, -a, literary
literatura,/., literature
lo, def. art. n.,
lo, pers.
manada, /., drove Manco-Cpac, m., Manco-Cpac

you; so
(founder of the Inca empire cording t tradition)
^
the
it,
ac-
pron.j him,
localidad,/., locality, place

lograr, to succeed
mandar,
have;
hacer,
/.,
/.,
to order,
command,
send;
to order (have)
(of a
Londres,/.,
London
made
manecilla,
lucido, -a, brilliant
hand
watch or
luego, adv., then, next lugar, m., place; en primer
the first place; tener place Luis, m., Louis lujo, m., luxury; de lunes, m.y Monday
luz,/., light
clock)
,
in
manera,
manner, way; de
to take
que, conj., so that; de ima (correcta, etc.), in a (correct,

etc.)
way
luxurious
manifestar, to manifest, show, in-
form
mano,
LI
llama,/., llama llamar, to call, name; knock (at a door) se, to be named (called) Uegar (a), to arrive (at), reach
;
at hand /., hand; a manta,/., blanket mantel, m., table-cloth mantequilla, /., butter
,
Manuel, maana,
la
m.,
Emanuel
to-morrow;
(la tarde, la
adv.,
maana
per noche),
llenar, to
fill
lleno, -a, full

llevar, to carry, take, wear, bear;
se, to carry
away
lluvia,/., rain
M
madre,/., mother madreselva,/., honeysuckle
Madrid, m., Madrid madriguera,/., burrow

madrileo, -a, (native) of Madrid
to-morrow morning (afternoon, day after to-morrow in maana, /., morning; por la yesthe morning; ayer por la terday morning; maana por la to-morrow morning; a las at nine (o'clock) nueve de la in the morning mapa, m., map de escrimquina,/., machine;
evening); pasado
bir,
type-writer
madrugada,/., dawn, early morning; de early
magnfico, -a, magnificent
marcar, to mark mar, m. or f., sea maravilla,/., marvel maravillarse, to wonder, be surprised maravilloso, -a, marvelous, wonderful
Maipo, m., Maip {small town in

Chile, south of Santiago)
maz, m., corn mal, adv., badly,
ill
marca,/., mark,
make
marchaTj to walk; away, leave
Mara,/., Mary marido, m., husband martes, w., Tuesday marzo, w., March mas, conj., but
343
city
se,
to
go
Mendoza,/., Mendoza (small

in western Argentina)
menor,
/
adj.
(comp. of pequeo),
smaller, younger
menos,
adv. (comp. of poco), less, except; al at least; a que, conj., unless
ms, no
... que, no most most; de

.
adv. (comp.
. .
i>/
mucho), more;
.
but;
lo
masculino, -a, masculine masculino, m., masculine mata,/., bush, shrub matar, to kill matrimonio, m., wedding, marriage
mercancas,/, pi., merchandise merced, /., favor, grace; vuestra your honor ^ mrito, w., merit, worth mes, m., month; al a (per)
month
mesa,/., table metal, w., metal mezquita, /., mosque mi, poss. adj., my mi, pers. pron., me miedo, w., fear; tener to be afraid; por (de) que, conj.,
mayo, m., May mayor, adj. (comp.

greater,
larger,
of grande), older; la
parte (de), the greater part
(of),
most
mayscula,/., capital (letter), maysculo, -a, capital (of letters) me, pers. pron., me, myself; to me, to myself Meca,/., Mecca medianoche,/., midnight; a at midnight medida,/., measure medio, -a, half; media docena, half a dozen; al medio da, at noon; a media noche, at mid-
for fear that, lest
miembro, m., member
night
medio, w., middle, means, way; en de, in the midst of; por
mientras, adv., while, whilst; que, conj., while, whilst; ms (menos) ms (menos), the more (less) the more (less) mircoles, m., Wednesday miga,/., crumb; hacer buenas s, to get on well together Miguel, w., Michael mil, adj., (a or one) thousand militar, adj., military milla,/., mile
de,
by (way
of)
medioda, m., noon; al at noon mejicano, -a, Mexican Mjico, m., Mexico Mjico (Ciudad de). City of Mexico mejilla,/., cheek mejor, adj. (comp. of bueno),
,
milln, m., million; medio a million minscula,/., small letter
half
better;
adv.
('Comp.
of
bien),
better
memoria, /., memory; aprender to memorize de mencionar, to mention
minsculo, -a, small (of letters) minutero, m., minute-hand minuto, m., minute mo, -a, poss. adj., my, of mine mirador, m., observatory, lookout; Mirador de Daraxa (el), the Observatory of Daraxa (room in the Alhambra, Granada) mirar, to look (at), watch; w.,
glance
344
mundo,
m.,
misa,/., mass msero, -a, miserable mismo, -a, same, self, very; que, same as mitad,/., half, middle
world; todo
el
-,
everybody
muralla,/., wall Murillo, w., Murillo {famous Spanish painter [1618-1682])
modelo, m., model modificar, to modify
museo,
mode,
so
w.,
museum
rjiusic
msica,/.,
modo, de
que, êste
,
w.,
mood,
conj.,
way;
muy,
adv., very,
decidedly
that; de
in this
way; de un
correcto, correctly, in a correct
N
nacer, to be born nacin,/., nation nacional, adj., national nacionalidad,/., nationality
way
momento,
w.,
moment
monarca, w., monarch montaa,/., mountain Montevideo, m., Montevidea (caîtal of Uruguay) monumento, m., monument, public
nada, iiidef. pron., nothing, not anything

nadie,
iftdef.
pron.,
nobody, no
building, structure
irr.
v.,
one, not
any one
morir (ue, u),
to die; pp.,
naranjo, m., orange- tree

nariz, /., nose natalicio, m., nativity, birth, birth-
muerto
morisco, -a, Moorish moro, -a, Moorish moro, m., Moor mortuorio, -a, mortuary, of death mosaico, m,, mosaic mostrar (ue), to show, give evidence of motivo, w., motive; con de, to
day
natural, adj., natural
Navidad,/., Christmas
necesario, -a, necessary necesidad,/., necessity necesitar, to need negacin,/., negation negativo, -a, negative negocio (used often in the plural), m., business negro, -a, black
celebrate
movimiento, w., movement, activity
mozo, w., waiter, porter, youth muchacha,/., girl muchacho, w., boy mucho, -a, much; pL, many mucho, adv,^ much, a great deal, greatly, very mudar (se), to change, vary mudo, -a, mute, silent
muelle, m., wharf, quay mujer,/., woman, wife mula,/., mule
mltiple, adj.,
Nepttmo, m., Neptune

neutro, -a, neuter neutro, m., neuter ni, C071J., neither, nor; not even nido, m., nest
nieta,/.,
nieto, m.,
siquiera,
granddaughter grandson
nieve,
/.,
snow
many
worldly,
of
mundanal,
world
adj.,
the
ningimo, -a, indef. pron. and adj., no, none, not any; ninguna cosa, nothing
nia,/., child,
little girl
nio, m., child, little
nitrato, m., nitrate
345
boy
obrar, to work, act; de, to be received
en
by
el
poder
nivel, w., level
no, adv., no, not to-night; noche, /., night; esta at midnight; por la a media at night; ayer por la yesterday evening; maana por la to-morrow evening; a las
diez de la at ten (o'clock) at night; buenas s, good evening

,
obscuridad,/., obscurity obscuro, -a, dark obtenir, irr. v., to obtain ocasin,/., occasion, opportunity; tener to have the opportunity ocano, m., ocean octavo, -a, eighth octubre, m., October ocupacin,/., occupation
nombrar, to name, appoint nombre, w., noun, name;

pila,
ocupado, -a, busy
de
given
{or Christian)
name
norte, m., north
norteamericano, -a. North American
ocupar, to occupy ochenta, adj., eighty ocho, adj., eight oda,/., ode oeste, -m., west
oficina,/., office
nos, pers. pron., us, ourselves; to us, to ourselves
ofrecer, to offer
odo, m., ear; sense of hearing
or, irr.
;.,
nosotros us
(-as),
pers.
pron.,
we;
to hear
notable, adj<, notable, noteworthy

notificar, to notify,
ojal, interj.,
would
that, I
hope
inform
novecientos, adj., nine hundred
noveno, -a, ninth noventa, adj., ninety noviembre, m., November

nuestro, -a, poss, adj., our, of ours nueva,/., news Nueva York,/., New York nueve, adj., nine nuevo, -a, new; de again nmero, m., number ntmieroso, -a, numerous, large nimca, adv., never, ever nupcial, adj., nuptial
that ojo, m., eye olvidar (se), to forget omisin,/., omission

omitir, to omit
once, adj., eleven Opera,/., opera operacin, /., operation oracin,/., sentence
oral, adj., oral
orden, m., order, system;

order,
/.,
command
ordinal, adj., ordinal

ordinal, m., ordinal (number)
oreja,/., ear (outer ear)
orgullo, m., pridie
oro, m., gold
o, conj., either,
,
or (becomes u before a word beginning with o or
ortogrfico, -a, orthographic
Oruro, m., Oruro (small

Bolivia)
OS, pers. pron.,
city
in
ho)
objeto, m., object obligar, to oblige obra, /., work (of art, literature,
music,
etc.)
you, yourselves; to you, to yourselves otoo, m., autumn, fall otro, -a, other, another
346
parecido, -a, like, similar pared, /., wall; reloj de wall clock pariente, w., relative Paris, w., Paris parque, m., park parroqviial, c^j., parochial parte, /., part, place, side; invitation; la mayor (de), the greater part (of), most; en ninnowhere; por todas s, guna
Pablo, m., Paul

pacer, to graze paciencia,/., patience Pacfico, -a. Pacific padre, w., father; pi., fathers, parents, father(s) and mother(s)
pagar, to pay pgina,/., page pago, w., pay, payment pais, w., country palabra, /., word, speech; dirigir la a, to address
everywhere
participar, to share, inform of
participio, m., participle
palacio, w., palace
particular, adj., particular
Palacio del Congress (el), the Capitol {pj Buenos Aires) Palacio Real (el), the Royal Palace {palace of the king and royal family at Madrid) palco, m., box {7t a theater) palmera,/., palm-tree pampas, /. pL, pampas (extensive plains in Argentina) pan, m., bread
'
particular, m., matter
partida,/., departure
partir (de), to depart, leave
maana, pasado, -a, past, last; day after to-morrow; el domingo (lunes, etc.) pasado, last
Sunday (Monday,
etc.)
Panam,
m.,
Panama
pantaln, m. {used also in pL), trousers pauelo, m., handkerchief pap, w., papa {familiar for father) papel, m., paper; role, part; hacer un to take (play) a part, play a role par, w., pair para, prep., for, to, in order to; estar to be about to; que, conj., so that, in order that parada,/., stop, stay paradero, m., stop, stopping-place
pasado, m., past pasar, to pass, spend, go, come in; se, to change, pass away; lista, to call the roll pasatiempo, m., pastime pasearse, to walk, go walking to take paseo, w., walk; dar im a walk pasin,/., passion pasivo, -a, passive, past {of parti-
ciples)
paso, m., step, way; cerrar el

to check
a,
patata,/., potato
patio, w., court, inner court
Paraguar (el), Paraguay Paran (el), the Paran
River
Patio de los Leones (el) the Court of the Lions {in the Alhamhra) Patio de los Naranjos (el), the Court of the Orange-trees {Cor,
{important river in Argeîtina) parar (se), to stop parecer, to seem, appear; se (a), to resemble; qu le parece?,
dov'a)
patria,/., fatherland, native coun-
try
how do you
like?
pedido, m., order; hacer give an ordei
un
to
pedir
(i),
347
to ask, beg
pimienta,/., pepper
pintoresco, -a, picturesque pintura,/., painting pirmide,/., pyramid
piso,
Pedro, m., Peter

peligro, m., danger, risk
pelota,
/.,
ball,
to
pelota
{Basqtce
game similar
hand-ball)
m.,
floor,
pendiente, adj., steep peninsula,/., peninsula pensar (ie), to think; think of
ground
floor;
bajo, primer second

story;
,
floor
en, to
pizarra,/., slate, blackboard
peor, adj. (com p. of malo), worse;

adv. {comp. of mal), worse pequeo, -a, little, small perder (ie), to lose perdonar, to pardon, excuse
,
Pizarro (Francisco), m., Francisco Pizarro ([1475-1541]-, Conqueror of Peru)

pizarrn, m., blackboard (of slate)
placer, m., pleasure
planchar, to iron
planeta, m., planet
plata,/., silver
plato, m., plate, dish, course
perezoso, -a, lazy, idle perfectamente, adv., perfectly perfecto, -a, perfect perfecto, w., perfect (tense)
peridico, m.,
playa,/., shore, beach

plaza,
/.,
newspaper
plaza, square; business
permitir, to permit, allow
(center);
de
la
toros, bull-ring
pero, conj., but

perro, m.,
Plaza
dog
persona,/., person personal, adj., personal
Constitucin (la), Constitution Square (important square in Montevideo)
de
Per (el), Peru psame, m., condolence de, pesar, m., grief; a
Plaza de la Independencia (la). Independence Square (important square in Montevideo)

in spite of
Plaza de
Mayo
(la).
May
in
pescado, m., fish peseta, /., peseta (Spanish coin worth about twenty cents) peso, m., dollar (coin worth five pesetas)
piadoso, -a, compassionate pica,/., pike, pointed pole (or staff) picador, m., picador (who on horseback baits the bull with a long
staf) picaro, -a, rascally
pico, m.,
pie, m., foot;
(important Aires)
square
Square Buenos
Plaza de San Martin (la), the square of San Martin (important square in
Buenos Aires)
pltmia,/.,
pen
plural, adj., plural

plural, m., plural
pluscuamperfecto, m., pluperfect

(tense)
peak a
'
on
foot;
de
standing piedra,/., stone

foot,
on
pierna,/., leg
pila. /.,
pobre, adj., poor poco, -a, little, short; pi., few; a poca distancia, at a short distance, not far; imos (-as) pocos (-as), a few poco, adv., little, not much
de
pillar,
baptismal font; nombre given (or Christian) name to catch

,
podenco, m., harrier poder, irr. v., to be able, can poder, m., power; ser (obrar) en
348
el de {of mail, etc.), to be in one's hands, to be received by
Prensa
(la),
the Press {the great
poema, m., poem

poesa,
/.,
newspaper of Buenos Aires) preparar, to prepare

preparativo, m., preparation, preparative preposicin,/., preposition
preposicionjd, adj., prepositional presencia, /., presence presentacin,/., introduction presentar, to present, give, intro-
poetry,
poem
polvo, m.y dust; hacer (haber)

to be dusty
poner,
irr. v.,
to put, place, set

for
por, prep., by, in, at, for, through,
ejemplo, example; (de) que, que, fear that; por que, however; estar to be disposed
about;
miedo
conj.,
for
that,
lest;
conj.y
duce
presente, adj., present presente, m., present; present tense, present letter presidencia,/., presidency presidente, m., president preso, m., prisoner atencin, to prestar, to lend; pay attention
(so)
conj.,
to {of persons) things)
to be yet to {of
porque, conj., because, for por qu?, conj., why? por supuesto, adv., of course, certainly portador, m., bearer portugus, -a, adj., Portuguese posesivo, -a, possessive posibilidad,/., possibility posible, adj., possible posicin,/., position positivo, -a, positive positivo, m., positive postre, m., dessert postrero, -a, last practicar, to practise Prado (el), the Prado {a famous boulevard in Madrid) el Museo the Museum of the del
prestigioso, -a, excellent

pretrito, m., preterite, past abso-
lute (tense)
pretrito
perfecto,
m.,
past
an-
terior (tense)
prima,/., cousin primavera, /., spring primero, -a, first primero, adv., first primitivo, -a, primitive primo, m., cousin
primordial, adj.,
first (in
order)
principal, adj., principal
principiar, to begin,
commence
Prado
gallery)
{Madrid^ s
(a), to
famous
art
principio, m., beginning, start

prisa, /., haste, speed; darse fast; tener to hurry; de
preceder
precede
precio, m., price
preciso, -a, necessary
precursor,
m.,
harbinger,
fore-
to be in a hurry probabilidad,/., probability probable, z(/., probable
runner
predilecto, -a, favorite
preferir (ie,
i),
probablemente, adv., probably proclamar, to proclaim

procurar, to try producto, m., product profesor, m., teacher, professor profesora,/., teacher, professor profundo, -a, profound, deep
to prefer
(of)
pregunta,/., question preguntar (a), to question, ask prender, to seize, capture prensa, /., press
progresivo, -a, progressive
pron., which, what,
lo
. . .
349
who, whom;
prometer, to promise
pronombre, m., pronoun

pronto, adv., soon, quickly pronimciacion, /., pronunciation pronunciar, to pronounce propietario, -a, proprietary
propina,/., tip
propio, -a,
que, how qu, inter, pron. and adj., whati^, which?; !, how!, what a!; tal?, how? (asks about condition
or
quality;
especially about
off
and cmo?, more manner or way)
quedar (se), to remain, stay, leave

to propose
own
proponer,
irr. v.,
querer,
propsito, w., purpose
irr. v.,
to wish, like, love;
decir, to
mean
proteger, to protect
proximidad,/., proximity proximo, -a, next

proyectar, to plan, project publicacin,/., publication pblico, -a, public
querido, -a, dear, beloved quien, rel. pron., who, whom; he (she, they, the one) who (whom); quin, one, another quin, inter, pron., who?, whoan?;
pueblo, m., town, village, nation, people puente, m., bridge Puente de Alcantara (el), the x\lcantar Bridge (over the Tagus at Toledo)
puerta,/., door
(la), the Gate of the Sun {the fafuous Moorish gateway in Toledo) also the main public square in Madrid) de puerto, w., port, harbor; mar, sea port pues, conj., for, since; well; then s cardinales, punto, w., point; points of the compass; en
de ?, whose? quienquiera (pi. quienesquiera),

indef. pron.,
whoever
Puerta del Sol
quince, adj., fifteen quinientos, adj., five hundred quinto, -a, fifth quitar, to take away (off), remove; (a), to take (from); se, to take off, remove Quito, m., Quito (capital of Ecua-
dor)
quizs (or quiz), adv., perhaps
R
radical, adj., radical, of the root
sharp puntuacin,/., punctuation puntual, adj., punctual, on time pual, w., poniard, dagger
pupila,
/.,
eye, pupil
Rafael, m., Raphael rpido, -a, rapid raro, -a, rare, strange rato, m., while, space of time razn, /., reason, right; tener to be right; no tener to be
pupitre, m., (small) desk
wrong
real, adj., royal
realce, m., excellence, distinction realidad, /., reality
que, conj., that, so that, than, as,

for
que,
ret.
pron., that, which,

el (la, lo, los, las)
whom;
who,
,
rel.
rebao, m., herd, flock rebelarse, to rebel, revolt recibir, to receive reciente, adj., recent
350
Repblica Argentina Argentine Republic
la Argentina)
(la),
recproco, -a, reciprocal recitar, to recite recoger, to gather (up), pick up reconocer, to recognize, be grateful for
the
{called also
resfriado, w., cold
recordar (ue), to
rector,
recall,
remember
{of
residencia,/., residence respetar, to respect

respetuoso,^ -a, respectful
recto, -a, straight
w.,
president
a uni-
responder,
versity)
'to reply respuesta,/., reply
recuerdo, m., souvenir, brance; pl.j regards
rememredun-
restos, m, pi., remains

retirar (se),
redundantemente,
dantly
referencia,
referirse
/.,
adv.,
reference
to refer
*
to retire, withdraw, leave reunin,/., reunion, gathering reunir (se), to gather
(ie, i),
revista,/., review
reflexivo, -a, reflexive
rey, m., king; pL, kings, king
and
refrn, w., saying, proverb
queen
rico, -a, rich
refrenar, to check
regatear, to bargain regin,/., region registro, w., marker

regla,
/.,
rima,/., rhyme;
ro, m., river
pi.,
poetry
rule; ruler; por
gene-
Rio de Janeiro, m., Rio de Janeiro

{capital of Brazil)
usually regresar, to return regular, adj., regular

ral, in general,
Rio de
la
la Plata (el), the Rio de Plata {broad river separatijig
Uruguay from A rgentina, formed

by the waters of the Parana and
reina,/.,
queen reino, w., kingdom, minion

(i),
reign,
do-
Uruguay
rivers)
riqueza,/., wealth
rer
to laugh
Roberto, m., Robert

roco, m.,
relacin,/., relation
relativo, -a, relative
dew
relieve, w., relief; alto

lief;
bajo
high re-
rodear, to surround rodilla, /., knee; de
s,
on one's
bas
relief
religioso, -a, religious

reloj, m., timepiece,
knees rogar (ue), to beg, pray
de
bolsillo,
watch, clock; watch; de
rojo, -a, red
pared, wall clock remitir, to remit, send rengln, w., line repasar, to review repente; de adv., suddenly repetir (i), to repeat replicar, to reply representante, w., representative representar, to represent, perform repblica,/., republic
ropa,/., clothing rosado, -a, pink

rostro, m., face
rub, m., ruby ruido, m., noise
ruina,/., ruin
sbado, m., Saturday sbana,/., sheet saber, irr. v., to know,
know how
sabio, w., wise
351
man, sage
sacar, to take out
sacramento, m,, sacrament

sanete, w., farce
sal,/., salt
sala,/., drawing-room, parlor Salamanca, /., Salamanca (city in Spain and seat of the oldest Spanish university)
salir (de), irr.
v.,
satisfactorio, -a, satisfactory sayo, m., great-coat se, pers. pron., himself, herself, itself, yourself; themselves, yourselves;- to himself, etc.; (when used with a verb, may he translated by the indefinite subject 'one' or by a passive, e.g., se usa(n), *one uses,' 'is [or jLve]
to go (come) out,
leave
saltar, to skip,
jump
used') sed, /., thirst; thirsty
tener
to
be
salud,/., health
saludar, to greet, salute saludo, m., greeting
Segovia,/., Segovia (city of Spain) seguida: see en seguida seguir (i), irr. v., to follow, go on
San Francisco,
(California)
m.,
San Francisco
m.,
San Juan Teotihuacan,

Juan Teotihuacan
ico)
San
(ancient In-
dian ruins near the City of Mex-
segn, adv., according to, as segimdero, m., second-hand segundo, -a, second segtmdo, m., second segxiramente, adv., surely segur, -a, sure
seis, adj., six
San Martin (Juan
Jos),
John
Joseph San Martin (Argentine hero and patriot [1778-1850]. He overthrew the Spanish domination in the southern countries
of South America) w., San
m., stamp; postage-stamp semana,/., week senda,/., path

sello,
de correo,
sentarse
(ie),
to seat oneself, sit
San Mateo,
Peruvian station
Mateo (small on the way from
down
sentido, m., sense, meaning sentimiento, m., regret
sentir
(ie, i),
Huancayo to Lima) San Sebastin, m., San Sebastin

northern Spain, on the Bay of Biscay) Santa Lucia: seeXêno de, etc. Santiago (de Chile), m., Santiago de Chile (capital of Chile, with population of about a half a
(city
7i
to feel, be sorry; lo
siento, I
am
sorry
sealar, to point out, indicate
seor, m., gentleman, man; lord, master; (as term of address) sir,
Mr.
seora,
/.,
lady,
million)
santo, -a, saintly, holy; Saint santo, m., saint
of address) seorita, /.,
woman; (as madam, Mrs.

young
term
(unmarried)
Santo Domingo, m., Santo Domingo (island of the West

Iridies)
sastre, w., tailor
sastrera,/., tailor-shop
lady; (as term of address) Miss septiembre, m., September sptimo, -a, seventh sepultar, to bury ser, irr. v., to be sereno, -a, serene
serie,/., series,
satisfaccin, /., satisfaction
sequence
352
sobre, m., envelope
,
servicio, m., service
servidor, m., servant
sobremanera,
adv.,
exceedingly
servidora,/., servant
servilleta,/-,
napkin
serve;
servir
(i),
to
(de),
to
sobrina,/., niece sobrino, m., nephew sol, m., sun; hacer (haber)
to
serve (as); se, to please; sirvase, please sesenta, adj., sixty setecientos, adj., seven hundred setenta, adj., seventy
Sevilla,/., SeviUe
sexto, -a, sixth

si,
be sunny solamente, adv., only soldado, m\ soldier solo, -a, alone, sole, only slo, adv., only sombra,/., shade, shadow sombrero, m., hat
conj.,
if,
whether
someter (se), to submit

sonar (ue), to sound, ring soneto, m., sonnet
sonreir
(i),
si, adv.,
si,
yes
oneself,
pers. pron., himself, herself, itself,
yourself;
them-
to smile
selves, yourselves
soar (ue), to dream;
con,
to
siempre, adv., always, ever sierra,/., range (of mountains) siete, adj., seven siglo, m., century
significado, m.,
significar, to
dream
of
sopa,/., soup
meaning
sorprender, to surprise sorpresa,/., surprise sospechar, to suspect

su, poss. adj., his, her,
their
its,
mean
your,
siguiente, adj., following, next

slaba,/., syllable
silencio, m., silence
silla,/., chair
subir, to go up, climb
sbito, -a, sudden, unexpected
subjimtivo,
m.,
subjunctive
Simn, m., Simon

sin, prep.,
without;
que,
conj.,
(mood) submarino, m., submarine (boat)

subrayar, to underline substantivo, -a, substantive substantivo, m., noun, substantive
sucio, -a, dirty, soiled
without
sincero, -a, sincere
sin
embargo,
theless,
adv., however, nevernotwithstanding
singular, adj., singular

singular, m., singular
sino, conj., but,
conj., but;
sucursal,
/.,
branch
{of a business
no
but rather; but

.
.
que,
house)
Sud Amrica,/., South America

sudamericano, -a. South American sueo, m., sleep, dream; tener to be sleepy
-,
siquier (a), adv. {usually used with

neg.),
even
sistema, m., system sitio, m., place, space, situation situacin,/., situation
situar, to situate
suerte,/., luck, fortune, sort

suficiente, adj., enough, sufficient
sufijo, m., suffix
sufrir, to suffer
sobre, prep., above, over, upon, about; todo, above all, espe-
sujeto,
7n.,
subject
adv.,
cially
smnamente,
extremely
superior, adj., upper, superior superioridad, /., superiority superiativo, -a, superlative superiativo, w., superlative suplicar, to beg, urge supuesto, -a, irr. pp. of suponer, of course, cersupposed; por
353
por la yesterday afternoon; a las tres de la at three (o'clock) in the afternoon; buenas tardes, good afternoon
,
tarde, adv., late

te,
tainly
pers. pron., thee, thyself, to thee, to thyself, you, yourself, to you, to yourself {familiar)
supuesto
that
que,
conj.,
supposing
teatro, m., theater;
de varie-
sur, w., south

surgir, to rise,
loom up
v.,
dades, vaudeville theater Teatro de Coln (el), the Columbus Theater {a famous theater
of
suscribir, irr.
to subscribe
Buenos Aires, seating some
suscrito, -a, undersigned
suspiro, m.y sigh
3,600 persons: the largest and most sumptuous theater in A merica)
sustentar, to sustain, feed suyo, -a, poss. adj., his, of his, her, of hers, their, of theirs, your, of
Teatro Sols
video)
(el),
the Sols Thea-
ter {a beautiful theater in
Monte-
yours
techo, m., roof, ceiling
tabaco, m., tobacco Tajo (el), the Tagus {a river in the central part of Spain) tal, indef. adj. and pron., such, such a (one); cual, just as
(like);
qu
?,
how?
{asks
about condition or quality; and cmo? more especially about
manner
tambin, tampoco, nor
or
tal vez, adv.,
way) perhaps
teln, m. curtain {of a theater) tema, m., theme, composition temblar (ie), to tremble temer, to fear temperatura,/., temperature tempestad,/., tempest, storm temporada, /., season, while, time temporal, adj., temporal temprano, adv., early tender (ie), to tend, aim
,
tenedor, m., fork

tener,
adv., also, too adv., neither, (not) either,
tan, adv., as, so
Tnger, m., Tangiers

tanto, -a, so (as)
... cuanto, as much cuanto ms (menos) ... ms (menos), the more (less)
many;
much;
pi.,
so (as)
as;
the
more
(less)
tapia,/., wall
be hungry; miedo, razn, be razn, be wrong; sueo, be

afraid;
irr. v., to have, possess, hold; to be, be the matter with; se, to stop; lugar, to take place; que, to have to, must; calor, to be warm; fro, to be cold; ganas, to be desirous, wish; hambre, to
to
be
to
right;
no
to
sed,
to
thirsty;
to be
tardar, to delay, take (long)
tarde,
in afternoon; por la the afternoon; maana por la to-morrow afternoon; ayer

/.,
, ,
sleepy; qu tiene?,
what
is
the
matter with?
tercero, -a, third
terceto, m., tercet
354
traduccin,/., translation v., to translate traer, irr. v., to bring tragedia,/., tragedy traje, m., suit (of clothes); de etiqueta, evening clothes, "dress'' Suit transaccin,/., transaction transandino, -a, transandine transexmte, m., pedestrian transportar, to transport tranva, m., street-car, street-rail-
tenninacin, /., ending terminar, to end, finish trmino, w., term

ti,
traducir, irr.
{familiar)
pers. pron.y thee,
you
ta,/.,
aunt
tiempo, w., time {duration) tense; weather; a on time; mucho a long while, long; hacer buen (mal) to be good (bad) weather; hacer un agradable, to be pleasant {of
to
weather)
tienda,/., shop, store
tierra, /., earth,
ground; a
way
,
trastear, to
worry
{excite the bull
the ground timbre, w., bell tinta,/., ink tintero, w., inkwell, inkstand to, m., uncle
tiple,/.,
soprano
Titicaca, w., Titicaca {large lake,
with a red cloth) trastorno, m., trouble, inconvenience tratamiento, m., address tratar, to treat, concern; de, to try to travs : see a travs de
about the size of Lake Ontario,
travesa,/., crossing,
trece, adj., thirteen
treinta, adj., thirty
voyage
on
the confines of
Peru and Bo-
12,500 feet above sea-level) chalk tocador, w., dressing-room, boudoir; el Tocador de la Reina, the Queen's Boudoir {room and
livia^
tiza,/.,
treinta y cinco, adj., thirty-five treinta y cuatro, adj., thirty-four treinta y dos, adj., thirty-two treinta y nueve, adj., thirty- nine treinta y ocho, adj. y thirty-eight treinta y seis, adj., thirty- six
treinta
tower in the Alhambra, Granada) todava, adv., still, yet, as yet todo, -a, indef. adj. and pron., all,
every,
everything;
sobre
all
siete, adj., thirty-seven
adv., especially,
above
treinta y tres, adj., thirty- three treinta y imo, adj., thirty-one

tren, m., train
tres, adj., three
trigo, m.,
Toledo, m., Toledo tomar, to take, assume
Toms,
m.,
Thomas
wheat
sad
torero, w., bull-fighter toro, m., bull; corrida de

fight; plaza
de s, bull-ring tower tortilla,/., omelet tortuoso, -a, winding, tortuous

torre,/.,
triptongo, m., triphthong

s,
bull-
triste, adj.,
gloom triumph tronco, m., trunk {of body or

tristeza,/., sadness,
triunfo, m.,
tree)
tropa,/., troop
tu, poss. adj., thy,
trabajador, -a, industrious trabajar, to work, work in trabajo, m., work, labor;
your {familiar)
t, pers. pron., thou,
you {familiar)
work-
tumba,
/.,
tomb
manship
tnel, m., tunnel
tupido, -a, dense, thick turbar, to disturb, perturb
355
vano, -a, vam vapor, m., steamer

variacin,/., variation
tumo, w., turn tuyo, -a, poss. adj., thy, of thine,

your, of yours {familiar)
variedad, /., variety; teatro es, vaudeville theater
de
varios, -as, various, several
vascongado, -a, Basque vascongado, m., Basque

u, conj., or {used instead of
before
a word beginning with o or ho) ufano, -a, proud last, at ltimo, -a, last; por
vaso, m., glass vecina,/., neighbor vecino, m., neighbor vehculo, m., vehicle
veinte, adj., twenty
last
un, una, a, an; some, a few
pi.,
unos, unas,
nicamente,
adv., solely
nico, -a, only, sole unin,/., union, company

unir, to unite, join
universidad,/., university
uno, adj., one imo, indef. pron., one, you, they
veinte veinte veinte veinte veinte veinte veinte veinte veinte
y y y y y y y y y
cinco, adj., twenty-five cuatro, adj., twenty-four
dos, adj., twenty-two
nueve,
adj.,
twenty-nine
ocho, adj., twenty-eight seis, adj., twenty-six

siete, adj.,
tres, adj.,
uno,
adj.,
twenty-seven twenty- three twenty-one
Uruguay Uruguay
(el),
(el),
Uruguay the Uruguay River

river
vela,/., candle
Velazquez,
between Uruguay and Argentina) uruguayo, -a, Uruguayan usar, to use uso, m., use usted, pi. ustedes, pers. pron., you til, adj., useful
{boundary
Velazquez {celebrated Spanish painter [1599-1660]) veneer, to conquer
vender, to sell venezolano, -a, Venezuelan, native of Venezuela Venezuela,/., Venezuela vengar, to avenge
venir,
irr. v.,
to
come
vacaciones,/. pL, vacation Valdivia (Pedro de), m., Pedro de Valdivia {one of the adventurers who accompanied Francisco Pizarro in his conquest of Peru) valer, irr. v,, to be worth, be of
value Valparaiso, m., Valparaiso {city in Chile, of some 200,000 inhab'
venta,/., sale ventaja,/., advantage ventajoso, -a, advantageous
ventana,/.,
ver,
irr. v.,
window
to see; a
let^s see;
veranear,
pp., visto to
summer, pass the
summer
verano, m.,
summer
verbal, adj., verbal
itants, chief
cific port)
South American Pa-
verbo, m., verb verdad,/., truth; es -, It is true; -? isn't it so?, ? or no es
vanidad,/., vanity
etc.
, ,
356
verdaderamente,
ly
adv., truly, real-
vocabulario, w., vocabulary vocal,/., vowel

volar, to fly
verdadero, -a, true verde, adj., green

Versalles,
city
w., Versailles
(French
volcnico, -a, volcanic voluntad,/., will, desire
near Paris)
verso, m., verse vertiginoso, -a, dizzying

vestirse
(i), to dress vez,/., time (recurrence); una once; dos veces, twice; otra again; a veces, sometimes; al-
volver (ue), to turn, return; a, to aeain vosotros (-as), pers. pron., ye, you voto, m., vote; pL, (best) wishes voz, /., voice vuelo, m., flight
.
vuelta,
after
/.,
turn, return; a
adj.,
s de,
gunas veces, sometimes; muchas veces, often; en de,

prep., instead of; tal
via, /.,
vuestro, -a, poss.
your, of
adv.,
yours
perhaps way, track; de narrow-gauge
estrecha,
Ximena,
Cid)
/.,
X
Chimene
(wife of the
viajar, to travel
viaje, m., journey, trip
viajero, m., traveler
vctima,/., victim
Victor, m., Victor
victoria,/., victory
vida,
/., life;
en mi
(never) in
conj., and (becomes e before a word beginning with i or hi) lo creo, ya, adv., now, already; yes indeed, I should say so;
y,
my
life
que, conj., since
viejo, -a, old
viento, m., wind; hacer (haber)

to be
windy
Yapeyu, m., Yapey (small Argentine town near the boundary of Paraguay, birthplace of San
Martin)
yerba,
/.
:
viernes, m., Friday

(a Villardevos, m., Villar de vos small village in Galicia, Spain) vinagre, m., vinegar vino, m., wine Violante,/., Violante
visita,/., visit
visitar, to visit
see
hierba
--
yo, pers. pron., I
zapatera,/., shoe-store
zapato, m., shoe
vista,/., view, sight
Zaragoza,
/.,
Saragossa
(city
in
Vivar, m., Vivar (birthplace of the Cid, near Burgos) vivir, to live
northern Spain) musical zarzuela, /., operetta
comedy,
ENGLISH-SPANISH
affectionate, afectuoso, -a;
most
afectsimo,
-a
(abbreviated
a, indef.
art,,
iin,
una;
/>/.,
unos,
afmo.)
affirmative, afirmativo,
unas
able; to be poder about, prep,, acerca de, cerca de, por, sobre all, sobre above, prep., sobre;
,
afraid; to
be
-a
tener miedo
Africa, frica, /. after, prep., despus de, detrs de;
todo
absolute, absoluto, -a accent, acento, m.\ to accept, aceptar
day ana
to-morrow,
pasado ma-
acentuar
accompany, acompaar according to, adv., segn

account, cuenta, /. accusative, acusativo, m. acquainted; to be (become) with, conocer acquaintance, conocimiento, m., conocido, m. acquire, adquirir (ie) across, prep., a travs de
act, accin, /.
por afternoon, tarde, /.; in the maana la tarde; to-morrow ayer por la tarde; yesterday por la tarde; at three (o^clock) a las tres de la tarde; in the buenas tardes good
action, accin, /.
activity, actividad,/.
actual, adj., actual
afterwards, adv., despus again, adv., de nuevo, otra vez against, prep., contra age, edad, /. ago, adv., ha, hace; a week (two hace ocho (quince) weeks) das; a week (two weeks) last Sunday, el ltimo domingo hizo ocho (quince) das agree, concordar (ue) agreeable, adj., agradable
add, aadir address, discurso, m., tratamiento, m.; to dirigir la palabra a adjective, adjetivo, m.; adj., ad-
agriculture, agricultura,
aid, ayuda,/.; to
/.
ayudar
Alcal Street, la Calle de Alcal Alcntara Bridge (the), el Puente
jetivo,
-a
de Alcntara
admire, admirar admirable, adj., admirable admission, entrada,/. advantage, ventaja,/. adverb, adverbio, m.
adverbial, adj., a^dverbial advertisement, anuncio, m. advise, aconsejar affair, asunto, m.
Alhambra
(the), la
all, indef. adj.
Alhambra, /. and pron., todo, -a
allow, permitir, dejar
almost, adv., casi

alone, solo, -a already, adv., ya
also, adv.,
tambin
although, conj., aunque always, adv., siempre

357
358
ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY
ambiguity, ambigedad, /. America, Amrica, /.; Central Amrica Central; North Norte Amrica, Amrica del Sud Amrica, Norte; South Amrica del Sur American, americano, -a
aqueduct, acueducto, m.
Araucana
(the), la
Araucana
Araucanian, araucano, m.
arcade, arcada,/. arch, arco, m. archbishop, arzobispo, m. architecture^ arquitectura,
/.
among, amuse,
prep., entre
divertir (ie); to
oneself,
divertirse
Argentine Republic (the), la Repblica Argentina (called also la Argentina)

aristocracy, aristocracia, /. arm, brazo, m.
amusement, diversin,/.
amusing, divertido, -a ancient, antiguo, -a
and, conj., y, e (y becomes e before a word beginning with i or hi)
and
so forth, etctera
(the), los
arm-chair, butaca,/. army, ejrcito, m. around, adv., alrededor; her), a su alrededor

arrive (at), llegar (a)
article,
it
(him,
Andalusia, Andaluca,/.
Andes
Andes
artculo,
m.] definite
animal, animal, m. animate, animar;
artculo definido; indefinite

d,
adj.,
ani-
artculo indefinido
artistic, artstico,
mado, -a
anniversary, aniversario, m, another, otro, -a
-a
answer, contestar, replicar Antafogasta, Antafogasta, /. antecedent, antecedente, m. antecedent, adj., antecedente
anterior, adj., anterior
anticipation, anticipacin, /. any, indef. adj. and pron., alguno,
-a;
whatsoever, cualquiera
pron., alguien
-a; much tanto many, tantos cuanto soon que; well como; todava preguntar ask, pedir
as, adv., tan,
artistically, adv., artsticamente
prep., hasta;
(a);
como, segn; far much, tanto,

,
(-a)
(-as);
conj., as
as
yet,
(i);
to
of,
(a)
anybody, indef. any one, indef.
nadie anything, indef. pron., alguna cosa; nada not

,
pron., alguien; not
aspect, aspecto, m. assassinate, asesinar assistance, ayuda,/.
assume, tomar
assure, asegurar astonish, asombrar astonishing, asombroso, -a last, adv at, prep., a, en, por;
dondequiera apocopation, apcope, /.
anywhere,
adv.,
appear, parecer appearance, aspecto, m.

apply, aplicar
al fin
appoint,
nombrar
/.
Atahualpa, Atahualpa, m. Atlantic, Atlntico, -a

attend, asistir (a), frecuentar attention, atencin, /. attentive, atento, -a
attentively, adv.,
apposition, aposicin,
approximately, adv., aproximada-
mente
April, abril,
m.
atentamente
August, agosto, m.
aunt, ta,/.
359
sunny, hacer
sed; to
sol; to
maravillarse; to
automobile, automvil, m.
autumn, otoo, m.
auxiliary, auxiliar, w.; adj., auxiliar
avenge, vengar avenue, avenida,/.
awaken, despertar
(ie)
B
back, espalda,/.
hacer calor, {of persons) tener calor; to windy, hacer viento; worth (to to of value), valer; to wrong, no tener razn; yet to, {of things) estar to por beach, playa, /. bear, llevar beard, barba, /. beautiful, bello, -a, hermoso, -a
beautify, hermosear
warm,
surprised,
thirsty, tener
{of weather)
backwards,
badly, adv.,
adv.,
de espaldas
bad, malo, -a
mal
ball, pelota, /.
beauty, hermosura, /. because, conj., porque bed, cama, /.; to go to

tarse (ue)
acos-
balustrade, balaustrada, /. banderilla, banderilla, /. banderillero, banderillero, m.
bedroom, alcoba,
/.
baptismal font, pila, /. Barcelona, Barcelona,/.

bargain, regatear
before, prep., ante; {of place) delante de, {of time) antes de; adv., antes, delante; conj., antes (de)
que
m.)
adj.,
Basque, vascongado, vascongado, -a bath, bao, m.
beg, pedir (i) begin, empezar (ie), principiar behind, prep.^ detrs de; adv., detrs
bathe, baar(se) bathing resort, balneario, m. bay, baha, /. be, ser, estar, hallarse, tener, haable, ber {impersonal)', to about to, estar poder; to afraid, tener miedo; para; to to cold, {of weather) hacer fro, {of persons) tener fro; to cool, {of weather) hacer fresco; to desirous, tener ganas; to disposed to, {of persons) esdusty, hacer polvo; tar por; to
believe, creer
campana,/., timbre, m. beloved, querido, -a beneath, prep., bajo; adv., debajo beside, prep., al lado de adj., mejor {comp. of better, bueno); adv., mejor {comp. of
bell,
bien)
to
between, prep., entre big, adj., grande

bill,
glad, alegrarse; good

to
cuenta,/.
bill of fare, lista,/.
black, negro, -a
(bad) weather, hacer buen (mal) tiempo; to r- himgry, tener hambre; to pleasant, {of weather) hacer un tiempo agradable; to right, tener razn; to sleepy, tener sueo; to
blackboard, {of
slate) pizarrn, w.,
pizarra,/.; {of blackened hoards

or cloth) encerado, m. blank, espacio, m.\ space, espacio en bianco blanket, manta, /.
360
block, bloque, m. blue, adj. azul
J
que,
no
sino;
rather,
board (ship), bordo, w.; on a bordo boarding house, casa de huspedes boat, buque, m. body, cuerpo, w.
,
co7tj.,
sino
butter, mantequilla, /. buy (from), comprar (a)
by, pre p. por, de, en

J
Bolivia, Bolivia,/.
Bologna, Bolonia,/. book, libro, m. bom; to be nacer both, ambos, -as
caf, caf, m.
Cairo, Cairo
cali,
(el)
bottle, botella,/.
llamar; to be ed, llamarse; to the roll, pasar lista can, poder
boudoir, tocador, m.
Canada, Canad
canal,
canal,
(el)
bound
m.
for or to, con destino a

/.;
m.;
Panama
box, caja,
{in a theater) palco,
Canal de Panam
candle, vela,
cap, gorra, /.
/.
boy, muchacho, m. branch {of a business house), sucursal, /. Brazil, Brasil (el)
cape, capa,
capital,
/.
{of a country)
capital, /.;
adj.,
letter,
Brazilian, brasileo,
-a
{of letters)
mayscula, /.; maysculo, -a
bread, pan, m.
Capitol, capitolio, m., palacio del
break
out, estallar
congreso
capture, prender car, coche, m.; sleeping
breakfast, desayuno, m, breeding, cra,/. bridge, puente, m. bring, traer broad, ancho, -a brother, hermano, m,
coche dormitorio Caracas, Caracas, /. cardinal (number), cardinal, m.;

,
adj., cardinal;
brow, frente,
/.
cardinales
Buenos
Aires,
native of adj., bonaerense build, construir building, edificio, m, fight, corrida, bull, toro, m.; fighter, /., corrida de toros; ring, plaza de torero, m.; toros Burgos, Burgos, m. bury, sepultar business, negocio, m. {used often in the plural); adj., comercial bustle, actividad,/. busy, ocupado, -a but, conj.j mas, pero, sino, sino
,
Buenos
Aires, m.;
care, cuidado,
(
for)
points, puntos take m.;

to
/.
of
cuidar (de)
career, carrera,
Carmen, Carmen,/.
carriage, carruaje, w.
carry, llevar case, caso, m.; in
v
that, conj.,
dado que
cash; for
al
contado
casino, casino, m.
cast, echar
Castile, Castilla,/.
Castihan, castellano, -a Catalonia, Catalua,/. Catalonian, cataln, -a
catch, coger cathedral, catedral,
catholic, catlico,
cattle,
361
church,
/.
iglesia, /.
Cid
(the), el Cid,
-a
cigar, cigarro, m.;
w.
(or cigarette)
ganado, m.
cause, causa,/.; to
cer
maker, cigarrera,
,
/.
causar, ha-
cigarette, cigarrillo, m.
city,
ciudad,
/.
cave, cueva,
/.
Cec Hotel
(the), el
Hotel Cecil
civihzation, civilizacin, /. class, clase,/.
ceiling, techo,
m.
class-room, clase,
/.,
sala
de
clase,
celebrate, celebrar celebrated, adj., clebre
cement, cemento, m.
center, centro, m.
aula, /. clause, clusula, /. clean, limpio, -a

olear, claro,
century, siglo, m,
certain, cierto,
certainly,
adv.,
clearly, adv.,
-a claramente
-a
ciertamente,
clerk, dependiente, m.
por
climate, clima, m.
supuesto
cHmb, subir
Chacabuco, Chacabuco, m.
chair, silla, /.; orchestra
clock, reloj, m.; wall

,
reloj
de
bu-
pared
close, cerrar (ie)
taca, /.; arm chalk, tiza, /.

biar; to
butaca,
/.
change, cambio, m.; to
to
clothing, ropa,/.
(or into),
camcambiar
club, casino, m.
coach, coche, w.
coast, costa, /. coat, chaqueta,
/.;
,
en
chapel, capilla,/. character, carcter, m.
teres)
(pl.
carac-
business)
(called
"sack"
(or
/.
americana,
great
,
in
Spanish
;
American
sayo,
characterize, caracterizar
to one's accharge, cargar; to count, cargar en cuenta Charles, Carlos, m.
countries saco)
m., gabn, m.
coffee, caf,
m.
cold, fro, m., resfriado, m.\ adj.,

fro,
charm, encantar charming, adj., amable, encantador,
-a; to be
fro; to fro;
-a
hacer tener
be
(of weather)
,
(of persons)
to
catch
coger
cheap, barato, -a check, cerrar el paso a cheek, mejilla,/. child, nia,/., nio, m. Chile, Chile, m.
un
resfriado
collar, cuello,
m.
/.
collection, coleccin, /.
color, color,
Colombia, Colombia, m.
Chimne, Ximena,/.
chin, barba, /. chocolate, chocolate, m,
colossal, adj., colosal
Columbus, Coln, m.-, Christopher Cristbal Coln
choose, escoger Christmas, Navidad, /. Christopher, Cristbal, m.

Christian, cristiano,
Colimihus Library (the),

lioteca
la
Bib-
Colombina
(the), el
Columbus Theater
tro de
Tea-
-a
Coln
362
column, columna, /. come, venir, llegar;
near, aproximarse; to alongside, atracar; to down, bajar; to in, entrar, pasar; to out,
to
contain, contener continent, continente, m. continue, continuar
continuous,
continuo, ~a,
conti-
nuado, -a
continuously, adv. continuamente contraction,! contraccin, /. convenience, comodidad, /. convenient, cmodo, -a conversation, conversacin, /. cooking, cocina,/. cool, fresco, -a; to be {of weather) hacer fresco copper, cobre, m.
y
salir
comedy, comedia,/. comfort, comodidad,/. comfortable, cmodo, -a commence, empezar (ie),

piar
princi-
commercial,
adj.y
comercial
7n.
common,
adj.,
comn
companion, compaero, company, compaa,/.
Cordova, Cordoba,
/.
comparative, comparativo, m. comparative, comparativo, -a
com, maz, m.
comer, esquina,/., rincn, m.
correct, correcto, -a; to
gir
(i)
compare, comparar comparison, comparacin, /. compartment, compartimiento, m. composer, compositor, m. composition, tema, m., composicin, /.
corre-
correctly, adv., correctamente, con
compoimd, compuesto, -a
comrade, compaero, m.
concern, tratar (de) concerning, prep., acerca de concession, concesin, /.
correccin, de un modo correcto correctness, correccin, /. correspondence, correspondencia,/. corresponding, adj., correspondiente cost, costar (ue) coimsel, aconsejar coimt, contar (ue); to on, con-
Concha
(the), la
Concha
,
tar con
condition, condicin,/., estado, m. conditional (tense) condicional, m. perfect, condicional perfecto confine, encerrar (ie) congress, congreso, m. conjugate, conjugar conjugation, conjugacin,/. conjunction, conjuncin, /.
coimtry, pas, m., {in contradistinction to city) campo, m.\ house, casa de campo course, curso, m.\ plato, m.\ of por supuesto, cmo no! court, patio, w., {for playing pelota) frontn, m. Court of the Lions (the), el Patio
conquer, veneer
consist (of), consistir (en), constar (de)
consonant, consonante,
/.
de los Leones Court of the Orange-trees el Patio de los Naranjos cousin, primo, m., prima,/.
cover, cubrir {pp.
cravat, corbata,/.
credit, crdito, m.\
y
(the),
constantly, adv., continuamente constitution, constitucin, /.

construct, construir construction, construccin, /. consult, consultar
cubierto)
cow-boy, gaucho, m.
cross, cruz,/.; to
on
,
al fiado
(ie)
atravesar
crossing, travesa, /.
y
363
Cuba, Cuba,/.
cultivate, cultivar
curious, curioso, -a; to ner curiosidad
be
describe, describir {pp. descrito) description, descripcin, /. descriptive, descriptivo, -a

,
te-
desire, deseo, w., gana, /.; to desear; to have a great tener
ciuosity, curiosidad, /. curtain {of a theater), teln,
muchas ganas
m.
custom, costumbre, /. custom-house, aduana, /. customary, adj., habitual Cuzco, Cuzco, w.
desirous; to be tener ganas desk, mesa,/., {small owe) pupitre,

,
m.
dessert, postre,
vi.
destination, destino, m, develop, desarrollarse
devotion, devocin,/,
dialect, dialecto,
dagger, pual, m,
daily, diario,
die,
m. morir (ue) {pp., muerto)
-a
dance, baile, m.; to danger, peligro, m. dash, arrojar

date, fecha,/.; to
dative, dativo, w.
diflicult, adj., difcil

,
bailar
difference, diferencia,/.
different, adj., diferente, distinto,
-a, diverso,
-a
datar
dine,
comer
^
daughter, hija,
/.
dawn, madrugada, /. day, da, m,; at noon buenos da; good adays, hoy da
dining-room, comedor, m. dinner, comida,/. diphthong, diptongo, m.

,
al
medio-
direct, directo, -a; to
dirigir
das;
now-
direction, direccin, /., lado, m. directly, adv., directamente

dirty, sucio,
dear, querido, -a, {in the sense of expensive) caro, -a

deceit, engao, m.
-a
disagreeable, adj., desagradable dish, plato, w.; boiled cocido,
December, diciembre, m.
declaration, declaracin, /.
m.
disposal,
deed, hecho, m.
defeat, derrotar, veneer
definite,
definido, -a, determina-
a la disposicin de V. {often said when one ofers something) distance, distancia,/., extensin,/,
,
disposicin, /.; at yoxir
do,
-a
distant, adv., lejos
delicious, delicioso,
delight, encanto,
vi.
-a
;
to
distinct, distinto,
,
-a
encan-
distinguish, distinguir
tar
delightful, delicioso,
-a
demonstrative, demostrative, w., demostrativo, -a

depart, partir (cje) departure, partida,/.
distinguished, distinguido, -a diverse, diverso, -a diversion, diversin, /.

divert, divertir (ie)
divide, dividir
division, divisin, /.
dependent,
adj.,
dependiente
do, hacer
deposit, depsito, m.
descent, descenso, m.
dog, perro, m. dollar, duro, m., peso, m.
364
eight, adj.,
/.
dome, cpula, /. domination, dominacin, Dominic, Domingo, m. dominion, reino, m. Don, Don, m.
Doa, Doa,/.
done,
ocho
eighteen, adj,, diez y ocho eighth, octavo, -a

eighty, adj., ochenta
either, conj., o {becomes
bien adj., asado, -a; well (rare), poco asado, -a; under asado, -a door, puerta, /. doblar double, adj., doble; to less (without doubt, duda, /.;
u before a word beginning with o or ho);
not aOA)., tampoco elbow, codo, m. elegance, elegancia,/.

,
dudar ), media dozen, docena,/.; half a docena drama, drama, m. drawing-room, sala,/. (of), sodream, sueo, m.; to
sin
,
duda; to
elegant, adj., elegante
eleven, adj., once
emotion, emocin, /. emperor, emperador, w. empire, imperio, m. employ, emplear end, extremo, m., fin, w., terminacin, /.
ar (ue) (con)
dress, vestir vestirse
(i);
to
(oneself),
end, terminar, acabar ending, terminacin, /. enemy, enemigo, in. engineering, ingeniera,
dress-coat, frac, m. dress-suit, traje de etiqueta, m. dressing-room, tocador, m.

drink, beber
drove, manada,/. dvuing, prep., durante dust, polvo, m. dwarf (verb), achicar dwell in, habitar
England, Inglaterra, /. EngHsh, adj., ingls, -a enjoy, gozar (de) enormous, adj., enorme enough, adv., bastante; to be
bastar
entertain, divertir
enter, entrar (en)
(ie)
E
each,
indef.
adj.,
cada;
one,
indef. pron.,
cada uno, -a
ear, oreja, /. early, adv., temprano, de
entrance, entrada, /. environs, alrededores, m. pL equal, adj., igual equaty, igualdad, /. equator, ecuador, m, erase, borrar eraser, borrador, m,, cepillo,
erect, erigir
in.
madru-
gada
earth, tierra, /. ease, facilidad,/.
east, este, m.
escape, escaparse, huir Escorial (the), el Escorial especially, adv., sobre todo etiquette, etiqueta,/.
easy, adj., fcil
Europe, Europa,/.
even,
(el)
comer Ecuador, Ecuador

eat,
when
educate, educar egg, huevo, m.
aun (an) (accented follows a verb)', siquier (a) (usually used with neg.); not
adv.,
it
,
ni (siquiera)
evening clothes, traje de etiqueta evening coat, frac, m. ever, adv., jams, nunca, siempre
every, indef. adj., cada, todo, -a; day, body, todo el mundo; thing, todo; adj., diario, -a; ^where, por todas partes
365
famous, famoso, -a, clebre

far (off), adv., lejos; not
a poca
distancia
farce, farsa,/., sanete, m.
fast, ligero, -a; adv., ligero
father, padre, m.)
and mother,
padres
fatherland, patria,/.
fault, falta, /.
exact, exacto,
exactly, adv.,
-a exactamente
example, ejemplo, m.\ for ejemplo

excellent, adj., excelente
por
favor, favor, m., merced,/.; in

of,
(please),
favorite,
en favor de; do me the of hgame V. el favor de

favorito, -a, predilecto,
except, adv., -menos, excepto, con
excepcin de exception, excepcin, /. excursion, excursin,/. excuse, dispensar exercise, ejercicio, m.

la
exist, existir
-a
fear, miedo, m.) to
miedo; for
temer, tener
conj.,
that,
por
miedo
(de)
que
February, febrero, m.
feel, sentir (ie)
expect, contar (ue), esperar, pensar

(ie)
feminine, femenino, m.\ femenino,
expectation, espera, /. expensive, adj., caro, -a explain, explicar
express, expresar expression, expresin, /. extend, extender(se) (ie) extension, extensin, /. extreme, extremo, m. extremely, adv., sumamente eye, ojo, m.
-a Ferdinand, Fernando, m. few, indef. pron. and adj.^ alguno, -a, pocos, -as; a rel, pron. and adj., algunos (-as), unos (-as) cuantos (-as), unos (-as) pocos (-as) field, campo, m.
fierce, adj., feroz
fifteen, adj.,
fifth,
quince
quinto, -a
fifty, adj.,
file,
fill,
cincuenta
hilera, /.
llenar
facade, fachada,/.
face,
finally, adv., al fin
cara,
/.,
{of
a watch or a
find, hallar,
clock) esfera, /.
facility, facilidad, /.
finger,
encontrar (ue) dedo, w,, dedo de
la
mano
first,
fact,
hecho, m.
factory, fbrica, /. faculty, facultad, /.

fail,
dejar de
/.
'
fall
{season of the year), otoo, m.
fame, fama,
terminar primero, -a first, adv., primero, antes fish, pescado, m. fit, ajustar five, adj., cinco
finish, acabar,
five
flag,
hundred,
bandera,
adj., quinientos,
/.
-as
family, familia,
/.
366
flee, huir
French, adj., francs, -a frequency, frecuencia, /.
flesh, carne, /. fling, arrojar, echar flock, rebao,

floor,
m,
piso piso, m.; ground primer piso bajo; second Florida Street, la Calle Florida flower, flor,/.
frequent, frecuentar frequently, adv., a menudo, con frecuencia

fresh, fresco,
-a
Friar Louii^ of Len, Fray Luis de
Len
Friday, viernes, w.
fried, frito,
follow, seguir
(i)
following, adj,f siguiente foot, pie, m.; on a pie
-a
/.
pie,
de
friend, amigo, m., amiga,/.
friendship, amistad,
for, prep., para, por; conj.,
porque; example, por ejemplo; fear that, conj., por miedo (de)
from, prep., de, desde front, frente, /., fachada,

(of),
/.;
in
adv.,
delante,
enfrente;
que
forehead, frente,
jera, /.
/.
prep., delante de, enfrente de
foreigner, extranjero, w., extranforest, bosque,
fu, lleno, -a future (tense), futuro, m.; perfect (tense), futuro perfecto, m.
m.
forget, olvidar (se)
fork, tenedor, m.
form, forma,/.; to
/.
formar
formality, etiqueta,
ai//.,
game, juego, m. Gate of the Sun

del Sol
(the), la
Puerta
former, dem. pron., aqul, aqulla;

anterior;
ly, adv.,
antes,
gather (together), reunir (se)

gay, adj., alegre \ gender, gnero, m. general, general, m.; adj., general; por regla general in Generalife (the), el Generalife
antiguamente
fortification, fortificacin, /.
fortress, fortaleza, /.
fortimately, adv., felizmente
fortime, suerte,/.
fotmd, fundar
fountain, fuente,
four, adj., cuatro
foiu*teen, adj., catorce
forty, adj.,
/.
generally, adv., generalmente, por
regla general
forty-five, adj.,
cuarenta cuarenta y cinco forty-four, adj., cuarenta y quatro forty-one, adj., cuarenta y uno forty-seven, adj., cuarenta y siete forty-six, adj., cuarenta y seis forty-three, adj., cuarenta y tres forty-two, adj., cuarenta y dos
fourth, adj., cuarto,
gentleman, seor, m., caballero, m. German, adj., alemn, -a gerund, gerundio, m.

get up, levantarse Gibraltar, Gibraltar, m. gipsy, gitano, m., gitana,/. Giralda (the), la Giralda
girl,
muchacha,
/.
give, dar, presentar;

of,
evidence
-a
mostrar (ue)
France, Francia,/. freedom, libertad, /.
glad, adj., alegro, -a; to
be
ale-
grarse
, ,
glaas, v^so, m. gloom, tristeza,/. glove, guante, m. away, go, ir, andar, pasar; to down, bairse, marcharse; to
367
guest, husped, m., huspeda,/. guide-book, gua, /.
in entrer out, up, hacia; toward, walking, pasearse; subir; to with, acompaar gold, m. good, bueno, -a; bueno! good-by, adis; to say despejar; to
{or
H
haberdashery, camisera, /. habit, costumbre, /. Hades, infierno, m. half, mitad, /.; mêdio, -a; dozen, media docena
hall, aula, /., sala, /.
into),
(en)
to
salir (de)
to
dirigirse
to
to
oro,
!,
hair, cabello, m., pelo, m.
hand, mano,/.,
manecilla,
dirse
(i)
goodness, bondad,
/.
watch) a mano handkerchief, pauelo, m.

{of a clock or
/.; at
Gothic, gtico, -a government, gobierno, m. grace, merced,/. Grace, Engracia, /. grammar, gramtica,/. grammatical, adj., gramatical
handsome, hermoso, -a happiness, felicidad,/. happy, adj., feliz harbor, puerto, m. hard, adj., difcil hardly, adv., apenas
haste, prisa, /. hat, sombrero, m. have, haber, tener, hacer, mandar; to to, tener que
Granada, Granada, /. granddaughter, nieta,/. grandfather, abuelo, w. grandmother, abuela,/. grandparents, abuelos, m. grandson, nieto, m. Granja (the), la Granja
grass, hierba, /.
pi.
Havre,
el
Havre
l {pi. los)
graze, pacer
great, adj., grande; a
deal,
adv.,
he, pers. pron. m., head, cabeza, /. health, salud,/. hear, or heat, calor, m.
mucho
greater,
adj.,
mayor
grande); the mayor parte (de)

greatly, adv.,
(comp. part (of),
of
la
heaven, cielo, m. heed, escuchar

height, altura,
hell, infierno,
/.
m.
mucho
help, ayuda,
/.; to
ayudar
to
green, adj., verde greet, saludar greeting, saludo, m.;

des,/,
pi.
Henry, Enrique, m.
her, pers. pron.,

s, felicida-
/., ella, la;
su,
le,
{rarely)
la;
pass.
adj. y
ground,
tierra
tierra,
/.;
to
the
suyo, -a herd, rebao, m.
herdsman, gaucho, m.
floor, piso
ground
vir
bajo
el
Guadalquivir (the),
Guadalqui-
here, adv., ac, aqu; around por aqu hero, hroe, m.

herself, pers. pron., se,
si
Guadarrama
(the), el
Guadarrama
, '
368
high, adj., alto, -a

hill, cerro, m. him, pers, pron. m,,
l,
le,
lo;
to
I,
pers. pron.,
/.
-le
himself, pers. pron.,
history, historia,/.
se, si
yo
holgazn, -a
idea, idea,
idle, perezoso, -a,
his, of his, poss. adj., su, suyo,
-a
if,
conj., si
hither, adv., ac
casa, /., a casa; at en casa that, interj., hope, esperar; I

,
home,
ill, malo, -ra; adv., mal imagine, imaginar immediately, adv., en seguida immense, inmenso, -a
immensely,
adv.,
inmensamente
,
ojal!
horse, caballo, caballo

hot, adj.,
m.',
on
back,
be
a
{of
imperative, imperativo, -a imperative (mood) imperativo,
caliente; to
weather) hacer calor, {of persons) tener calor

hotel, hotel, m.
hour, hora,/.
hour-hand, horario, m. en casa; house, casa,/.; in the a casa; boarding to the casa de huspedes; Pink (the), la Casa Rosada how, adv., cmo?, qu tal? {asks about condition or quality, and cmo?, more especially about
m. imperfect (tense), imperfecto, m. impersonal, adj., impersonal imposing, adj., imponente importance, importancia, /. important, adj., importante impossible, adj., imposible impression, impresin,/. in, prep., en, de, dentro de, por; as much as, conj., dado que; order to, para; order that, conj., para que
Inca, inca,
/.
manner
lo
.
or way)-,
-a;
sin
many, cuantos, -as

.
.
que;
cuan!,
qu!,
much, cuanto,
. . .
inconvenient, incmodo, -a increase, aumentar indeed, interj., vaya!; yes cmo no!, ya lo creo
however,
conj.,
por
que; adv.,
indefinite, indefinido, -a, indeter-
embargo Huancayo, Huancayo, m.

Huscar, Huscar, m. huge, adj., enorme
minado, -a independence, independencia,/. independent, adj., independiente Indian, indio, m.
humid, hmedo, -a himior, humor, m.', in good de buen humor hundred, adj., ciento hunger, hambre, /. hungry; to be tener hambre hurry, darse prisa; to be in a
indicate, indicar, sealar
indicative (mood), indicativo, m,

indirect, indirecto,
-a
indolent, holgazn, -a industrious, trabajador, -a industry, industria, /.

infer,
entender
(ie)
tener prisa husband, esposo, m., marido, m.
inferior, adj., inferior
ingratitude, ingratitud,
inhabit, habitar
/.
hush, callar
hypothesis, hiptesis,
inhabitant, habitante, m. or f.
initiation, iniciacin, /.
369
kind, clase,/., gnero, w., suerte,/.;

in.
ink, tinta,
/.
inkwell (inkstand), tintero, inner court, patio, m. instead of, prep., en vez de
interest, interesar; to interest, inters, m.
adj., amable, bueno, -a kindness, bondad,/., amabilidad,
/
king, rey,
in
m.',
be
ed
and queen, reyes

w.
kingdom,
reino,
(a person), interesarse
por
kiss, besar
kitchen, cocina,/.
interesting, adj., interesante

interior, interior,
knee,
rodilla, /.
m.
knife, cuchillo, m.
interrogative, interrogativo,
-a
intimate, ntimo, -a introduce, presentar, introducir introduction, introduccin, /. invariable, adj., invariable
invitation, invitacin,/.
iron, hierro, m.', to
knock {at a door), llamar know, saber; {he acquainted how, saber conocer;
with)
knowledge, conocimiento, m.
known
cido
{adj., pp. of conocer),
cono-
planchar
irregular, adj., irregular
it,
Isabella, Isabel, /. pers. pron., ello, lo, la; to s, poss. adj., su
le;
itinerary, itinerario,
m.
labor, trabajo, m. laboratory, laboratorio, m. lady, seora, /.
itself, pers. pron., si, se
lake, lago, m.
January, enero, m. Japan, el Japn

jewel, joya,
/.
John, Juan, m. join, unir, juntar Joseph, Jos, m. journey, viaje, m,

joy, alegra, /. joyful, adj., alegre
landing-place, desembarcadero, m, language, lengua, /., idioma, w., lenguaje, m. La Paz, La Paz, /. large, adj., grande, numeroso, -a larger, adj., mayor {comp. of grande) last, pasado, -a, postrero, -a, ltimo, -a; at al fin, por lti-
mo; to (Monday,
durar-;
etc.),
Sxinday
el
domingo
(lunes, etc.),
pasado
jug, jarro, m.
late, adv., tarde

;
July, julio, m, June, junio, m,

just,
justo, -a;
as
^j
later, adv., despus, Latin, latino, -a
ms tarde
(like),
tal
latter (the), dem. prn.y ste, sta;
cual; to
have
acabar de
justify, justificar
keep, conservar
kill,
pL, stos, stas laugh, rer (i) laundress, lavandera,/. law, ley, /. lawyer, abogado, m. lazy, perezoso, -a
learn, aprender
matar
370
least; at
^,
al
menos
long, largo, -a; a
while, mucho
to
for,
leave, dejar, partir (de), salir (de), of, desretirarse (de) ; to take
tiempo
look
to
pedirse de lecture, conferencia, /. lecture-room, aula, /. left, izquierdo, -a; to the izquierda leg, pierna, /.
less, adj.,
mirar; out upon, dar a

(at),
buscar;
look-out, mirador, m. loom up, surgir

,
a la
lord, seor, m.
lose, perdfer (ie)
.
.
menos; the cuanto menos ... the tanto menos, mientras me-
menor;
adv.,
loud, adv., alto Louis, Luis, m. love, querer

lovely, lindo, -a
nos
menos
/.
lessen, achicar lesson, leccin,

lest, conj.,
let,
low, bajo, -a lower, adj., inferior; to

luck, suerte,
/.
bajar
por miedo (de) que
dejar
letter, letra,/., carta,/.
level, nivel,
m.
almuerzo, m.\ almorzar (ue) luxurious, de lujo luxury, lujo, m,

to
lunch
(limcheon),
,
liberator, libertador, m.
liberty, libertad,/.
library, biblioteca, /.
life,
M
madam
,
vida,
/.
light, ligero, -a; to
{term of address), seora,
encender
(ie)
/.
like, adj., parecido, -a; adv.,

?, qu le parece? Lima, Lima, /.
como;
verh, gustar, querer;
how do you
Madrid, Madrid, m. magnificent, magnfico, -a

maid, criada,/.
mail, correo,
in.
limiting, determinativo,
line, lnea,/., rengln,
-a
mail-box, buzn, m.'
m.
Maipo, Maip, m.
Hon, len, m.
list, lista, /.
make,
the most
llero,
hacer, causar, fabricar; to

of,
aprovechar
listen,
escuchar
adv.,
mamma, mam,/.
m., seor, m., cabam. manner, manera,/., modo, m. manufactory, fbrica, /. manufacture, fabricar
literature, literatura,/.
little,
man, hombre,
pequeo, -a, poco, -a; poco
live, vivir; to
in,
habitar
lively, adj.,
live
animado, -a stock, ganado, m.
many,
rel. adj.
llama, llama, /. load, carga,/.; to
-as; as
,
cargar
...
adj.,
and pron., muchos,
as, cuantos, -as; as
as, tantos, -as
locality, localidad, /.
tos, -as;
how
cuan-
inter, pron.
and
lock (of a canal), esclusa,/. lodger, husped, m., huspeda,/.

lofty, adj., alto,
cuntos, -as?
-a
/.
map, mapa, m. March, marzo, m.

march,
{in colun:,ns) desfile,
London, Londres,
m.
, ,
mark, marcar
married, casado, -a marry, casar, casarse con marvel, maravilla, /. marvelous, maravilloso, -a Mary, Mara,/. masculine, masculino, w.; masculino,
371
Miss
{term of address), seorita,/.
mistaken; to be mode, modo, m. modify, modificar, moist, hmedo, -a
equivocarse
calificar
moment, momento, m.
monarch, monarca, m,
-a
master, seor, m. matador, espada, w., matador, m. match, fsforo, m. May, mayo, m. me me, pers. pron., me, mi; to meal, comida, /. mean, significar, querer decir
Monday, lunes, m. money, dinero, m.

Montevideo, Montevideo, m. month, mes, m. monument, monumento, m, mood, modo, m.
moor
{a boat), atracar
Moor, moro, m.
Moorish, morisco, -a, moro, -a more, adv., ms (comp. c/ mucho); the ... the cuanto ms tanto ms, mientras ms
meaning, sentido, m., significado,

m.
meanwhile, adv., entretanto measure, medida, /. meat, carne, /. Mecca, Meca,/. meet, encontrar (ue) member, miembro, m. memorize, aprender de memoria memory, memoria,/. Mendoza, Mendoza, /. mention, mencionar
ms
menu,
lista, /.
merchandise, mercancas, /. pl. merchant, comerciante, m. metal, metal, m. Mexican, mejicano, -a City, CiuMexico, Mjico, m.; dad de Mjico Michael, Miguel, m. middle, mitad,/. midnight, media noche, /.; at a media noche
moreover, adv., adems morning, maana, /.; early madrugada, /.; in the por la maana; to-morrow maana por la maana; yesterday ayer por la maana; at nine o'clock in the morning, a las nueve de la maana; good buenos das mosaic, mosaico, m. mosque, mezquita, /. most, adv., ms, muy, sumamente; de lo ms; la mayor parte (de) mother, madre,/. mountain, montaa,/., monte, w.;
ridge, cordillera
mile, milla,/.
mouth, boca, /.; (of a river), desembocadura, /. moving-picture show, cinematgrafo ("movies," cine)
miHtary, adj., militar milk, leche, /. memillion, milln, w.; half a dio milln mine (of ), poss. adj., mo, -a
Mr. {term of address), seor, m. Mrs. {term of address), seora,/. much, mucho, -a; adv., mucho;
adv., demasiado; not poco; as as, rel. adj. and pron., cuanto, -a; tanto, -a, .
too
minute, minuto, in. minute-hand, minutero, m.
adv.,
372
cuanto, -a; how -?, inter, pron. and adj., cunto, -a?; how is?, a cunto?; in as as, conj.y
neighbor, vecino, m., vecina,/. neither, conj., ni; adv., tampoco
dado que
mule, mula,
/.
nephew, sobrino, m. Neptune, Neptuno, m.

neuter, neutro, m.; neutro, -a never, adv., nunca, jams nevertheless, adv., sin embargo
|
Murilio, Murillo, m.
museum, museo, m. music, msica, /. musical comedy, zarzuela, /. must, deber, tener que; one
hay que my, poss. adj\, mi, mo, -a
'
new, nufevo, -a newspaper, peridico, m.

York, Nueva York, /. next, prximo, a, siguiente; adv., luego
niece, sobrina, /.
night, noche, /.; at por la noche; to-^ esta noche; last
,
New
jj
myself, pers, pron., me, mi; to
me
N
nail, clavar
name, llamar, nombrar;

apellidarse, llamarse
to
bo
d,
name, nombre; family (or surname), apellido, m.; given (or Christian) nombre (de pila)^
anoche; before last, antenoche, antes de anoche; tomorrow maana por la noche; at ten (o'clock) at -, a lal diez de la noche; at mid, a media noche; good buenas noches
,
nine, adj., nueve
'
:m.
napkin, servilleta,/. narrate, contar (ue) narrow, estrecho, -a; gauge, de via estrecha nation, nacin, /., pueblo, vt. national, adj., nacional National Library (the), la Biblioteca Nacional nationaHty, nacionalidad,/. native country, patria, /. native of Madrid, madrileo, -a native of Venezuela, venezolano,
nine himdred, a^/;'., novecientos nineteen, adj., diez y nueve

ninety, adj., noventa ninth, noveno, -a
nitrate, nitrato, m.
no, adv., no; indef. pron. and adj., ninguno, -a; one, indef. pron..,
ninguno, nadie nobody, indef. ^ro/^., nadie, ninguno none, indef. pron. and adj., ninguno, -a al, medionoon, medio da; at
-a
near, adv., a poca distancia, cerca; prep., cerca de necessary, necesario, -a, preciso,
da nor, conj., ni; adv., tampoco north, norte, m.
-a
neck, cuello, m. necktie, corbata,/. need, necesitar negation, negacin,/. negative, negativo, -a
North America, Norte Amrica, /., Amrica del Norte North American, norteamericano, -a
nose, nariz, /. even, ni (siquiera) not, adv., no; any, indef. pron. and adj., ninguno, -a
notable, adj., notable
37,
once, adv., una vez; at
en
se-
notebook, cuaderno, w. noteworthy, adj., notable nothing, itidf. pron., nada, cosa alguna notwithstanding, adv., sin embargo noun, nombre, m., substantivo, m. November, noxdembre, m. now, adv., ahora, ya
guida
one, adj., uno,
Uidef.
-a-; rel.
pron., cul;
what)
cul?
pron.,
,
uno;
which
(or
inter, pron. a^td adj.,
oneself, pers. pron., so,

only, adv.,
slo, solo, -a, nico,
si
solamente;
adj.,
-a
abierto;
to
open,
adj.
nowadays, adv., hoy da nowhere, en ninguna parte number, nmero, m. nimierous, numeroso, -a
abrir; to
upon, dar a
pp.,
object, objeto, m.,
complemento,
m.
oblige, obligar
opera, pera, /. operation, operacin, /. operetta, zarzuela, /. opportunity, oca^sin, /. opposition, oposicin, /., contraridad, /. or, conj., o, u (o becomes u before a word beginning with o or ho)
oral, adj., oral
obscurity, obscuridad,
/.
observatory, mirador, w. obtain, obtener occasion, ocasin, /. occupation, ocupacin, /. occupy, ocupar ocean, ocano, m. o'clock, hora, /. October, octubre, m. of, prep., de of course, por supuesto, adv., cmo no!
offer, ofrecer
office,
orange-tree, naranjo, m. order, orden (m. or f.), pedido, m., construccin,/.; to mandar;
to give
an
hacer un pedido
ordinal (mrniber), ordinal, m.; adj., ordinal orthographic, ortogrfico, -a
Oruro, Or uro, m.
other(s),
indef.
adj.
and
pron.,
otro, -a, -OS, -as,
dems
adj.,
ought, deber
our (of ours), poss. -a

tros; to
nuestro,
despacho, m.
ourselves, pers. pron., nos, noso-
often, adv., a
cia,
oil,
menudo, con frecuenmuchas veces

m.
nos
aceite,
over, prep., sobre, encima de overcoat, gabn, m., sobretodo^ m.
old, viejo,
-a
older,
adj'.,
mayor
(com p.
of
owe, deber own, propio, -a
grande) omelet, tortilla, /. omission, omisin, omit, omitir

on, prep.,
en,
/.
Pacific, pacfico,
-a
/.
sobre,
(with infinitive) al;
time,
encima de;
adj.j
puitual
page, pgina,/. painting, pintura, pair, par, m.
, ,
374
Moorish -
/.
palace, palacio, m.\

alczar, m.
palm-tree, palmera,
pampas, pampas,
/. pi.
Panama,
el
Panam;
Canal,
Canal de Panam papa, pap, m. paper, papel, m. Paran (the), el Paran Paraguay, el Paraguay Paris, Paris, m. park, parque, m.
parlor, sala
perhaps, adv., quizs, quiz, acaso, tal vez permit, permitir person, persona, /. personal, adj., personal Peru, el Per
peseta, pe^êta, /. Peter, Pedro, m.
Philip, Felipe, m.
phonetic, fontico, -a
(de recibo or recibi-
miento)
part,
(de)
photograph, fotografia, /. phrase, frase, /. picador, picador, m. picturesque, pintoresco, -a

pike, pica,
pillow,
/.
parte,
greater
;
/.,
papel,
m.)
the
(of), la
mayor parte
to take (play) a
hacer
un papel
participle, participio,
almohada, pink, rosado, -a pitcher, jarro, m.

one)
dad,
/.
m.
the summer,
pity, lstima,/.; to
particular, adj., especial
pass, pasar; to
cause dar lstima
(to
make
place, lugar, w., sitio, m., locali/.,
veranear
passive, pasivo, -a
past,
parte, /.; in the first
pasado, -a, pasivo, -a
{of
en primer lugar; to take tener lugar; to colocar, poner
participles)
plan, proyecto, m., plan, m.\ to
past absolute (tense), pretrito, m. past anterior (tense), pretrito

perfecto, m.
proyectar
planet, planeta, m.
plate, plato, vi.
past
descriptive
(tense),
imper-
play, juego, m., comedia,/.; to

.
fecto,
m.
{a gante) jugar
tains) correr
(ue)
{of
foun-
Paul, Pablo, m. pay, pagar peak, pico, m. pedestrian, transente, w.

pelota, pelota, /.
playful, juguetn,
-a
plaza, plaza, /. pleasant, adj., agradable
pen, pluma,
/.
please, gustar pluperfect (tense),

fecto,
pluscuamper-
pencil, lpiz, m.
m.
peninsula, peninsula, /. people, gente,/., pueblo, m. pepper, pimienta, /. perfect, perfecto, -a; (tense),
plural, plural, m.', adj., plural
pocket, bolsillo, m.
poem, poema, m.
point, punto,
m.',
of the
com-
perfecto, m.
perfectly, adv., perfectamente
perform, representar performance, funcin,

sentacin,
/.
/.,
repre-
pass, puntos cardinales; to out, sealar pointed pole {or staff), pica,/. polite, adj., corts poniard, pual, m.
poor, adj., pobre, malo, -a port, puerto, m.
porter, mozo, m.
profit (by),
375
aprovechar
progressive, progresivo, -a
project, proyectar promise, prometer pronoun, pronombre, m. pronounce, pronunciar pronunciation, pronunciacin, /. proper, propio, -a, correspondiente protect, proteger proverb, refrn, m. provided that, conj., con tal que proximity, proximidad, /.
portugus, -a position, posicin,/., construccin,
Portuguese,
/
a^/;.,
positive, positivo, m.\ positivo,
-a
possess, tener possessive, posesivo, -a possible, adj., posible

possibility, posibilidad, /.
postage-stamp, sello de correo, m. potato, patata,/.

practise, practicar
public, pblico,
building, monumento, m.
/.
m.; pblico, -a;
Prado
(the), el
Prado
(a)
(ie)
precede, preceder
prefer, preferir
punctual, adj., puntual punctuation, puntuacin,

pupil,
prepare, preparar preparation, preparativo, m., preparacin, /. preparative, preparativo, ni. preposition, preposicin,/. prepositional, adj., preposicional present, presente, w.; adj., actual, presentar; to be presente; to
alumno, m., alumna,/. piu-chase (from), comprar (a) purpose, propsito, m.

put, poner, colocar
pyramid, pirmide,
/.
qualify, calificar;
ficativo,
ing, adj,, cali-
at, asistir (a)
-a
preserve, conservar presidency, presidencia, /. president, presidente, w.;

university), rector,
quality, calidad, /.
{of a
quarter, cuarto, m. quay, muelle, m.
m.
queen, reina,
/.
press, prensa,
/.
question, pregunta,
/.; to
pre-
Prensa preterite, pretrito, m.

(the), la
Press
guntar
(a)
quickly, adv., pronto
pretty, adj., bonito, -a, lindo,
-a
quiet, callado, -a; to
m. pride, orgullo, m.
price, precio,
callar;
be
!,
callar!
quite, adv., bastante
primitive, primitivo,
-a
Quito, Quito, m.
principal, adj., principal
prisoner, preso, m., prisione*-o, m. probability, probabilidad, /.
probable, adj., probable probably, adv., probablemente procession, desfil, m. proclaim, proclamar professor, profesor, m., profesora,
/
radical, adj., radical
railroad, ferrocarril, m.
railway, ferrocarril, m.
rain, lluvia, /. raise, levantar
raising, cra, /.
376
range
{of
mountains), cordillera,
return, regresar, volver (ue)
/., sierra,/. rapid, ligero, -a, rpido,
review, repasar
-a
revolt, rebelarse
rich, rico,
rare, raro, -a, {in regard to cooking)
-a
poco asado, -a rather, adv., bastante

reach, llegar (a) read, leer reader, libro de lectura reading, lectura, /. ready, listo, -a
reality, realidad, /.
a la derecha; to be tener razn Rio de Janeiro, Rio de Janeiro, m. Ro de la^ Plata (the), el Ro de la Plata right, razn, /.; to be tener ra-
right, derecho, -a; to the
zn
rise, levantarse, surgir
really, adv.,
verdaderamente
/.
reason, razn,
rebel, rebelarse
recall, recordar (ue)
m. m. road, camino, m.
risk, peligro,
river, ro,
roast, asar; adj., asado,

role, papel, m.\ to play
receive, recibir
recite, recitar
un papel
roll,
red, rojo, -a
lista,/.; to call
the
-a a
hacer
pasar
redundantly,
adv.,
redundante-
lista
mente
refer, referirse (ie)
roof, techo, m. room, cuarto, m., habitacin,
/.,
reflexive, reflexivo,
-a
region, regin,
/.
regular, adj., regular

reign, reino, m.; to
aposento, 7n. rout, derrotar row, fila,/., hilera,/.

reinar
royal, adj., real
relation, relacin, /. relative, pariente, m.\ relativô,
ruby, rub, m.
-a
religious, religioso,
-a
ruin, ruina, /. rule, regla, /.

ruler, regla, /. run, correr
remain, quedar(se) remaining, lo (los, etc.) dems remains, restos, m. pi. remember, acordarse (ue) de, cordar (ue) remembrance, recuerdo, m. remove, quitar (se)
repeat, repetir (i) reply, contestar
re-
sadness, tristeza,/.
saint, santo, m., santa,/.; santo,
-a
salad, ensalada,
salt, sal,/.
/.
Salamanca, Salamanca,/.
salute, saludar
represent, representar republic, repblica, /. reputation, fama, /. resemble, parecerse (a) residence, residencia, /.
rest,
lo
(los,
etc.)
same, mismo, -a; que
as,
mismo
dems; to
descansar
retire, retirar (se)
Saturday, sbado, m. say, decir; good-by, despedirse (i); how does one ?,
cmo
se dice?
saying, refrn, m.
scarcely, adv., apenas
377
school, escuela, /. science, ciencia, /.

sea, mar, m. or f.;
shoe, zapato, m. shoe-store, zapatera shop, tienda, /. shore, playa, /.

port, puerto
short, corto, -a, poco, -a; at a
de mar
season, estacin,/.
seat,
distance, a poca distancia

w.; to
asiento,
(ie)
show, mostrar
oneself,
(ue),
ensear
show-window, escaparate, m.
shut, cerrar (ie); to
side,
al
sentarse
second, segundo, m.; segundo, -a second-hand, segundero, in. secure, asegurar

see, ver (pp., visto); let*s
up, encerrar lado, m.; on the other otro lado de; on either a
of,
,
cada lado
sidewalk, acera,
sight, vista,/.
silver, plata,/.
/.
a ver
seek, buscar seem, parecer Segovia, Segovia,/.

seize,
self,
sell,
similar, parecido, -a, igual
prender
Simon, Simn,
conj.,
/.
mismo, -a vender
since, prep., desde; adv., despus;
dado que, puesto que
send, enviar, mandar sense, sentido, m. sentence, oracin,/. September, septiembre, m. sequence, correspondencia,
rie, /.
sing, cantar
singular, singular, m.; adj., singular Sir (term of address), seor, w.,
caballero, m.
/., se-
sister,
sit
hermana, /. down, sentarse
(ie)
series, serie, /.
situate, situar
servant, criado, w., criada,/.

serve, servir
set,
(i)
situation, situacin,/., sitio, w.

six, adj., seis
service, servicio, m.
poner;
the
sixteen, adj., diez

sixth, sexto,
seis
table, poner la
-a
mesa
seven, adj., siete
sixty, adj., sesenta sky, cielo, m. slate, pizarra, /.
seven hundred,
adj., setecientos
seventeen, adj., diez y siete seventh, sptimo, ~a seventy, adj., setenta several, varios, -as
Seville, Sevilla, /.
sleep, sueo, m.,to

to fall a
dormir (ue)
sleepy; to be tener sueo slow, lento, -a slowly, adv., lentamente, despacio

,
dormirse
shade, sombra,/.
f:luice,
esclusa,/.
shadow, sombra,/.
sharp, (of time) en shave, afeitarse
small,
punto
pequeo, minsculo, -a
-a;
(of
letters)
smaller, adj.,
she, pers. pron. /.,' ella sheet, sbana, /.

shirt,
menor (com p. of pequeo) small letter, minscula, /.

smile, sonrer
(i)
camisa,
/.
shirt-store, camisera,/.
smoke, fumar
378
snow, nieve,
so,
adv.,
/.
tan,
de
tanto, -a;
many, tantos, -as;
as,
lo;
spoon, cuchara, /; tea, cucha-
much,
rita,/.
spring, primavera,/.
that, conj.,
modo
de manera que, que, para que; it is
square, plaza,
/.
stairs, escalera, /.
es verdad; isn't it so?, no es verdad? or verdad? sock, calcetn, m. soiled, sucio, -a
stamp, sello, w.; postage de correp standing, e pie

state, estado, in.
sello
soldier, soldado,
solely, adv.,
in.
sole, solo, -a, nico,
a nicamente
station, estacin, /. stay, estancia,/., parada,/.
stay, quedar(se)
some,
indef. pron. aiid adj., algu-
no, -a, unos, -as;
one,
steamer, vapor, m.
steep, adj., pendiente
step, paso, m.
body, alguien something, indef. pron., algo,
al-
guna cosa
sometimes, a veces, algunas veces somewhat, adv., algo son, hijo, m.) (s) and daugh-
ter (s), hijos
soon, adv., pronto; as
as, tan
clavar aun, an {accented when it follows a verb) todava stone, piedra,/. stop, parada, /., paradero, m.\ to detener (se), parar(se) stopping-place, paradero, m.
stick; to
still,
,
adv.,
pronto como (sea)

sorry; to be lo siento
store, tienda,/.
sentir (ie); I
am
storm, tempestad,
story, historia, /., piso, m.
straight, recto, -a;
/.
{of a building)
sort, suerte,/.
soup, sopa,/. south, sur, m., sud, m.
ahead,
adv.,
(todo) derecho
South America, Sud Amrica, /., Amrica del Sur South American, sudamericano, -a souvenir, recuerdo, m.
space, espacio, m., sitio, time, rato, m.-, blank en bianco spacious, espacioso, -a Spain, Espaa,/. Spanish, espaol, -a speak, hablar
special, adj., especial
strange, raro, -a
strangle, estrangular
street, calle, /.
in.;
,
of
street-car, tranva, m.
street-railway, tranva, m.
strike, {of a clock) dar (la hora) structure, monumento, m., edificio,
espacio
m,
speech, discurso, m., idioma, m., palabra,/., lenguaje, w. speed, prisa, /. spend, pasar, gastar spite; in of, prep., a pesar de splendid, esplndido, -a
student, estudiante, m. or f. estustudy, estudio, m.; to diar subject, asunto, w,, sujeto, m. subjunctive (mood), subjuntivo,
m.
submarine
(boat), submarino, m.
submit, someter(se) substantive, substantivo, substantivo, -a
m.;
succeed, lograr such, such a one, indef. adj. and
pron., tal
379
(de); to
despedirse
sacar; to
talk, hablar
tall, alto,
out, place, tener lugar

(i)
sudden, subilo, -a suddenly, adv., de repente

suffer, sufrir
suffice, bastar
-a, grande
w. sugar, azcar, m.
suffix, sufijo,
suit (of clothes), traje, m.; "
dress"
traje de etiqueta
suitable, adj., correspondiente
summer, verano,
m.; to
vera-
near sun, sol, m.; to be sunny, hacer

(haber) sol
Tangiers, Tnger, m. taste, gusto, m. teach, ensear teacher, profesor, m., profesora, /., maestro, m., maestra,/. tell, decir, contar (ue) temperature, temperatura, /. tempest, tempestad,/. temporal, adj., temporal ten, adj., diez; by s, de diez en
diez
tense, tiempo, w.
tenth, adj., dcimo, -a
Simday, domingo, m.
superiority, superioridad,/.
superlative,
perlativo,
superlativo,
m.;
su-
-a
term, trmino, 7n. than, conj., que, de, de lo que (del que, de la que, etc.)
supposed, supuesto, -a (irr. pp. of suponer) supposing that, conj., supuesto

que, dado que supper, cena,/. sure, cierto, -a, seguro, -a surely, adv., ciertamente, segura-
thank you (thanks), gracias,
/. pi.
that, dent, adj., aquel, aquella, ese,
esa; dem. pron., aqul, aqulla,
aquello, se, sa, eso;
que; conj., que; so de manera que, de
re.
pron.,
conj., que,
modo
los),
que,
para que
the, def. art., el
{pl.
mente
surprise, sorprender
m., la
{pl. las),/., lo, n.
surround, rodear swarm,. enjambre, m. sword, espada,/.

syllable, slaba,/.
theater, teatro, m.; vaudeville
system, sistema, m.
teatro de variedades thee, pers. pron., te, ti; to te their, poss. adj., su, suyo, -a them, pers. pron., ellos, m. pl.,
ellas,/,
pl.',
los
{rarely les),
pl., las, /.
pl.) to
m.
les,
rarely
las
table, mesa,/.
theme, tema, m.
themselves, pers. pron.,
table-cloth, mantel, m,
Tagus
(the), el
Tajo
se,
s;
to
se
tailor, sastre,
m.
tailor-shop, sastrera, /. take, llevar, tomar; to
trip
'
(journey), hacer un viaje; to away (off), quitar (se); to from, quitar a; to leave (of),
then, adv., entonces, luego, despus; ônj., pues there, adv., all, all, ah; is {or
are),
hay
these, dem. adj. pl., estos, estas; dem. pron. pL, Qgtos, stas
380
they,
pers.
pron.,
elloe,
m.
pL,
ellas, f.
pL
Titicaca, Titicaca, m. to, prep., a, hasta, para, por
thing, cosa, /. think, creer, f>ensar (ie); to
of,
pensar '(ie) en
third, tercero,
thirst, sed, /.
-a
thirteen, adj., trece

thirty, adj., treinta
tobacco, tabaco, m. tobacco-shop, estanco, m. to-day, adv., hoy toe, dedo, m., dedo del pie together, juntos, -as Toledo, Toledo, m.
thirty-eight, adj., treinta

thirty-five, adj., treinta
y ocho
y cinco thirty-four, adj., treinta y cuatro thirty-nine, adj., treinta y nueve thirty-one, adj., treinta y uno thirty-seven, adj., treinta y siete thirty-six, adj., treinta y seis
thirty-three, adj., treinta
tomb, tumba,/. to-morrow, adv., maana; day after pasado maana;
morning (afternoon, evening), jaaana por la maana (la

tarde, la noche) tongue, lengua, /. too, adv., demasiado, tambin
thirty-two, adj., treinta

this,
y tres y dos
dem.
adj.,
este,
esta;
pron., ste, sta, esto;
dem. one,
tortuous, tortuoso, -a towards, prep., hacia tower, torre, /.
town, pueblo, m.
trace, huella, /. track, va,/.; narrow-gauge
dem. pron.j
ste, sta
thither, adv., all, all
de
Thomas, Toms, m.
those, dem. adj. pL, aquellos, -as, esos, esas; dem. pron. pl., aqullos,
va estrecha
tragedy, tragedia,
train, tren,
/.
aqullas, sos, sas

adj.,
m. transandine, transandino, -a
translate, traducir
thousand,
mil
three, adj., tres
through, prep., a travs de, por throw, arrojar, echar Thursday, jueves, m.
thus, adv., as thy, poss. adj., familiar, tu, tuyo, -a
thyself, pers. pron., te,
ticket, billete,
ti;
translation, traduccin, /. transport, transportar

travel, viajar
traveler, viajer, m.
treat, tratar
to
tree, rbol,
trip, viaje,
te
m. m.
m.
time, her a, /.; (duration) tiempo, m.] {recurre4ice) vez,/.; on a tiempo; a long mucho tiempo; from to de cuando {or vez) en cuando; up to that hasta entonces timepiece, reloj, m., cronmetro,
triphthong, triptongo, m. troop, tropa, /. trouble, contrariedad, /. trousers, pantaln, m. {used also in pi.) es true, verdadero, -a; it is
verdad; isn't it dad? or verdad?

truly, adv.,
?,
no es ver-
m.
propina, /. tire, cansar tired, adj., cansado, -a
tip,
verdaderamente
tree)
trunk, bal, m., {of a body or tronco, m. truth, verdad, /.
try (to), procurar, tratar (de)
381
,
Tuesday, martes, m.
tunnel, tnel, m. turn, turno, w.; to
use, uso, m.] to useful, adj., til

usually,
adv.,
emplear, usar
generalmente,
por
volver (ue),
regla general
doblar twelve, adj., doce twenty, adj., veinte twenty-eight, adj., veinte y ocho twenty-five, adj., veinte y cinco twenty-four, adj., veinte y cuatro twenty-nine, adj., veinte y nueve twenty-one, adj., veinte y uno twenty-seven, adj., veinte y siete twenty-six, adj., veinte y seis twenty-three, adj., veinte y tres twenty-two, adj., veinte y dos twice, dos veces
two, adj., dos
vacation, vacaciones, /. pi. valise, maleta, /. Valparaiso, Valparaiso, w. valer value ; to be of variety, variedad, /.
various,
adj.,
diferente,
diverso,
-a, vario, -a
U
irncle, to,
m. uncomfortable, incmodo, -a under, prep., bajo, debajo de underline, subrayar underneath, adv., debajo understand, comprender, entender (ie) to make oneself understood, darse a entender unexpected, sbito, -a unfortunately, adv., desgraciada;
vaudeville theater, teatro de variedades vegetable, legumbre, /. Velazquez, Velazquez, m. Venezuela, Venezuela, /. Venezuelan, venezolano, -a verb, verbo, w. verbal, adj., verbal Versailles, Ver salles, m. verse, verso, m. very, mismo, -a; adv., mucho, muy
vessel, buque, m.
vest, chaleco, m.
victim, vctima,/.
victory, victoria,/.
mente
unite, unir
view, vista, /. village, pueblo, m. vinegar, vinagre, m.

visit, visita, /.
;
to
United States Unidos
(the), los
Estados
visitar
imiversityt universidad, /. unless, conj., a msnos que unload, descargar until, prep., hasta; cenj., hasta que upon, prep., sobre, en; {with infinitive) al
Vivar, Vivar, m. vocabulary, vocabulario, w. voice, voz, /. volcanic, volcnico, -a vowel, vocal,/. voyage, travesa,/.
up to, prep., hasta Uruguay, el Uruguay Uruguay River (the), el Uruguay Uruguayan, uruguayo, -a
us, pers. pron., nos, nosotros, -as;
to
W
waistcoat, chaleco, m. -ing for, en espera wait, esperar;
de
waiter, mozo, m.
nos
wake
up, despertar(se)
(ie)
382
walk, paseo,
ni.\
marchar, andar, dar un
pasearse; to take a
while,
paseo
wall, muralla,/., pared,/.
en; adv., mientras; mientras que; subst., rato, w.; a long mucho tiempo whilst, adv., mientras; conj., mienprep.,
conj.,
wall clock, reloj de pared war, guerra,/. wash, lavar(se)
tras
que
de bolsillo; mirar water, agua, /. way, manera,/., modo, w., va,/., camino, w., paso, m.\ in a correct de una manera correcta; in this de este modo, de esta
watch,
to
reloj, w., reloj

,
white, blanco, -a whither, adv., a donde who, re. prn., que, quien; inter. pron., quin?; he (she, they, the quien, el (la) cual, los one)
(las) cuales, el (la, los, las)
que
whoever,
{pl.
7idef.
pron., quienquiera
whom,
manera
we, nosotros (-as)
wealth, riqueza,
/.
quienesquiera) re. pron., que, quien; inter, pron., quin?; he (she, they, the quien, el (la) cual, los one)
(las)
cuales, el (la, los, las)

re.
que
wear, llevar weather, tiempo, w.; to be good (bad) hacer buen (mal) tiempo; to be pleasant, {of weather) hacer un tiempo agradable Wednesday, mircoles, m. week, semana, /. welcome, acoger well, bueno, -a; adv., bien; conj., pues; as as, adv., as como; done, bien asado, -a west, oeste, m. wharf, muelle, m. what, inter, pron. and adj., qu?, cul?; is the one, cul?; matter with?, qu tiene? wheat, trigo, m. when, adv., cuando; ?, cundo? where, adv., donde, a donde, en donde; ?, dnde?, a dnde?, en dnde? wherever, adv., donde, donde-
whose,
cuyo, -a; inter, adj., cuyo, -a?, de quin? why, conj., por qu? wide, ancho, -a width, anchura, /. wife, esposa,/., mujer, /. will, voluntad, /. wind, viento, m.; to be y, hacer (haber) viento winding, tortuoso, -a window, ventana,/. wine, vino, m. winter, invierno, m. es, felicidawish, deseo; good desear, querer, des,/. pL; to tener ganas you, contigo; with, prep., con; himself, herme, conmigo; self, etc., consigo
adj.,
withdraw, retirar (se)

withers, cruz,/. adentro, adv., within,
prep., dentro de
dentro;
quiera
whether, conj., si which, re., cual, que; er(la or

lo,
lo)
cual, los {or las) cuales; el (la,

los,
las)
cul?; of
que;
,
inter.,
re. adj.,
qu?, cuyo, -a
without, prep., sin; adv., afuera, de fuera; conj., sin que woman, mujer,/., seora,/. wonder, maravillarse wonderful, maravilloso, -a, asombroso, -a
wood, bosque, in. word, palabra, /. work, trabajo, m.,
ture,
383
no!,
yes, adv.,
s;
indeed, cmo
ya
(of art, liter a-
lo creo
music, trabajar
etc.)
obra,/.; to
workmanship, trabajo, w. world, mundo, m. worry (a bull), trastear

worse, adj., peor {comp. c/ malo) worse, adv., peor {comp. of mal) valer worth; to be
yesterday, adv., ayer; day before anteayer, antes de ayer yet, adv., aun, an {accented when it follows a verb) todava you, pers. pron., t, te, ti; vos,
vosotros, os; usted, ustedes;

lo, la, les; to
le,
te, os, le, les
would that, int., ojal! wound, herir (ie)

write, escribir {pp., escrito) writer, escritor, w.
young, adj., joven younger, adj., menor pequeo)
{comp.
of
young lady, seorita, /. young man, joven, vi.

your, pass, adj., su, suyo, -a; {familiar) tu, tuyo, -a; honor, vuestra merced yourself, pers. pron., se, s; {familiar) te {pl. os); to
wrong;
to
be
no tener razn
pers. pron.,
Yapey, Yapey, m. year, ao, m.
se, te {pl. os)
youth, joven, m., mozo, m.
INDEX
used substantively, 47
see superlative
a: omission of accent,
X
,
(2 e)
accusative with
12,
90-92
with article, 12 with direct object, 12, 90-92 with infinitive, 222, 225, 300-302 with pronouns, 153, 154 see querer, tener
absolute, see superlative
abstract, see
uninflected, 41 adverb, 65-69, 161, 201 from adjective, 65 accent, (2 e) note 2
see
comparison of manner, 161 in -mente, 65-67, 161, 201 of negation, 131-136
noun
accent,
X,
64, 112, 190, 196
accusative, see object, direct

address, forms of, 5, 70-73 adjective, absolute superlative,
195, 198 agreement, 43, 44 of possessive, 57 of demonstrative, 55 of ordinals, 318 apocopation, 48, 52
capitalization,
see clause
see
see superlative adverbial, see clause; phrase age, expression of, 316
'ago,' 165 note agreement, see adjective; definite article; participle; verb
ai,
13
with
infinitive, 77
note
alphabet, I andar, see ir

anterior, past,
tive
see
tense,
indica-
XIII
(1)
apocopation, see adjective

apposition, see
comparison
noun
demonstrative, 54
indefinite,
inflection,
aprender, conjugation, 253

article, see definite; indefinite
203-209 40-42
intensified, 162
interrogative, 190-194
of nationality, 41 (1)
augmentatives, 334-340 aun, 163 an, 163

auxiliary, see verb; see also estar,
plural, 42
haber, ser, tener,

for,
etc.
position, 45,
46 change of meaning of ordinals, 318
45
B
-ble, changing to -bil, 198 body, parts of, definite article
possessive, 56, 59, 126, 127
replaced by article, 59 proper, XIII (1) relative, 175, 182, 183
with, 59
'but,' 135, 136
385
386
INDEX
concession, see conjunctions
c,
changed to qu, IX
196, 261 (1)
(1), (2), 106^
concessive, see clause condition, estar denoting,

(3)
78
to z,
IX
(1), (2), 107,
261
1,
(7), (8)
see
conjunctions
XIII, 23 note -car, verbs in, 106, 261

capitals,
26 note
conditional, see clause; tense; sen-
(1)
cardinal, see
numbers
tence conjugation,
'first,
252
Castilian, see pronunciation
compound
second
third
;
,
tenses, 255
-cer, verbs in, 107, 109, 261 (7),
passive voice, 258
268 changes, orthographic, see orthographic changes

characterization, see clause
Ciento, 52,
-cir,
253
tenses, 256
compound
254
312-315
in,
compound tenses, 257 conjunctions, introducing clauses,

(8),
verbs 268
109, 110, 261
243, 244
of concession, 243 (4), of condition, 243 (3)
244
clause, adjective, 228, 239,
240
adverbial, 228, 243 characterization, 239 (2) concessive, 243 (4), 244
conditional, 243 (3), 245, 259
of purpose, 243 (2), 244

of result,
244
of time, 243 (1), 244 of hypothesis, 243 (3)
dependent, 228 negative, see sentence noun, 229, 230 purpose, 243 (2), 244
relative, 115
conmigo, 152
consigo, 152
contigo, 152
contractions, 13
correlative,
see
pronoun;
,
quin
246 time, 243 (1), 244 of hypothesis, 243

result, 244,
and
(3)
cul, as
181
collective, see
numbers
commercial terms, 155 como, 123, 124 191 (2) cmo; qu tal for comparative of equality, 123-125 of inequality, 116-118
,
correspondence, see letters cosa alguna, 203 creer, 265 (1) cual, 178, 181
el
,178
,
lo
179
(cualesquiera)
203,
cul, 190, 192
cualquiera
comparison, of adjectives, 116-118, 120 of adverbs, 121, 122 ^than' in 117, 118 compass, points of, 157 compound, see numbers; pronoun,
,
206
cuan, 195 cuanto, 183
in comparison, 124
relative; subject; tense con, in adverbial phrases, 161
with infinitive, 305 with personal pronouns, 152
-ms, 125 cunto, 190 in exclamations, 194 207 cuantos, unos cuyo, 182 cuyo, 190, 194
,
INDEX
diphthong, IV, XI (1) at beginning of word, diversos, 209 don, 70, 71 doa, 70, 71
387
IX
(3)
dates, 23 note 2 dative, see object,
indirect
pro-
noun
days of week, 26 with article, 27
not capitalized, 26
gender, 26 de translating 'by,' 214
e,
changed to i, IX (3), 166 (1), 167, 168, 266 (8), (10), 291, 293
to ie,
IX (3),
(1),
164
(1), (2),
166
(1),
with infinitive, 222, 298 Id que, 118 manera que, 243 (2) in names, 76 to denote possession, 12, 58 quin, 193 after superlative, 119 (2) 'than,' 117, 118 lo ms, 162 deber, obligation, 307 followed by de, 221 note, 307 (1) followed by direct infinitive, 307 defective, see verb
definite article, 9-11, 74, 75
266
to ye,
el,
(2),
(3),
(8),
280
note, 285-287, 291
IX
(3),
-eir, verbs in, 168,
267 266 (11), 294

(2)
used for
la,
cual, 178
que, 178
en;
sa, 114
sta, 114
with infinitive, 303 wdth present participle, 77

endings, feminine, 17 masculine, 16 see tense epistolary style, examples
see letters
(2)
agreement, 10 with comparative to form superlative, 119 omitted, 53 (3), 74 (1), (2), 75, 129, 210 for demonstrative or personal pronoun, 115 for possessive adjective, 59 with possessive adjective, 128
repeated, 11
of,
360
equality, see comparative
-rrimo, 199 esperar with indicative, 229

estar, 29, 77 (3), 219,
(3 note)
220
used when not in English, 22, 74, 75, 211, 212, 227
dejar,
followed by direct infini308 followed by de and infinitive,

tive,
conjugation, 271 (8) used impersonally, 284 with gerund, 77 (3), 264 with past participle, 78 (3) para, 219 por, 220 expressions for class-room use,
XIV
of time, 34, 165 of weights
308
del, 13
(1)
and measures, 332
for weather, 158

'See
demonstrative,
adjective; pro-
noun
dependent,
see clause
'for,'
diferentes, 209
para, 215, 217, 219
diminutives, 334, 341-350
por, 215, 216, 220
388
fractions,
INDEX
322-325
167, 168,266(8), (10), 291,
utUTe^ see tense, indicative; sub-
293
-ia, indicating place
-iar, verbs in, 108,
junctive
where, 156 269
idioms,
g,
list,
359
changed to gu,
to
j,
IX
(1), 106,
196
of greeting
and leave-taking, 73
IX
(1),
107
-gar, verbs in, 106, 261 (3) gender, see letters; noun
-ger, verbs in, 107, 261 (9) gerund, 76, 77 with estar, 77 (3), 264
~gir, verbs in, 107, 261 (10)
gran, 50
grande, 50
greetings, 73, 191 (2) -guar, verbs in, 261 (5) -guir, verbs in, 107, 261 -gir, verbs in, 270
(4)
H
h, mute,
VI
with tener, 169 of weathfer, 158 with preposition and infinitive, 309 ie, changed to ye, IX (3), 267 to e, IX (3), 196 'if;' with imperfect subjunctive, 95 note, 245, 246 with future subjunctive, 259 with present indicative, 95 note, 245 (1), 259 imperative, 98-102, 140, 144 infinitive as, 226 object with, 64, 102, 140, 144 subjunctive used as, 62, 63, 99-102, 140, 144
imperfect,
see
haber, 78 (4), 79, 80, 158, 159 *ago,* 165 note in compound tenses, 78 (4), 80 conjugation, 271 (9) used impersonally, 158, 159, 165 note que, 159 hablar, article omitted after, 74 (1) conjugation, 252 hacer, with expressions of weather, 158 infinitive with 224^ âgo,' 165 note hay, 159 hours of the day, 32
,
tense,
indicative;
subjunctive impersonal; se with, 147 see verb 'in,' after superlatives, 119
indefinite, see adjective;
(2)
pronoun
indefinite article, 8, 10, 11
omitted, 53, 208

indicative, see tense
indirect, see object, indirect pro-
noun
inferiority, see comparative, of in-
infinitive,
equality 77 (3
note),
221-227,
296-306
with with
after
a, 222, 223,
300-302
I
i,
a,
accented, 76 note, 84
meaning 'let us,' 225 hacer, mandar, 224
changed to
ie,
266
(3), (4),
288
dropped, 110, 168, 174, 266 (11), 271 (5), (7) changed to y, 111, 173, 271 (4),
(11), (12), (20)
e changed
to,
IX
(3),
166
(1),
with al, 77 note with con, 223, 305 with de, 222, 223, 298 direct infinitive, verbs 221, 297 with en, 223, 303
with,
INDEX
as imperative, 226
389
with prepositions, 222, 223, 296-
M
mandar, infinitive with mas, 135 ms, in comparison,
125
as intensive, 53 (2)
,
306
English present participle, 77 note instead of subjunctive, 230 as verbal noun, 227 with verbs of ordering, allowing, advising and the like, 230 note with por, 304
for
inflection, see adjective
224
116-118,
cuanto mientras
125 125
,
no
de
lo
136 162
intensives, 53 (2), 151, 162 interjections, 351-358
interrogation point, XII (1), (2) interrogative, see adjective; pro-
noun; sentence intransitive, see verb ir forming progressive tense, 264 andar, compared with 248 note, Vocab. XL. irregular, see participle; verb -isimo (-a), 195-198, 200, 201
,
masculine, see noun measures, expressions of, 332 medio, ZZ, 325 menos, in comparison, 116-118 cuanto 125 mientras 125
,
adverb metric system, 331 mil, 312, 315

see
-mente,
mismo, 151, 203 mitad, 325 money, ZZZ monosyllables,
(1 c),
(2
i^)
Latin words, (3) letter, see epistolary style

of acceptance,
IX
months, names of, 23 not capitalized, 23 gender of, 23 note 1

motion, verbs
of,
360
(4)
301
business letters, 360 (9) of condolence, 360 (6)

of congratulation, 360 (7) friendly letters, 360 (8)
mucho, 69
multiple, see
numbers
muy, 69
in superlative, 195, 199
360 (2) of invitation, 360 (3), wedding invitation, 360 (10) announcement of death, 360 (11) envelopes, 360 (1)
letter-writing, dates
see epistolary style
letters,
of introduction,
N
names, of countries, 90, 211 of days, 26 in forms of address, 70, 71
of languages, 74 (1)
of letters, I of
I-VIII
double, VII gender, I (a)

-'ly,'
months, 23
of seasons, 22
65-67, 161, 201

LI
nationality, see adjective
negatives,
\
5,
131-134
*no,' 5, 133
. . .
1-11,
verbs
in,
262
(1)
but, 136
390
no,
5,
INDEX
131-134
order of words in sentence,
ordinal, see
.^5,
36
.que, 136 sino, 136 ^not,' see negatives noun, in abstract sense, 74 in apposition, 119 (1), 210
. .
ms
.
.
numbers
orthographic changes, IX, 21 note, 84, 105-111, 260-262, 265-
270
see clause
required between connective two nouns, p. 86, footnote 4 with definite article, 74, 75 as direct object with a, 12, 90-92 feminine, 15, 17-19 gender, 15-19 in general sense, 74 masculine, 15, 16 plural for both genders, 61
plural, 14, 20, 21, 61
para, 215, Si 7-2 19 participle, past, 76, 78, 274, 275 with estar, 78 (3)
with haber, 78
withlo, 9
(1)
(4),
80
irregular, 76 note, 274, 275
in passive, 78 (2)
with ser, 78 (2) present, see gerund

verbs with two past
passive, see verb
,
275
partitive sense, 74 (2)
predicate, 53 (1) 70-72, 90 proper

,
verbal, 227
numbers, cardinal, 23 note 310-316

collective, 326, 327
2,
202,
past anterior, see tense, indicative past participle, see participle perfect, see tense, indicative; subjunctive
personal, see pronoun
phonetic changes, see orthographic

phrase, adverbial, 161
compound, 310 note, 314

see fraction
numeral, 329, 330

pluperfect,
see
multiple, 328
ordinal, 23 note 2, 317-321
tense, indicative;
subjunctive
plural, see adjective;
numeral phrase, 329, 330 numeral, see phrase
-ir, verbs in, 262 (2)
noun; verb, agreement poems to be memorized, 361

position, see adjective
of words, 35, 36 possession, 12 possessive, see adjective;
per, 213, 215, 216, 220
0,
changed to u, 166(2), 266(9), 292 changed to ue, 164 (3), (4), 166 (2), 266 (5), (6), (9), 267, 278, 280 note, 289, 290, 292 object, with a, 12, 90-92
direct
predicate, see adjective;

prefix,
pronoun noun
XI
(4)
personal
pronoun,
137-
present, see tense, indicative; subjunctive; participle preterit, see tense, indicative
142, 144
indirect personal pronoun, 137,
progressive form, êe verb pronoun, correlative, 18

indefinite,
139-141 ojal, 250 (1) 'on,' before days
of
week, 27
demonstrative, 112-115 203 interrogative, 130,^190-195
INDEX
personal,
391
made
intensive
by
radical changes in verbs, 164, 166168, 266, 267, 285-294 reciprocal, see pronoun, personal
reflexive,
mismo, 151
object, 102, 137-142, 144, 148,
149
loss of
verb endings when
added to imperative, 144

position, 64, 102, 139-141, 144, 148, 153
reciprocal, 142
reflexive, 142, 145-147 after prepositions, 58,
see
pronoun, personal;
verb
regular, see verb
relative, see adjective; clause; pro-
noun; superlative relative

150,
result, see clause;
conjunction
152-154 redundant use, 154 subject, 1-4 possessive, 128-130

relative, 175-181, 183
agreement, 176
compound, 239
note)
(3)
(1
wath subjunctive, 239, 250

indefinite, 203-205, 207 pronunciation, Castilian, 11
of letters, II, III, VI, VIII proper, see adjective propio, with possessive adjectives. '
euphony, 149 impersonal, 147 in passive sense, 146 position, 147, 148 reciprocal, 142 reflexive, 142 season, see names sentence, conditional, 95 note, 245 246, 259
se, for
interrogative, 36
60 punctuation, XII purpose, see clause; conjunction
order of words in, 35, 36 sequence, see tense, subjunctive

(2), d>7, 129 conjugation, 271 (18) used impersonally, 284 in passive, 7^ (2) with past participle, 78 (2) si = 'if,' with future subjunctive, 259 with imperfect subjunctive, 95
^
ser, 29,
159 118 in comparison, 116, 117 lo 179 with no, 133 see pronoun, relative with si, 133 qu, see adjective and pronoun, in-
qu, changed to c, IX (1), 261 (2) que, as conjunction, 2>^^ 133,
delo
note, 245 with present indicative, 95 note 245 (1), 259 si = whether,' 245 si- 'yes,' 133
*
si,
reflexive, 151,
157
sino, 135
no
136
terrogative
tal,
191 (2)
'
querer a, 92 quienquiera (quienesquiera), 203 -quir, verbs in, 261 (2) quisiera, 247
que, 135 'so,' 133, 138 'some,' not expressed, 74 (2), 204 stem-vowel, see verb, change of stress, IV (1), V, IX (3), strong, see vowel
392
INDEX
^past anterior, 89 perfect, 80 pluperfect, 89, 236 note 2 present, 1, 6, 7, 95, note 107, 108-111,245 (1), 259
preterit, ^Z, 84,
subjunctive, 104, 228 in adjective clauses, 228, 239,240 in adverbial clauses, 228, 243
in
dependent clauses, 228

expressions
of
in
indifference,
250
(2)
86
99-102 independent in clauses, 228, 250 noun clauses, in 229, 230

for imperative, 62, 63,
after
suffix,
si,
95 note, 245, 246, 259
subjunctiye; future, 259 imperfect, 95 note, 234, 236, 237, 245, 246 imperfect for conditional, 245-
augmentatives and diminutives accent (2 e note 1) sumamente, 195 superiority, see comparative, of inequality
see
247
-
perfect, 231
pluperfect, 234
names
of tenses, 263
,
progressive
superlative
absolute,
adjective,
sequence of Hhan,' 116-118
77 (3), 264 231, 234, 235
196-199
adverb, 200, 201 superlative relative, adjective, 119 adverb, 121 subjunctive after, 239 (4)
syllables, division of,
'there is' {or 'are'), 159 time, expressions of, 34, 165
see clause;
conjunction
of day, 32
repetition, 329
titled
XI
70-72
triphthong, V,
XI
(1)
tal;
191 (2) tan, 53 (2), 191 (1) como, 123 tanto, 124, 125 tener, 37, 79, 160 conjugation, 271 (19) a, 92 que, 38
,
qu
U
u,
changed to ue, 164 note, 266 changed to hue, IX (3), 267
(7)
tense,
compound,
257
1,
80, 89, 97,
255-
-uar, verbs in, 108, 269 ue, changed to hue, IX (3), 267 to 0, IX (3), 196 -uir, verbs in. 111, 270 uno, 49, 147 note, 203, 205, 311 as impersonal subject, 147 note,
^
endings,
6, 7, 81, 83, 93, 98,
unos,
103, 104, 236, 237 indicative; conditional, 93, 95,
96
conditional for imperfect indicative, 96
205 203 cuantos, 207 pocos, 207 usted(es), 2 note, 3

8,
redundant construction, 154 note
conditional perfect, 97
future, 93, 95, 96 future perfect, 97
vamos,
p. 83,
footnote
imperfect, 81, 82, 85
varios, 209
INDEX
verb, agreement, 3 auxiliary
'very,' 69
vivir,
39'3
conjugation, 254
haber; ser; tener of beginning, with a, 302 see conjugation defective, 276-279 of doubt, 229 (1) of emotion, 229 (3)
see estar;
voice, see verb, passive
vowel, see accent; diphthong pronunciation, III
change of stem changes

strong,
see
see radical
IV
(1)
endings, see tense

of hoping, 229 (3 note) impersonal, 147, 280-284 with inceptive endings, 268
triphthong weak, IV (1)
irregular verbs,
intransitive, 145
of learning,
see
list of,
271, 295
W
weak,
see
vowel
with a, 302 orthographic changes

(3),
passive, 78 (2), (3), 146, 258
progressive form, 77
see radical
264
weather, expressions for, 158 weight, expressions of, 332 whose,' interrogative, 130 word order, 35, 36
*
changes
reflexive, 78 (2 note), 145
regular, 252-258
of teaching,
see tense
with
(2)
a,
302
z before c, 109, 110, 268 changed to c, 21 note 2, 106,

196, 261 (6) -zar, verbs in, 106, 261 (6)
of will,
229
verbal, see
noun
:^>^^
i:> \34S
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
003 211 610 3
'ih^

First Course in Spa 00 Olms

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

First Course in Spa 00 Olms

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Mi mm m

FIRST COURSE IN SPANISH

(Una Gramtica Espaola Elemental)

EVERETT WARD OLMSTED,

Romance Languages and Head

NEW YORK HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY

VIL Double letters

IX. Orthographic and phonetic changes

XIV. Class-room expressions

Present indicative of the first conjugation. OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. USE OF UStcd

Present indicative of the second and third conjugations

Indefinite article. Definite article.

(The Spanish Class.)

Nouns: gender and nl^mber

V. Seasons and months of the yeae. tive OF ser

{The Months and Seasons of the Year.)

Days of the week. Present indicative of

The hours of the

Present indicative of tener.

{The Principal Parts of the Body.)

IX. Adjectives: gender, number, agreement, position

{Industrious and Idle Pupils.)

XI. Demonstrative adjectives.

XII. Subjunctive used as polite imperative. FORMATION, POSITION

XIII. Forms of address.

Use of definite article.

XIV. The gerund.

The past participle. Present indicaThe perfect indicative ....

{The Spanish Language as spoken in Different Parts

XV. Imperfect and preterit

XIX. Orthographic changes

XX. Orthographic changes

in verbs and Sleeping Accommodations.

XXI. Demonstrative pronouns. Comparison of adjectives

XXIII. Possessive adjectives

which follow the

XXIV. Negatives. Spanish words for

XXV. Object personal

garding the Sights of Madrid.)

XXVII. Two OBJECT personal pronouns. Personal pronouns

{The Climate of Madrid.)

Radical-changing verbs, first class. of time

Radical-changing verbs, second and third classes

XXXI. The irregular verbs

poner, traer and

XXXII. Relative pronouns and adjectives

XXXIII. The iilregular verbs poder,

San Sebastin.) XXXIV. Interrogative pronouns and adjectives

Indefinite pronouns and adjectives. inite ARTICLE

prepositions para and por

XXXVIII. Uses of the

XLIV. Conditions contrary to

tive (first form) in lieu of conditional.

irregular ^^rbs andar and querer

XLV. Independent use of the

Canal, Mexico, Cuba.)

The regular verbs The compound tenses The passive voice

The infinitive. The cardinal numbers The ordinal numbers

Collective numbers, etc

Weights and measures

Idioms in general use

Examples of epistolary style

City and Port of Havana, Cuba